The information contained herein reflects an accurate picture of Pacific Lutheran University at the time of publication. Ilowever, the uni crsit' re�l'rve' the right to make necessary changes in p ro � du re'i, policies, calendar, curriculum, and costs.
Li ted in this ca talog are course descrip tions and summMics of degree requirements for majors, min rs, and o ther programs i n the College of Arts and Sciences and the Scho Is of the Arts, Business Admi ni stration, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education. Detailed degree requirements, often incl uding su p pl emen tary sample programs, are available in the offices of th individual schools and departments.
olume LXIII No . 5 Pacific Lutheran University Bulletin (USr 417-660) August] 982
Published six times annually by Pacific Lutheran University, P.O. Box 2068, Tacoma, Washington 98447-0003. Second Class postage paid a t Tacoma, Washington. Postm ster: Send address changes to Devel pment Data Center, PLU, Tacoma, WA 98447-0003.
Pacific Lu theran University does not discri minate on the ba sis of sex, race, creed, color, national origin, age, or han dicap ped condition in the educational p rograms or activities which it opera tes, and i s required by Title IX of the Ed ucation Amendments of 1972 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto, by Title Vl and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and by Section 504 of the Rehabili tation Act of 1973 not to discriminate i n such manner. The requi re ment not to discriminate i n duca tional programs and activities extends to employment t herein and to ad mission thereto. Inquiries concerning the appl ication of said acts and published regulations to this university may be referred to: 1. The Director of Personnel, Room A-107 Administra tion Building, Pacific Lutheran Unive rsity, tele phone 535-7185, for matters relating to employment policies and practices, promotions, fringe benefits, training, and grievance p rocedures for personnel employed by the universitv. ' 2. The Ex cutiv e Assista n t to the Provost, Room A100 Administration Building, Pacific Luthe ran University, telephone 535-7125, for matters relating to student a dmissions, curriculum, and financial aid. 3. The Assistant Dean for S tudent Life, Ro m A-113 Administration Building, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7191, for matters regarding ad ministrative policies relating to st udents, student services, and the studen t administrative grievance procedure. 4. The Registrar, Room A-107 Administration Building, Pacific Luth ran Universi ty, telephone 535-713i, for matters relating to the a p plication of Section 504 of th R ha bilitation Act. 5. The Director of the Academic Advising and Assistance Cen ter, Mortv dt Library, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, telephone 535-7519, for matters relating to the academic grievance procedure. 6. Or the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U . s. Department of Education, Swi tz�r Buildi ng, 330 C Street S. W., Washington, D . C . 20202. Pacific Lutheran University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.
Directory
Pacific Lutheran Un iversity Tacoma, Washington 98447-0003 (206) 531-6900
The university is located at South 121st Street and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours arc from 8:00 iU" . to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Most offices arlc' closed for chapel on MondilY, Wednesday, and Friday fmm 10:00 to 10:30 a.m. during the school year, and on Fridays during June, July, and August all offices close at 12 noon. The university also oh;erves all legal holidays.
The U niversity Center maintains an informa tion de k which is open daily untill 0 p. m. (11 p. m. on Friday and Saturday). Visitors arc welcome at any timC'. Special arrangements for tours and appointments may be made through the admissions office or the uni versity rc",tions office.
FOR INFORMATION ABOUT:
CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:
General interests of the university, church relations, and community relations
THE PRESIDENT
Academic policies and programs, faculty appoi nt ments, curriculum development, academic advising and a ssistance, and foreign study
THE PROVOST College of Arts and Sciellces Diui5ioll of Humanities Division of Natural Sciences Division of Social Scicnces School of the Arts School of Busincss Administration School of Edueatioll School of Nursillg School of Physical Education
General information, admission of students, publi cations for prospective students, freshman class reg istration, and a dvanced placement
THE DEAN OF ADMIS SIONS
Transcripts of records, schedules, registration, and transfer students
THE REG ISTRAR OR THE TRANSFER COORDINATOR
Financial assistance, scholarships, and loans
THE DIRECTOR OF FINANCIAL AID
Financial management and administrative services
THE VICE PRESIDENT - FINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Fees and payment plans
THE STUDENT ACCOUNTS COORDINATOR
Campus parking, safety, and information
THE DIRECTOR OF CAMPUS SAFETY AND INFORMATION
Residence halls, counseling and testing, health ser vices, minority affairs, foreign students, and ex tracurricular activities
THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT LIFE
Gifts, bequests, grants, and the annual fund
THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR D EVELOPMENT
Work-study opportunities, student employment, and career options
THE DIRECTOR OF CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
Graduate programs and summer sessions
THE DEAN OF GRADUATE AND SUMMER STUDIES
Continuing education opportunities
THE D IRECTOR OF CONTINUING EDUCATION
AJumni activities
THE DIRECTOR OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Worship services and religious life at the university
THE UNIVE RSITY PASTORS
DIRECTORY
1
Contents Correspondence
1
Directory
Objectives
4
7
11
Cooperative Education
15
Earth Sciences
17
Academic Structure
18
Majors/Minors
Academic Procedures
20
General University Requirements Core Curriculum
College of Arts and
24
Anthropology (see Sociology) The Arts
25
Education
CONTENTS
47
49
51
Economics
53
Educational Psychology Special Education
Engineering (see Physics) English
66
Environmental Studies Global Studies History
70
71
74
Humanities 2
43
Computer Science (see Mathematics)
14
Sciences
40
Chemistry
Communication Arts
Financial Aid
Student Life
34
Administration
9
Admission
30
Business
6
Current Information
Advising
26
Biology
Academic Calendars
Costs
Art
77
-,.
Integrated Studies Legal Studies
78
82
Computer Science
83
Modern and Classical
88
Classics, French, German, Norwegian, Scandinavian, Spanish
Music
Natural Sciences
100
101
Philosophy
105 109
Physics and Engineering
113
Political Science
119
Public Affairs
Psychology
Graduate Studies
141
Affiliate Resources
142
CHOICE WSCEE KPLU-FM Center for the Study of Public Policy
123
Scandinavian Area
130
Social Work
143
Health Sciences Pre-Law Theological Studies Air Force ROTC
Programs
145
Global Studies Intensive English Language Institute Scandinavian Area Studies Study Abroad
Board of Regents
The Faculty
126
Social Sciences
Programs
148
Administrative Offices
Lay Church Staff Worker Program
Studies
140
International
Physical Education
Religion
135
Pre-Professional
92
Nursing
Anthropology Statistics
Mathematics and
Languages
Sociology and
131
132
152
The Collegium Index
150
160
161
Application Form Campus Guide
163
165 CONTENTS
3
Academic Calendar 1982路1983 SUMMER SESSION 1982 Monday, June 21 Monday, July 5 Friday, August 20 Friday, August 20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Independence Day holiday Summer session closes Commencement
FALL SE MESTER 1982 Sunday, September 5 to Tuesday, September 7 Wednesday, September 8 Friday, October 22 Wednesday, November 24
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monday, November 29
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Friday, December 10 Monday, December 13 to Friday, December 17 Friday, December 17
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation and registration Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. Mid-semester break Thanksgiving recess begins, 12:50p.m. Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam
INTE RIM 1983 Monday, January 3 Friday, January 28
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Begins Ends
SPRING SEMESTER 1983 Tuesday, February 1 Wednesday, February 2 Monday, February 21 Friday, March 25 Monday, April 4 Friday, May 13 Monday, May 16 to Friday, May 20 Friday, May 20 Sunday, May 22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
CALENDAR 1982-83
Registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recess begins, 6:00p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00p.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement
Academlc 路 Calendar 1983-1984 SUMMER SESSION 1983 Monday, June 20 . . ...... . . .. Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Monday, July 4 ..... .. . . ... . . Independence Day holiday Friday, August 19 .. . ....... . .. Summer session doses; commencement . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
FALL SEMESTER 1983 Sunday, September 4 to Tuesday, September 6 . .. ...... Wednesday, September 7 .. . Friday, October 21 .......... ...... Wednesday, November 23 ......
Orientation and registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Mid-semester break Thanksgiving recess begins, 12:50p.m. Monday, November 28 ... ..... . Thanksgiving recess ends, 8:00a.m. Friday, December 9 .. . . ... ..... Classes end, 6:00p.m. Monday, December 12 to Friday, December 16 ........... .. Final examinations Friday, December 16 .... ......... Semester ends after last exam .
. .
.
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
INTERIM 1984 Tuesday, January 3 .... ....... Begins Friday, January 27 .... .. ...... .. Ends . . . . .
.
.
.
SPRING SEME STER 1 984 Tuesday, January 3] ............... Wednesday, February 1 ........ . .. ... Monday, February 20 Friday, April 13 ..................... Monday, April 23 . . ............. Friday, May 11 .... .. . . .. Monday, May 14 to Friday, May 18 ................. Friday, May 18 ................ . . . Sunday, May 20 . . . .... ...... . .
. .
. .
.
. . . .
.
. . .
. . . .
. . . .
.
. . . . .
.
.
.
.
. . . .
.
.
Registration Classes begin, 8:00a.m. Washington's Birthday holiday Easter recess begins, 6:00p.m. Easter recess ends, 4:00p.m. Classes end, 6:00p.m. Final examinations Semester ends after last exam Worship service and commencement
CALENDAR 1983-84
5
Objectives of the University Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, milintains the privilege of exploration and learn ing in all areas the arts, sciences, and rrligion Thl' basic wnCNn of Martin Luthl'r was religious, but his rejection of church tradition ilS p r i m M)' <w thl)rity, and his own free seilreh for religious truth, served in effect to l i b e r a te the nwdcrn mind in its quest for all truth. TIlt' total impa c t of Luther's stand has permanently shaped the m od e rn world and hc'lped pr ov i dL' the mode rn universit)' with its basic met hodology. . rileif ic Lut h eran U niv ersi ty is a com munity ot p rofessing
of
Christian scholMs dedicilted to a philosophy of liberal education. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a re-,pec t for learning and truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organize the powers of clear thought and expression, to preserve and exlL'nd knowledge, to help men and women achieve p rofe ss i o n al co m p ete n ce, and to estilblish life lon g habits of study, r cOc ction, and lcarnlllg. rhrough an 'm p ha;;ls on the Itberatlllg arts, the Unive rs ity seeks to de v e lo p reative, reOective, and responsible per OilS. At tl1<' s�nll' tim', the <1(-qu isitioll of specialized information and technical skill is recognized as a condition of succcssful involvl'ml'nt in thl' n1lldern world. The Univl'rsitv � seeks to dl' velop thc' e va lu<l tive and spirituill c,'pacitil's of stud"llts ,nei to acquaint thc'm honestly with rival claims to the true ,mel the good. Ilencoura ges thl' p ur�uit of rich ,lI1d ennobling experiences and the d e ve lopm e n t of signifiGlI1t per,onhood through an ,'pprl'ciation of humanity'S intellectual, "rtistie, culturill, and natural surroundinCfs. The University affirms its fundamental oblig a tion to con�r()nt l i beral l y educated men <Ind women with the ch allenges of Christian f<Iith <Ind to instill in them a true sense of voc,ltiun. l3y p rovidi n g a rich v ar iet , oi social e xp eri e nces , Pacific Lutheran Univer.sity sec k s to d e ve l o p in the student a joy in "bundallt l i v i n g, J feeling (or thl' wcHare and person,ll integrity of others, good taste, and it sen' of social prop riety and adequacy_ Distinguishing between personal Christian pthics and
normal social controls, the University adopts onlv Such rules as scem necessar y for the welfare of the l'ducational comm uni ty . The p hysical develo p ment of students is regMded as an inlt'grill part of their libcril l education. Hence the U nivers i ty encourages partieipMion in ph ys ic a l activities and respect for health and fitnes s .
l'rofl'ssing a concern for human nature in its entirely, the faculty' uf thc' University encoura !;;e s wholesome development of Christian faith and lik by providll1g opportunitie5 for worship dnd meditation, "fk r ing systpma t ic studies of religion, and encouraging fr e inv s tigation and discussion of basic religious questions. 'Tlw University believes the essence of Christianity to be personal f,'ith in Cod as Creator and Redeemc'r, and it believes that such faith born of the Holy Spirit seneratl's intc.grative power cil pablc of guiding human belllgs to illuminating perspe c tive . and worthy purposes. Thl' Univers ity community confesses the faith that thl' ultimate meaning and pur p oses of human life a re to be d i sc o v ered in the person and lVork of Jesus Christ. As an educational arlll of the Church, Pacific Lu theran Un i versi t y p ro v ides a locus for the fruitful interplay of Christian faith and all of human learning and culture, and as such holds i t
responsibility t o d iscover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that illl truth is Cod's truth, the University, in achieving its educational and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of faculty and students to engage in an unbiased search for truth in all realms.
a
6
OBJECTIVES
Current Information HISTORY
Pacific Lutheran University was founded in 1 890 by men and women of the Lutheran Church in the Northwest, and by the Reverend Bjug Harstad in particular. Their purp ose was to establish an institution in which their people could be educated. Education was a venerated part of the Scandinavian and German traditions from which these pioneers came. The institution opened as Pacific Lutheran Academy. Growing in stature, PLA became a junior college in 1921. Ten years later, it was organized into a three-year normal school which became a college of education in 1939. After 1941, it expanded as Pacific Lutheran College until it was reorganized as a universit y in 1960, reflecting the growth of both its professional schouls and liberal arts core.
ACCREDITATIO N
Pacific Lutheran University is fully accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges as a four-year institution of higher education and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers, principals, and guidance counselors With the master's degree as the highest deg ree approved. The univ ersity is also approved by the American Chemical Society. The School of Nursing is accredited by the National Lea g ue (or Nursing. The Schoul of Business Administration is accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The Social Work Pro gram is accredited by the Council un Social Work Education at the baccalaureate level. The Department of Music is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
INSTITUTIONAL MEMBERSHIPS
The University is a member of: American Association of Higher Education American Council on Education Association of American Colleges Independent Colleges of Washington, Incor p orated Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Summer Schools Washington Friends of Higher Education W 'stern Association of Graduate Schools Western Interstatl' Commission for Higher Education
GROUNDS
Located i n suburban Parkland, PLU has a picturesque 126-acre campus, truly representative of the natural grandeur of the Pacific Northwest.
ENROLLMENT
2,800 full-time students 852 part-time students
FACULTY
209 fuLl-time facultv 66 part-time faculty
STUDENT/FACULTY RATIO 15.8:1
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
In 1969 Pacific Lutheran University adopted the 4-1-4-calendar which consists uf two fourteen-week semesters bridged by a four week interim p eriod. Course credit is computed by hours. The majority of courses arc offered for 4 hours. Each undergraduate degree candidate is ex p ected to complete 128 hours with an overall grade point average of2.00. Degree requirements are specifically stated in this catalog. Each student should become familiar With these requirements and prepare to meet them.
LIBRARY SERVICES
The Robert A. L. Mortvedt Library is the central multi-media learning resuurce center serving the entire university community. Its collections arc housed and services provided in a modern func tional building which has study spaces for 700 students and shelv ing for more tnan one-quarter millIon books, periodicals, microfilm, and audio-visual materials. The library receives over 1 , 300 current magazines, journals, and newspapers. In addition to its general collection of books and other materials, the libra ry has a special collection devoted to the Scandinavian Im migrant Experience and contains the university and regional Luth eran church archives. Other s ecial collections include the Curricu lum Collection of the School 0 Education, the microfiche collection of college catalugs, maps, pamphlets, and national and trade bib liographies. The library is open for service 110 hours during a typical week in a regular term. A staff of twenty-seven full and part-time librarians and assistants offer expert reference, information, and media ser vices. The reference staff provides beginning and advanced library instruction for illl students. In addition to standard rderence ser vice, the library staff also offers com p uterized bibliographic infor mation service. As thc result of the library'S extensive collection of bibliographic tools, computer access to other collections, and elec tronic mail service, students and faculty have rapid access to mate rials which can be borrowed from other libraries.
y
INTERIM
The interim provides time during the month o f January for focused, creative study in a non-traditional environment. It allows both faculty and students to in quire into areas outside the regular curriculum, to develop new methods of teaching and learning, and to enhance their imaginative and creative talents. The study options are various, including foreign study, interdepartmental study, numerous other on-camp us programs, and exchange prog�ams with other institutions. Special publications highlight tne mtenm program.
LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES
To provide for the professional growth and cultural enrichment of persons unable to take a full-time college course, the university conducts late-afternoon and evening classes. In addition to a wide variety of offerings in the artsand sciences, there are specialized and graduate courses for teachers, administrators, and persons in Dusiness and industry.
T
SUMMER SESSION
An e x tc'n Slv c summcr school curriculum, of the same q u" lity as that offered c t u rin g the regulal' academic lear, is av"i\able to all qll7llified p'rS(lnS. In additil)n, summf'r s":ision tvpically is a time when the faculty offer innovative, experimenta'i course's w hich cuver ·;: 1 broad r('lng€ of contenlporary is u€ and perspectives in many fields. The sumnwr sl'ssion consists of two four-w ee k t(;rms, a Ofll!-\veek pre-session, an d (l one-\veek inte.rirn S ssion , an d beg in s in tlw middle of June. Design ed for undergraduates and graduate .'itude'nts alike, the' program serves teachers and admini:,trator, se cking crcdl'ntials and special courses, freshmen des iring to initiilte college study, and others desiring special studies offered by the schools :md departments. Transient students who enroll for the summer session ne ed only submit a l etter of aC<lciemic standing or g ive other evidence of being prepared for college study. A c O l ll plet e 511111111CI' S� <WII Catalog, outlining the curriculum as wc.ll as sp e ciill institutes, workshops and se mina rs, is printed cach spring ,1nd is available from the dean of the summer session ilt the u n i v er sit y.
MJDDLE COLLEGE
offers a special six-week summcr program for high school ',tlled and seniors imel for first-year college stud en ts. Mlddl Collc'ge, the ['rog-ram is designed to O<1S the transiti')11 from high sdloollo colkge by s harp ening learning skills that arc essc'ntii'll to sucn���rul cumpletion of a college or u niv c- r;;ity pn)gTalll. Middle College has both ,in uGHiemic l"rogrilm and a counseling and te�ling lllmplllwnt All ,hllknts are tlloroughly tested ana . evalualed In private SeS:-iIOnS \'\,ll"h r egard tu thL'lr r('{lding, \vrIt'Lng, verb;ll, and mathematical ,kills. In ilddition, career counseling is provid ed. Thc aim of Middle: College co u n sel in g i;; to assess cilch student's taitonts and interl"sts in ord e r to prO\�de d ire c t ion and goals tor the college l'xpcricnce. The academic program offers a (hilnce to improve specific Iparning skills essential to college success. The classes, offered at scver,ll lc\icls in s<"vQral diSCi ,li,les, ,He for Middle 'ollcgc stud 'nts only, therebv allowing smar dass siL.e and clo�e contact betwee.n students and faculty. Students may sel('ctS tu 10 ul'di t hours from among the classes offered, dnd each student's program is ind ividuali z ed to promote maximum gmwth. PL
Juniors
\
PROJECT ADVANCE
EJCh seme�ter FLU ofkrs Project Advance, d special enrichment program for high school juniors and se n iors . Designed to compkmcnt high school studies, Project Advance allows students to earn one hour of u ni v ersity credit and to experience college life and study. The topic of the course is different each semester, and f,,11 topics are chosen to coincide with the high school National Debate Topic. Project Advance classes meet once a week for six weeks in the latc afternoon.
ARETE SOCIETY
Election to the Aretl' Society is a spe cial recognition of a student's commitm 'nt to the libpral arts togl'thcr with a rt?cord of high achicvl?m('nt in relevdnt course work. This academic honor society was org�lr1ized in 1969 by Phi Beta Kappa members of the facultv. The soc'ietl"s fundamental purpose is to encourage and rc'c o gn l 7 e excellent scholarship in the liberal arts. Elections for the society take pl'1Ce each spnng. Both juniors and seniors are eligibll' for clection, a l though the qualifications for election as a junior are more stringent. The faculty tellows of the society conduct the election after careful rev i 'W of academic transcripts according - to the followin<'' criteria. Students must: att-aln alligh grilde p oint average (for seniors, n ormal ly above 3.70; for lumors, normally ilbovE' 3.90); complete I !O nedit hours in liberal studies; demonstrate the >q uiv alen t of two years of colil'ge work iIi foreign f ang uilge; a n d complete one year of college mathematics (including statistics or computc'r science) or hav(" taken an equivalent amount of high school math and college science. To be eligible for election, students must h,lVe completed a minimum of threc' semeste,rs in residence at the university. •
• •
•
RETENTION OF FRESHMEN
Tlw retention of students entc'ring as freshmen has bc'en monitored since 1972. Those data ilre pres en t("d in the following table:
Retention of Entering Freshmen ]972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
1980
To Sophomore Year
ToJunior Year
To Senior Ye ar
70. 1 (Ir 74.7% 74.0% 71.2"10 69.3% 74.7% 74. 2'7.. 74.8% 78.6%
51,9% 54.3% 54.0% 52.9% 52. 8'10 57.2% 58.6(/i,
46.1'70 48.7% 49.8% 50.8% 47.5% 52. 4% 56. 4%
60.6'J(
Adm·ss· n P,lCific Lutheran University welcomes <lpplications from students ,>\'ho have denlonstrated capacities for SLlCC(��� at the baccalaureatE' level. Ap p licants who present academic records and personal qualitics which our ex p eriencc indicates will enable thcm to succeed at the uniyer�itv and benefit from the clwlronml'nt will be otkrcd admi;;sion Sdection criteria include grade point average (usual minimum 2.5), clilss rank (top h,llf), tT<lnscript pdttcrn, test scores, and recommendations, Applicants for admission arc evaluated \;vithout regard to sC'x, race, creed, culor, agt', national origin, or handicapped condition, It is strongly recommended that a p plicants complete a program in hi<>h school which includes: I:'nglish, 4 years; mathematics, 2 Y C'M (prefcrably algebra and geometry); SOCi,ll sciences, 2 years; one toreign la n g uage, 2 years; labNatory SCiences, 2 years; clectJ vc's, 3 \lears selected frOIll above areas but also such courses as sp��cch, debate, typing, and music. An additional two years of both mathematic; and foreign language are adVisable for certall1 areas ltl the arts and sciences and in some professional programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will find most curricular offerings of the university open to them and may illso qualify for (ldvanccd piaceillent in sonH� areZlS. Students ilre admittl'd to either thc' fall or spring semest�r. Acceptance to the fall term carries permission to attend the previous summer se Sions. S � ring acceptance approves cnrollment In the T he followlI1g applicatIOn deadlllles are !anu,lry II1tenm, . suggested: Fall Sell e s t er - JUlle 1; Sprillg Semester - Jil1l!lan/ 1,
s"'
l
APPLICA nON PROCEDURE:
ENTER INC FRESHMEN Stude'nts planning to cnter as freshmen may submit applicahon materials anytime after completion ot the Junior year of high schoo\. Admi.ssion decisions are' made beginning December I unk'ss a reL uest for Early Decision is received, C'andidates Me noti led l)f t wir status as Sl)on as their completed application hdS been recciv 'd ,1nd evaluated, Credcntidls required ,He: I. Formal Application: Submit the Unifoml Undl'rgmdulltl' AI'I,licatio!1 for Adlllissioll to hJllI'- Year Col/eges alld Ulliversities ill thc Stall' of Washingtoll, Available fwm high school counselors or the FLU Office of Admissions, 2. S25.110 Al'plimtiol1li<.ccords Fcc: A 525 fcc must accom p any your application pr be m"ilcd separately. 'I hiS non-rctundable service fee docs not 'lpply to your account. Make checks or moncy orders payable to 'Paciflc Lutheran University and mail to tile PLU Office of Admissions, 3. 'i"l'I1llscript: The transcript you submit must include illl credits completed through your junior year ot high school If acimlsS(on , is offered, an acccptable fll1al transcript which lI1dlcatcs satisf"c!ory completion of the senior YCilf and attainment uf a diploma must be presented. 4, RecommclldatiollS: Two recollcmendations must be prepared by p rincipals, counselors, pastors, or other ,!ualiflcd persons, The will supply the forms, P LU Office ot AdmiSSions . _ 5. Tc.st RC,/llin.:l11elll: All l' ntl'rin g fres-hmcn must submit scores from , eltiler the College Hoard, Aptitude I est (SA I), 01 the Schol,lStlC . . American Collc.ge Test Assessment (A<:;: r) or, for Washi lst9n � State reSidents, the Washington Pre-College fest (WI C I), Registration procedures and forms arc available at high school counseling otfices,
/
EARLY DECISION
High school studc.nts who have dl'cided upon I'L>U as their first choice may be oftered admiSSion as early as October 1 of their senior year, Early D(xision, appJications must be made by Noul'miJcr15 of the s('mor year. SAT, ACe or WP T scores from the prevIOus Mily or July Me acceptable. Early Decision students are gwcn p referl;ntial treatment in camp us hOUSing ilnd fin"ncia 1 aid. An , Early Decision form is availabfe from the Office of AdmiSSions, If "f"","bI' , ",,,,,,,, m,y ,
1:: ;,:;� ?��::Y::i;; ,�
";Il��1 a
EARLY ADMISSION
Qualified students interested in accelerating their formal education may begin work toward a degree after com p l e tion of the . j U n ior year or first semester .of the senior year of high school. Exce p tional students who wi sh to e n roll before completing all req lll red units in hi g h school must have a letter submitted by a recognized school official which appro ves early college admiSSion and gives assurance that a hi g h sc h ool diploma will be Issued after completIOn of speCified coll ege work. Only students highly . recommended for Early AdmiSSion will be comHdered. Generally these students rank among the top students in their class and present high aptitude test scores.
HONORS AT ENTRANCE
PLU co n fe rs Hon ors at Entrance to the most highly qualiHed freshmen who are offered admission. Certificates a rc mailed in early May to high schools for presentation to reCipients at an honors con voca tion or an assembly or dUring their graduatoon ceremony itself. The granting of Honors at Entrance reco g nizes outsta nding high school achievement and a n tici p a tes superior performance a t t h e u niversity leve l . These awards h a ve no monetary value. (Sec Honors Prog rams under Academic Proced ures .)
AD VANCED PLACEMENT OPPO RTU NITIES
1. College Board Exalll inatiolls: Students i n terested in seeking advanced placement o r credit towa.rd graduation through the examination p ro g ra m of the College Board should direct II1qull'les tor speCifIC information to the d e partment or school which offers the academIC sub j ect of their chOIce. General i nq ui rie s about the College Bo ard program may be addressed to the Office of Admissions. 2. Departmcntal Examinatiolls: A nu mber o f depa rtments and schools offer placement examinations in order that students may be advised as to the level at which they may most C redit toward advantageously pursue a given subject. graduation may be given In certain cases, depe n d mg on the examination score and whether the subject matter was IIOt part of the course work by wh ic h the high school diploma was ea rned . Agai n , inquiries for s pecific infonnation should be directed to the department or school offering the particular subject.
APPLICATION PROCE D U RE : TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students who began their higher education a t other accredited col leges or un iversities are encouraged to apply for admiSSIon With adva nced standing. Candidates must have good academIC a n d personal sta nding at t h e institut.ion last attend,:d full-lime. Although i t does not guarantee admiSSIOn, a g rade pOln t avera f;e of 2.25 in all c ol l e g e worK a ttempted IS reqlll red for regu lar admiSSion. Test scores may be required for applica n ts who have lim ited college experience. Credentials required are: 1 . Formal Application: Submit a U niform Undergraduate Application with 525 . 0 0 non-refundable application/records fee. 2. Transcripts: Official transcripts [rom all r re vious coll.egiate institutions attended must be sent bX those IIlstltutlOns directly to the PLU Office of AdmiSSIOns. OffiCial high school transcnpts of credits are necessary if they arc not listed on college transcripts. 3. Clearallce Form: The ofiice o f the dean of students at your most rece ntl y attended (full-time) institution must complete a . clearance form (provided by the PLU O ffice of AdmiSSions). 4. I{ecommen dations: Two recom mendations must be prepared by ins tructors, counselors, pastors, or other qual ified persons. The FLU Office of Admissions provides the fo rms.
EV ALUA TION OF CREDITS
1 . The registrar evaluates all transfer r eco rds and creates an advising booklet (Gold Book) i ndicatin g com p l.etion of any cure reqlll r ements and total hours a c cep te a. I n d iVidual school s and courses satisfy major departments determine wu l di requirements. 2. Generally, college-level courses carrying grade "C" o r above apply toward graduation. " 0" graded courses will be W ithheld u n til a student has successfully completed one semester's work at the u niversity.
10
ADMISSION
3 . A co m m u n ity college stu dent may transfer a maximum o f 64 semester (96 q ua rter) hours of credit from the two-year institution. 4. To qual ify as a degree candidate, a student must take 32 o f the fin a l 38 semester hours in residence.
UNACCRED ITED EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES
1 . Credits earned i n un accreditt'd schools arc not transferable at the time of ad mission. Eva lua tion and decision on such courses will be made after the student hDs been in a ttenda nce a t the u niversity one semester. 2. The u n i versity a l lows up to 20 semester hours of USAFI credit and u p to 20 semester hours for military credit, providing the total of the two doc s not exceed 30 semester hours. 3 . The u n iv e rsi ty docs not grant credit for college level GEO tests. 4 . For information on the Co l lege Level Examination Pmgram (CLEP), refer to the section on Credit by Ex aminalion u nder Academic Procedures.
ACCELERATED UNDERGRAD UATE RE-ENTRY F O R ADULTS (AURA)
Qualified adu lts, 30 years o f age o r older who ha ve not been enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program within the last five years, may seck advanced placement at up to the junior level through the AURA Pro � ra m . Those accepted into AURA are granted one year's p ro visl (l nal admission, d u ring which time they must complete 12 credits at P L U ( i lKlu ding Psy ch o logy 401) with a grade point ave rage o f 2 . 5 or higher. Credit awards tor prior reaming are based upon systematic assessment b y a facu lty panel of the adequacy and a ppropria teness of know l edge and skills demo nstrated in a por tfolio pre pilred by the s tudent With sta ff assistance. Credit awards may not exceed 48 semester credits l ess acceptable college transfer cred its. For details of the AURA Program, contact the D irector, AURA Progra m, 535-75 18.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE: FORMER STUDENTS
Full-time students who have not been in attendance for one semester or more may seek readmission by obtil inin g iln a p pl ication for re-entrance from the Office of Adm issions u n l e ss they have been approved, at the ti me of last enr o l l me nt , for a leave of absenCe' . Students who have been dropped for academic or discipl inary reasons m ust identify a faculty member w i l l in g to act as a sponsur and adviser if re-admitted. Re-entering students whu have attended a n o ther college in the meantime mu�t request tha t a transcript be sent from the institution di rectly to the dea n of admissions.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE:
FOREIGN S TUDf.NTS
Forei g n students who arc qualified academical ly, financially, and in English proficiency arc encouraged to JOin the univerSity com munity. Information and application procedures may be obtained from the dean of ad missions.
FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION
1 . Medical I�cquiremellt: Before final matriculation, each new full time underg raduate studen t (ten �emester hours or m ore) must submit a Medical History Record acceptable to the PLU Health Service. 2. Advance Paymellt: A $100.00 advance payment is necessary iollowing an offer of adm ission . This payment is the student's acknowledgement of acceptance and both guarantC'cs a place 111 the student body a n d reserves hOUSing on campus If re q uested . It is credited to the student's account and is a p pli cd toward fered admission expenses of the first semester. Fall applicants oj before May 1 mllst submIt tile payme/lt by May 1 , I t CIrcumstances necessitate cancellation o f enrollment und the dean of admissions is notified in writin g before May 1 , thc 5 1 00 . 00 will be refu nded . The refund date [or i nterim is December 1 5 , a nd for sprin g semester, January 15. 3 . New Stuae n t Information FO'Ym: This form i nclu d es the a p p lica tion for housing and must be completed by all students and returned with the advance payment.
Pi a cial Aid [{ecogn i zi ng t h a t m a n v students wilt' wa n t to a t ten d Paciiic L u t her�n U n i ve rs i ty wourd be u n:1 b le to meet all expens '5 o f e n rol l m en t f ro m �le rsl)na l �)r fa m i l y sou rC(�8, the u n i versity a t te mp ts to p ro v i d e fi na i,ci a l assistant ' to a l l e l igible studen t�. A n y s t ude n t ap proved for en rol l men t o r c u rre n tl y enrolled m , y [· quest finano,,1 aid. App roxi m a tel y 70'70 of the u n i vers i ty ' s studenb re eive h e l p in t he fo r m of gI ft a , s"ta n ce ( th a t 1S, sc h o la rs h I p s , t a le n t , w, rd s, or g ra n ts), low i n te rest d e ferred l oa ns , or e m p loym en t . I n m a ny cases a fi nanci"l a i d il wa rd will be il c o m b I nation 01 these f or ms of assista nce . The qUil n t i ty a n d composition of a n a w a rd is ba sed upon d e m o n stra te d fi n a n c i a l n e e d , a c a d � m ic achievement, test scores, and other persona I ta len ts a n d i n teres t s . eed i s det rmi ncd f r�l m " " alysis of . t he f i n a n c i a l Aid Form (FAF), wh ich is a state m en t of Ima noa l wn d.ition p rovided bv t h e ol l ege Scholarship Service (eSS). A na l ysis of th Fi n a ncia l Aid Form de te r m i nes ,1 n expec ted contribution for st uden t a n d parents or g u a rd i a n . col lege expenses fro m th "Financial Ne 'dn is defined as t h e d i fftC rence between total s t u d r n t expenses f o r a n a ca d e m i yellr ,md the expected st uden t/ f, m il y contribution a n d is a p ri m a ry factor In determmIng e l tg,b , l t ty for most a v a i b b l c a i d . Financial assista nc > is a va i lab l e to a l l qualified s tud en ts rega rd less of t h E' i r sex, race, creed, col or , age, n a tio n il l origi n, or ha ndicapped con d i tion .
APPLICATION PROCEDURE: FRESNME. r A N D TR A NS � fK 1 . D -ADLlNE: A l l m a te na ls m u s t b e M rch 1 .
2.
3. 4. 5.
in t h e Financial A id Office by
1ail a Financial A i d Porm (FAP) to the' College Sc h ola rs h i p Servic ( 'S) by February 1 . B e o ffered adm ission by March 1 . Submi t it PLU Fi n a nci a l A i d A pplication ( t ra n s fcrs o n ly). S ub m i t a Financial Aid Transcript ( t ra n sfers only) .
CONTINUING STUDENTS 1 . DEAD I Ap ril I .
E:
All materials must be in the hn a ncia l Aid O ffice by
2 . Ma il a Fi_nancial Aid Form (FAF) to t he Co llege Sc h ola rs h ip Ser vice (CSS) by M a rch 1 . 3 . Co mp ll!tc a P[�U Financial A i d Appl ication. . . A pp l ic.a tio n for financial a id in E· ncouraged at a l l tllTIeS, bu t fa tl u re to mee t the p reced in g a p p l ication da te s l11il�' resu t t III a de nta l 01 a i d even t h ou g h need is d e m o n s t rated. fhe f:ma ncl a l A I d OffICe w t l l con -i d e r a l l ap pl ica n h f r a ny award for w h ich t h e y migh l be d i g i b[�. Aid mvurds al'l' for olle yea r alld /1/0-'1 Il l'£' YL'I1L'l1'tlble, proVIded rI' : a pp " catioll is cOlI/plptcd 0 / 1 11 Ine, filllll1c wl .,eed CUlIllIl!Ics, lind slll lS/actOrt/ amdcl11ic progr�s is mailltllincd. Aid is 1101 Ililiomalica/lli rcllcwed melt
year.
NOTIFICATION OF AW ARD DECISIONS
1. A w a rd de isions f o r freshmen a nd transfer students wh.o meet t h � M, rch 1 com p le tion d a t e will be made in M a rch , and "clual
notification w i l l be m a iled A p ril l . . 2. Financial aid decisions for con t i n u i n g P L U s t u de n ts are made I n A p ril a n d n o t i Ication5 ar' sen t o u t begi n n in g in May.
VALIDATING THE AID OFFER
Aid offers must b va l i da t ed by retu rn i n � the signed Financial Aid Awa rd Notice " n d su bm i t t i n g the Sl()O adva nce payme n t re q u i red bv the un iversi tv . T h i s s h o ul d be d on e a s soon as possi bl e but must b e com pleted by M e')' 1. A pplica n t s n o t re t u rn i n g t h e i r a cce p ta n ce of an award by the reply date speci fied wil[ have their awa rds ca n cell d I f a n a pp lica n t later deCi de s to reapply, the <1 p p ltcat l c n "" til : be reV Iewed W i th the group cu rre n t [y belllg p roces se d . . Aid, w i t h t h e exce p tio n o f Col lege Work-S t udy , i s cred i ted to the student's accou n t when all p a pe rwork has been com p leted . One h a l f of the a w a rd is disbursed each semester. Pments a nd st ud t' n ts a r ' responsible for t h e charges i n excess of the award. . [n some cases a i d is a w a raed in excess of d i rect u l1l ve rsl t y c h a rges to h e l p w i t h l i v i n g expen. (>s. T h i s money w i l l re main on the stu de n t's acco u n t u nlC'ss requested by tht: s t ude n t through the BUSI ness Office a ftl'r classes h ave begu n . Under federal regu l a tions, a d j u s t m e n ts to a n award p a ckage must be m ad c if a stude n t receives additional aWMds of aid from sou rccq t' xt Q rn a l t() t h e u n iv ers it y . In every caSl" hoyv('ver, t h e Fi na ncial Aid Office w i l l a tte m pt to a l l o w t h t' s t u d e n t to kee p a s m uc h o f the a wa rd pack a ge ,15 pOSSIbl e . By t re a t l llg aId receIved from e x te rn a l sou rces i n this way, addi tional ,1 w a rds from t he u n i versity'S resou rce s can be made to o t h e r q u a li fied nee dy st u de n t s .
RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The ba si c reqponsibility for f i na nci ng an edu ca tio n at PLU res ts with students a n d tlH�lr ta m t l lc's. In addItIon to e x pected contribu t i on s from panmt, or gU<l fd i a ns , s t u dents arc e xpec ted to assist by con t r i b u t i n o f ro m their siwings a nd summer earn lllgs. FIllJnclal as si sta n ce f ro�n t h e u n i ve rsi ty is therefol'C' s u p p le m e n tary to t h e ef fo rt s of a s t u d e n t's fil m i t y . It is p rovided for s t u d e n ts w h o de mo n striltc need. Additional righ ts a n d respon s i b i l i t i e s of financial aid recipients i n cl ude: 1 . Signin � and rc t u rn i n g cach fin � n cia l a id no tice re ce ived . 2. Decitl1ln g a t a n I' tI m e a n y p o r t i o n o f a n awa rd . 3. N o t i fyi.ng the I�ina ncial Aid Officl! i n case o f a change i n cred it h ou rs a t tempted; a Chil llgC In mantal s t a t u s; a cha nge m re s l den cc' (off-campus or ilt hOl11e); or rece Ip t of Mi d , tlo nal outSide scholarships. 4. S ign i n g ad d i t ion il l documents in the Fina n c iill Aid O f fice a l the begin l l lllg of e a c h semester.
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS/S ATI SFACTORY PROGRESS T h e po l icv o f t he Financial A i d Office is to al ll"v s tud e n ts t o con
ti nu e receiving fi n a ncial a s s istance as long as they Me i n good stand il t the u n iversity. To d o o th erwi se would ca u se a severe hilrd s h I p on students who m u s t de vo te their dforts to achieV i n g satlsfilc tory grad es . However, no institutional g ran ts will be d w a rded to students w i t h c u m u lative grade poi n t av� ragcs below 2.00. . To be given p rio rity tor most ty p es 01 fInanCial aId, an ap f'h ca nt must be c l: rol l cd a � a full-time st u d e n t . For fede ral fi nanCial aId p ro g rams , a lu I I- tl tne stu de n t IS de fI ned as any person e n rolled fo r a m i lll m u m ot tw('lve crpci l' t h o u rs or more per se m est e r . Most fi na n cial a i d a t P L U is based on an a vera gt' of 32 cre d i t h o u rs for t he acad mic ye'l r . T h i s inc.l u d ' s the pos iIJi l i ty of four hours during t h e i n te rim . Adjllslments ill all award lIlay lie mllde du ring I h � year if all oid recipienl has Ilot e 1 1 rolled fo r the I1ll1llber of credit hOllrs showll all the P'OIl! of lite award Ilotll-e. I n every ca se, fulf-tun e s tLld,�n t;; WIll be giver priority for fi na n cia l aid.
in s
FINANCIAL AID
11
TYPES OF AID
UNIVERSITY GIFT ASSISTANCE
UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS a re granted on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. To be considered, a freshman a p p l ica n t must have a 3.30 secondary school grade point average. Scholastic a b i lity must also be reflected in test scores from the Scholastic Aptitude lest (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT), or the Wa s h ing t on Pre-College Test (WPCT). Trallsfer and COlltlllllillg stu den ts must have a 3.0 cumula tive grade point average to be qualified for first-time or renewal awards. PLU is a sponsor of . Natiolw/ Merit Scholarships, Students who earn semifinalist standing are encouraged to contact the Financia.l Aid Office for information concerning a PLU Merit Award . PRESIDENT'S SCHOLARSHIPS of $750 a re awarded t o e n ter i ng fres hmen in recogn itio n of outstallding acad emic achievement i n h ig h school a n d in an ticipation of superior performa nce a t PLU . To be a ca n d idate, a student must have a high school � . p . a . of 3 . 75 or higher, present high test scores, and be offered admission by Ma.rch 1. F//lancw/ lleed 15 /lvt a determllllllg factor a nd no applicatIOn is re quired. Only a l i mi ted number of students who meet the above re quirements are selected. The awards, made in March, are renewable if a 3.3 grade point average is maintained. ALUMNI MERIT AWARDS o f $ 1 , 000 are available to exceptional students. Prefer�nce will be giv<;>n to sons and daughters of PLU alumnI. To be ehglble, e n tenn g freshmen must have a cumulative high school g, p . a . o f 3 . 5 o r higher. Non-freshmen a nd renewal ap p licants must h a v e a minimum colle g iate g . p . a . of 3.3 to be eligib le . Financial need is no t a determining factor and a special application is required. Merit awa rd a p plican ts must be offered admission to the u n iversi ty and must submit applications by March 1 o f the yea r pre ced i ng their enrollment. FACU LTY MERIT AWARDS (24 awards) are a vailable to those students who have completed a minimum of 45 semester hours at PLU . The S750 stipend is not based on need . A recipient ca n not be receiving any other merit award s . A faculty commi ttee will evaluate recipients on the basis of their scholastic achievement, s p ecific tal enb, and unusual service to the community or the un iverSity. PROVOST'S MERIT AWARDS of $750 are granted to transfer students with a cumulative college grade point average of 3.6 or above, Preference is given to eligiole students who will complete iln assoCIate degree at a n accredited commumty college (or a compara ble academic experience a t an accredited four-year institution) be fore their enrollment at P LU . Only students who h a ve received a n offer of admission by March 1 will be considered. Other criteria which may be considered include: high school record; test scores; involvement and leadership in school, college, community, and church . Financial need is no t a determining factor. AIR FORCE ROTC SCHOLARSHIP recipients (4-year, 3-year, or 2-year) may attend Pacific Lutheran U n iversity. AFROTC classes are held at the Aerospace Studies Department on the Un iversity of Puget Sound campus, about 20 minutes driving time from the PLU campw,. TALENT AWARDS a re granted to students with financial need who have exceptional ability in the fields of forensics, drama, art, music, or ath letics. The candidate must make arrangements with the school or department concerned for an a u d itio n an d/or a per sonal 11l terview. In some cases a tape or film will be sa ti sfa ct orv . A recommendation from a fac u l ty member must be on file be fo re a�stu d en t is considered for a Ta lent Award . UNIV ERSITY GRANTS arc awarded in combination with loans and employment to st u d ents with financial need who do not qualify for sc�olarship assistance: 0invrity Grallts are available for qualified mll10nty stu cfents 111 a d d iti o n to all other ty p e s of financial aid de scribed. Foreig"l Studellt Grallts are restricted to those foreign stu dents who have provided their own resou rces for at least one year of a ttendance. Grants usually amount to less than one-third of t h e cost of attendance. MIN ISTER'S DEPENDENT GRANTS are available to unmar ried, . dependent children of a reglliarly ordailled, active minister or miSSionary of a C h ristian church . The minister's p rincipa l employ ment and primary source of income must be a result of churc h work. The minimum annual g rant is $200 but this may be increased to $700
if the eligible student has a demonstrated financial need as deter mined from the Financial Aid Form. If a FAF is submitted no spe cia l M D G a p plication i s re q uired. June 1 is t h e deadline for requesting thiS gra n t . Requests received thereafter will be honored only as
budgeted funds permit.
12
FINANCIAL AID
A L U M N I DEPENDENT G R A NTS of $200 a re given to full-time students whose parent(s) attended PLU (PLC) fo r two semesters or more. To be e l i g ible the alumni d e e nd e nt must be a fu l l-tim e stu dent ( 1 2 credit hours per s .mestcr and complete an a p p l ica t i o n in the F i nan cial Aid O ffice. De ce mb e r 1 is the d e a d l i n e for req u e s t in g this grant. Requests received therenfter wil l be h o n ored o nl y as budgeted fu n d s perm it. GRANTS in the a m o u n t o f $50 per semester shall be g ive n to each of two or more full-time students from the same fami- Iy a ttending PLU simultaneously, provided that the main support for both is from parents and provided they ha ve not received any other univer sity grant or award. Mnrried students a rc also eli g ible when both are fun-time students. An appl ication must be filed 111 the Financial Aid Office a t re g istration or immediately thereafter. The 'grant will be credited after eligibility is established. In a d dit io n to its own scholarship funds, the u n iversih' has at its disposal the following restricted funds, genera'.'y aw ard�d t o those students w ho complete the regular application and who have fi nished their freshman year:
f
Aid As�oci.:l tiLln for l . u thl"r<ltlS SchoLHShips t\lIenmor\.· FOllnd<ltlOl1 Scholarship A l u m ni Schol,m�h ip Fund A m c ricilll Lutheran C hurch - North r',lCific D i s t rict Schol'lr� h i p 0rnL'ric<ln. L �l t hcr'ln Ch urch S <:: ho l <l r,s h lp ,l nd C r. ,n Prngrnm for Minority Studl'nt� Hort::nce S p m n e r A n d t'rson fI,·1cIII 0 rJ.l I S chol,l rs h l p R u t h Anunson Schol.Hbhlp A.s�oci<l t c d Grucers Scholarship H . E . R . C . Minority Scholnrship Bindl�r Men1(lrial Scilol,lrship Jorunn IlrL,jlil nd Schul<lrsh ip Fund Or. ilnd Mr." \N . n. Burns Fund BorLI�l(f MCn10ri'll Schola rship Hl'nrit'ttll Uulton NurSin Schol rs h i Fund g Carl Dalk MCIllOriill Schula rshlp found Shelley Foun?�) ti(ln Ed l.lC<ltion.ll Schlilarships Chevron f\.·Il'nt A\-\'Md:-: Comc rco �chol<lrs h i p I r e n e O . rt�oMl'rit ;\w[lrd fdn A. D,wis found Doolittk' r",femor;,,1 Sd � ()I.lrship Lcd Enkson :IcholM!i h l p I�'lculty Ml'n1ori.1J S C hlliM:.:.hi p J:und Fi:l l t h L u t h l.'r"im C h u rch o f f'ortliJnd Scholarship Fund Henry Fos:-:. S("hobr:-ohi l :\:orwCgi,Hl �tt1dcnb) L. c. (:.0:;:; M4..'Il'llri"J Sc/loJJrship . Haas J."ound.lIton Oln f i i., [ v o rSl'rl ScbolJrship vY . H . J fardtkeScminnry S �ud('nl I�und Sun.nn Ingram Ml'mort"\ Schol,lrshlp Terry Irwlll Scholarship Johnson/L.1rson Schol., r�hi p Rev. Karl Kilian 'v 1 le11lorial hllld William Kilwurth Found<ltlon Schol ilf�h ip Fund M('ivin Kkwuno Ml.'morial Schular!-lhip Ebb,l �,Jrsun N u rsing Sc.hOI<lfS h i p Llldvl� clnd Cl,lrtl Li\ f""; o n Sc holar!-lhi p LOllis(� a n d (;uy I .��s �l.:\n i�1l'nllH·ial .Sch u l.1 rsh.i p Mr. and Mrs. W. l I d d ing l . l n d bl' rg Lndo\.vpJ Scholarship LuthN<ln iJmtht..' rhood Lcr;<ll RC�l'rvl' Life I n s u r,)n("� Co. Schol.:r r s h i p . Jot' Marchint'k iV!L'mon.ll Scholiln; h i p F u n d Mil t h e rn a tics S( hul., r s h I p Lil,l Moe Scho!"arship Fred o. Muc:n�ch('r an� A �oci.1tl'� - Sh<l �l')" s Parlors Schol<1rship . Mr. <1Ild Mrs. Gu�, I I . i':l em.a n MemOrial S(ho[Jr� h l P M,lrgJ rl!t :....: i St.ld Memorial S(hol,Jr� h i p I{oger PJctel Ml!morial Scholarship BI'1Ilchl' Pflaum Schulnrship PLU Wome-n'sClub Sc holarshi p Port l.:l nd A rcol Alumni ScholM::.hip Kathrvn r{ee�Q Memorial Sch olarsh ip Drs. ich d .l nd WalttrSchwindt Scholarship �i9ucl.md Youth Schol rs hi p ( lorth P{lcific District Luth<.' r Leagu(·) Sklllm.'r FoundJtion Scholarship S m i t h Endowment Scholarship Fund Dora StJngland �1('morial S("hot.:r rship I d L1 Tin b d:-:.tad Mt' n1ol'l"I ScholJrship E\'elrrl S . Ttlrven d S c hol., r s h i p . E.llen \!Jlk' tl,'jell1onJl S,holllr::ih ip
1
a
l
p
(for
S("�ol.1 rship
ri/.7.�
R"
m
a
Edvin .1 111..1
�{�)6lPr���'2�::lt�)�1�\t'Il1(lrial I- irdvig I\rt h u r M l'TTlt)ria i Oon(Jld A. l1runnt.'dvk ntCJ n <l 1 Mark S"IZn1<1n Memo ri., 1 J . P. CJrlstrom S ch ola r sh i p Louisand Leona J� .. , m p S("holor�hip Gordon P('arson Memo r i,, 1 WlIdel}-hndL'riieScholarship fund Wilshington St.llt' A u to m obi l e Dl'al�rs Scholarship Washington Congress of P(l rE:'nb, Teachers. Ilnd Students
GO VERNMENTAL GRA NTS T H E PELL G RA N T PROGRAM is a fe deral program designed to p rovide the "foundation" for a financial a id pa cka ge. It is i n te n d ed for students with high fi nancial need. When completing th� Finan cial A i d Form ( F A F) a pplicants should i n d icate that th� information i s to be used for determi n i n g their �Ii g i bil i ty for the Pell Gra n t by checking the appropriat� box . If the Stu d e nt E l igibi l i ty Report (SER) you receive i n d icates eligibil ity, a l l t h re e copies should be sent to the Financial Aid Office. SUPPLEM ENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY G RANTS (SEOG) a r e available to stude n ts who have exception a l fi I�a n c ia l need . Grants range from $200 to $2,000 per year. The SEOG m u s t b e matched w i t h at least a n equivalent a m o u n t of o t h � r kinds of aid (grant, loa n , or e m p l ()ym�nt). Eligibility is determined by federal g u i d elines. W A S H I NGTON STATE N E E D G RA NTS a re available to eligible residents o f the State of Washin gton who attend PLU. These grants arc intended for students with high need. On the basis of guidelines established by the Council o n Post-Seconda�y Ed u ca t io n , stll d�n ts wIth speCified need as computed from the Fl I1 a nCi a l AId F o r m a re submitted to the State for consideration. Present proce d u re does not req uire a separate a pp lication. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT There arc employment opportunities on ca mpus a nd in the community that can help students meet col lege expenses. Prior ity for placement is given to those students w h o have demon strated fi nancial need and have been awarded a work-study eligiblity. Over 900 stud e n ts work on ca m p u s each year. The university'S a n n ual stu d e n t payroll exceeds S 1 , 000,000. The av erage on-cam p u s job approxima tes ten hours per week, and produces around $ 1 , 050 cfu ring a n academic year. All student placements for on-call/p liS al/d off-emil /Ills jobs are irml died liy tile Career Planl/illS a l l d P/aCCII1CIl/ Office. Actual assign ments for new studen ts a rc made a t the begi nning of the school year and at other times as vacancies occ u r . The federal Col lege Work-Study Program o ffers o n l y on-cam pus e m p l oyment. To participate, students must be eligible for work-stud y . T h e state Work-Study Program o ffers only off-ca mpus work opportunities with profit-making and non-profit t'm ployers. Positions must be related to students' aca d e m ic i n terests. To participate, students must be eligible for work-study. LOANS Many students invest in their future b y borrowing educational funds. Low i n terest, deferred loa n s make It possible to pay SOllle of t h e c o s t o f education at a later t i m e . Loans arc o f t e n i n c l u d e d w i t h g i f t assistance and work to form a financial aid package. There are three m a j or sou rces o f loans at PLU:
f
N U RSING STUDENT LOAN (NSL) - A tederal loa n ' rogru m l i m i ted to students w i t h need who arc accepted for enrol ment o r a r c � n r o l l e d i n t h � School o f Nu rsing (usually n o t before t h e s 0 f, h o . more vea r) . f h e N 5 L h a s p ro v I s i o n s S i m I l a r to the the N DSL. Up to 52,506 is a v a ila b i L" de p�'ndl' n t on federal fu n d i ng. Loans a verage $500. Rl'paynll'nt begins one yea r after gra duatio n . Partial or ful l cance l l a tion is po ssible u n d e r cc'rtain conditions . G U A R A NTEED I N S U R E D STUDENT LOAN (GSL)
-
U nd e r
t h i s progra m , students may borrow from ba nks, credi t unions, a n d savings i1 nd l o a n associations. A sepurate appl icatio� procedure is . reqUIred and form s a re i1 vaIl"ble t w m the PLU Fll1ancl,l l Aid OffIce. Th� l11 ilxil1111mS which iI stud ent milV b o rro w Me :
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,500 U nd ergril d llate - dependl' n t . . 53,000 - i n depen d e n t Gradllilt� . . . . ...... .............. 55,000 Repaym e n t of pri nc ipil l is deferred u n til n i ne months after a re cipient Cl'a S l' S to be il half-time student e nrolled in a n e l i gible in stitu tion. The i n terest rate is ':1%; i n terest is paid by the federal govern ment w h i le the recipie n t is a tten d i n g school. Short term loans a re available from various restricted PLU loa n fu nds which I n d u d e :
A l u m n i i\SStlCi,llioll LO,ll1 Fund Amc'rk,m Lllther,ln Church WOlllcn I .o.,n Fund Anton I\ n<.iL-rSili1 Lu.ln rUlld John S. H�lkl'r 1 . 0.)11 Fund P. Clrlstmlll lVkmori.ll Lo,m FlInd Pelhl ,,1111111.) Stucl('n t ' .0.111 hInd Lily C. F l'rll Fund rvl.nie I luth I o') n F u n d Ge.rhMd KirkL'bo Menlori,,1 Lo,m Fund J I..'<lll l.-'ttd.1\snn · Di.:l l1<l 1 ',HlI · Miri<ll1l StOll Menlori.,! Student I .oiln Fund !'-(.M1l Fund S ttll'fl ,'\ \ u m n i LO<l1l Fund Tint;k'st" d 1 .(MIl Fund WU1llcn ' .., C l u l" of T.1COllld 1�l'v( ) l v i n g 1 .0<)" Fund V l' m C' C r.lh.1m 1.0.111 j:\lnd
J.
K.,PP" k
.
J.P. Ptlw.:gl'rStl1dl'nl O.J. O.A.
VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCA TIONAL REHABILITATION Pacific Lutheran U n i versity has bee n a pproved by the State Ap provi n g Ag e n cv a s one of the q u a l i fied institutions which veterans may a tte nd and receIve benefIts. Vetera n s , WIdows, and chtldren of
deceased veterans who wish to i n qu ire about their e l igibl ity for be nefits should contact the Regional Office of the Veterans A d m inis tration, Federal Build ing, 9 1 5 Seco n d Avenue, Seattle, Washington
98 1 74
Students should gain adm ission to the u n i versity before making aPfllicatioI} for benefits. Students a rc encouraged to reg ister at the Ul1 lVersIty s Veterans AffaIrs O ffICe before each term to I l1sure con tinuous receipt of benefits.
NATIONAL D I RECT STUDENT LOAN (NDSL) - Eligibility is determined bv the PLU Financial Aid Office from the Fina ncial Aid Form and is based on Ileed. Most loans average 5900 a n n ually, but cannot exceed 53,000 for the first two years of school, n or a n aggre gate of $6,000 for an u n dergraduate degree. No in terest accrues a n d no payments on principa l arc necessary un til nine months after a recipient ceases to be a halHlme student enrolled II1 an el I g b le 1I1stit u ti o n . Simple i n terest i s on 4 % d u rin g the repay ment period . U p to 100% cancella tion i s a v a i l a b l e for teach ing the hand icapped or in certain low income a reas. Repayment may be deferred because o f further full-time study or service i n the a r m e d forces, VISTA, or the Peace Corps. Exit i n terviews arc required by the Business Office upon leaving PLU or transcripts, grades, a n d d i p l oma a re w ith h e l d .
i
FINANCIAL AID
13
Costs TUITION
FAM ILY STU DENT HOUSING
� tu de nt s at Paci fic Lu theran U n iv l' r s i ty pay on ly for those courses 1 0 w h ich th.ey J re (' nro l le d . Tu [t[on chiHges are. de te r m in c d bv tl'll' n u mb.'r ot credit h o u rs for which students r(lgi5te.r. The 1 982- � rMC' tor one sc m e <; te r hOUT i, S 1 6 5.00. Most c Ou rse s ca rry a valu of f o u r semeste r hou : . A tcw . pec i J lizcd courseS, e . g . , p h y si cal education, art, and p nVil t e musIC I � ss on s , may require extra costs whICh arc I[sted w i th each semester s cou rse o t fe n n gs.
Two a n d three bedroom ( 1 4 u n it s ) , p e r m o n t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 3 0 . 00 A deposit of $80.00 m u s t acco m p a ny a re s e r va t ion for fa m i ly stu de n t ho u s m g . Th[s d e p os i t w!ll be h eld by the u n iversity u n t i l the occu pa n t vacates the apartme n t or cancels the res r va t i o n . One month's re n t for apartments is re quired in ad va nce . Rates are sub j ec t to change.
SPECIAL FEES (1982-83 RATES) Lilte r�' gist'ra tio n cl ea ra n c e Au d H p r ":Ol1 r s '
Mail or deliver payments t o the PLU B u s ine ss Office. Checks shou 'd be made p a y a b le to Pacific L u t h e ra n Un iversity a n d the stu , dent s n a me and [dentl f[ca t[on nu mber should be shown on t h e check. Bank cred i t cards are accepted .
·
_ _ _ _ _ _
. . . . . . 525 00 25% of tuition
Cred i t b y e xa m i n < tio n : D p a r t m ' n t a l ex a m 25% of cou rs e tuition S t u d e n t P a rk i ng : . Yeilr Permit . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . Nu c h a rge Pe n J l ty for non-registration _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ 5'10.00 Student h ea l t h a n d accident i n surJ nce (estimated fee; a c t u a l fee m a y b higher)(24 ho u rs , 1 2 month co,, 'rage, optional) . $99.00 Private music lesslllls ( p e r credit hour) 575 . 00
ROOM AND BOARD - Double Occupancy (1982-83) FilII, I n t eri m , J nd pring Fa l l ilnd Sp ri n g Fall ilnd I n tl' r i m Fall only I n terim o n lv I n terim and S p r i ng Spring only
' ROOM AND BOARD B REAKDOWN (1982-83)
52370 2280 1 280 1 190 1 80 1 370 1 1 90
One semester o n l y : $ 580 (room) S 6 1 0 (board) I nternll� $ 90 (ro ml' 90 (board) • I nterim room i. fn: for rail semcsrer students on ca m pu s during mten m . In o r de r to re mJ i n on c a m p u s d u r i n g i n terim, students m u st take a cla s s or fi l e a Pla n a Actio n . Full yeM: $ 1060 (room) S 1 220(boMd)* • Do � not i n cl u d e S90 i n t er i m board charge. . . ne h a l l wiU be op e n d u r i n g 01ristmas a n d s p ri n g break. An a d d[t[on')l h ' c w " l bl' dl a rg e d for occu pancy d u ri ng th .. c times. . Only a vrr-y s mal l n u m b 'r o t ti ll1gl c roo m s aI" ava ilab l e . They are Illnited to st u d e n t s with m d ical l ph ys ica l handicaps w h ich n e ce i tate a single room, a n � to u p pe rclas s c; t u d e n ts . Students new to PLU n ormal ly do not r(' cel v(' mgle r .lom assignme n ts . An d d d it'i o nal �65. 00 f '> P r sem e s te r is assessed for ' i n g k rooms. An a d d i tio n a l :;; 1 00 . 00 fee [- dS .!" scd for d oub le rooms used as si n gl es (spring scrnester o n ly) . Th "bove room a n d bo a r d rates includ ' th ree meal s per day, Monday t h rough ". a t u r d a y a n � bru nch and d i n ner on S u nd a y . � . Meab a n: not p ro v i d e d d u n ng I hnnksg[vll1 g , ChnstmJs, a nd Ea s ter vaca tions, nor a n y o th er day when the res[ d e n C h a l l s a rc l os ed . On-campus stud en ts are required to cat in the u n ive rs i t y d i ning halls. Stu dents l i vi n g of f- c am p us are e n cou raged t o ea t me�ls o n cam . or l u nc h only p u . rwo plans are offere d : a l l meals, e en days, 0 . M onday t h ro u g h Frid v .
r ail n rld'Spring (each
emesler)
Off-ca m p u s f u l l ff-ca m p u s l u nch
5 d a ys
56 1 0 . 00 $21 5 . 00
Off-ca mpus fu l l Off-campus lu n ch
5 d a ys
$90.00 $45.00
lrli enlll
14
COSTS
PAYMENTS
PAYMENT OPTIONS
n is selected, the totill costs o f Pa ymen t by semester. If this op t io. each semeste r m u s t be pard be fo re the begllll1lng of classes. 2. Th (c' PLU Budget Plan iJ llows for pa y i n g certain se lec te d educa t[onal expenses o n iJ m o n t h l y installment b a s i s without i n terest or service ch a rges . QU il l i fy i n g co st s (e xc lu d es books, fines, e tc . ) ilre es t i m a te d for t he en tire academic year a nd paid i n twelve in s t all:ne n t s beginn ing May 1 0 , with the las t insta l l m e n t d u e April 10. For s tud e n ts a t tendll1g o n ly one semester (exc l u d [ n g S u m mer session a n d i n te r i m ) the estimated cost is paid i n six i n s t a l l ments. Fa l l semester paym e n ts beg i n Ma y ] () and s p ri n g semester pay ments �egin Novem ber 1 0. ;:.. B u dg et Plan Agreement may be ob ta ! ned tram the Bus[ness Otf[ce. The a g ree m e n t is not va(id u n t i l [ t [s c o m p l et ed , si gn ed , re turned, and a p p roved by t h e Bu s i n e s s
1.
Office. NOTE: Enro l l mcnt
is not com pl e te u n t i l paym e n t i s made in ac cordance with one of the above payment options. Late payme n ts may be ass es se d a 2% latc payment pe n a l ty .
ADV ANCE PAYM ENTS
New students pay a 5 1 00 . 00 advilncc payment in order t o finalize their offer o f admissio n . For fall acce p ta nc e t h i s i s not refu n d a b l e a t t e r 1vlay 1 ( Dece m ber 1 5 f o r i n t e ri m; January 1 5 f o r spring semes ter). All ret u r n i n g s tu d e n ts who wish to res er ve a ro om the fo l lowing ye a r or students who a rc r ec eiv i n g financial aid m u s t make a 5 1 0 0 . 00 a d va n ce payme n t . This advance payment is not re fu nd a b l e after J u l\, 1 5 . Students w i l l n o t b e p erm it ted t o fi nal iz e registration a s l o n g a s any b i l l re m a i n s u n pa i d .
RESTRICTIONS
T h e u n i versity reserves the r i gh t t o withhold statements of honor able dismissal , g:ade r('ports, t r a n sc ri p t o f records, or d i pl o ma s , u n td a l l ul1lvers[t y bdls have been pard. U nd e r certarn cir cu m sta nce s stu dent pay c hec k s may be a p p l ie d to u n paid ba l a n c e s .
REFUNDS
A fu l l tuition refund (less $ 2 5 . 0 0 w i t h d rawal fee i n addition t o for feiture of the advance payment) w i l l be m a d e for fa ll and spring semesters w h e n a student w i t h d raws from the u niversity before t h e end of the second week; 25% t u i tion r"'funds will be made for with d r aw als during the third a n d fou rth w ee k s ; n o re fu nd s are a.llowed after the fo urt h w e ek . When a st u d e n t withdrJ ws before the end of the first week d u ri ng the interim, a full tuition refund (less $25.00 w i t h d rawal fee) w i l l be mad e . No refu nds arc a llo w ed a fter thc first week . Residence hall r efun d s will ad h e re to the te r m s of the Residential Life Contract. pro-rata board refund will be ma de for n eces sa ry withd rawal from the u n iverSity. Board re fu n ds will n ot be made fo r any u n i ve r sity trrps, such as chOlr, b a n d , orchcstra, athletICS, a n d so tor t h . Re funds on room w i l l not be made. N(� tice of withdra ''':<l l m u s t be mad.' in w ri t i n g to the re g is trar of PaCifIc Lutheran U nr ve r s [ ty , and re cc [ve d before the dea d l i n e s g i v e n abo ve. O r a l re qu est s arc not acccptable. Requcsts fur consideration of exception to these policies sh o ul d be ad d re ssed to the assistant dea n for s tude n t l i fe .
Student Life The q l. la l i t y of life cultivJ ted and fostered within the u n i vCrS i !v is e s e n t i al component of the ucademlC commuI1lty. fhe environment pro d u ce d is conducive to a l i fe of vigoruus and creative schola rship. I t a lso r eco g nizes that l i be ra l education is for the total person and that a com p lementary rel a tIonshIp eXIsts between students' i n tellectual d e v el o p me n t a n d the satisfactllln o f their otl1l'r individual needs . I n teractIon WIth persons of d J ffenng l i fe s les, appl ication l) f classroom k n owle d g ' to per ona l goals a n d aspirations, and non-academic cx pc r ie nc s are ,l ll invilluable . ilnd vital com pon e n ts of educatlOn at PLU. In a tlIne when there [s a need for mea n i ng f u l commun i ty,. the cam p u s faci litates genuine relationships among members ot the uI1lverSlty from dIverse reli giou s, racial, amf cultural backgrounds. A l l of the services a nd faCIlit Ies proVIded are 1I1 tended to complement the aca d em IC progra m . The services provided reflect changing student needs, and the opportUI1ltles for student p arti c Ipat I o n 1I1c1ude vtrtua ll y al l a spec t ot the u niversity. I ndividual ilttention is giyen to every student concern ll1c1ud ll1g a vanety of specl f[c serv I C es outl1l1ed below. an
s
ty
s
s
CAMPUS MINISTRY
Pacific L u t h e ra n University by its very nature i s a place for the interaction between studies and the Christian fa ith. Opportunities for the m u tual celebration of that faith on ca mpus are rich and diverse. C h a pe l worship i s held Monda y , Wednesday, and Friday mornings d u r in g each semester tor a ll who W I s h to p artlCl p a te. The U n i vers i ty Congregation meets in regular worship and elc brates the Lord's S u p p e r each Sunday. Pastoral serVlCes of the ulltverslty pastors are a va Il a ble to a l l students who deSIre them. Sev ' ra l denominations a n d religious groups have organizations on campus, and there are numerous student-in itiated Bible s t u d y and fellowsh i p groups. The Ca mpu s Min istly Council, an elected stude n t a n d facu l ty cnmmittee, coordinates these activities in a spirit of openness a n d m u tual respect.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMMUNITY LIFE
I n the close l ivi n g situation i n the ca mpus com m u n i ty certain regulations are necessarv, and the u lltverslty admIts students WIth the understanding that the y will comply with them. A l l students are expected to respect the r i g h t s and integrity of others. Conduct which is detrimental to stu den ts, their colleagues, or the u nivers i t y , or which v i o lates civil law, may be grounds for disciplinary sanctions o r dismissal from the u ni vers i ty , S p ecifi c regulations and guidelines are ou tLined in the Student Hal/dbook, which i s .a va i la b le through the Student L[fe O ffice for a l l stud e n t s at the begI n l1lng o f each year.
ACTIVITIES The P L U Student Halldbook enumerates over 50 a ca dem i c and
non acadl'mic org a niza t io ns, clubs, societies, and in terest grnu p s , w h ich testifies to the diversity of camp us ex ra - c u rricular l i fe . SOCIal action, reli g iou s , a n d poli tical orgalltzations; in terest and sporting clu bs; . ancf er V Ic e, profeSSIOn al, and academte SOCietIes are among the options from w h ic h to choose. The arts are flourishing ilt Pacific Lu hera n U niversity. The Choir of the West, th Concert Band, the U n iv e rS i ty Symphony Orchestra, a jazz ensemble, a renowned col legia te stage, two art ga l l e ri es, a nd a litu rgical dance ensemble prOVIde g('nerous opportu nities for the performlllg student. Personal expreSSIOn IS emphasized in debate, student g overn ment, ca mpus radIo KPLU FIve the un ive rs i t y yearbook, and the wee kly student newspaper. Orga nized and individual p h y sica l activities arc for everyone. Rec re a ti o na l a n d compe titive pro g rams include footbal l , cross coun try, basketball, SWlmm1l1g , h l klllg, citmblllg, vo lleyb a l l , tennis, golf, wrestling, add l e ban, bowling, sq uash, handball, P lllg pong, baseba ll, softbal , bad mill ton, fIeld hockey, track and fid d-, water polo, skiing, a nd rowing. A t h letics em p ha size development of the individual ra ther than the search for a th l eti c g l o ry, yet the univ rsity i s p ro u d of its varsity championships in many sports.
t
s
t
r
RESIDENTIAL LIFE Rcsi d en ti a l li ving i s a n integra l
part of the educational process at PLU a n d the residence halls were constructed w i th that in mind. U n i vers i ty policy reflects the commitment to the residential . concept. Unless exempted by the ReSIdentIal L[fe O ffICe, a l l students n o t l ivi n g a t h o m e w i t h pa rer;ts, g uardian, or spouse are rcqlllred to hve 111 a reSIdence ha n unhl achll: vlllg sentor status or
the age o f 2 1 years, As a residential campus, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity offers students a va l uab le experience in co mm u nit living. The u n i versity recognizes the i m p ortance of non-cl �? sro()m activities in p roviding an education for th e whole person . I he aIm of resldenhal I IVlllg IS to help students grow personally, s Qci a l l y , cull u m l l y, and religiously. Campus residence halls are sm a l l . They are org<ll1iz.cd into communities in which each individual counts as a perso n . New knowledge shared with friends in the residence halls takes on a very p e rso na l meaning. Men and women of man y back g ro u n d s and cultures l i ve on campus; therefore, students III residence have a u ni l l ue op p ortu ni ty to broaden their cultural horizons. T n I' u n iversity cares about the q ua l ity of life o n camfus. The a ttractive and comfortable residence halls enrich the q uahty of hfe and enhance the learIllng process. rhe uIllverslty offers students h i g h-g u a h ty houSlIlg op p ortuIllhes l IlcludlIlg student leadershIp expertences, tormal a n d i n formal programs, and peer assocIatIons. The student governing bodies ilre s t rong a nd actively partiCipate in im p ro v i n g the program. . . . A sel ection of modern, attrachve halls, each WIth Its own traditions and u nique a d v a n tages, offers students the o p portu nity to esta b l i h a comfortable livi n g pa ttern . All h a l ls include i nform a l lounges, study rooms, recreation areas, and common kitchen a nd l au nd ry facilities. Most of the halls are co-educational. A l t h oug h they a re housed i n separa te win g s, men and women in co-cd halls share l o unge a nd recreation facilities and common residence gove rnment, a nd p articipate jointly in aU hall activities. All- men's and all-women's halls are reserved for those who desire this type of living experience. Further information regarding residence halls can be obtained from the Residential Life Office. In a d d i tion to housing for sing l e students, the u niversity maintains apartments o n ca mpus for fa mily student hou si ng . Two a nd th ree-bedroom u nits are available. A p plication for these apartments can be made through the Office o f General Services.
y
s
STUDENT LIFE
15
PROGRAM FOR COMMUTING STUD ENTS
Every effort is made to assu rE' comm u ti n g students enjoy th same well-roun ded university experience as those in residence. Fi rst-year students who w i l l be at h.ome a re invited to participate i n a special program which deals with enriching college for theIj1. Off ca mpus students arc i nvited a n d encou raged to participate in the varied a nd frequent activities programs planned for all students.
ENVIRONS
The u niversity's geogra p hical setting affords the student a wide variety ot both recrea tional and cultura l en tertainment options. Recreationally, the grandeur of the Pacific Northwest coun try encourage s participation i n hiking, campi ng, climbing, skiing, boating, and swimming. The most conspicuous natural mOn L1l11 e n t in the area is M t . Rainier. I n addition t o Rainier! the distinctive realms of the Cascade a nd Olympic m o u n tain ranges and forests of Douglas Fir complete one of the most na t u rally tranquil environments i n the U n ited States. Students can also enjoy the aesthetic offerings of nearby SeatUe and Tacom a . These city centers host a variety of performing and reco rdi n g a rts and provide dozens of galleries and mu. eums as well a s u n ique shopping and d i n i n g O!xperiences.
STUDENT SERVICES T h e S t u d e n t H e a l t h Center retains the services of a full-time mcdex and part-time nu rse practitioner with il backup physici'1 n and nu rses tor basic medical cme or referra l . A l l students arc en ti tled to the services of the center. Health and Accident Insurance is offered by the u n i versity o n a volu lltary basis. The grou p Accident a n d Sickness Medical Expense Plan provides coverage 24 hours a dav, 1 2 mon ths a year, anywhc're in the world . This plan is ,wa ilable at tall, interim, o r s p ri ng registra tion o n ly . A brochure outlining the program is available from the Student Life Office. All foreign students I11I1St take out thO! school in surance. The Counseli.ng a n d Testing Center ass-ists students i n coping with normal developmental probl ems. Tra ined and experienced co u n selors, including a stilff psychiatrist, offer g roup and individual co un sel in g . A variety of p sy ch ological tests and i n terest inventories arO! a vailable to assist students with career planni ng, educational adjustnwnt, and personal p robl(e ms. The M i nority Affai.rs O f fice coordinates a special program whicll seeks to provide co ntinually for the academic and social nt'eds o f m i nority students. Supportive services include ad missions assist<lnce, scholarship and financial aid assistance, counseling, book fu n d , and convocation p rograms . The Foreign Stu dent Of fi ce provides for the various needs of foreign studO!nts. Sup p ort s�'rvices include .orientation to the U . s . a n d PLU, the Host El lnrly Progra m, a lralson WIth Im mlgra tron offices, counseling, a n d advising the I n ternational Student Orga niza tion Food Service, owned ilnd o pe rated by Pilcific Lutheran U niversity, is available to a l l students , faculty, staff, and their guests. Students living o n campus arc required to take their meals in one of two cafeterias. No deductions are made for s tudcn ts eating fewer than three meals per day u n less a conflict exists due to work. [n case of a conflict, il student must obtain a p proval for a deduction a t the Food Service O ffice i n the Un iversity Cen ter. Students with special diets, approved in writin g from a doctor, Ciln in most cases be accommodated by contacting the dietitia n . This service is provided a t no extra cost. Students living off-camp us arc O!ncouragcd to select one of the two mea l plans offere d . O n e p lan proVIde'S 20 meals per week, 3 mO!als per day Monday thro ugh Saturda y a n d 2 meals on Sunday. The other ph n provides lu nch only Monday through Friday. Students may sign up for either plan at the Food Se rvice Office. The Food Service operates two coffee shops. One is located on [owe r campus in Colu mbia Center and thE' other is located in the University Center. A disco u n ted meal card is available at the Business Office and is designed to be used in either coffee shop by studen ts.
16
STUDENT LIFE
Vistors may cat i n a n y of the faci lities. Only the coffeC'shop in Col umbia Center is open d u ring . vacation periods. Sched u l i n g Services are maintained in the University Center. All u niversity activities m u s t be sched uled through ' this office. SchO!duling student activities is a joint responsibility of the U niversity Center d i rector an d the U n iversi ty Scheduling CommitteO!. Stu dent Government is an i n tegral part of �tudcnt ,Ktivities at PLU. The associated students elect a senate to govern their " ff"irs and oversO!e an extensive cOlll mittee pro � ra lll that involves h u n d reds of students in actively plannrng p l'll g rams and representing student opinion on various u n iverSity boards and committees. P L U Bookstore is owned and operated by Paci fic Lutheran U n iversity for the benefit o f students, faculty, staff. a n d their guests. The bookstore sells the textbooks and sup p lies that Me re q u i red or suggested by facu l ty members for their courses . Additio nal reading matter, supplies, gift ite m s , greeting cilrds, clothing, fi lm processing, toiletries, and other convenient items are also a vailable. The Career Plan ning a n d Placement Office seeks to fu l fi l l the PI.�U commitment to a developing program of career and lif<! p l a n n i n g . Students a re assisted during their education in making mean ingfu l a n d rea listic decisions about their L i fe and work after graduation through con ferences and professional sta ff, workshops and semlnars, classroom and dorm presentations, and materials housed i n the Careers Resou rce Center.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
The Ca reer Pia nning and Placemen t Office coordi na tt'S all studen t part-time l'm p loymen t (includin g College Work-Study a nd off cam p us Work-St udy jobs), an d lists part-timO! and full -time m ployment op p ortunities, both on and off ca mpus. The office also lists s u m mer j obs, local and nation-wide. Thl' office staff assists stude n ts and a l u m n i i n developing job search techni ques (also fac u l ty and staff by special a rrangement). The office coordinates iln off-campus i nterviewing schedule of recru iters fwm industry, business, government, il n d gra d u a t e schools.
G RIEV ANCE P ROCED URES
Policies and procedures at the u n iversity ilre i n tended to maint.ain a n orderly educa tional enviro n ment conducive to student learnin g and development. I n order to t u l fill institutional responsibility a nd a t the same t'ime follow procedures that are fair, consis tO! nt, and protective o f each person's ri g hts, appropriate grievance p wcedures hilve been established. I Fa student has reason to believe that a n academic or admi nstrativc act'ion i s u n j u st, capricious, or discri m i n a tory, these procedures are available for the student to seO!k redress. I n situa tions involving a l l cgO!d grievances against faculty or academic ildmin istrators, tlw p roced ure s of the "Academi Grievance Procedure" shall be followed . The !? rievance officer to contact IS the dIrector of the academIC advIsrng and assistance center. In situ�tions involving all eged grievances against administwtive staff or a ny other non-faculty university employ ees, thO! procedures of the "Student Administrative Grievance Procedure " shall be followed . The grievance officer to contact is the assista nt dean for student l i fe. Copies of each grievance proc.edure are available for review at the otfice of the respective grievance officers.
Advising T he un iversity l' Xpccts t h a t a l l students, a t Dnl' time o r anot her, wilI ntCed assista n ce in p l '1 nn i ng a c a d e mi C p ro gra rru; co nsistQ n l with n ts maktC thell" Il1lt ' " I therr need a n d goal s. 10 help s t ude . adj ustment to th,' ill', de �1ic IClad Ht PLU a nd to p ro vide OCGl siol1iJl co u n sel thro u g h o u t thl'lr nC<ldemlC Meers, th e u mver"ly has esta b l i shed a network of til u l ty aLiviEers and a n Acadc'mic Advising and AS�lst(l n c(' Cen te. r .
FACULTY A DVISERS
All stlldcnts i n degree programs have faculty ad visl'rs whose overa i i r ' spons ibility i s t o guide ,K a dc m i c progress. I n t h eir work
with ind ivid ual students, adviser,; have the assistance of perso n nel in a n u m be r of student services offices: t he Acad e m i c A d Vis i n g and Assista nce Ce nter, the Career Pl an ning a n d P l a ce men t Office, . u n se.ling an I l ea l t h Services, t h e M i no ri ty Affairs Office, t ill' Campus 1 i nistry, the ForQign St udent Of lice, a n d Re, idence Haii Directo rs a nd Re ' idenl As"i �ta nts. eneral Adv isers: A t the tim€' of entry, each student is assigm'd a ge n ' ra l ad vi r un the ba sis or match i n g student and <ldviser i n terest<;. St udents who wish t o c. x p l o rt , tn c: gc m.'ril l curri c u l u m before deciding on a n i n ter s t d r e G a r e a ss ig n ed to ['.tp/oraton; advisers. Tho, ' w h o hilvc d e fi n i te i n terest , re S Me d,signed tu in terest advi:-,c rs . During the first semester, an a d v i s i ng file for each s t u li t- n t is se n t t o the a d viser, and a Cnld Book, th ' stu dent's ufficial record o f academic progress, is issued tu t h e student". Major Advisers: Upon furmal declaration o f a major, students a rc a8 "ign 'd m ,1 j or advisers t o replace t h e i r ge n e ra l a d v i sers. Major advise rs guide s tu de n ts' progress toward thc:ir chusen deg Tce g oals. S111C(, their academic ' needs a n d i n tcrC'sts ma y shift or clia nge durtng t o u r year of c u l l ege , students ar a l lo w ed to Cha nge ad v isers as ma y be appropriate or nece ' ory, uSLng a simple adviser cha ng · form. St ud n t·s and advisers a rc expected to me ' regu larly, � h()u g h the actual n,u mbe.r u f m eet i ngs will vary accord i n g . to mdlvldual need s . M Jl1 l m a l l y , three me ,tll1g" ar re q ll lre d d U ring the fre hman year and one each y('�r thereafter, t h o u g11 a l l s t u d e n ts arc e ncourage.d to meet w i t h their advi6ers a s otten a s seems necessary or u s e fu l .
ACADEMIC ADVISING AND ASSISTANCE CENTER The Academic Ad v i s i n g and Assistance Center is 10 a t 'd on t h e second floor of t ht' Mortv l"'cl t LibrMY, and is opl'n Mondoy through Thllrsdu)' from l) a . m . to !O p . m . , F ri d a y from 9 a . m . to " p . m . , ilnd Sunday from 2 to to p . m . The Ad v i s i n g Center has u p - to-da lL' i n fo r m a t i on o n P L . U policies, proce du re s , u n ti progra ms. Ilccil use of i h hours, the ce nter often serves as an i n forma tion and rrouble-shoo t i ng resou rce for evening and wcekend students. The ACildemic A d v i sing "nd Assist" nce Center ,1 lso provides a number of academic a "sista nee rE-Sources for stude n t s: 1 . ncadclIIic ((l rlllseiiIlS by trained u p per-d ivision skills co u n sc.lors assures responsive and p e r son a l assi sta nce with aead 'mic problems; 2 . I ulorill,'? is avail,1bl" for most lo\V('r-divison cours"S; 3. sl lIdy ,kills ar t<l u g h t in a se ri es of non-cred it skills minicourses offered ea ch sen1t'ster; 4. r'clldirlg ond qUlllll ilalive skill:; are ta ugh t in non-cred i t speed r('a din g/study n�ad ing classes and m a t h h e l p sessions. H e l p with cnllesc wrilillS skills I1wl paFer, is aVili labll' i n llw Wril"ing CQntC'r, located in the b;,sementof Knorr I iousc;.
•
Academic struct re COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Divi ion o f Hum ani tie EIll,\l is h v i llldern �nd Cla�i;ic�1 Langu,)gl'S P h l i llsophy Rl' J igion Division o f Natural Sciences B i o logv C hemlstrv arlh denees Malhemil tics �nd C o m p u ter ci nee Physic; a n d Engin 'ering D ivis ion of Sodal Sciences E 'onoJllic. I l islorv P o l i l ical ci ' n ee
Psyrholo ;)'
Sucial Work Suci ology J n d Anthropology
SCHOOL OF TH·E ARTS
Art Com m u n ic<ltion Arts
Mu si
SCHOOL OF BUSINES S ADMINI STRA TION SCHOOL O F EDUCATION SCHOOL OF NURSING SCHOOL O F PHYSI CAL EDUCATION DIVISION O F G RADUATE STUDIE S
DEGREES OFFERED Bachelors Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Bach elor of Bu siness A d m i n i s tration Bachelor of Arts in Education Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor o f M u sic Bachelor o f Science in NurSing Masters M a ster of Arts in Education Master o f Arts in Social Sciences Master of Business A d m i n istration M a s te r of M usic M<lster of Public A d m inistr�tion
MAJORS AVAILAB LE BACHElOR OF ARTS ( B . A . ) Anth ropology Art Biology Chemlstrv Classics � Communication Arts ( B roadcasting, Com mu nication, Journalism, Theater) Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics English Fren h G rman Hi, tory Legal Stud ies M a thematics ivl usic Norwegian Philoso p hy Physical E d u cation (Concen trations: Recrea tion, Therapeutics) PhYsics Poritical Science Psychology Rel igion Scand inavian Area Studies Social Work Sociology Spa nish BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ( B . S . ) Biology hemistry Com pu ter Science Earth Sciences (Geology Spec i a l ty) Engineering-Physics Enginee ring-Science (3-2) Mathema tics Physics
18
ACADEMIC STRUCTURE
-
BACHELO R OP A RTS I N EDU ATIO Concentrations i n :
(B.A.E.)
Arl
B i o l o gy
l3usine5 A d m inistra t i o n Chemistry l a ssics ( reck and L a t i n )
E conomics
o m m ll n ic a t i o n A rt s
Engli s h F re n c h
0t11tlllt llicatiotl ThcatClr Da nct' C ompu te r S iCIlCl : Earth Sci '!lces Econolll iC5 EdllGltion R 'adlllg Leam i n g Resoo rce S p e c ia list
G eneral Science Ccrnlan H i s t o ry
n g ua ge Arts Mat h ematics M usic Physical
Educ<ltion Ph ysics Po [ itical Science Social Science Sociology Span ish
Special Educat-ion
English itcra t u r
Publish i ng a n d Printing A r ts
Special Education
BACH -LOR OF B U SINESS A D M IN I S TRA TION ( B . B . A . ) oncentrations in:
Acco u n t i n g
Fina nce Marketing
Operations Man 1 gem nt p �rsonnel a n d I n d u strial Relations
BA CHELOR OF FINE A RTS ( B . F . A . )
Art Com m u nication Arts (Broadcash ng, T h e a ter)
Organ Perfo r m a nce Vocal Pc.rforma nce I n s t ru me n ta l Performa nce Theory and omposi tion Comm rcial M u sic h urch M u sic
Nu rslI1g
W riting
rt' nch
German G loboL tudies I-iistol Intern: t i o na I A ffairs I n tcrn,l t i o n a l Trade
ega l t u d i s Math 'm<Itics Of\VCgidll Phil(lsophy
BACHELOR OF M U SIC 1 8 . M . ) Pia no Performa nce
B A CHE LO R OF SCIEN
n thrupol ogy
Biology
Chemistry Com m u nkation Arts Ea r t h Scien ces
L
MINORS AVAILABLE
PhysiGIi
Ed uca tion
Dac h i n g
DZlnce Hea l t h
Phv�ics
Po liti , I Science Psycholo y
Public Affairs IN NU RSING ( B . S . N . )
COM PLEM NTA RY M AJOR [Dba I Studil'S
Rel igion
SOci<llogy -pani�h
Stati sti
ACADEMIC STRUCTURE
19
Academic Procedures REGI STRATION
The no rm a l (ourse load for fu ll-time students is 1 3 to 17 h o u rs p er semester, mciudmg ph ysICal education. A normal s t � d e n t l oad du r ing the in tc'rirn is tou r hours with a m aX l lll u m of five hOUTS. The m i n i lll u m semester load for a f u l l - h m e student IS ten hours. Only il student w i th a "B" (3.00) ave rage or higher may register for more than 1 7 hours per se m e s t er without the co nsent of th e pro vo s t . A student e n ga ge d in much outside work for selt-support may be restricted to a reduced <l cademic loa d . I n the sp r i n g semester, students w h o p l a n t o return i n t h e fall are en coura ged to preregister. Students m u s t re!?lster for each n e w semester on the d e Si g n a te d days a n d arc n o t otfiCI a l ly enrolled u n tIl their regbtratioll has been cleared by the BusJl1ess Office and their Place of Residence form has been processed .
COURSE NUMBERINGS
1 00-200 Lower Division Courses: Open t o freshmen a n d sopho mores' u n l ess otherwise r ' stricted. 300-320 I n t eri m Cour ." 321 -499 U p per Divi ion ourses: Genera l l y open to j u n iors and se n i o r s u n less otherwise s p ci fied . Also open to graduate students, an d milV be considered part o f a graduate p rogram proVided they arc not specific req u i re ments in preparation for g rad uate study. 500-599 Graduate C Oll r s e � : Nor mally open to g rad uate students only. U p per d i vi sion students may be permitted to enroll with the pe rm iss i on o f the chair or dean of the academIC lIIl1t offenng the co u rs e if a l l p rere q ui sites have been met and the stud en t has a n above-average academic record. . 'Upon a p pro v a l of their a d v iser and course i � structors, lower di vision students may be assigned to upper diVISIOn courses I f pre requisites have been met.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Most listed courses a r c offered every year. A system o f a l ternating lIpper division courses is practiced i n some departments, thereby assuri ng <l broader curricu l u m . T h e lIIl1verslt y rese�ves t h e ngh t to modify s p ec i fi c course requi rements, to dlsco nnnue classes In . which the registration IS regarded as Insu ffICIent, and to Withdra w courses.
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS
Most courses h a v e t h e v a l u e of 4 semester hours. Parenthetical numbers im mediately a fter the course descriptions ind icate the semes te r h u r cre d i t give n . Other svmbols are expla i ned as follows: I - Course offered firsf semester II - ourSe of fe red second semester I ' I I - o u rse offered fir s t and second semester i n sequence I l l - ou rse offered either semester S - ou rBe o ffered i n the s u m mer all' - Course offered i n al ternate years als - Course offered III a l ternate sllmmers G - Course may be used I n graduate programs
20
ACADEMIC PROCEDURES
EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR FRE S HMEN
Well i n advance of arrival on ca mpu s for t h e first semester, a l l ac cepted freshmen are sent registra tion m � teria ls. Most students have the opportunity to work personally With an adViser a s they plan their schedules. A l i mited nu mber of s tud en ts register by ma l l , and th ei r course selections are verified by a co u n se lo r . Eilrly registration for new fres h men occurs during June or Janu ary, depending on whethe� stude � ts beg lll In the fall or s p n n ? . semester. Early re g i s t r a tI on IS coordlll a ted by the Office of Ad m ls SlOns.
COURSE S E LECTIONS FOR FRESHMEN
Students s h o u l d be thoroughly acquainted w i t h a l l registration materials, including the curre n t catalog and speCIal mfonnahon sent by the A d m i s sio ns Office. I t is important <l lso to study the reqUIre ments of al l academic programs i n wh ich one may eventually declare a major. . First semester fres hmen arc ad Vised to p l a n a class schedule that does not exceed 16 credit hours. A normal first semester schedule will include three courses o f 4 credit hours each, p l us one o r two of the following: physical education activity course ( 1 CTedit hour), music ensemble (1 credit hour), Or a chOice from a m ong several 2 credit hour courses. (NOTE: U n less otherwise stated in the cata log or class schedule, most courses a rc valued a t 4 credit hours . ) I.n order to i n s u re appropriate ac a dem i c progress, freshmen should plan to take a n i n terim cou rse i n January, a n d to complete 30 s e mester hours d uring their first year. The followmg wIll il l us trate several typical first-year credi t hour loads: Ili terim Spril1g TOTAL Fall (1) 13 4 13 30 (2) 13 5 13 31 (3) 14 5 13 32
(4)
13
4
16
33
The number of credit hours taken may vary from year to year, usually within a ra n ge of 30 to 34 . . However, m order to complete the 1 28 h o u rs required for graduatIOn wlthm four yea rs, an average of 32 cred i t hours a year is necessary. . ' 1 . PLU docs IIOt have particular courses which are reqlllred oj all freshmell. General u niversit y requ irements, mcludmg a core cUrrJcu l u m (Core I or Core II), must be completed befcne graduation. The English writing requirement m u s t be fu l fill e d before the sellJor vear. 2 . 'Stlldel1ts are respolIsi!Jie for selectil1g their courses . . Counselors and faculty advisers are a l ways available to assist With p l a n n mg a nd to make su g ges tIOn s . . 3. St lldellt; wna are slIre of their major should be careflll to II1clude those courses wllich il1sure wmpletiol1 of that major withil1 fou r .vcars. Some departments or schools have prereqmslte courses whIch must be taken before entering lIpon the major program Itself. 4. S t Jldents who are IlIIdccided about tlIeir major cOJl rse oJ stlldy SllOltid take tlIe opportJll1ity to explore opti0l15. A g ood way to begm IS to take some courses that meet g en e ra l u Illverslty o r core requl[ements w h i le selecting several otn e r s for exploration of special i n terests.
CHANGES IN REGI STRATION
S t u d e n ts rna)' a d d o r d ro p a cI .... ss w i t h fu l l refund d u ring the fi rst ' two weeks aftc r a c l a s s has beg-u n . Necessary forms arc avnilnble at the Rc g btrar' s Office. Stude n ts may officially w i t h d ra w from a dil�S afte r the first two weeks by obta ining the i n s t ructor's s i g nature on the change form. The grildc o f W will a ppea r u n a s tudent's grade report a n d transcri p t . . . ' Students m a y also cumpletely W i t h d ra w tor medICa l r",,, s o n s . . Wntten eVidence f r o m a p hySICian must support a medical With drawa l . The grad ' of WM will a p pear o n a stude nt's grade report and tr<l nscri p t . A n u n official w i t h d ra w a l from a course w i l l be recorded as E. N o s tu d e n t may w i t h d ra w d u ring f i n a l exa m i n a t i o n w('ek. I n courses that a rc con;pleted before the normal endi ng da tt' of a term, no stu dent may Withd raw a fter the fmal exa m i n a tion has been a d m in iS tered.
WITHDRA W AL FROM THE TERM
Students wishing to withdraw from the term must obtain a with drawal form from til(' Office of the Regis trar . IT IS ALWA YS TO T H E STUDENT'S ADVANTAGE T W ITHDRAW OFF I C I A L L Y Students w i thd rawin g f o r a speci£i.ed period o f ti nw (for eXilm p le, one semester to one ye.ar) may obtalll a Icave o f absence fo r m . Stu dents arc e n ti t l e d t o honorable d i s missal from the u n iversity if their record of co n d u c t is satisfactory and i f all financial obligations haw' been satisfie d .
THE G RADING SYSTEM
Students arc graded according to the fol l o w i ng d ' igna tions: A I - ... 4.00 grade points per h o u r , cre d i t given A 4 . 00 grade p o i n ts per h o u r , cred i t given 3 . 67 g ra d e points per hour, cre d i t given A3 . 33 grade poi n ts per hour, credit given B+ B 3 . 00 grade p o i n ts per hour, cred i t given J3.-.. 2 . 67 �radc poin ts per hour, cre d i t g ive n 2 . 33 grade p o i n t s per hour, cre d i t given '1 C 2 . 00 gradl' poi nts p e r hour, credit given 1 . 67 grClde points per hou r, cred i t gi \'en 1 . 33 grade points p 'r h ou r, cred i t given D� D l . O() g rade poi n t p r h our, c.red i t given D0 . 67 gr<lde p o i n t per h o u r, cred it given 0.00 grade p o i n ts p er hour, no c re d i t give n . E
The grades l isted below are n o t used i n ca lculating gra d e p o i n t a v erages. N o grade p o i n ts are earned u n d e r these designil t i o n s . H - c redit given ( H onors) used o n l y for courses u n i q u l' to i n terim P - c red i t given (Passing) F - n o cred i t given (Fil i l u re)* I - lll) cred i t given ( l n complete) I P - no credit given ( I n Progress; a p p l icable only to certain Cllurses whose work extends beyond a reg u l a r term) A U - n o credit given ( A u d i t ) W - n o cred i t � iven (Withdrawul) WM - n o credit given (With d rawal/Medical) •A fai l ure in a 300-320 i n terim course is n o t recorded o n the tran script n o r is the registration recorded . I n complete (I) grades i n d icate that st u d e n ts haw been u n a b l e to complete their work because of circu m stances beyond their con t rol . To receive credit· an I nco mp lete must be c o n verted tu a passing F T H E FOLLO W I NG grade WITHIN THE FfRS T S I X W E EKS SEM EST E R . I ncom p letc grudes w h i c h are nol con verted by removal are c h a nged to the grade i n d icated by th ill�truct()r when the In complete is submitte d . Medical W i thdrawal ( W M ) i s given whl' n a course i s n o t com pleted due to m e dical cause. The WM does not a ffect the grade point average. In Progress ( I P) signifies progress in a course which n o r m a l l y runs more t h a n o n e semester to comp letion . In Progress ca n'it's no cr('(lit u n ti l replaced by a perm a n e n t grade. Any cou rse may be repeatea bv a n u ndergra d u a t e sl'udent. The h igher of the two grades earned is used i n com p u ting the c u m u l a tive grade poi n t average, but credit toward gradua tion i s a l l o wed onlv once. Regi: t rar's notations: NG = N o grade submitted by i nstructor EW = Unofficial withdra wul, recorded by the registrar (eqoiva l e n t t o an E i n calculation of the grade p o i n t average)
I NTERIM GRADING SYSTEM
The i n structor o f a 300-320 i n terim courSl' will i n d ica tl' in t h e c a t a l o g description which o f two gr,ld i n ¥ systems w i l l be u�ed : I . H o n o rs (H) - tor cxcc ptl(111,11 work; I ass (P); I'a 1 l , nu c redit - r h e rc&istriltion will n o t b e record e d . ( ] -I a n d I ' do n o t a l ted t h e g r a d pOl n t a ve rage . ) 2 . The reg u l a r Idter grades: A , B , C , D , E . (Such grildl'S c o n t ribute to the gr,l d e point average . ) S t u li l' n ts in a " re g u l a r I ,t ter-grack-" Cou rs(' m a y use one of their fou r pass-fa i l o p t i o n s .
PASS-FAIL OPTION FO R UNDERGRADU ATE STU DENTS
The pass-fai l option perm i t s btucit'nts to explore subject ilrl!,h outside t h e ir known a b i l ities ,md to add il broader r,l llgt' of cours 'S without bl! i n g forced to compete with [1lajors who arl' special i z i n g i n t host' a reas o f s t u d y . 1 . T h e pass-fail option is l i m ited to <l total of fo u r CuurBCS (1 b hou rs) and to no m o re than t\l'l) courses (8 h o u rs) pr,r dcademic yC<1 r . 2 . A s t u d e n t m a y exerc i se tlw pass-f'l il option i n n o lllorc th on two courses (8 h u u rs) ta kl'll to fu l fi l l general u niVl'rsity o r co rl' rc quiremc nts and t h e fo reign i a n g 'lldge r(>qu i l'l'men t of t h e uHegc . o f A rts il lld Scienccs. O t h e r courses rcquIrcd for g ra d u a tion III a degree program lllay n o t be taken undcr t h i s o p t i o n exce p t for a first cou rse thilt hilS bcen takcn before a decia r<l l i o n of a lllaJor. 3 . I n cou rses t a k e n u n dt:r thL' pilSS-I�l il o p t i o n , o n l y A + t h ro u g h grades sh'l l l b e reg,l rded il l> " p a s s , " w h ereas D t h ro u g h E g ra d es s h a l l be regMdcd u S " fa i l . " Pass-fail grades do not ,l i te r t h e &rade puin t ilverage; bu t cred i t s e M n c d cou n t IOWMd gt·a d u i1 tion. 4. The pa�s-fad o p tIOn agrccnwnt �v! U S I be! hied W i t h t h e I l1 s t rudor N O LATER thall l'ight weeks a fter the beg i n n i n g o f the selllester. 5 . Pass-fail students a re rcsponsibll' for illl Cou rse work a n d L' X,l m i n a tions.
EXCLUSIVE PASS-FAIL COU RS ES
Departml,nts or schoois m a y offer courses in w h ic h o n l y pass-filii gradps Cl rl1 g ive n . Thesl' cou rs(� s s h o u l d pursue goa l s prinla rilv con cernf'd \vi tli (\t?p n- 'ci(l ti o � s, v <1 . l ue. conlnlitn : t.' �lts, ('n�a l i vt: ach i('ve . . lllen ts, or the like. DeC i S i o n s ttl ottl-'r e!xci uSlve pass-fail courses ,l rl' reported to t h e p rovost a n d th is fact is m(lde k n u w n to stud en ts be fore tlll'v register for t h ese cours('s. Exdu�ive pass-fa i l courses m,lY not be used to mcet mil j o r or u n i versity rC'(l u i n'nll'llb � n less thl'y h a l' e been 'lpprovcd i l S such b y t h e facu l ty . I ilklllg exclUSive pa ss-fil l l cuu rses I n n o IVa ), a tteets t ill' s t u d e n t ' s person,, 1 pass-fil i i l)p lion .
CLASS ATTEND ANCE
T h e u n iversitv a s s u m 5 t h a t l'verv stuck n t a d m itted to i t s cou rsl'� o f i n s truction h�s freely ilccepted personal respollsib i l i ty for reg u l a r class a tte nda nce. VVh i l e .... uend d n ce itself I S n o nll'a s u re 0 1 successtul learning, and C C 1 U fS(' grades Li re issued not on the basis o f a t tell d a n ce but of academic perfor ma nce, sllch perforl1l a n c<' nornw l l y in dud ' 5 reg u l a r partici p a t i o n i ll the total dilss expc ricnce and is ' va l u a ted acurdin g l)'. I n the ('vent of u n a \,olcb blc absence the stu den t IS . encouraged as a m a tte.r ot cDu rlL's!, to I n form thl' I Tl st ru c t o r . A ny a rrangl'men ts f o r remedial w o r k a re d iscretionary bl'l\vl'l'll s t u d e n t a n d i n structor.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
B o t h the villue a n d the success of
Clny
ilca d e m ic activity, as well
a s o f the e n t i re a c a d e m ic e n terprise, havl' depen ded for ccntu ril's
on the fu ndament,l l principle o f .... bsol u te honesty. The u n i versity, therefore, expects all i ts faculty a n d stud ' n t s to honor this principle scru p u lo u s l y . S i n c e aGl d c'l1lic d ishone t y is a serious breach o f I h l' u n ivers.... l ly reco gn i zed code of academic l'thics, it is every fa c u l ty member's ob liga t i o n to i m pose a p p ropriate sa nctions for ilny d e m onstrable in stance o f such misco n d uct on thl! part o f a s t u d e n t .
ACADEMIC PROCEDURES
21
ACADEMIC PROBATION
Warning slips may be g iven to any students who are doing "0" or " E " worK at the end of th e sixth week. Students shall r ece i v e an academic warning i f they fail to keep their current grade point a ve ra g e (immediately p receding semester)
a t or abovc 2 . 00 . Students arc placed o n academic probation with transcri pt nota ti on i f t hey fail to keep their g ra d e p oint average (cumulatIwly) a t o r, above 2 .00 . Students receive offICial notice of such action. Pro batio nary students may be advised to red uce their <lGldemic or extra-cu rricular activities o r both . The e n r o llment of a student on probation who fails to earn a cum u lative a ve ra ge of 2.00 by the end o f a p robationary semester is terminated. A terminated student may apply for reinstatement by submitting a l etter of petition to the Registrar's Office and securing a facultv s po n sor . The petition and sponsorship letters are s u bmit ted to t h e Faculty Comm ittee on Admission and Retention of Stu dents for action. A student whose pet ition for rein statement has been denied may apply for readmission after the expiration of one semester unless in formed otherwise.
ELIGIBLITY FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Any re g u l a rl y enrolled, full-time student (ten h ours) is eligible for participation in u niversity activities. Limitations on a student's ac tivities based upon academic performa nce ma y be set by individual schools, departments, or organizations. A student on academic pro bation is not eligible for interschola stic competition and may also be advised to c u rtaiI participation in extra-curricu lar activities.
CLASSIFICATION OF STU DENTS
Freshme n: students who have met entrance requirements. Sop homores: students who have satisfactorily completed 30 hours. J u niors: re g ula r students who have ful fiUed lower div ision re quirements and have satisfactorily completed 60 hours. Seniors: regular students who have satisfactorily completed 90 hours. Graduates: students who have met e ntrance requirements and
have been accepted into the Division o f Graduate Studies. Non-De gree Undergrild u a te. s : u nd e rg raduate students who are attending pa rt-time but arc not officially admitted to a degre pro gra m . Non-Degree Graduates: graduate students who arc attending part-time but ilre not official l y admitted to a degree progra m .
HONORS PROGRAMS
Honors courses are offered b y certain d ep u rt m ent s for students of superior academic a b i l i ty. Re gistration is by invitation onl y, The S P E C I A L HONORS P ROG R AM for ju niors and seniors of fers students an opportunity to develop a tot"al academic prog ram to refiect their s p ecial interests and capabilities. The s tu d ent will p ropose a total pl a n of study for the time remaining u nt i l the g rilnt ll1g of a deg �ee; it may include uny amount of the standard de g re e program. WIth the approval ot a facu l ty s ponsor and the Honors Council (in that order), the plan itself shal l become th e degree re quirement of the university in the case of this honor stud ent. The essentials of any plan of study a rc a clear topical ril tionil le and sig nificant work beyond regular courses - comprehensive eXilms, in d ep e n d e nt stu dy projects, interdiScipl inary bachelor's deg ree thesis, etc. Interested students should inquire at the Provost's Office for further information.
GRADUATION HONORS Degrees with honors o f C i l I I I laude, maglla c u m lal/d�, and SlIIl1ma cum laude are g ranted . A student must com p lete at ledst 60 semester hours in resi de nce and cam an a ve ra ge ot 3 . 40 for clim lal/de, 3 . 70 for mag lla laude, a nd 3 . 90 for SUl111lla ClIlll laud�. Physical eJuca tion activi ties are not included in th e determ i ning of honors.
Wl1l
22
ACADEMIC PROCEDURE S
CREDIT BY EXAMINA TION Students are permitted, within limits, to obtain credit by examina tion in lieu of regular enrollment and class <lttendance. No more than 30 semester hours ( 7';, co u rse s ) lJlay be co unted toward gradu ation, w hether it be College L vel Examination Program or any other exanl i nilho n . Exceptions to this rule for certain groups of stu dents or programs m ay be made, subject to recommendation by the Educational Policies Committee and ap p roval by the faculty. �reliit by examination is open to forma lly a d mitted, regu l"r status stu dents only and clops not count toward the reside ncy req ui rement tor graduation Arrangements for departnwntal ([edit examinations m ust be made by students with respective departml'ntal chairs or deans. Evidence of approval and of pa y ment of the fcc shou l d be presented bv a student to the i n structor w h o administers the exa m i n atio n . ' The various schools, d ivisions, d n d departments s h a l l determ i ne - P e xa m i na t ion s which may fulfill requi rements for the specific majors, prc.'grilms, or general u niVL'rBity requi rements in their re pective academic a re a s . These eX<1minations arc su bject to recom mendations by the Educational Policies Com mi ttee and ap proval by the tacultv . The minimum pa ss i ng level for CLEP examina tions taken at Pacific Lutheran Un iversity shall b' the fiftieth percentile. CLEP credits g ranted b y other universities, colleges, and commu njty colleges, which arc earned before entrance, shall be honored by Pacific Lutheran University. The a p p l iGltiun of those credits to , ard majors, programs, and general u n iversity requirements sha l l b e consisten t with school, divisional, and dc'partment policies and standards. The university does not g ra n t credit for coll<!ge level ,ED tests.
INFORMAL STUDY
To encomage l iberal learning of all kinds, over and beyond enro l l me;nt in cou rses leading towmd formal d 'grees, the u n iversity of fer a variety of lIppoI-tunities for informal study: Cue"t ol lliliversitil S t a t u s : T each e rs a nd officia l s of other institu tions, visiting scho l ars and artists, and other professional persons who w i s h to usc u n j versity bcilities for independent study may a p ply to the provost for cards designating them as Guests of the U niversity. Such persons, in their usc of facilities, w i l l dder to the needs of students and acuity members, /\lIditillg COIl l'S ,�: To audit a course is to e nr o l l , with the permis sion of the instructor, ( n a non-credit basis. An auditor is encour ag(�d to participate fully in class acti vi lies bu t is not held accountable for examinations or other written work a nd docs not receive a grade. I f the instructor a p proves, the course may b e entered upon the transcript a s " Aud I t . " With the approval of the instructor or the de p artment, the otud e n t may gain credit for an audited course by pass I n g an ('xamin tion set by t h e instructor or the depa rtm ent. T h e' fee for such examina tion is t he d i fference between the aud iting fcc and the tuition the student would a v for the courSC'. ViSiting Classes: Members () tl -i e academic community arc encour aged to visit classes w h i c h interest thenl. No fee is cha rged for th e privilege. Because regularly enrolled students must be given first consideration, p ersons desiring to visit classes arc r('quired to ask permission of th e instructor. Visitors are guests of the classes and must conduct themselves accordingly.
f
G RADUATION Student' expecti ng to fulfi l l degree requi remc'nts WITHIN THE ACADEMIC YEAR (�ncluding August) are required to file applica tion for graduation with the GHice of the Re � istrar by October 1 . There are fo ur degree-com pletion dates (end of fall semester, in tc.rim, spring semester, and second summ('r session). Degrees are formally confc.rred at May a nd August commencements. State ments of completion arc issued up on request to students who qual ify for g raduation at the end of fan semes t e r and interim. The actual date o f grad uation will be r e cord ed on the permanent record s . Students who a r c within 4 hours of meeting all re q ui rements may p articipate in May commencement provided a spe c i f i c plan for earn lllg remallllllg credIt w i t h m ten w (�ks has been approv��d by the provost. Their status will be d eSi g na ted on the c omm e nce m ent p ro grilm and their diplomas w i l l be dated in Aug ust. Student · who plan to transfer back to PaCIfic Lutheran University for a des-reee (math , physics, engineering programs) must apply for grad uatIon before or during the first semester of their j u nior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave campus. Attendance at commencement exercises is ex pected unless the c,l nd idate i� excused by the provost.
GENERAL UNIVE RSITY REQUIREMENTS Requirements for A l l Baccalaureate Degrees
CORE CURRICULUM
A core curricu l u m m u st be completed by all bacca b u reate candi
dates. Stu d e n ts h a v e t he o p tion of com p leti ng either Core I ( the Dis t-ri b u t i ve Core) or Core II (th e I n t e g ra t ed Studies Progra m ) .
CORE I (DISTRIBUTIVE CORE)
CORE I I (INTEG RATED STUDIES PROGRAM)
ARTS/LITER A TURE (8 hou rs) - 4 hours from each line: 1. Art, Mu s i c, or Com m u ni ca tion Arts - ny course from Art or
A coherent program of i n terdisci p l i n a ry courses that explores a cenFI 'HANGE. tral theme - THE IWN A M I 1 . SEQUE CE I: 15 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 TH I DEA OF PROGR ESS (2 courses, 8 hou rs) Normally t"ken i n the fresh m a n year. 2. TWO OF TH R E E 200-LEVEL SEQ UENCES (2 cour es e,l ch, 4 total; 1 6 h o u rs) SEQlJ E N E I I (Co u rse s in th e 2205) IS 221 The Deve l opi n g I nd i v idua l IS 222 11,(> B u rd e n of H u m a n Responsibi l i ty [5 223 T h e E m e rgence of M i n d a n d I-,llora l i t), IS 224 I,ra i n , o n sc i o u s n l'SS, .1 n d Tr�ll1scendence SEQU NC E I I I (Cou rses in the 2]Os) I S 231 Symbol, La n g u .l g e , a n d M y t h IS 232 M o d e l a n d Nkt a p h o r 15 2J3 I 111a g i n g t h e S e l f SEQUENC • IV ( Course;; in t h e 240s) IS 241 T h ru s t tor Technological Growth [5 242 i l11 i t s to Tec h n o logical Growth IS 243 The F ·peril' net' n f Wa r I S 244 Prospects for War a n d Peace 3 . CONC[ , U D I N C S E M I I A R: IS 3 5 1 ( I LllurSl', 4 h o u rs)
1 u sic except those i n t eac h i ng method:;; il ny of the following in o m m u n ication Arts: 1 5 1 , 1 62, 24 1 , 250, 363, 364, 458, 459. 2 . Li t e ra tu r ' - Any l i tera tu re course from Engl is h or Modern and Classical Languages. (English C( ) u r� s i n writ i n g , language, and publishing do n o t fu l fi l l this requiremc n t . )
(8 h ou rs ) - 4 hou rs from each of two l i nes: 1. h c m istry, P h ysics, E ngin eerin g, a n d I a tu rd�ce _ 2. Biology, Earth Sci e nces ( e xcep t 1 0 1 ) , a n d N a tu ra l -ciences. 3� 'l a th e m a tics (except 1 0 1 ) a n d Comp u ter Scienc'.
NATURAL SClENCES/MATH E M ATICS
PHILOSOPHY (4 ho u rs ) - Any P h i losophy course except lOO a n d n l . ( H owever, 226, 233, 3 2 5 , 326, 328, a n d 385 cou n t toward fu l fi l l
m e n t of t h i s requirem e n t o n l y w h e n pa i re d w i t h 225 . 341 , 342, a n d 343 cou n t toward fu l fi l l m e n t o f t h i s requ i re m e n t w h e n ta k en i n a d d i tion t0 225 0 r 233 . )
RELIGIOUS STU DIES ( R hours) - 4 h ou rs from 'ach o f t w o l i nes: 1. B i b l ical S t u d ies - Any o f t h e fol lo w i n g : 241 , 34 1 , 342, 343. 2. ' h ri s t i ' lll T h o u h t, H i story, a n d Experil'nce - A n y of t h e follow p i n g 1 3 1 , 25 1 , 3j l , 353, 37 1 , 372, 373, 375, 38 1 , 382, 383, 391 , 3')2,
393, 451 , a n d 485 . 3. I n tegrative J n d o m p a riltivC' Religious Studies - A n y of the fol l o w i n g : 26 1 , 262, 36 1 , 362, 303, 307, 380, 480, 49(), and 493. ( A d d i tional cou rses t h a t re la te rel.igion t o o t h e r tO p ics or d i sci p l ines and ar p p roved to meet t h i S reqLllreme n t W i l l be I t sted 10 t h e t i m e sch c d u l c . ) J u n ior a n d senior transfer s t u d e n ts need to co m plete n n l y 4 hours (one c o u r �e from l i ne s 1 Llr 2 ) .
SOCIAL SCIENCES ( R hours) - 4 hours from each l i ne : I . A n t h ropolof';v (e xce p t 22 1 ) , H i s tory , Jnd P o i i ticul Scienc<c.
') 2. Econo. m ics, I sychology ( e xcep t 1 1 0), Social W o rk , a n d Soc i o l
ogy.
TO
L : 36 ho u rs, 9 courses.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
1. WRITING (4 hou rs) : E n g l i s h 101 or iln equivalent prose writi ng course. Students should fu l fi l l thi s require m e n t early, p referably in their first or seco n d semester. 2 . PHYS I C A L E D UCATION (4 hours): Four I - ho u r ac ti vi ty cours e s, i nc l u d in g PE 100. On e hour of credit may be earned
t h rough a pproved sports p a rticipatio n . A l l activ i t i e s are graded o n the basis o f A, Pass, o r F a i l . 3 . INTE R I M ( 8 h o u r s ) : O n l y cou rse s n u mbered 300-320 satisfy t h i s rcquirem n t . J u nior a n d senior tra n sfer s t u d e n t s n e e d t o com1, lete. o n l y 4 h o u rs from 300 -32!l i n terim cours· s . 4. fh co m p letion of a m i n i m u m of 1 28 semester h o u rs with a grade poin t ave rage of 2 . ()0 (2 . sn i n the School o f Bu s i n ess A d m i n istra tion . n J in the School o f Ed uca t ion ) . 5 . The com p letion o f a m i n i m u m o f 40 semester hours from co u rses n u m bercd 3 2 1 or �bove. At lea s t 20 of the m i n i m u m 40 s e meste r hours of u p per d i vision work m u s t be taken a t I'L U . 6 . The completion o f 32 o f th fi n a l 38 se m es te r h o u rs i n reside nce at PLU d u ri n g t h e s e n i o r yea r . (Special progra m s such as 3 - 1 , 3-2, a n d Med i ca l Tech no l og y are e x cl u d e d . ) 7. The com pl e tion of a m il j o r as detililed by ea ch school or depart m e n t . A t least 8 semester hours must be taken i n resid C'nce . 8. Th co m p l e t ion of a l l cou r · . cou n ted toward .1 major or a m in or with grades o f - or h i g he r a n d w i t h a cu m u. la t iv e g rade poi n t average of 2 . 0 or h igher i n t h ose courses. De pa rtm e n ts , divi sion • or s hools m ay se t h igher g r a de re q u i rements.
TOTAL: 28 hours, 7 courses For course descripl'ions ,1 11d further d e ta il s , see t h e I n tegrated S tud i e � Program section of this ca t a l o g , A b roch u re is available from tflce ot the Regls trJr, or t h e progrilm the O f h c e o f A d m iSSions, t h e co o rd i na tor (Provo s t ' s ffice) . Core [ r�IJI"rt'lIlcIl15 may be m e t by ce r t a i n Core II c()un?�: Artsi litc'r<J turc 1 . 1 5 233 2. IS 1 11 , 222, 233, or 231 -2J2 toge th er N a t u ra l Scil'nc 'sfMathematics 1 . or 3. IS 231 -232 togeth er 2. 15 223 P hi l os o ph y IS 1 1 1 , 22 1 , 223, 224, 243-244 togl!th,� Religious Studies 2 or 3. IS 1 1 1 , 24 1 , 242-243 together Social Scie nces 1 , IS 1 1 2, 222, 243-244 tog et her 2. IS 221 , 224, 241 See course descriptio ns for i n formation a b ou t w h i dl Core I requ ire men t a gi v (� n Core Il cours ,' mny fulfil l .
LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
1 . Not 1110re t ha n 4 0 h o u rs e a rn e d i n one depart m e n t m a y be a p
p l ie d to the B . A . or B . S . d egre e . I n terim courses arc exc:"p t('d . N on - m u s i c m aj ors may cou n t toward gra d ua tion reqll l remcnts not m o re than R s e mester h o u rs in m u sic e n se m b l e s . 3. A m a x i m u m of 2 4 h o u rs i n accredited correspondence o r cxte n ion s tu d ies m a y be credited toward degree rcquirem· n ts, con ti ngent o n a p p ro v a l by the re g i st rar. 4. A maximum o f 64 h o u rs will be accepted by t m n s fer from a n accredited C0111l11 u n.ity co l l ege . 2.
SECOND BACCA LAUREATE DEGREE
A s t u d e n t' m a y b e a wa rded two d i fferen t bachelor' s degrees s i m u l taneously, provided t h a t a t l e a s t 2 8 additiol1al h o u rs arl' earned for the second degree. A total of 1 56 acceptable h o u rs a re required for two s i m u l ta neous bacca l a u reate degrees.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT
A l l ca n d i d a t ·s for B , A . o r B . 5 . d egrees m ust com p l e te one of th ree options involving a foreign language or pec i fie d a l terna tive. See under College of Arts a n d Sciences.
ACADEMIC PROCEDURES
23
COLLEGE OF
Arts and Sciences Division of Huma nities
E nglish Modern and Classical Languages Philosophy Religion
Division of Natural Sciences Biology Chemistry Earth Sciences Ma thema tics and Computer Science Physics and E ngineering Division of Social Sciences Economics Hjstory Poli tical Science Psychology Social Work Sociology and An thropology De g rees Offered Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science MAJOR R E Q U I REMENT
A major i s a sequence of courses i n one area, usually i n one dc partment. A major should be sciected by the end of the sophomore year. The choice m u s t be a p p roved b y the department c h a i r (or i n t h e case o f special academic p ro s ra ms, the prog ra m coord i nator) . Major req uirements a re specified In t h is catalog . Th e quality of work must be 2 . 00 or better. D grades may be counted toward graduation bu t not toward a major. Recognized majors are: A n t h ropology Legal Studies Art Mathematics Biology Music Norwegian Chemistry Classics Phi loso p h y P h ysical Education Communication A rts Ph y sics Com pu ter Science Political Science Earth Sciences Economics Psychology Engineering Religion Engl ish Scandinavian A rea Studies French Social Work SocIOlogy German Spamsh History Not more than 40 semester hours earned in one depa rtment may be a p p l ied toward the bachelor's degree i n the College.
24
FORE I G N L A N G U A G E/ALTE R NATIVE REQUI REMENTS Ln add ition to meeting general u n iversity requirements, ca n d i d a tes in the College m u s t meet the requirements of Option I, I I , o r
Ill: I. 1 6 ,emestel h o u r s 111 o n e torelgn la nguage' II. 8 s",mester hours III one foreign l a nguage'
4 semester hou rs III logIC, ma th/colll pu ter SCience, o r sta tiS tICS
4 semester hours i n h i s tory, l i terature, or language I I I . 4 semester h o u rs in h i story, litera t u re, or language 4 semester hours i n social science, which mav , include
geography 4 semester hours i n natura l science, excluding math 4 semester hou rs i n logic, Illa th/com puter science, or sta tistics 'Op tion I may be satisfied b y four years o f high school study in onc foreig n language. IJ students have less t h a n f o u r years, p lace ment and credit should be determined by examinatio n . Freshmen p l a n n i ng to continue in a fore i g n l anguage be g un i n h i g h school should take the College Board Placemen t Test offered d u n ng orien tation. (This test is required o f those freshmen who plan to study German, French, or Spanis h . ) Con tinua tion of a foreign language should not be deferred. Stude n ts with 2-3 years o f high school language who wish to con tinue s h o u l d register for the second year course. Students may re ceive credit for a ny language course in which they arc p l aced with out regard to high school credit. Final decision of placem e n t i s made by the Department of Modern and C l a ssical Languages. Students Illay not receive credit if they voluntarily select a course level lower than that i n w h i c h the department places them . The foreign l a n g uage requirement in Option (I may bl' Illet by satisfactory scores on a proficiency exa m i nation or by more thiln two years of high school work in a single language. Two years ilre sufficient if the grade point a v e rage for the total u n its in that lan guage is 3 . 00. C a n d i dates for the B . A . i n English, o r for t h e B . A . i n Education with concentration i n Engl i s h , must meet Option I . N o course w i l l b e a l lowed to meet both general u n iversity requi re ments and College of Arts and Sciences requirements. Where possi ble, courses taken to fulfill such req u i rements shall be in dlfterent areas .
COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES
SCHOOL OF Th
The Arts
School of the A rts of Pacific L u theran
U n iversity i s a community o f a r tists dedicated: to provide energies and fac i l i t i e s for the focused
FACULTY Moe, Dea n ; faculty members of the Departments of Art, Commu nication Arts, and Music.
refi n e m e n t o f crea tive activity;
to opera te in the va nguard o f a rt i stic understanding
and to assume a n a d d i tive rather than imitative
p o s i t i o n relative to that u nders ta n d i ng;
to pursue study of b o th the histori.cal a n d theoretical
a s pects of o u r c Te a ti ve legacy;
to re co gn i ze cha nge in a r ti s tic criteria without
deva l u i ng the traditional concepts of d i scipline,
craftsmanship, a n d academic professionalism; to foster ac tivity free from the caprice o f the
marketplace b u t by virtue of i ts substance, n o t ,
aloof from nor incompatible with p ractical conce r n s;
to a nima te a n d " h u ma n ize" the academic climate o f
Pacific L u t h e r a n U n i versity v i a t h e creative
presence by s ponsoring a rich and varied program
of eve n ts i n the arts;
and to provide the s tudents o f Pacific L u theran University a n opportu nity to experience first hand the u nique "chemis try" o f the creative p roce s s .
Degrees offered by the School of the Arts include the B . F . A . (Bachelor o f Fine Arts) in a r t o r i n comm u n ication a rts, the B . M . (Bachelor o f Music), a n d t h e M . M . ( M a s ter o f M usic) . Students may also earn the B . A . (Bachelor of A rts), b u t this degree is awarded through the College o f Arts and Sciences. Candidates for the B . F. A . and B. M . as well as the B . A . in art, com munica tion a rts, o r music mu st meet general u n iversity req u irements and the specific requirements o f the Departments o f Art, Com mu n ication Arts, Of Music. For details about the B . A . E. (Bachelof o f Arts in Education) i n art, communication arts, o r music, sec the School of Education. For course offerings, degree requirements, and progra m s i n the School of t h e Arts, see: ART C O M M U N I CATION ARTS MUSIC
Art In this time of ra pidly changing concepts and a n almost daily emergence of new media, emphasis must be placed on a va riety of experiences and creative flexibility for the a rtist and the designer. Students with professional concerns must be prepa red to meet the modern world w i th both technical skills a nd capacity for innovatio n . The depa rtment's program therefore stresses individualized development in the dexterous use of m i nd and hand. A highly professional facu lty, well equipped studios, and a comprehensive curriculum offer variegated opportuni ties for study in the visual MtS . Students may choose among a generalized progra m leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree; a more specialized progra m for the Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each ca ndidat� develops some a rea of
competence; or a degree p rogram in art education for teaching on several levels. Recent gra d ua tes may be found in a variety of fields. Several have become established as painters, prin tmakers, or sculptors; some are successful studio potters; others have gone into commercia l photography or film animation - even the production of fea ture films. The television industry employs still others. A nu mber are working in the design field as gra phic designers, iUustrators, package designers, or art directors in firms a round the counlry, in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, and Seattle . Alumni have been involved in museum work and in serving on the faculties of various educational institutions, from elementary through high schools as well as community colleges and universities. Some students go directly from the u niversity into their field of interest. Others find it desirable and appropriate to attend a graduate school and have been accepted into prestigious graduate programs, both in this country and abroad.
The various fie l d s of art a re competitive a n d demanding in terms o f commitment a n d e ffo r t . Nonetheless, there is always a p l a c e for those who a re extremely skillful or highly i magina tive or, ideally, bo t h . The department's program s tresses both, a ttempting to help each student reach that idea l . I nstructiona l resources, when coupled with dedicated a n d energetic students, h a ve resulted in an unusually high percentage of graduates being able to satisfy thei.r vocational objectives.
FACULTY Schwidder, Chair; Cox, Elwell , Keyes, K ittleson, Roskos, Tomsic. Artist-in-Residence: Torrens.
The department hilS sought to minimiz ' prerequisites, enabling students to eJect courses rela ting to their interests as early a s possible. It is recommended that students interested in majoring in art declare their major earlv to insure proper ildvising. Transfer studNlts' s ta tus Sh" fi be determined at their time of entrilnce. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, a nd repro d uce student work submitted for credit in any of its courses or progrilms. A usc or materia l s fcc is required in certain courses. B ACHE LO R O F ARTS M AJO R: linimum of 32 semester hours, including "160, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, and the art history Sl'ljU enCe ( 1 80, 280, 380). A maximum of 40 hours may b ' applied toward the dcgre(�. Candidates ilr<'� registered in the Collegl' of Arts and Sciences and must satisfy g e ile rill unilll'rs i ty requirements, including il cor,,' curriculum ( C ore I or Core II), a nd t h e foreign lilnguage/alternat-ivc requirement. BACHElOR OF FINE ARTS M AJOR: A minimum of 56 semester hours, includ ing 1 60 ,l n d 2 50; t h e ort history seLjuencCl ( I SO, 280, 380); 8 hours in picturial mcdi;l, H hours in matcri<lis mcdia, ,m d 4 hours in art history or th cory (3S I , 386, 388, or as il p pro ve d by the lkpartnll'nt f<lculty); relj u i rcmt' n t s ;lI1d electives in area uf emphasis; and 499 ( B . F . A . candidacy exhibition). I IO o r cou rse's in tl: achin g methods may not be incl uded. C il nli idates arc registered in tlw School of the Arts and must sati sh' g('Ill'ral . . universi ty rcqulrCl11ents, including a core curriculum ( ( ore I or Cure I I ) .
B . F . A . i n Pictorial Media
Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area Drawing/P,' in ting: 1 60 Drawing 360 Life' Drawing (R) 365 P a m ting I 465 Painting I I (R) Printmaking: 370 Printma king I 470 Printmaking I I ( R) Film Arts: 326 P ho t og rap hy I 32.8 Film M a king 426 Photography II (R) Independcnt Stu dy (may be applied to a ny area ) : 492 Studio Projects ( R ) ( R ) - m a y be repe,lted fur credit
B . F . A . i n M aterials M e d i a
A n'ils of e m p h a SiS: a minimum of three courses required in one area Ccranlics: 230 eramiC's I 330 Ceramics I I 430 Ceramics I I I ( R) Sculpture: 250 Sculpture I 350 Sc u l pture I I 450 Sculpture I I I (R) Crilfts: 21 5 Crafts (R) 216 J ewelry (R) 315 �taine d G l a s s (offered periodical ly) 335 h ber s (R) Independe n t Study (may be applied to ,1nv arCiJ): 49 2 Studio [)rojects (R) (R) - may be repeated for credit
B . F. A . i n Design Required basic seqence: 1 96 Design I: Fu ndamentals 296 Design II: Concepts 38 1 Twentieth C e n t u ry Design and Architecture 396 Design: Graphics I 491 Design: Workshop
Elective courses: 395 Design: Environments 398 Dcsign: I l l ustra tion 496 Design: Grilphics I I Sup p o �r ting courses in a rt may be c h osen in a cc ord with indivi d ual i n terests. Supporting courses from other departments and schools ma y a l so be elected (for example, Business Administration 370 o r 472 and Commu nication Arts 374 or 380).
Applicilblc courses will be recom mended by advisers.
BACHELOR O F ARTS I N E D UCATION: See School of
Education.
The Publishing and Printing Ar ts minor is c ross - refere nce d w i th the Department of E n g l ish. Scc the description of that minor under E n g l ish.
ART
27
COURSE OFFE RIN G S STUDI O 1 60 1 96 2]5 216 230 250
296 32 328 330 335 341 3 0
360
365 370
3 5 396 398 426 430 4 0 465 470 49 1 492 49 499
DRAWING DESIGN I: fUNDA MENTALS CRAFTS JEWELRY CERAMlCS I SCU LPTURE 1 DESIGN IT: CONCEPTS PHOTOG RAPHY I FILM MAKING CERAMICS n FI B ERS E LEMENTARY A RT EDUCATION SCULPTURE LIFE ORA WING PAINTING I PRINTMAKING I DESIGN: ENVIRON MENTS DESIGN: GRAPHICS I DESIGN: I LLU STRATION PHOTOGRA PHY n CERAM ICS I I I SCULPTURE i l l PA INTING n PRINTMAKING 1 1 DESIGN: WORKSHOP STUDIO PROJECTS DESIGN: GRAPHICS I T B.F.A CANDIDACY EXHIBITION
HISTORY AND THEORY 1 10 1 80
2RO
380 38 1 3 6
388
440 490 497
fNTROD UCfION TO ART TRADITIONS OF WESTERN ART MODERN ART CONTE M PO RARY ART TWENfI ETH CENTURY DESIGN AND ARCEllTECTURE IMAG E RY A D SYMBOLISM AMERICAN A RT SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION SEMINAR RESEARCH IN ART mSTORY - THEORY
110 INTRODUCTION TO ART A r t in t h e modem world seen in relation to his tory; a search for meaning in an age of scie nce, industrializa tion, and nationali m. N o t intended for majors . (4)
1 60 D RAWING A course d ealing with the of drawing. (4)
basic techniques and media
180 TRADITIONS OF WESTERN ART A ' u rvey tracing the d elopm n t o f Western art £rom pre h istory to the beginnings of the modem poch in th 1 lh c�ntury. (4)
28
ART
1 96
DESIGN I: FUNDAMENTALS
21e:
CRAFTS
A n in troduction to desi g n through the study of basic techniques of technical drawi ng, color theory and composition, and professional p rocedure s . (4)
A studio survey of contem porary craft techniques. As
signed problems in a variety o f media including fused and leaded g lass, enamel on metal, and textiles. May be repreated for cred i t . (4)
2 1 6 JEWELRY A study o f form
and techni q ue in the design and execution of jewehy objects. Includes stone setting, fabrication, and casting. May be repeated for cred it.
(4)
230
CERAMICS I
250
SCULPTURE I
280
MODERN ART
296
DESIGN II: CONCEPTS
Cera m ic materials and techniques including hand built and wheel-thrown methods , clay a nd graze for ma tio n . Includes a survey of ceramic art. (4) Various techniques and materials of sculpture and their influence o n three-d imensional form . (4) A survey of modern art from its origins in the 1 8th cen tury through major movements ot the 19th a nd 20th centuries up to the Second World War. (4) An investigation o f the process of creative problem solving in a methodical and organized manner. In cludes projects in a va riety of design areas. Prerequis ite: ] 96 or consent of ins tructor. (4)
326, 426
PHOTO GRAPHY I , I I
A studio course i n photography as an art form. Pri mary concentration on camera techni q ues and lise of darkroom . Student production of slide and print portfolios, with a n emphasis on creative and expres sive experimentatio n . 326 mus t be taken before 426; 426 may be taken twice. (4,4)
328
FILM MAKING
A s tudio course in film making as an a rt form. A study o f the materials and techniques of film making and the production of student 8 m m . a nd 1 6 m m . fi lms. Classic and experimental films will be surveyed. (4)
330, 430
CERAMICS H, III Techniques i n ceramic construction and experiments i n glaze formation . 330 must be taken before 430; 430 may be taken twice. Prerequ isite: 230. (4,4)
335
FIBERS
34 1
ELEMENTARY ART ED UCATION
Exploration and development of fiber structures and sott art forms with non-loom and loom techniques. May be repeated for Cl·edit. (4) Various projects a nd media suitable for the instruction of art in elementa ry school; emp hasis on developmen tal theory. (2)
350, 450
SCULPTU RE II, III
Concentration on a particular medium of scul pture in cluding metals, wood , or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as op portunity for mold making and casting. 350 must b e taken before 450; 450 may be taken twice . Prerequisite:
250. (4,4) 360 LIFE D R AWING
A n explora tion of huma n form in drawing media. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 160 or consent of ins tructor. (4)
426 430 440
PHOTOGRAPHY II (see 326) CERAMICS I I I (see 330) SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION
A study of in struction in the secondary school includ ing appropriate media and curriculum development. aly (2)
450 465
SCULPTURE III (see 350) PAINTING II (see 365) PRINTMAKING II (see 370) SEMINAR
365, 465
PAINTING I, II
470 490
Media and techniques of painting in oil or acrylics. 365 must be taken before 465; 465 may be taken twice. Pre requisite: 160. (4, 4)
Selected topics considering some aspects of the visual arts. May be re p eated for credit . Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4)
370, 470
PRINTMAKING I, II
49 1
DESIGN: WORKSHOP
492
STUDIO PROJECTS
496 497
DESIGN: GRAPHICS II (see 396) RESEARCH IN ART H ISTORY-THEORY
A survey of symbolic, pictorial, and plastic expres sions in Western tradition from the p erspective of their philosophical and theological impl ications, with particular e mphasis on the development of the Chris tian cultus. (4)
499
B . F . A . CANDIDACY EXHIBITION
388
COUR S E S TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTERIM
Methods and media of fine art printmakin g ; both hand and photo processes involving lithogra ph ic, intaglio and screen printing. 370 must be taken before 470; 470 may be taken t\·vice. Prerequisite: 160 or consent of i n structor. (4,4)
380
CONTEMPORARY ART
381
TWENTIETH CENTURY DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
The development of art from 1945 to the presen t, with a brief look at European and American antecedents as they a pply to contemporary directions. I ncludes a substa ntial section on aesthetics and art theory. (4)
A s tudy of twentieth centu ry developments in ar chitecture and rela ted fields as well as certain design areas . (4)
386
IMAGERY AND SYMBOLISM
AMERICAN ART
A study of the traditions and d eveloping characteris tics of American style from early settlements to the present. (4)
395
DESIGN: ENVIRONMENTS
Projects i n various environments, such as residential, institutional, or commercial. Emphasis on plannin g p rocedures as well as technical drawing and model b uilding. Prerequisite: 196 or conse n t of instructor. (2)
396, 496
A tutorial cou rse which may deal with any of several aspects of the design field with particular emphasis on practical experience and building a portfol io. (2)
A tutorial course with individual investigation of a particular medium, for major students only. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: senior status, con sent of instructor, and program a pproval by depart ment faculty. I II (4)
A tutorial course for maj or students w ith research into a particular as p ect of art history or theory. May be re peated for cre d it. Prerequisites: senior status, consent of instructor, and program a p proval by department faculty. (2 or 4) Exhibition of undergraduate work by B . F . A . candi dates. Students are responsible for all arrangements in consultation with their major advisers. (no credit)
301 302 303 319 386
A Cultural Tour of New York City Jewelry The Tour of Europe Slide Photography: Individual Proj ects Imagery and Symbolism
DESIGN: GRAPHICS I, I I
Design and execution o f printed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems in mass com munica tion. 496 explores advanced techniques with mul tiple color, ty pography, and other complex prob lems. 396 must be taken before 496. Prerequisite: 1 60 and 296 or con sent of instructor. (4,4)
398
DESIGN: ILLUSTRATION
Projects in various types of illustration from story to advertising. Prerequisites: 1 60 and 196. (4)
ART
29
Biology The Depa rtme n t of Biology is dedicated to a t aching proc S, not just a delivery of facts. Facts form the foundation of cie ncc bu t approach i n finity in n u mber. There fore, the biology facult SITe " es the gathering, processing, re trieving, and interpr ting of these facts . The biology faculty believes i n the n tion that one of the most profound requirement in ci nc i s lea rni ng t a 'k th right questions and to re g n ize th a n swers. The departme nt is therefore dedicat 'd to perm itting students to learn science i n the only way tha t it can be effectively made a part of their thinking: to independen tly question i t, probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it. In addition to d iverse faculty and bala nced curric ulum, the department provides numer us facilities for its studen ts, i ndud ing: herba rium, in ve rtebrate and vertebrate mu seu ms, greenhou e, vivarium and surgery room, climate control r oms, growth cha mbers, vertebrate phy iology and cell physiology labora tories, a field tation I cated on
State of Washington Parks land, and a boat equi pped for studi f Puget Sou n d . Qualified tud ents a rc in vited to use these faci lities in ind pend nt 路 tudy or pa rticipation i n ongoing faculty re ea rch .
FACU LTY Lerum, Chnir; Alexander, J . Carlson, Crayton, Gee, Han en, J. Jensen, Kn udsen, Main, O.J. Martin, Matthi s, McGinnis.
BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE M AJOR
COURSE OFFERINGS
T h e ma jo r in biology is designed to be flexible i n m e e t i n g t h e needs and special i n terests of students. Several o p t i o n s f o r major pro g rams are available. I n each p lan for the major l isted below, miIll m al requirements are describ ed, a n d students should consult their major advisers on the selection of electives which will help them adequately meet their pre-professional a n d educational g oals. A dcpartment adviser must be con sulted before co m ple ti on of Biology 253, the fi na l course in th i n i t i a l threc s e m c s t e r c o r e courses required o f all b i o l o gy ma j ors. All biology m a j or s are also required to take the Graduate Record Examination w i t h i n two semestcrs before graduation. I n terim courses (300-320) cannot be cou n ted toward the ma j or .
A libera l a rts course pri m a ri l y for non-biology majors; selected topics w h ich relate to the h i s tory a n d future of h u m a n i ty a n d to h um a n a rt a n d well-being; the envi ronment, reprod uction and birth control, population, heredi ty, evolu tion a n d biological contro l s . Lectures, laboratories, and d iscussio n . I I I (4)
Plan I - Bachelor of Arts: 32 semester hours, including 1 55, 1 56, 253, a n d 254, plus 19 additional hours. 4 h o u r s are pe r m i tt e d in co u rses numbered b e l o w 150 and u p to 8 hours a re e r m itted i n courses n u m bered betwcen 2 0 1 a n d 206. Rl'quire supporting courses: Chemistry 1 03 , 1 04 and M a t h 1 3 3 or cquivalent. Recommended supporting cou rses: Physics 1 25-126.
:
Plan I I - Bachelor of Arts - Comprehensive: 36 semester hours, including 1 55, 156, 253, and 254, plus 23 additional hours in courses numbered over 200. U p t o 8 hours are e r m itted in courses numbered between 201 and 206. Require s u ppo r t i ng co ur se s Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 a n d Math 133 or equ ivalen t . Recommended su p porting courses: one s c me s t e r o f organic c h e m i s t ry and Phys ics 1 2 5 -1 26 .
/
:
P l a n I I I - Bachelor of Arts - Chemistry Emphasis: 2 8 scmester hours, induding 155, 1 56, 253, and 254, plus 15 a d d i tional h o u rs in courses n u m bered over 254. Requ i re d supporting cours s: C he m i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 33 1 , 332 with l abora tories, plus one o f the follow i ng - Chemistry 32 1 , 350 o r 404 and Math 1 33 or equivalent. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 1 25 - 1 26 . Plan IV - Bachelor of Science: 4 0 semester hours, indudin g 1 55,
1 56, 253, and 254, plus 27 additional hours i n courses n u mb ered over 200. U p to 8 hours are permitted in courses numbered betwecn 201 and 200 . Required supportin� courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331 with laboratories; Math 1 51 ; PhYSICS 1 25- 1 26 or 153-154.
Plan V - Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis: 40 semester hours, induding 155, 1 56, 253, 254, and 495, p lus 25 additional hours in courses numbered ovcr 254. Required s u p p o rti n g co urses Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331 , 332 with laboratories; Math 1 5 1; Physics 1 25-126 or 1 53-154.
:
BACHELOR
Educa tion.
-
O F ARTS
IN EDUCATION: Se e School o f
MINOR: A t least 20 semester h o u rs selected from a n y biology courses except those n umbered 300-320 (interim), i n which a grade of C or higher is earned. Pass-fail courses may not be counted. Prerequisites must be met u n less a written waiver is obtained in advance from both the instructor and the department chair. Applicability o f non-PLU biology credits will be determined by the department chair. Consul t the chair f r assignment of a minor adviser.
111
B IOLOGY AND THE MODERN WORLD
112
HUMANISTIC BOTANY
155
PRINCIPLES OF B IOLOGY I: POPULATION BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF L IFE
An i n trod uction to the basic principles o f biology with an e m p hasis on plants and their im p act on people. The major topics will include: useful p l a n ts; poiso n o u s p lants; medicinal plants , including n a rcotic and h a l l ucinogen i c plants; food p l a n ts a n d organic a rden g i ng; plant p ropaga tion; and basic plant identitica tion . Incl udes labora tory a n d field t ri p s . II (4)
In troduction to science a n d levels of organiza tion in biology; �,11endclian gene tics a n d popula tion biology; history a n d d ivers i ty of l i fe . Required of a l l biology majors . Includes labora tory. Co-registra t ion i n chemistry is stro ngly reco m mended . 1 (4)
156
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II: THE CELL AND BIO-ENERGETICS
Cell u l a r and m o lecula r levels of biological organiza tion; cell ul tra-structure and physiol gy, molecular genetics, energy transd u ion; energy flow a n d nutri ent cycles in ecos y s te m s . Required of a l l biology majors. Includes la b ora tory . Assumes completion of one semester o f college chemistry (1 04 o r 1 1 5). Pre requisite: 155. II (4)
201
INTRODUCTORY MICROB IOLOGY
The grow th, con ti'll!, physiology, isolation, and iden tifica tion o f m icroorga nisms, especially those which a ffect human bei ngs . I ncludes labora tory. Prerequis ite: Chemis try 1 03 o r consent of instructor. I (4)
205, 206
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
First semester: m a tter, cells a nd tisslles; nervous, en docrine, skeleta l , and m uscular syste m s . Laboratory inclu des cat d issection and experiments in muscle physiology a nd reflexes . Second semester: circula tory, respira tory, d i g e s tive, excretory, and r 'p rod uc tive systems; meta o olism, temperature regu lation, and str(>ss. Labora tory inclu d es ca t d issection, phys iology exp e rime nts, a nd s tudy of developing or gan i s m s . 2 05 (I) prerequisite to 206 (II) . (4,4)
BIOLOGY
31
253
PRINCIPLES OF B IOLOGY III: B IOLOGY OF THE STEA DY STATE
The bi:1 S i c p ro b l e m s fu e d by
p l a n t s and a n i m a l s i n m a i n t a i n i n g th ' mselves; s t ructural a d a p ta t i o n s , homeosta s i s , i n tern. I reg u l a tion, w a ter a n d t e m p e ra t u re con trol, gas exchange, vasc u la r systems, a n d i n tera c tion between orga n i s m s . Req u i red o t all bio logy m cl j o r s . Conc u rre n t re g istration i n 254 req u i red . P re req u i s i t e : 1 55, 1 56, and fi rs t-yea r c h e m i s try. 1 (4) 254
PRI NCIPLE S OF B IOLOGY III LABO RATORY
A n i n vestigative la bora tory d e s igned to i n t ro d u ce s t u
d n t s t o t h e sci e n t i fi c pru c s s . I nc l u d e s fa m i l iClfization with a n d m e thods o t using ' c ie n t i fic l i tera t u re, d a t a r d uc t i o n a n d a n a lYSis, e x p e r i m e n t a l d esig n a n d xecu tioI1 , and scie n t i fic w r i t i n g . () ncur re n t r eg i s tra tion i n 2"13 r - q u i red . Prerequisites: 1 55, 1 56, a n d fi rst year c h e m i s h y I C I ) -
321
.
ORNITHOLOGY
The study o f birds with emphasis on local s pecies; de Signed for s t u d e n t s with hobby i n te re s t s a s w -II a s for a d va n ce d bio l o g y s tu dents. Field trips, Inclu des labo r tory. Prcreq u i i te : 254 0 r consent o f i n s tructor. l l (2) 322
MI CROBIOLOGY
llH.� - tnt t lI re, p hy s iology, genetics, metabo l i s m , a n d e col o gy ot, m lc nlorgamsms. I n c l u d e s labora tory . Pre requi i te : 254 o r conse n t of i n s t ructo r; one semester o r ga n ic ch m i s t ry recommended . l l (4) 324 NATURAl H I STORY OF VERTEB RATE S C l assi fi tion , natural h i s to r v a nd economic i m p o r t nce of vertebra tes \v i th th e x c e p ti on o f birds. Fi e ld Lri ps a nd L abo ra tory P rerequisi Le : �54 a/y ] 983-84 (4) •
,
'�
326
A N 1MAL B E HAVIOR
0 , ' ri p t i ll n , c l a s s i fi ca t i o n , ca u se, func tion, a nd d e v l o p men t o f t h e b e h a v i o r of anima l s . Lectu res m ph a s i z a n ethologica l a p p roach Lo the ' tu d y o f be
h avior foc u s i ng on comparisons a m o n g species, a s w e l l as phYSiolOgical , ec o l og i ca l , a n d e v o l u t ionary as pects o t b e h a v i o r . Labora t o ry i s not rigidly scheduled a n d \v i l l consist o f a behaviora l i nvestiga t i o n o f the s t u d e n ts' c h o o s i ng , Prereq u i s i t e : 254 or consen t f in s t ru c t o r . aly 1 982-83 II (4)
331 GEN ETICS Ba s ic concepts including considera tion of m o l ecu i a r ba sis of gene exp r e s s i o n , recombination, ge n e t i c var ia bil i ty , a n d considera t i o n of cytogenetics a n d popuJa t i o n gene tjcs . I n c l u d e s la bora tory. P rereq uis i t e : 254 . 1
(4)
40
P LANT DIVERS ITY AND DISTRI BUTION
A sys t e m a t i c i n t roduction to p l a n t d iversity. I n terac tion between p l a n t s, theories o f vegeta t i o n a l d i s tribu tion. E m p ha s i s o n highe r p l a n t taxonomy. I n c l u d e s laborato ry a n d fi eld t r i p . Prerequ isite: 254. lI (4)
32
BIOLOGY
346
CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY
ce l l s a re orga n i ze d to s t a y a l i ve; en Lyme k i netics a n d re g u l a tory m e c h a n i s m s; s tructure a n d syn t h e s i s of p ro t e i n s a n d n ucleic acids; energy meta bol ism; rnem bra ne s t r u c t u re , permea b i l i ty a n d tra n s p o r t p h e nomena; functional u l t ra s t ru c t u r e . Pre requisites: 254 a n d one e m e s tc r of orga nic chemistry.
Dea l s with how
I (4)
347
CELlULAR P HYSIOLOGY LABO RATORY
Acco m p a n ies Cel l u l a r Physiology; expe rie nce in tech niques a n d type s of i n s t r u m e n ta ti o n i nc l u d i ng c e l l frac t i o n a t i o n , determi na tion of m e tabolic sequences, u se o f radio t racers, p r o te i n assay, me mbra ne p h e nome na , u l t racentrifu g a t i o n , spectro p h otome t ry, Warburg respirometry . May be e lected only by stu dents w i th a serious i n te re s t and nE'l":d for this type of tra i n i n g . C o r q u i s i t e : 346 and consent o f i n s t r uctor. I (1) 359 PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Higher pla n t s tr u c t u re and function from germ i n a tion to senescense, incl uding basic a n a tomy, seed ge r m i n a t i o n , w a ter relations, respira tion, mineral nu trition, pho t o sy n t hesis, growth reg u l a to r s a n d re p rod u c tion. In l udes labora tory. P re req u i si tes : 254 and o n e s e m e s tet" o f orga n i c che m istry 1 (4) ,
.
361
COMPA RATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEB RA TES
An i n tegra ted s t u d y o f t he p r i n c i p l e s of ve rtebra te s t ru c t ure. Considers how a n d w h y l i v i ng vertebra tes a t tai ned their p resent s tructure by e m p hasizing p h y logene tic, developme n ta l , and p h Y S i o logica l top ic s P rereq u i s i te : 254 . 1 (4) .
371 INVERTEB RATE ZOOLOGY I n t ro d uction to the fo r m , function, n a t u r a l h i s tory, and p hylogeny o f the l1: ajor p h y l a o f i n vertebra tes. Labora torv exerCI ses \'1' 1 1 1 l l1c1 u de d I s sectIons, fI e l d s t u d ies, a � d col lect ions. P r ere q u is i t e : 254 or consent of i n s tructor. a/y 1 983-84 n (4) 372 GENE RAL ENTOMOLOGY A n i n troduction to i n sect a n a tomy, phy siology, on togeny, and beha v i o r . La bora t o ry i ncl u d e s gross d is section, fi eLd s tu d y , a nd the collect ion a nd classifica tion o f i ns ec t s , Prereq u i s i t e : 254. a/y 1 982-83 I (4) 375 PA RAS ITOLOGY A s t u d y of the behavior, m o r pholo g y
life histories, and host-parasite relationships of the c o m m o n va ri etie of pc r< si te s that infect vert b ra tes, w i th special ,
e m p h a s i s o n t h ose o f h u m a n s . I nc l u d e s labora tory a n d fi e l d t ri p s . Prereq u i s i te: 254 o r con sent o f i n s t ruc to r . a/y II (4)
385
IMMUNOLOGy
Immunology is the study of the biological properties which enable an organism to respond to changes with i n itself when the changes represent the presence of foreign substances, either from the external environ ment o r self-induced . Consideration of the biology a nd chemistry of immune response : the specificity of the organism's immune reactions, the types and roles of lymphatic cells, chemical and functional character istics of immunoglobulins and complement, genetic control of the immune response, hypersensitivity reactions, and immunodeficiency diseases. Practical ramifications include methods of immunochemical analysis and clinical applications. Prerequisites: 322, 346, or CHEM 404. a/y 1983-84. II (2)
403
DEVELOPMENTAL B IOLOGY
(4) 411
H I STOLOGY
Considera tion of the development of multicellular or ganisms, focusin g on the molecular bases for develop ment . Topics include morphogenic movements, cell determination and differentiation, pattern formation, ceIJ interactions in development, chemical messen gers in develop ment, and genetic regulation of de velopment. Laboratory includes experimental prob lems and descriptive e mbryology. Prerequisite: 254. II
Microscopic study of normal cells, tissues, and organs of vertebrates. T his study is both structurally and physiologically oriented . Prerequisite: 254. II (4)
475
EVOLUTION
490
SEMINAR
Evolution as a process: sources of variation; forces overcoming genetic inertia in populations; speciation. Evolu tion of genetic systems and of l ife in rela tion to ecological theory and earth history. Lecture and dis cussion . Term paper and mini-seminar required. Pre requisite: 254. I a/y 1982-83 (4) Selected topics in biology based on literature and/or ori)?inal research. Open to j u nior and senior biology majors. ( 1 )
491 , 492
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Investigations or research in areas of special interest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified j unior and senior maj ors; students should not elect in dependent study u nless they know in advance the specific area they wish to investigate and can demon strate a serious interest in pursuing it. It is suggested that the student spend one semester researching the literature and writing a proposal (for 1 sem . hr. of credit) and the next semeste r actually carrying out the project (for another 1 sem. hr. of credit) . Students will not be permitted to use 491 -492 for filling in a defi ciency in their program . Prere quisite: w ritten proposal for the project approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chaIr. ( 1-4)
495
D IRECTED STUDY
424
ECOLOGY
O riginal ex \? erimental or theoretical research open to upper diviSIOn students intending to graduate with a Bachelor of Science - Research Emphasis. Requires a written proposal approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair. (2)
425
B IOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY
COUR S E S TO B E OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM
Orga nisms in rela tion to their environment, including orga nismal adaptations, population growth and inter actions, and ecos y stem structure and function. Pre requ isite: 254. II (4)
The ocean as environment for p lant and animal life; an introduction to the structure, d ynamics, and history of marine ecosystems. Lab, field trips, and term project in addition to lecture. Prerequisite: 254. II (4)
426
FIELD METHODS I N ECOLOGY
441
MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY
302 308 319
Our Natural World : General Ecology Science and Technology Professional Preceptorship
Sampling techniques and analysis of natural ecosys tems. I ndependent project required . Prerequisites: 254 and 424 or conse nt of instructor. II (2) Functions of princi p al mammalian organ systems emphasizing contro l mechanisms and homeostatic relationships . H uman-oriented laboratory includes work in circulation, cardiography, psychop hysiology, temperature regulation, and other areas. S tudents are required to design and execute a major exp eriment of their own. Prerequisites: 254 and CHE M 332. Anatomy and biochemistry recommended . 1 (4)
BIOLOGY
33
Business Administratio SCHOOL OF
In conce r t w i t h ge n e ra l u n i v e r s i t y rcq u i r men t s , t h e businc u ni c u l u m prep, res graduates for res ponsible po i t-ion i n b u s i n e s , e d u ca ti o n , and govern m en t
.
phonu l concentra tions a rc ) ff ' r d i n th fj Ids of accou nting, finance, m a rketing, ope ra tio n s management, a n d p erso n n e l a n d i n dustrial rela t i o n s ,
FACU LTY Ki ng, Deal l ; Bancroft, Barndt, Ba rnowe, Bem iker, 0, Ca rvey, L. Ca rvey, Crooks, Cubbage, Hegsta d, Lauer, M cNabb, M eeh a n , Myers, Ni bler, C . Olson, Ramaglia, Schafer, Sepic, Thrasher, Turner, Van Wyhe, Zulauf,
ADMISSlO
'n1l' profe!iSion<l1 Bachelor of Bu s i n e <; s A d m i n i s t r,l tion d egre c progranl i� co m po:ed o( on u p per d i v i s io n busi ness curriculum with J " trong ba 'c in l i bcral drts. U ncil' rgra(fua t ' stude n t s iJre ,�d m i tted to t h e School of Busil1l's� Ad m i n istrdtion u pon the su cc es s fu l completion of a t least 24 .em ter hour� w i t h a c u m u lil t ivt' grilde p o i n t il"cragl' o f 2. :l or �bovc, l nd t h e de : lara tion o f b u s i n e SS a d n1 i n i stra tion a s the tnil j or f i e l d o f study. Trilnsfc r s t u cll-nts a r e rcq u i rp d tn h a ve nlil i n ta t n ed tilL' grade poi n t average o f 2 . 5 se p a ra te' l y i n both busillL'sS and lion-busi ness courses. The s t udc n t ' s i n terest to
...
a cq u i re a p rofessio n a l com p etence i s d e s i re d a nd t h e assi g n nw n t o t a b u s i n ess (il c u l t y adv isC't· i s rl'q u i red . S t u d e n ts co n s i d e r i n g gl·a d u a lc · l e v c l , t u d " s h o u l d seck e a r ly plil t1fl i n g ilcivin' from t h e facu l ty conce rn i n g <1 p p ro p rialc u n d IC rgra d u a t(' C(JU r>il' <;('It'etio n . Gra d u ate s t u den ts a rc a d m i t k d t o thc Sch ool o f B u s i l,,"ss Ad l11 i n i s t l' a t i o n when th I' nwet t il l' req u i r e m e n t s speci fied in t h e M. B. A. brod1ltre.
--I
J
I�
1
AFFILIATIONS
The School of Business Adm inistration of Pacific Lu theran University is a mc'mbcr of the American Ass<!mbly of Collegiate S.:hools of Business. The B . B . A . , M . B . A . , and accounting programs Me ncl tionallv accredited by th,' Accreditation C:ouncil of the AACSB. Pacific Lutheran U niversity is accredited regionally by the 0J orthwC'sl Association ,if Schools and Collt'g(�s. . The School ot Business Adm inistration is also a member ot the orthwest Universities' Business Administration onference, the Western Association of Collegiate Schools of Business, and the , honal Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration. .
I
DEG REE REQUIREM ENTS
Sixtv-four semester hours or one-half of the m i n i m u m total degree requirements al"' taken in fields outside the School of Business Administra tion . A t least 40 semester hours are taken in rE'c uired and elective busine s subjects. . 'he Bachelor of Business Administration degree program consists of 1 28 semester hours to be taken over a four-year period, and to be cOOlpleted with an over-a l l grade point a verage of 2 . 5 or a bo ve as well as a 2.5 grade point average sep aratel" i n business courses. D g rades in business administration core cou rs· s (inclu d ing the two upper division business electives) will not meet the B . B. A graduation requirements.
j
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS A D M I N I STRATION: 230, 281 , 282, 350, 354, 364, 370, 455, and R semester hours of up pe_r d ivision business electives . Rc'q'Jired sup p orting courses; Economics 1 50, Math 1 28 (or 151 and 227) (or 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 33 1 ) , Computer Science 220 (or equivalent), Statistics 231 , and one upper division economics course. NO MORE THAN 50 PERCENT OF
THE TOTAL HOURS MAY BE BUSINESS COURSES. The elective courses are chosen to su p port students' professional career objectives or graduate study plans. They ma ' reflect business administration concen trations or selections from entirely different fields. The latter may include work in other professional schools or progra ms.
CONCENTRATIONS: A concentration is noted on the student' s transcript. At least 1 6 hours of upper division courses i n an area of specializa tion must be completed with a 2.5 grade point
average.
Accounting 313 1 Intermediate Financial Accou n t ing; 382 Ad va nced Financial Accou nting; 385 .ost Accountin g ; 387 :'vlanagement I n tormation Systems; 483 Income Taxation; 484 Auditing. Finance
364 Managerial fina nce;
367 Financial Markets; 464 Fina ncial Planning a nd Control; 3 8 1 I n termediate Accou nting, or 460 Employee BenL'fit Plans,
OT 61
Portfolio Ma nagement.
Student:) must take Economics 352, I n termediate Micro Economic Ana lysis, or 361, Money and Banking. (Eilher cou rse w i l l ful fi l l t h e requiremen t for a n upper division economicli course . ) Marketi n g 370 Marketing Systems; 470 Marketing M, nagement; 471 Marketing Researc.h and Consumer Behavior; 472 Advertising and Sales Management, or 473 Industria l Ma rketing and Purchasing. Operations Management 350 Mancl g ement; 385 Cost Acco u n t i ng; 450 Production and Operations tVlanagement; 473 Industrial Marketing and Purchasing.
Personnel and Ind ustrial Relations 354 Personnel and I ndustrial Relations; 454 Orga nizational Change and Development; 460 Employee Benefit Pla ns; Psyc.hology 450, Psychological Testing
Students must take Economics 321, Labor Economic. , Labor Relations, and Human Resources. (This will fuLfill the requireme nt for a n upper division ee(lno'nics cours .) MINOR I N B USINESS ADM.INI STRATION: Economics 1 50; Math 128 (or 151 and 227) (or 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 3 3 1 ); Computer Science 220 (or equi valent); Statistics 231 ; Business Administration 281 , 350, 364, 370.
MASTER OF BUSfNESS A D M I N I STRATION: See Graduate
Catalog.
BUSINESS A D M I N I STRATION COURSES
Courses numbered 1 00-299 are available to a U students. Courses numbered 321 -499 a re open to students with juniur standing and the re q uired p rereqUisites. Cours·es numbered 500-5'J Q arc reserved for students in the M . B . A . program and students in other PLU graduate programs who have a n a p proved field in business. The middle digit o f the course nu mber indicates the field of concentration: 3 - law 4 general service 5 p ersonnel and industrial management 6 finance 7 marketing . 8 - accounting and i ntormation svstems 9 specialized and predominantly independent studies -
-
-
-
COURSE OFFERING S 230 LAW AND SOCIETY A study of the legal system in the United S ta tes and the regulation o f relationships between individual citi zens, groups, and the i?overnmental agencies and branches. Review of the fights and obliga tions of indi vidua l citizens and corporations, administra tive law, and the proced ures and practices of the courts in a modern society. I I I (4) 241 B USINESS COMMUNICATIONS Development of applied w riting skills a nd techniques in business commu nications. Included a re letters of inquiry, orders and acknowledgements, sa les a nd promotional communications, claims and adjust ments corres p ondence, credit and collections ledgers, briefing and b usiness reports, resumes, and applica tion letters. 1 (4) 243 PERSONAL FINANCE Consumer saving, spendin g and planning tech niques; intelligent buying an d budgeting, esta te and tax planning, ins ura nce and investment programs, re tirement p lanning; ethical issues in government and busi ness from the consumer viewpoin t; consumer or ganization and i n fluence in finance, marketing, and production. I I (4) 281 F INANCIAL ACCOUNTING A n introd uction to accounting concepts and princi ples. Preparation and analysis of financial reports. I II (4)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
35
282 MANAGEME NT ACCO UNTI NG Intro d u tion to management accoun ting information system . Em pha··i on the analysis and in terpretation of acco un li n g and economic data and their use in p lan njng, control, and decision making. P re requisite: 281 . I I I (4) 350 M AGEMENT A critica l examina tion of the p rinciples and p rocesse.s of ad ministration. Mana ement techniques and the functions of planning, orga n i:.dn g, direction, and con t rol a re discu ssed from both the class ical and the be ha vioral points of view . Study of t he concepts i'lIl d characteristics of the o roduction function . I n trod uc tion to case a na lysis a�d p roblem-solving techniques. Prerequisites: ECO 1 50, TAT 231 (may be concu r re nt), and BA 281. Ju nior standing. I I I (4) 354
PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL R ELATIONS Detailed exa mina tion of behavioral p rocesses of indi viduals and gro ups in bu siness orga niza tion s . Em phasis on policy issues and .specific p roblems i n man aging h uman resource with fOCLlS on modern prac tices of indu s tria l rela tions a n d personnel ma nage ment in industrial and other organiza tions. Pre requis i te : 350 I n (4) 364 MANAGERIAL FINANCE Conce nt ra ted study of the tools of fi nancial analysis: Funds and cash flows, critical analYSis o f fi na ncial stalements and o ther fi nancial intorma tion, tech rnqll �s o f fi nancial p la n nin g and budgeting, and the co nc ep ts rclat d to cap itaf expenditure budgeting, a n d the cost of capita l . An introduction to fi nancial stra tegies and decision maki ng for financing, expan sion, and divid· nd pol icies . Req uired for business majors . PrerequiSites : CSCI 220 (or equivalent), ECO 150, M ATH 1 28 (or equ iva lent), STAT 231 , and BA 281 . J u nior s tanding. I I I (4) 367 FINANCIAL MARKETS Analysis o f the cha racteris tics and deterrrunants of a n efficient fi nancial sy stem; pricin g of capital as se ts; sup ply and demand for loanable funds and the level and s tructu re of int res t rates; sa vings-investment p rocess and fi nancial in termed iaries; ins ura nce and reinsurance ma rkets; commod i ty ma rkets, and i n ter national finance. Prereq uisites : C S C ! 220 ( o r e qui va lent) , ECON 150, MA TH 1 28 (or equivalent), STAT 231, BA 28 1 , 364. 1 (4) 370 MA RKETING SYSTEMS The flows of goods and services in the economy, economic and behav iora l ap p roaches to the a nalysis of demand; the. role of the marketing funct.ions in a busi ness fi rm. Det rmina tion of a marketing mix - product policy, p ricing, channels o f d i s tribu tions, a nd market mg communications. P rere qu isites : ECON 150, tvtATH 1 28 (or equiva lent), STA T 231, and BA 281 . J unior standing. I I I (4)
36
381
INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Concentra ted study of the conceptual fra mework of acco u n ting, valua tion theories, asset and income mea s u rement, and financial s ta tement di sclo sures. Prerequ isite: 281 . I II (4) 382 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Concen trated study of equ i ty meas urement i ncluding the accounting a spect ot partnerships, corporations, and consolid ations . Also incl udes fi nancial sta tement ana lysis an d a n i n trod uction to acco u n ting p roblems of not-for-profit orga niza tions. Prerequisites: 28 1 , 38L I II (4) 385 COST ACCO UNTING Basic and advanced concepts of cos ts i n developing i n formation for manageme n t use in the determination of inco me, eva l u a tion o f ca p ita l in vestlll ent alterna tives, and the mea surement of perfo rmance. Prerequisites: 281 , 282 . 1 11 (4) 387 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS A study of the general concepts of form a l information systems includmg the data requ irements of modern orga niza tio ns. Emphasis on reporting obj ectives, data security, in ternal control, and sys tem performance ap praisaL Prerequisites: 281 , 282, and CSC! 220 (or equivalent) . 1 11 (4)
BUSINE SS ADMINISTRATION
392 INTERNSHIP A p rogram o f full-time expe rience closely related to the student's specific career and academic interests. The , tudent is ex pected to develop the internship op portu n i ty with a fi rm or organiz.a tion, a nd the School will p repare an internship agreement. This agree ment id entifies the problems to be resea rched, experience to be gained, and related readings to be acco m plished . Monthly progress reports and other mea sures o f achievement will b e used to determine t h e grade. Not more than 2 hours of cred it \-vilJ be gran ted for a full month of internship, and not mo re tha n 8 hours of ac cumulated credit will be gran tcd for the i nternships taken. The internshi p cannot be used to mcet the mi ni mum require m nt for two business a d m inistration e lective COLlC es, and it must be completed prior to the last semeste r before g ra d u a tion . Prerequisi t s: 281 , 282, 350; ECON 1 50; S rAT 231; one add itional course in the student's a rea of concen tra tio n . (2 0r 4) 435 BUSINESS LAW Procedures, con tracts, agencies, negotiable in stru men ts, business orga rnzations, pro p erty, trusts and wills, tra n sportation, insura nce and e m ployment. I I (4)
450
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cri tica l study of k y concepts, practices, and qua n ti ta tive tech niqucs applicable to ma naging the prod uction of goods or services . Includes examination of fa cility design; work design and measurements; and prod uc tion planning, con troL and sched uling consider a tion s . Prerequisites: 350, MAll-{ 1 28 (or equiva lent), CSO 220 (or equivalent). 1 (4)
-
454
471
ORGA NIZATION A L CHANGE AND DEVELO PMENT
Exa mina tion of the need for cha nge in organiza tions, using a diagn o s ti c approach and employing appro ri a te s tra tegies to develop h uman resources vita to every o rganiza bon's econo mic viability. E m p hasis on d e v e l o p i ng th e skills o f an i n ternal cha nge agent w ith knowledge of eval ua tion methods a n d I n terven tions that faci l i tate planned cha nge . Pr ereq uis i t es : 350, 354 .
Tech niques a nd uses of m a rketing research i n the business decisio n-making process . m p h a s i s on re search design, various su rvey me thods, research in strum e n ts, and sa mpling plans a s they rel a te to m a r keting consumer p roducts and services in a changing environme n t . C o n tempora ry behaviora l science con cepts to be exa mined and incorpora ted i n selected marketing p rojects . PrerequiSites: 370, CSC! 220 (or equivalent). II (4)
r
I I (4)
455
BUSINESS POLICY
Study of or gan i za tio n a l administration from top man
ageiTlent pers·J Ccti v c . formulation a n d s tra t e gies a n policies to in tegrate all
d
472
)( c u t ion o f
460
473
HONORS SEMINAR "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
481
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING
Exploration o f cu rre n t issues a nd trends in t h e concep tual framework o f accou nting, the enviro n ment in w hich accounting operates, and the problems of com m un ica ting fina nci a l i n formation u se fu l to decision makers . Pr e req u i si tes : 281 , 381 , 382, or consent o f in structor. (4)
364. I I (4)
PORTFO LIO MANAGEMENT
Discussion o f sound portfolio managemen t tech n iques: Security selection and construction of e ffici e n t asset o r t fo lio s; measuring in ves tmen t perform a nce; capita ma rket efficiency; selected rece nt develop ments in portfolio a nalysis. Em phasis on risk and re tu rn rela tionships of securities a nd po rtfol ios. Pre req ui i t e s : CSCl 220 (or equivalent), ECON 1 50, MATH 1 28 ( o r equivalen t), STAT 231 , BA 28 1 , 364. II
f
483
INCOME TAXATI ON
Com prehensive study o f income tax concepts, reg ula tions, and tax p l a n n ing p ri nciples . Emphasis on indi vidual and busi ness i ncome taxation. Prerequisite :
'
281 . I I I (4)
(4)
464
INDUSTRIAL MARKETING AND PURCH ASING
Analys i s of the ind ustria l buying il nd sellln g process; p u rchasing policies and proce d u res; sde c ti on of sources of sup ply; contract ana lysis and negotiation; marketing p robl ems of m a n u facture rs of industri a l goods; dev loping and i mplemen ting ind ustria l ma r k et i ng st ra tegie s . Prereq u is i tes: 350, 370 . 1 1 (4)
I n tensive a n alysis o f emp loyee benefi t plans; profit sharing pla ns, pension p la n s, group h e alt11 a n d l i fe i n su rance; structur e and e ffe ct o f govern mental r egu la tion of v a ri o u s benefi t plans. Pre requi s it e s : EC N 1 50, MATH 1 28 (or eqUI valent), STAT 23 1, BA 281 ,
461
ADVERTISING AND SALES MANAG EMENT
Role of a d ve rtising and person a l sel ling i n the m a rket i ng progra m; analysis of m a rket targets; developing milrket potentials; m di a selection; designing the promo tional message; e va l u a ti o n a n d control o f t h e promotionill m i x . Pre req uisite : 370 . I I I (4)
management a n d busi ness functions in supp ort o f orga n izational objectives. i m plica tions of resou rce availabili ty, tech nology, a n d the ec o n om y; education, religion, ethics, and personal val ues; social responsibil i ty; public pol icy; a n d i n te rna tional rel a tions for top managem n t decisions. I ncludes comprehensive case a n a lyses. Re q u i r d for b u s i ness admi ni stra tion majm s . P rere q u i s i tes: senior standing, 282, 350, 364, 370. I I I (4)
�6
MARKETING RESEARCH AND CONSU MER BEHAVIOR
484 AUD ITING Co m p r eh e nsive study of a u d i ting concepts a n d proce
FINANClAL PLANNING AND CONTRO L
I n tensive a n alysis of major fi na ncial decisions; fi nan cial pla n n i ng a n d b udgeta ry con trol; m e rg e rs a n d ac quisitions; p re d i c t i o n Or corpora te failu re; bond re tund ing; new e q u i ty issues; recen t deve lopments in capital structure theory as ap pl ied to financial deci sio n s . Emphasis on decision making. P re r q u i sit e s : CSC! 220 ( o r equivalent), ECON 1 50, MATH 128 (or equiva lent), STAT 23 1 , BA 281, 364 . I I (4)
d u res; il nalysis of risk th rough the study and evalua tion of i n ternal con trols, bo t11 administrative and ac counti ng controls, a n d through the study and eva lua ti o n of accoun t balances; reporting o f risk; review o f the d evelopment a n d meaning o f professional respon sibil i ty and ethics; review of opera tional auditing. Pre req u i s i tes : 28 1 , 282, 381 , 382 . 1 II (4)
470 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Ana lytic al app ro ach e s for the sol u ti o n of ma rketing p roble m s , developing s tra tegies, planning a n d a d
ministering comprehensive ma rke ting p rograms; eva l u a tion a n d con t r o l o f m a r ke t i n g operations. Pre requisite: 370, esC! 220 (or equivale n t ) . 1 (4)
490
SEMINAR
Seminar on speci fically selected topics i n business. O f fered on dema n d . Prerequisite: consent of ins tructo r.
(4)
491
DI RECTED STU DY
Ind ivid ual stud ies; readings on selected topics ap proved and sup ervised by t h e instructor. Prerequisite: conse n t o f i nsh·uctor. ( 1 -4)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATI ON
37
501
FUN DAM ENT ALS OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
u n d a mental assu m p tions, principles, and proce d ur e s unde rlying accou n ting; transaction analysis a n d t h e fu n d a m e n tal accou n ting m o d e l ; matching of ex pe n ses \·v i th rev e n u e; mea s u re m e n t a n d reporting of i nc om e sta tement a nd balance sheet acco u nts; consoli dated stat m e n ts; and using and interpreti n g fi n ancial - la te m e n t . Theoretical fra mework for financial deci sion . ; d ecision theory rel a t i ve to working capitaJ man agem ' n t, short a n d intermedia te- term fi nanci ng, cap i ta l investm nts and va l u a tion, capital structu re a n d d ividend poli y , a n d long-term financjng. 1 I I (4) 502
FUNDAM ENTALS OF MANA GEMENT AND MARKETING
Principles and processes of a d m i n istra tio n . Tech niques and functions of pla n n i ng, orga nizing, d i rect ing, and con trol l i n g . The flov,rs of goods and services in th econ omy; economic a n d behavioral a p p roaches to the a na lYSis of demand; the marketing fu nctions in busines fir m s . Determination o f the m a rketing mix . I II (4) 503 MANAGEMENT USE OF COMPUTERS An in trod uction to co m p u ter syste m s with emphasis on BASIC la nguage progra m m ing skills. Additional work on file construction and software p ackages such as SPS a n d m i n i tabs. Prerequ isite: E CON 500 (may be concu rre n t ) . I U (1) 535
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Survey o f federal and state laws, rules, and re g ula tions tha t directly i m p i n ge on the manager's d C1sion m a king in the modern business e n terprise. Incl udes legal implica tions for th i ndividual manager and his/ her corporation tha t follow from b u siness aecisions in a reas sLlch as e m ployee rela tions, consumer protec tion, security and exchange regulations, rights of cor porate sh a reh ol ders a n d cre d i tors, a n titru t laws, a n d enviro n m e n tal protecti o n . ( 4 ) 550
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND ENVIRO NME T
The study of open sociotechnical systems within wh ich C\ m a n ager must operate. I t encompasses three major p e r ' pectives: the x ternaI organiza tion e n viron m 'nt, i n c lu d i ng legal , ethical, social, econom ic, a n d poli tical i n flu ences; t h e orga niza tion itself as a n e n t i ty; a n d the i n t rnal organization en v i ron m e n t . Prereq uis it �: 502 . I I I (4)
51
SEMINAR IN OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Analytical a p proache to o perational ma nageme n t; the rela tionsh i p of production to other functions a n d e x t mal factors; case studies of modern techniques/ methodol )gics a a p plied in selected s i tua tions a n d industries; qua n tita tive models, systems design a n d comp uters . Prerequisi tes: 503, 550; ECON 500, 543. I II (4)
38
BUSINE SS ADMINISTRATION
553
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGE MENT
I n vestigation of the roles of mana g ers in the modern society . The explora tion i ncludes, but is not l i mi ted to the topics of corporate responsibil i ty , ethjcal issues in management, a n d the i m pact of technological change on organiza bons a n d society. The vvorkshop a pproach to these topics combines the use of cases, read i ngs, discussions, and simul ations. Prerequisites: 550, ECON 504 . (4) 554 PLANNED O RGANIZATIONAL CHANGE Detailed exa m i n a tion of tech niq ues for diagnosing ad ministra tive p roblems requiring cha nge, and for plan n ing, implemen ting, and eva l uating cha nges u n d e r ta ken through systema tic program s of individual, gro u p , a nd orga niza tion develop m e n t . Emphasis on the p roblem a ssessme n t s ki l l s of i n ternal cha nge agents and on i n terventions aimed at structural cflanges, management training, a nd ca reer develop ment. Prerequisite: 550 . n (4) 555 BUSINESS STRATEGY AND POLICY An inte q rated management approach based on deci sion-ma kiJ1g a n a lysis i n complex cases and com p rehensive lield s i t u a t i o n s . Advanced readings a n d l i brary research i n tegrate concepts of manage m e n t and busi ness functions including considera tion of lega l, social, and i n tern � tional ay; ects o f the busi ness envi ron ment. Pre requIsites: 5::> , 564, a n d 570, any one of which may be taken concurrently with 555 . I I I (4)
r
564 SEMINAR IN FINANCIAL MANAG EMENT Analysis of o p timal fi nancial policie s . I n te nsive i n ves tigation o f the v a l u a tion p rocess a n d its resu l ting im pact on firm inves tment, financing, a n d dividend poli cie s . Discussion of the modern theory of fi na ncjal struct ure and p olicy, as well as major case a n a lysis. Emphasis o n th e a p plication of con tem p orary finan cial theory and analytical tech niques to the solution of complex financial p roblems. Prerequ isites: 501 , 503; ECON 504, 543 . I II (4) 565 FINANCIAL MA RKETS SE MINAR Analysis of the cha racteris tics and determinants of an efficient fi n a ncial system; d e te r m i na n ts of the level and structure of i n te rest ra tes; impact of i n fl a tion a n d foreign exchange risk; defa u l t risk; examination of va r ious speci fic financial in strumen ts; hedging as a form of risk red uction; other topics depending on j o i n t in terest of faculty and s t u d e n t s . Em phasis on the em ployment of assorted fi na ncial claims and techniq ues to i m p rove corporate performance . Prerequ isites: 564; ECON 504, 543. 1 (4) 570
SEMINAR IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Marketing ma nageme n t policies a n d programs; i n ter related efemen ts of the marketing mix and the re lationship of m a rketing to o ther i n ternal fu nctio ns; changing social a n d lega l e n vi ronment, i nnovation, and modern marketing philo ophies. Prerequ isites: 502, 503; ECO 504, 543. ru (4)
S E MINAR fN F INANCIAL ACCOUNTI NG THEOR Y Advanc d (l CC ) U n ti ll g concep l ' a n d standa rds; cu r足 rent pr bJems , nd tre n d s re fl ec ted i n acco u n t i n g l i t " r足
58 1
a t u re; d s igned fo r profe s s i o n a l accou n ta n t . (4)
ACCOUNTING I NFORMAnON AND CONTROL Applica tions of accou n t i ng i n formation, s rvices, a nd systems to ma nagement pr blems. Prercqu i i te: 50 1 , 503. I I I (4) 587 GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTING S YSTEMS
582
Manag ment i n fo rma t i o n systems; acco u n t i ng and cc n o m i ' data a n d t h e i r u se i n g ov e rn m e n t a g encie . Rece n t t r e n d s in fu nd a ccou n t i n g , a n d a naJy i o f a c 足 cou n ti ng req u i.re m e n t s a nd t 'cn nique in p rog ram ma nag rne n t . C<lSC s t u d i e s . Prerequisi te : CON"" 5 04.
(4)
90
SPEGAL SEMINA R
Selected a d v e n ced to p ics;
59 1
ffere INDEPENDENT STUDY
n dl'mand . (4)
i n d ividual read ing and studie o n selected topiCS; m i n i m u m s up rvision after i n i tial p l a n n i n g of s t u 足 dent's work. P re requis ite : c nsent of i nstru ct o r . (1 -4)
593
THESIS
Research s t u d y to m e e t T h e s i s O p tion rell u i remen l elective i n t h e M . B . A . d e g ree progra m . (4)
for
COURSE S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 302
303 304 305 307 309 315 317 318 31 456 535
French B usiness & Business french Career Developmen t Men & Women I n Business Managers At Work Perionnance Analysis: Busi ness and Social Planning and Measurement Tim Is Money: T i me Management For Eve ry one Qual ity of Working Life Societal Accou nting Tomo rrow's E xecu tive Tel ecommunications Seminar Honors Seminar: Policy I n Thought An d Action Legal Aspects of the Management Process
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
39
Chemistry The adva nce of civiliza t i o n is inseparable from the development of chemis try . Chemis t ry seeks to u nderstand the fundamental na ture o f ma tter, changes i n i ts composition, and the energy chang 's accompanying these changes. Use of this knmvledg i n flue nces our lives in many p rofo u n d ways. Whether i n terested in chemis try i tself, molecu la r biology, or st udying the i n fl uences of science a n d technology o n t h e enviro n m e n t and society, students will fi n d progra ms to meet their needs. The c U Ises, curric u l u m , faculty, and faci l i t ies are approved by t h e Ame rica n Chemical Society. Diversity i n ca reer p l a n n i ng is a key word i n the chemistry cu rric u l u m . Progra ms a re available which are broa d ly applicable t o the heal th, biologica l , physica l , nvironmental a n d the fu n d a men ta l chemical sciences. A s ta ff nowledgeabl in the many areas of chemistry usi.ng modern equipment for teach i n g a n d research highlight the opportu n i ties available.
.' .
Maj or research and teaching equi p m e n t includes:
n uclear magnetic reSOllance, i nfra red, ultra-violet, visible,
ato/llic ahsorptio l l , J7ame photometry, emiss io n , ilnd electron spin resonance spectrometers; X- raIl
crys tallographic diffractollleter; gas a nd liq [7id
chroll/atographs; precis ion refractometer; dipolollleter; scintillation CO l l l 1 ter; zone refi ner; il1ld a cOlllplex lII icroprocessor sys tem .
Facul ty research projec ts involving s t u d e n t participation < H e in progress i n m a n y i m porta n t fields o f chemis try. Some o f the general areas are: polymer structure and propcrties, synthesis of hcterocyclic cO/llpounds, st ructural and maglletic st udies of inorgallic complexes, o rga n ic kinetics, photochemical reactions, a nd drug effects on birth co n t rol.
FACULTY Nesset, Chair; C. Anderson, Gi ddings, Huestis, Kelly, S wank, Tobiason, Tonn.
T h e for('lgn I J n g u �gl' rl'qu i renll'nt of till' Col leo.e (If A rts il n d Sciences s h o u l d prl'fcrably be nw t in Ccrll1Jn o r I{u s s id n . The dll'm islry depa rt m e n t considers compull'r w;age t o bl' In ill(Tl'il s i n gly i m porta n t t oo l in p rok�si()n a l and p e r son,1 1 activ iti ' S . F u rther, labordtory work In thIS depa r t m e n t \\'111 place consiti<'rable c m p h il s i s on COl)l putl'r use. I'h e refore, t h e departm e n t s t ro ng l y rCC'oll1ll1 c n d s t h a t a studcnt p LlIm i n g to major in c h e m is t ry take at il'�st o n l' twu-crl' d i t h o u r c o u rse i n CO ill puler sciel1C('. B A C H E LOR OF ARTS M JOR: Ch e m i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342. 343, 4110. R cq u i r'ed Su�) po r t i n g courscs: Physics 1 47, 1 4t;, 1 53, 1 �4; M�th 1 5 1 , 1 52.
-
BACHEL R OF 5 ENC MAJ R (three a l ternatives): 1 . G�II('ml - ll'tlds 10 ii//laiC/1II .I1(,lIIica / Snt id V ccrl ijiClIlio//: Chcm i s t rv 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 3:'14, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 405 or 450 or 456, 435, 460, 490; P h Ysics 1 47, 1 4tl, I 3, 1 54; v [ lath 1 5 1 , 1 52. For A m e rica n C hemica l Societv cerlifl ca tinn, 450 and " ither 405, 456, o r CouperMive EducJ t i o n 476 an: n:q u i red , 2. Bioc/1t'lIlislry t'lIll'ira.l i': C Jw m i s t r y 1 1 5, 1 1 6, .12 1 , 3 3 1 , 331, 333, 334, 341 , 343, 403, 405, 435, 460, 490; iliology 1 55 , I Sh , 153, 254; four h o u rs selected from rliology 322, 32(), 33 1 , 346, 359, 75, 85, 441 ; Physics 147, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54; ivI<1th 1 5 1 , 1 52. 3. 01(,lllicai-I'''y,ic, clllphasis: ChE' m i stry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 341 , 342, 343, 344, 460; Physics 1 47, 1 48, 1 53 , 1 54 , 331 , 332, 336, 356; v [ l o t h 1 5 1 , 152, 253 . . Gene ra.l ized
Chemistry
Fresh m a n 'hem . 1 1 5 Math 1 5 1
Cumpu t e r Science Fore i g n language (or corp co urse)
1 00 u r activitv
( l S h o u rs)
Sop h n m ur e
.
C h e m , 33 1 , 333 PhYsics 1 47, '-3 For 'ign l anguage PE activity Corl' cuurse
( 1 5- 1 9 hou (s)
J o n ior . Ch m , �4 '1 , 343 Chem . 32 1 Core (Ours ' (s ) Elective Scn ior Ch elll . 460
IWIll . 490
Elec t i ves
the
B.S.
Degree
SPRING
FALL
P
urricul lml for
CIl C'Ill , 1 1 6 M a t h 1 52 FL1reign la n g u o ge
Cure cuurse PE 1 00 or dctivity ( 1 7 h o u r s) -
Chelll . Ph ysics
32, 334 14 , 154 Forcign l a ngu a ge I'E activitv Cnre cll u fse ( 1 5- 1 9 huu rs)
C h c m . 342, 344 Core course(s) Electives
1 03 CHEMISTRY OF LIFE Genera I, orga nic, and biochemistry pertinen t to chem iced processes i.n the h u man o rga nism; s u i table for l ib e ra l a rts stud n ts, n u rsing st udents, a n d prospective teach e rs . S t u d e n t s who h a ve n o l comp leted h igh school chemistry a re encouraged to take 104 b fore taking 1 03. II (4) 1 04
ENVIRONM ENTAL CHEMISTRY
Basic principle s of chem ical structure an d reactions, w i t h appl icZl tions to human a c t i v i ties a nd the n a t u ra l e n v i ro n m e n t . No p rereq u isit e; st ude nts with o u t h igh school chemistry a rc en co ura ged to take 1 04 before taking 1 03 or 11 5 . Physical therapy and milita ry nu rs ing p rogra ms req u i ring a year oj' c h c m i s h-y should i n d u de 1 04 and 1 03 . Also s u i t able for enviro n m e n t al studies, ge neral scienc(' tea che rs , B . A . i n e a r th sci ences, <1ll d general un iverSity core re(l uire ments or C o l lege of A r t s a n d Sciences option I l l . 1 (4)
1 1 5, 11 6 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
F i rst semester to pics include the structure of ma tter, a l o m i c and molecular lh e o ry, s la t es of malter and qu a n titative rela tionships. Second sem es t e r topics in clu d e k i n e t ics, chemical equi libri u m , the rm oche m is try, s t u dy of the e l e me n ts g roup e d accord ing to the periodic ta bl e , radio-chemistry, and i norga nic q u a L i ta ti ve analysis. Desi g n e d prima riJy for students who w a n t to major in b iology, chemistry, e n O'i neering, geology, o r physics . In cludes all premedica7, p re de n tal, pha rmacy, med ical tech nology students, and stu dents p la n n i n g to t ra nsfer to some u n iversity d e n ta l hygiene progra m s . High school chemistry or permis sion of instructor requi re d . S t u d e n ts with no high chool c h e m i s try o r weak ma thema tical background should take 104 bEfore this course. Corequisite: MATH 133. P rere q u i si te : 1 1 5 for 1 1 6; I for 1 1 5, II for
1 1 6. (4,4)
NUTRITION, DRUGS , AND THE INDIVIDUAL An introd uction to basic metabolic i n teractions, gen era l en do c r i n o l ogy , mind a n d bo dy i nteractions, the roles of dwt?s i n mod ifying biologica l a n d behavioral functio n s . N u tr i tion topics will include food prepara tion, " the ba la nced mea l ph i losoph y , " n u tritional mvths, the e ffects of stress, environmental and societal i n fl uences on diet. Prerequisites: one year of high school chemistry o r eq uivale n t su gge s ted . Mee ts; general university core re q u i re men t s . II (4) 32 1 A NALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Che m ical methods of q u a n ti tat ive a n a l y sis, including volumetric, gravimetric, and sc\ecte d i n s tru me n t a l method s . P rereL1u i s i t es : 1 j 6 a n d MATH 1 33 . I (4) 331 , 332 ORG ANIC CHEMISTRY An i n te rp retat ion of properties and reactions of aliphatic and aromati c compo u n d s on the basis of c u r ren t chem ica l theory. P re re qu i s it e : 1 1 6 . Co r equis i t es : 333, 334. In (4,4)
210 Chcm. 435 Electives
BACH ELOR OF AR 5 fN EDUCATION: t u d e n t s i n tc'r('sled in t h i s clegree clevelup t ll l'il' ch,'mislry p rogram through the d 'partlllcnt i n conju nction w i t h the S ch o o l o f Education. Sct! School o f Educ<1 ti o n sect iun . M T NOR: 22 SeJlll' s tl'r IlPurs, IIlc i u d i n l4 l i S, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 331 332, 333, u n ci 334, complel'cl With gru,le� ot C or higher
CH E M ICAL ENGINE -RING: Students i n tcrested i n p u rsu i ng studies i n ,-Iw m i c a l engineering s h o u l d sec the Phy s ics- E ngine ' r i n g secliun of this c" talog. The 3-2 . nginee r i n g progra m '''' quencc' should be fol l owed t h ro u g h t h e t i n ; t ear w i th h e m i s try 1 1 5 a nd 1 H i ta ken i n placc o f � General I hysic . e neral Physic� a n d Org<l ll i c C h e m i s l ry s h o u l d be taken d u r i n g thc second yea r, The depar t m e n t chair shou lcl be c o n s u l ted for assig-nrllcnt o f a progru l1l ad viser.
COURSE O FFE RINGS
CHEMISTRY
41
333, 334 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY Rea l i on s <l n d co n v n t i o na l a n d m d m tech niq u e s o f " y n t h sis, sepa ra tio n , a n d a na l y s i s of orga n i com pound . M u s t a co m p ' n y 33 1 , 332 . 1 I J ( 1 , 1 ) 336
HONORS ORGANIC CHEM ISTRY LA BORATORY
dvanc d m e t h l)ds 1f syn t h sis il n d pr p rtv d e te r mi n , t i o n a p p l ied to org " n ie om poun d s . Te d1 n i q ues a . nd a p pli , bons from th e l i tera t u re to be e m phasil.:ed . . May b e taken by departm ntaJ i n V I ta tIon 1\1 p lace of 334. I T ( 1 ) 34 1 , 342 PHYSICAL CHEM ISTRY The rel a t i o n s h i p be tw'een s t r u c t ure, e nergy co n te n t , a nd ph y ic I a n d c h e m ica l p ro p" rti o f chemkal sys t e ms. T o pi c s i n t h e rmo dy n m ic , s ta ti tical th r m dynamics, qu a n t um mechanics, at mic a n d molec u l a r s t m c t u re , spectrosc py, a n d k in t i c ' ar co ve re d . Me ny x a m p l es a re r e l a t d to b i ol ogi ca l sys tems. Prere q u i s i tes: 1 1 5 , MATH 1 52, PH YS 1 54 . 1 I I (4, 4) 343, 344
PHYSICAL CHEM I STRY LA BORATORY
Ex per i men t.. in thermod yna m ics, so l u t i o n be havior , nd m o l c lliar stn ctu r ' d e si g n e d to ac q u a i n t s t u de n t s w i t h i n st ru m n l a tion, d<lta ha ndl i n g, corr 'lnb on.s w i t h theory, a n d data reliabil i ty . Com puler u.agc i enco u raged . C o req u lsite or p rex q u i s i t : 34 1 , 342. I f I <
(1 , 1) 360 [NORGANIC CHEM ISTRY: A NONCALCULUS APPROACH Offered S i m u l ta n e o u s l y w i th 450. I n c l u des se par a te problems a nd some epara t l e c t u res. [ Exp rimentalj ( 3)
4 3
B[OCHEMJSTRY
ervie w o f the fi I d i n cluding metabol i s m , biochem ica l s lTu c t u re , biochem icc I g e n e ti cs , a n d dis cu s s i o n of m e c ha n i s m s of a c ti on ' o f d r ugs a n d phar macol ogy. For n n-mc j o rs l nte res t e d i n bioch emi try s a s u p p or ti ng ca U f · 3 a l d m ajors n o t p l a n n i n g t ta ke 342 . La bora tory desi g ned to s t i m u l - t c proble m solving tech n i q u es . Pr re q u i i tes : 332 , 334. 1 (4)
An
405 BIOCH EMlSTRY
A study o f c h em ica l rea c t i o n s a n d s t ru c t u res i n l i vi n g cel l s . To pics i n c l u d e enzyme k i. n e tics a n d mech a n i s m s of c a l aly i - , m o ta b o li s m , a nd b io c h e m i ca l g n etic . Con ce p t s i n t rod u ced i n PhYSical C h e m i try a n d Bioch m i s t r y w i U be ap p l i ed i n this course. D signed for students i t res te cf i n g ra d u te s choo l o r r s a rc h . Prereq u i s i tes: 332, 334, 342 . 1 (2 )
INSTRUM ENTA L ANALYSI S Theory a n d p ra t ice of i n s t r u m n t a l 435
m e t h o d s a l ong w i l h b a s i e l t ru n i ' . S pe ci a l e m p h a s i s will b p l a c d n rc d iochcmi a i , m a s s p ec t ro m c t ri c , c h ro m a to gra p h ic , and dectrom ' t r i ' me thods. Prerequisite : �4 1 , 343. 1 1 ( 4 )
450 INORGANIC CHEMIS TRY Tech niques of s t r u c t u ra l d e ter m i n a t i o n ( l R, UV, V I S, NMR, X-ray, E P R ) , b o nd i ng p r i n c i p les, n o n-meta l comp u n d s , o rd i na ti o n c l1e m i s t ry , o r g a n o m e ta l l i c, dono rfa cce p tor co n ce p ts, r 'action pa th wa y s a n d biochemkal n p p l i ca t i o n a re cove red . La b o r a t o r y w i l l i n cl u de sy n t h es i s a nd n i n - d e p t h ex pl ora t i o n of the physical p r:)p ' r t i e s o f n o n - m e t a l , co ord i n a t i o n a nd or g a li o m e ta l l ic co m p o u n d s . Prereq u i s i te s : 33 1 , 332, 342 . I ( 3) <
456 POLYMERS AND BIOPOL YMERS A cour p r e se n t i n g the f u n d a m e n ta l s of pOlymer sy n t h c '" i s, . l u tio n t her mod y n a mic p ro pe rties, mol ec u l a r chara ter i z a ti on , mole cu lar weig h t d i s tr i b u ti )J1 S , a nd sol u t i o n k i n - ' t i c s . Free radica l , condensa ti n, ionic, and bic pol y m e r systems are covered, w i t h i l l u trated a p p l i c a t i o n s ta ke n hom the m ed i ca l, e n gine ri n g , a n d c h e m i c a l fiel d s . T h e o n e-cred i t labora tory ex a m i n i n g polymer synthesis t h ro u g h e x peri m e n t is o p t i o na l . P r e r eq u isi t e s : 341 , 342. aly II (3) .
460
·
0 INTRODUCTION TO R E SEARCH A cou rse designed to i n t r d u e the · t u den t to la bora tory rc rch tech n iqu , U S � o f the che mi ca l l itera ture, r sea r h proposal and report w r i t i ng . E mp h a s ' ' 1 1 be on the t ud n t d e veloping a n d m a k i n g prog
4
c
re o n a n i n d e p en d n t ch e m i ca l r ' e a rch p ro b l e m chosen i n con .. u lt a t i o n w i t h a m e m b e r of t h e c h e m i s try fac ul ty . P re r cq ui i ll' : 342. [ (2 )
491
p o n s Lbil i ty a cce p t e d by an i n s t ru ct o r . May be taken more th an onc . f Il ( 1 , 2, o r 4)
497 RESEARC H Experim 'ntal 1 r th eor e t i cal i nvestiga t i o n o p e n to u pp r divi ' i o n s tu d en t s with co n se n t of de p ar t m e n t c h a i r . Ma be taken more t h a n o n c e . Ge ne ra ll y w i ll co n. i s t of a n e x pa n d d study of t h L' resea rch p roject d evel oped i n 490. I I I ( 1 , 2, 01 ' 4 ) 597, 598 Open l ite: co n s
GRAD UATE RESEARCH
rna t e r ' s d grec c a n d i d a t e s only. P rerequis ' n t o f d c pa r t m n t c h a i r . 1 1 1 (2-4)
COUR S E S TO BE O FFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 11 31 1
342
CHEMISTRY
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Library a n d/o r Ie b r a to ry s t u d y of to p i cs n o t i n c l u ded in r c g u l a rl y (feted co ur ' s. Proposed p roject m u s t be a p p roved b d e p a r t m e n t cha i r a n d s u p e rvisory re-
315
42
SEMINAR
Pr e n t a ti on by t u d e n t s o f kn o w l e d � e g a i n ed by p e r sonal li b r a ry or la b o r a t o r y re e< r h, s u p p le m e n ted with e m i n a )" by p r a c t ic i n g scie n t i . t s . Pa r t i c i p a t ion of a l l s e n i o r d1 e m i st ry m a j o is req u i red and a l l other ch m i s t ry-oriented st u d e n t s are e n co ur a ge d to p a r bcipa t c . S e mi na r p rogra m w i l l be held d u ri n g the e n U re ye a r b u t fo r m a l regi · trn li o n w i l l be i n the s p r i n g se me s te r . I I I ( 1 )
General Chem istrv Pa lau: An Endan gered Culture Our Humanness: Biochemical and Behavioral Heritage and Poten tial Ph ysical Che mistr y
Communication Arts Tn order to explore fully their pote n tial as h u m a n b ' i ngs, p ople m u s t first e x p a n d their a bilities to communicate. Comm u nication is the process by which feelings and ideas me shared and i s the foundation on which lea rning rest s . Provid ing a fi > l d for bot h h u m a n ' tic a n d s ien tific research, the comm u n ication arts fo cus on how and \-vhy people commun icate t h ro ug h language (both spoken and w ritten) a n d thro ugh nonverbal mea ns. The effects of all forms of h uman co m m u nication a re a l so studie d . \t\lithin the Depa rt m e n t o f Comm u n ica tion Arts, four distinct, yet inter related a reas of h u ma n communication m a y b explored : broadcasting, j o u rnCl li sm , speech commu nication, a n d theater. St uden t majoring in a ny of these a reas artic u l a te a n d test their ideas, develop their i ndivid ual abilities, and gain co mpetence i n various stra tegiEs
for im prov i n g effective comm u nica ti o n . Th e y acquire knowledge and skjlls t h a t apply to nearl y every a s pect of their private a n d public l i ves . C a reer prospects for students trained i n commu n ication a rc exce l le n t . A person's career may u l t i m a t e l y turn out to be qu i te d i fferen t from what was origi n a l l y a n ticipa ted, o f course, but i n a rap i d l y c h a nging world, cl;:' rtain fu ndamental ski1ls a n d resources are necessary for a da p ta tion and succes s . As the work en vironm e n t i n the coming decades becomes i n c re a singl y orie n ted toward commu nicc tions, it will be crit ically importa n t for s t u d e n t s to h ave the abi l i ty to com m u n ica te lear ly a n d effectively, both o r a l l y a n d i n writing. Those who major or m i n o r in one of the c o m m u n ica tion arts vv i l l be far ahead of thei r contemporaries who neglect to p repare for the world of tomorrow .
FACULTY Wilson, hair; Bartane n, Becvar, Doughty, Gil lette, Nordholm, Parker, Rowe, RuidI, Spicer
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At least 32 "emestcr hours, plus 2 one-hour prac ticums i n a n y of tht! a rea s of C ( l I1 C 'ntra ti o n : I. BroJdcJ s t i n g - Required cou rses: 1 23, 1 7 1 . 233, 283, 373, 374, 371), and 3ErI . Requ i red s u p p o rti n g areas: 4 h o u rs each in economics, h i s tory, a n d p o l itica l .cil'nce p l u s 8 a d d i t ional hours i n ont! of those a reas. Stud e n b must c a m a grad e of B i n 283 or ha vc' the i n st ru ctor' S permission in o rd er l\.l a d va nce i n
the sequence .
2. C o m m u n i ca tio n - Req u i red
courses: 1 23, 233, 326, 435, and 436 p lu s 1 2 semestcr hours selected in consultatilJn with adv � scr. , 3. journa i I , m - ReqUIred courses: 1 23, 1 7 1 , 233, 283, 380, 38 1 , 384, and 480. Requ ired su pporting ,Heas: 4 hours Cadl in
eco nomics, h i s tory, a n d poli tical science, plus R a d d i tional hour,; in one of those a reas. Stud e n ts must carn a graciL' of B i n 283 or have the i n s t ructor's permission in order to advanc i.n the sequenc , 4. The,ltN - R eq ui re d cou rses: 1 2 3, 1 5 1 , 24 1 , 250, 357, 363, and 364, plus 4 s "' m e � te r hours selected i n cu n s u l ta l ion with �ld visl'r. I n addition to requ i re me n t s listed a b ove, c<lndidates for the B . A . degree must m ' e t the foreign I, nguagc rl'L] u i remeJlt in the College of Arts <lnd Sciences. BA HE LOR OF FINE A RTS MAJOR: A t least 52 se me s te r h , l u rs, p � u s 2 p raCt i c u m s in any 0f.the t w o a r;a s o � \o ncen t ra t io n : , Broa dccl s t l l1 g, - ReqUI t e" d courSeS. 1 2), 1 7 1 , _33, _83, 373, 37-1, 378, a n d 38 1 , �' I u s 20 semester hours s e l ecte d in consultation w i t h adviser. Theater - Required coursc.s: 1 23, 1 5 1 , 24 1 , 250, 357, 363, 364, a nd 454, p l u s 20 semC'skr hours selected in consu l t a t i o n w i t h a d v iser.
BA OiELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Sel' School of
Educa t ion .
Ml ORS Com m u n ic a t i o n : 20 semester h o u rs, including 1 23, se meste r hours selected i n consultation with adviser.
233, plus 1 2
Theater: 2() semestcr hours, including 1 51 , 241 , 250, 357, and
454.
The Dance Minur is cross-referenced with the School of PhYSical Educd lion . See the descri p t i o n of that mi nor u n der Physical Education. The P u b l i s h i n g and P r i n t i n g A r t s Minor is cross-r fcrenced w i t h the Departme n t of Engl i S h . Sec the descriptiun of that mi nor under English. Only the fo l l o w i n g courses from C o m m u n i ca t i o n Arts may be used to mee t the corc requirement in t·h", a rts: 1 5 1 , 1 6 2, 241 , 250, :,63, 364, 458, 45,). All co mmunica tion arts m ajor s should fu lfill the core r(?'1 u i rement w i t h a cours from a n o t h e r department i n the School of the Arts.
COURSE OFFE RINGS 1 23
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION
151
STAGE TECHNOLOGY
1 62
HISTORY OF AMERICAN FILM
1 71
MASS MEDIA
Founda tions co urse that i n t rod uces the student to a va riety of co m m u n i cation contexts. E m p h a sizes t h ree a reas: commu nica tion conce p ts , i nterpers o n a l com muni cation, a nd public speaking. I II (4) Basic theory and p rocedure o f tec h n i ca l a s pects i n set build i n g , costume co nstructio n , basic draf ting, sce n e r y , the a ssembl i n g , ha n d l i ng, manage m e n t o f the stage, a nd extens ive shop w o r k . 1 (4) Conce n t ra tes o n t h e d e ve l o p m e n t a nd growth of t h e m o tion picture i n t h e U n i ted S ta tes from 1 895 to the p res e n t . E m phasis o n the film d irector, w hose im pleme n ta ti o n of film tec h n ique a nd theory serves as the forma t i ve a rt i s t ic force in the cine m a . Socie t a l in fl ue nces such as economic factors, p u blic a ttitudes and mores, a n d political positions reflected in the U n ited Sta tes t h roug h o u t the past 75 years, w hi c h p rovide the fi l m media w i t h s h a pe a n d thema tic foc u s , will p rovide p a rallel points of re fere nce . (4) Su rvey of t h e m a s s m e d i a . H i s tory, o rganiza tion, a n d mechanics o f p r i n t a n d broadcast med ia . Role o f mass co mmu nica tion i n developing t h e p o l i tic a l , social, a n d economic fabrics f a d e mocratic society. A n a l ysis o f t h e j o u rna l i s t' s a u d ie nce, j o u rna lis tic voca tions, a n d social a nd l e g a l responsibilit ies of t h e media . (4)
225, 425
COMMU NICATION ARTS PRACTICUM
One semester h o u r cre d i t may be ea rned each semes ter, bu t only 4 semes ter hours may be u se d to meet u n ive rsi t y requi re men t s . Majors a re req uired to take at lea t two p racticums i n one or a combi nation of the three areas o f i n teres t . I n s t ructor's consen t req u i red . I II
233
FOUNDATIONS OF COMMU NICATION THEORY
An introduction to t he theore tical conce p t s and re sea rch too l s of i n te r p erso n a l a nd mass commu nication resea rc h . Prerequ iSite: 1 23 o r consent o f i nstructor. (4)
24]
ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE
250
FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING
The art of comm u n icating the essence of a piece o f l i t era t u re to a n a u dience; i n terp � e � i ng it ex p e rie n tially, logically, a n d e mo tiona l l y . I n diVidual and gro u p per formance. I I I (4) An exa m i n a ti o n o f the work of ac tors and a c tresses, their n a t u ra l and learned s ki lls; exercises i n memory, i m agi na tion, a n d ob erva t i o n; i m p rovisations a nd scenes from modern p lays; theory a n d p ractice o f stage m a ke- u p . I (4)
44
COMMUNICATION ARTS
283
NEWS WRITING
Basic n ws and fea t u re writing for print and broadca st media with p cial ttention to cla rity, accu racy, � nd d adlin s . ost vai ting done i n class under deadlme. Techniques of i n terviev,r i n g a n d fact-ga thering. ws staff orga niza tion and procedures. Prerequ isite: 1 71 or con urrent enrollment. 1 (4) <
322
-
WORDS, PEOPLE, AND SOCIETY
Basic eleme n ts of audio production; analysis of pro gram design, scripting, and production to,? l � and tech niques, Lecture and laboratory. Prerequ Isite: 283 or conse n t o f i n structor. (4)
NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION
Focus on the nonverbal aspects of com mu n ication within the framework of i nterpersonal i n teracti on. Prerequ isite: 1 23 or consent of instructor. (2)
325
TOPICS IN CONVERSATION
Vari l U S c n t e n t, de p endent on faculty assessment of student needs a n d m terests. Topics annou nced d u r ing the fal l semester p reced ing the course offe ring. Prerequisite: 1 23 or consent of instructor. (2)
26
GROUP COMMUNI CATION
ur ey and a nalysis of small group comm u nication the ry a n d research. II (4)
328
HISTORY OF THE THEATER: IBSEN THROUGH TO THE PRESENT (See descri ption for 363 . ) II (4)
364
Exam i na tion of hO\,v language a ffects one's i nterpre ta tion f the world. Focus on the use of symbols, par li u lady in rela tion to the mass media , Prerequisite: 1 23 or consen t of i 'lstructor. (2)
324
Theater as i t evolved from its primitive origin through represen tative societies; A nc ie n t Greece, Rome, Ren ai ssan�e modern Europ ean and Am�nca n . E mphaSIS " , on relIgiOUS, phi losophical, and polItical thought as reflected i n the d ra ma of each period, 1 (4)
M EN, WOMEN, AND COMMUN ICATION
Introduction to the means b y wh ich appropriate gen der role. are com mun ica te d by the mass media a n d the way i n w hich cul t ural gender role definitions in fl ue nce how people communicate with each other. Pr requisite: 1 23 or cons n t of in structor. (2)
323
HISTORY OF THE THEATER: AESCHYLUS THROU GH TURGENIEV
363
ARG UMENTATION
Th study of reaso n-giving in social decision making. A na lysi of the genr s, forms, a nd tech n iques of ar gu rs . Particular em phasis is given to studying academic, legal, a n d p ublic policy debates , (4)
373
AUDIO PROD UCTION
374
VIDEO PROD UCTION
378
B ROADCAST JOURNALISM
380
NEWSPAPER EDITING, LAYOUT, AND D ES1GN
Basic a nalysis and applica tion of progra m design, writing, and prod uction tools and techniques. Lecture and labora tory , Prerequisite: 373. (4)
Basic techniques of broadcast journalism . Applica tions of news gathering, writi ng, and re pm·ting in a broa dcast context. News a n d feature assi gnments using broadcast equ ipment in the field and studio , Prerequisite: 374. (4)
Se lection and editing of news copy and headline writ ing. Selec tion, sizing, a n d cropping of p hotos . Fu nc tions of layo u t . Princi ples of newspaper deSign and their practical a p plications. Prerequis ite: 283 , (4)
381
MEDIA LAW AND PRINCIPLES
384
A DVANCED NEWS REPORTING
Study of the actor on today's stage . Work on the ana ly sis and performance of the modern realistic play. Prac tical xperience i n the a rt of the actor t h rough perfor ma nce of scenes fr m p l a ys of the modern thea ter, em p hasis on the im porta nc of play ana lYSis by the actor, a n d examination of urrent acting theory . P re requis it : 250, (4)
406
COMM UNICATION ARTS FOR THE CLASSROOM
358
410
356
STAGE L IGHTING
Stage l ighting from the basic development of electric ity a nd righting instruments to the com plete deSign of lighting a show. II (4)
357
INTERMEDIATE ACTING, THE ACTOR AT WOR
AD VANCED ACTING
Study of the work of an actor; character a nalysis a n d embodi m e n t, using improvisations a n d sce nes from plays; i ncludes styles of acting. Prerequisite: 357. II (4)
Legal a n d ethical considerations as a p plied to news gathering, publ i s h i ng, and broadca s�ing. Ethic � l p rac tices a n d policy at the corpora te, sta tf, a n d mdlvldual levels. (4) Reporting of politics and pol ice, courts a nd other gov ernmental functions. I nvestigative reporting a n d writ ing. Blend of fie l d trips and writing exercises . Pre req u is i te: 283. (4)
I n trod uces potential teach ers to a compe tency-based model of com m u nica tion developme n t and i n s truc tion . Foc us on the ident ification of ap propriate com mu n ica tion skills for particula r grade levels a n d the design of s trategies for enhancing those skills. (2)
ADVANCED PUB LIC SPEAKING
Focus on a variety of speaking situations a n d p resen tational methods. Topics vary accord ing to the skill level of course pa rtici pa n ts . Potentia l topics i nclude a udience a nalysis, technical rep orti ng, using visual aids, a n d pers ua sion , Open to both �ajors and non majors. Prerequ isite: 1 23 or conse n t ot ins tructor. (4)
COMMUNICATION ARTS
45
435
ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION
Communication systems and s tu dies within fo rmal organizations. Foc us on theory and research of i nfor mational and directive commu nica tion as rela ted to channels, structures, status, involveme nts, m orale, and leadership . Prerequisite: 233. (4)
436
PERSUASION
Analysis and eval u<ltion of the dimensions of persua sion i n communica tion emphasizing contemporary theoretical models a nd research . Investigation of how research and models may be a pplied in con temporary settings. Prerequisite: 233 . (4)
452
SCENIC DESIGN
Artis tic and technical developmen t of abihties i n de signing scenery, costumes, and make-up for p lays of al[periods; various s tyles and periods as well as prepa ration of models, renderings, working d rawings, and scenic painting. Prerequisite: 251 . I I (4)
454
PLAY D IRECTION
The role of the director, historically and critica lly; an intensive st udy t h a t is both practical and theoretica l in its approach to the art of tne pla y director. Study of many different directing ph ilosophies . Each student is requ i red to direct scenes from plays representa tive of all periods of thea ter history. Prerequisite s: 250, 251, and j u nior status. 1 1 (4)
458
CREATIVE DRAMATICS
D signed to acquaint the s tudent with materials, tech
niques, and theories o f creative drama tics. Students participate in creative d ra m a tics. Intended for elemen tary and j unior h igh school teachers o r prospective teachers, thea ter ma j ors, religiou s leaders, youth a n d c a m p counselors, d a y c a r e vvorkers, social a n d psychological workers, and com m u nity thea ter lead ers interested in working with children. S (4)
459
SUMMER DRAMA WORKSHOP
475
ADVANCED MEDIA PROD UCTION
One session of i n te nsive work i n dra ma, acting, stage management, l igh ting instruction, and a ir other phases of production . S (4)
Producing, scripting, directing, performing, and eva luating sophisticated audio and video program ming. Prerequisite: 378. (4)
46
COMMUNICATION ARTS
480
IN-DEPTH AND INVESTIGATIVE REPORTING Group reporting in depth on a si ngle issue. Students
select the subject, organize the s ta ff, researc h and in terview, p rovide illustra tions, edit copy, and lay o u t the completed work. Subm ission of studen ts' work to the Mooring Mast for possible publica tion. Prerequis i tes: 380, 384. (4)
491 , 492, 493
S PECIAL STUDIES I N COMMUNICATION ARTS
I n vestiga tions or research in a rea of special in terest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified j u nior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for i ndepend e n t study until the specific area for investigation has been approved by a de partmental sponsor. ( 1 -4)
596-598
RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION ARTS For graduate students only. ( 1 -4)
COURSES TO B E O FFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM
301 311 315
A Cultural Tour of New York City Musical Theater Experience The Weekly Newspaper in Washington State
-
Cooperative Education Program A l t hough t h e program's career-related a d va n tages a rc ob i ll , i ts main benefi ts a rc educa tiona l . S t u d e n t ' ga in a n a pprec i a t ion of the rel tionship b tween th e o ry a n d a p p l i c a t i o n , and may learn both early a n d fi rs t hand - about new develop m e n ts in particular field. Cooperative education p rOV ides timely and extended oppo r t u n i ties for developing com m u nication s k i l l s o ra l l y a n d i n writing . Rather t h a n h'a i n i n g s t u d e n ts to take their place a s mere techn ici a n s in the w rk force upon g ra d u a t ion, a coo e ra t i v edu c a tion progra m ca n na b l e students to ecome a w a re o f opportunities to con tribu te cre a t ively to the cha n gi ng d imensions of work i n pr sen t-day society.
Co crative education a ssu mes that experiential lea rning can b an a ppropriate component of a n y qu a l i ty e d u ca tion a l pro g ra m . T h o u g h it ' h a res t h i s assumption w i th other experi n t- i a l I a r n i n g strategic ' u c h a s i n ternships, fie l d work placements, and practic , it d i ffers i n several resp cts. Coopemtive e d u ca t io n i n trod uces s tu d e n ts to em e d uc a t iona l work x pe ri e n c C' ea rly in the ir academic car e rs a n d weav s o p p o r t u n i ties for w o r k a n d lea rning th ro ughou t t he i r und e rgra d u a t p r ra m ' , rather than c nce n tra ting pra c t ica l c u rse work at the end. A ' t h na me suggest , c operati e d ucation rcpr e n t s a ystematic c opera t ion betw en t h e univer ity a n a v a ri e t y of empl )yer tn the com m u n i ty .
..-c
��
./
/
/
0
\ '
*
�
�
��'
The university and employers benefit as well. The university develops stronger and more creative connections with its community. Employers derive a more efficient device for training a n d recruiting. More i mportantly, the partnership provides a unique opportunity for employers to participate i n an important educational service t o the community.
TWO MODELS
T h e Cooperative Education Program accomm odates b o t h part time and fuLl-time work modes. Part-time work, which a l lows students the opportunity to take on-campus courses concurrently, is labeled the " Pa rallel Model . " A full-time work experience fits under the " Alternating Model . " In most cases students wiU follow one or the other, but some departments or schools may develop sequences that combine both parallel and alternating work modes. Full-time summer work, for example, would be classified as an a l ternating cooperative education experience, and many summer jobs p roVide for learning tha t relates to students' academic objectives.
THE PROCESS FOR STUD E NTS
In order to be el igible for admission into the Cooperative Education Program a student must have comple ted 30 semester hours and be in good standing. Students who wish to participate apply either to the Co-op Office (UC 100) or to a Co-op faculty coordinator or sponsor serving this function in specific departments, divisions, or schools. Both written application and personal mtervlew are reql1lred m order to determme ellglblhty, terms for placement, areas of interest, academic requirements, and kinds of positions available. Students ar responsible for their Ie.arning activities both before and after accepting a cooperative education position. Each student must seek out a m fa rrange for academic supervision from a faculty coordinator or sponsor. Faculty are responsible for helping to establish the learning agreement and for determining a grade. The learning agreement, developed by each student with the assistance of a facu lty coordinator, lists lea rning objectives with measurable indicators o f learning, and also incorporates supplementary resources such as reading materials and participation in work-related training sessions. The learning agreement is signed by the student, the faculty coordinator, the program director, and the work su peTvisor, each of whom recci ves a copy. Contact between the faculty coordinator and the student must be su fficie nt to allow the coordinator to serve as a resource and to provide academic supervision. Typically this can be accomplished during one or two s i te visits. Students in a "parallel" cooperative education program may arrange to meet with the coordinator on ca mpus. T hose involved. in "arternating" programs some distance from ca mpus may maintain contact through periodic phone conferences, when site visits are impractical. Employers are responSible to provide ongOing, consistent, positive supervision . Work supervisors are to (1) provide opportunities for students to achieve their learning objectives within the limits of their work settings; (2) help students develop ski l ls related to the contextual aspects of the work world (such as relationships with co-workers); and (3) facilitate students' integration into their work setting so that their employment p roves valuable and p roductive. Students are required to reg ister for at least one credit hour after accepting a Co-op position. Throughout an u ndergraduate acade mic career a student may receive a maximum of 1 6 semester hours of credit in coopera tive education. Mannelly, Director.
48
COO PERATIVE EDUCATION
COURSE OFFERINGS 276A J O B S , ORGANIZATI ONS, AND VALUES The challenges a n d choices facing a nyone who works for a living are the subject of this interdisciplinary course offered by the Division of Social Sciences a n d the Cooperative Education Program. This course fo cuses on what one seeks as a worker, where one seeks work, and what one will find in the workplace in terms o f technology, organization, personal relationships, and personal challenges. The purpose of this course is to bndge the boundary between the u niversity and the "real world" by bringing the expertise of social scien tists to bear on understanding the challenges a n d choices tha t people face as workers i n t h e modern workplace. (2; 4, if field study is included) 2768 INTERNATIONAL WORK A n i ntroduction to European culture i n relation to work ethics . Clarification of contrasts between Ameri ca n and European work patterns. Students selected to partiCipate in an in ternational cooperative education work experience are required to take this course be fore the work experience. II (2) 376 WORK EXPE RIENCE I A su pervised educational experience in a work set ting. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Educa tion Learning Agreement in consultation with a facu l ty sponsor. (1 -8) 476 WORK EXPERIENCE II A supervised educational experience i n a work setting providing for an advanced level of responsibi lity. Re quires the comple tion of a Cooperative Education [ea rning Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. (1-8)
COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM
307
Work in the Eighties: Challenges and Changes
Earth Sciences E a r t h Scil'nces e x p l o re t h e conlp o n e n t s of the
as
\v c l l a s educa ti o n . The dem<1 nd fo r q u a l i fied
p h ysic al uni ers" from h u m a n i ty ' s e x i s t i n g h a b i t a t to the fo u n d a t i o n s o f t h e e a rt h , u n d beyond to t h e
g ra d u a t es i n e n e rgy a n d m i n e ra l d e ve l o p m e n t h a s
p l a n e ts a n d t h e s ta rs .
Some fie J d s welcome t, ost-gra d u a te d e g ree , a n d to t h i ' end, a n u m be r o f F LU g r<1 d u <1 lcS a r-' p u r s u i n g
A p rog rc1ll1 o f s t L; d i e s i n t h ese
fields acq u a i n t s s t ud e n t s w i t h t h e i r p hysical
Wl
rid
and p rovid es p e rs p e c t i ve o n h u tnc n devel o p m e n t i n l i m e a n d space. E n v i ronrn e n l a l p ro b l e m s also a re a p p roached t h ro u g h t h e e a r l h scien e , w h i c h impa rt a rea l i s l i c a p p rccia t i o n o f soc i e t y ' s d e pend e n ce on e a r t h ' s p h y s i c a l reso u rces. I n p rovid i n g such a perspective, the d e p a r t m e n l fu l fi l l ' t he l1 el' d s o f ,) va riety
of s t u d e n t s se e k i n g to
b ro a d e n t h e i r l i bl.: ra l a rt s cd ucJ l i o n , J n d a l so
provides m o re s pe c i i1 l iz-cd k n o w l e d ge in s u p p o r t of seve r a l fi eld s , p a r t i c u la rly for m i n o r o r m a j o r s l u d i e s lead i n g t o CJ ree rs i n resou rces J n d e n v i ron m e n t a l m a n Cl ge m e n t o r sc i e n t i fic resea rch . S i t u a ted between t h e Olympi
Mountains a n d the
Ca scJ dc R a n ge, the dcpC1 r t m e n t i s i d e C1 l l y loca ted to
n e ver been h i g h e r .
master's c1 n d d o c l o r a l p ro g ra m s a t m<1jor u njversi l i e s .
fACU l.TY l.owes, hilir; Benham; assisted by Hue tis and Yiu . rhc dc p'11"t rl1c n t's progm rl1S rem J I n (kx i blc, " l I u w i n g fJ i r l y casy scill' d u l i n g of cnurse,. I l u",cvl'r, s l u Lil:n t h s h o u le! n u t i c l' 11",1 upper d i v i s i o n Cllurses arc o ffered un a tW U-YC'M cyck. Ef1.. r1 y dl\( [ d fa t ion of nlc1 jurs lJr tll i n o rtl i n c(l r l h t;ci('ll ces w i l l ("ci l i t d k dcv c l op n1L' n t o f i n d i vi d u a l progrd f l i S a n cl avoid schcdu l i n g (lll1 n i d . · .
B A H E lOR O F SCiE C (GEOLOGY SPECIA LTY) M A J O R : 40 sc:n1C'skr h o u r� i n g,'olo gy , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 1 , 1 32, 323. 3N, 325, 327, 328, ilnd two l"llUf'D from 326, 3hO, 365, �1 I1d 49 1 ; idsl) req u i red is J P p ro\ied l'x f'criL'ncc in fi e l d s t u d .' tech n i q u e s .
exa m i n e geologic a n d m a r i n e e n v i ro n m e n ts , w h i c h C1 re u n s u rp, s e d f� r tea c h i n g a n d le a rn i n g p u rpos e s .
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
G ra d u ates i n earth scie nces hold p s i tions in t h e
N a t i o n a l Pa r k Serv ice, t he U . S . Geologica l S urvey,
oil a n d m i n i ng grou p s , and geotec h n icc I e n g i neering,
::::
l' U p �llrting
m try
'\Jccessary courSeS include: e l l ' i s U5, 1 1 6; reClllll m e n d e d tor pdwloglst� Me Chemistry 341 , 342; Physics 1 25, 1 26, 1 4 7, � nd 1 48 (or Physics 1 53, 154 and lobs); rC' o m n1ended - Enginl'l' r i n g '3S I ; Physics 223; Mathema tics 1 5 1 . 1 5 _; bIology cou rses a re recom mended where paleon lology i s elected m " l o r
<;,
'
inl 'r 51.
B CHELOR OF ARTS M A J O R : 32 seml'ster h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 3 1. 1 12, 1 3 (i, 202, 324, 27, f u � �t l ea st tlVO uppl' r d i vision Mth " ' Il'IKe cou rses, A fl cie courSl' such , s 5 1 , 31>0, or 365 i s recol1l nwnded RC'l uir ' d s u pporting COLl rse� i n d udc: C h e m ist ,: l i n .. ] ( 14 or 1 1 :-', 1 1 6; Physics 1 S, 1 20, 1 7, 1 4H; M � t lwmiltics 1 1 . rl'com ml'ncied 1 52; ,l p p r o p ria te b i ( ) logy courses " I so recom m e n d e d , O p l l o n s re n e c t i l s l u de n t 5 'arth sCience i n terests and o re d iSCl1�scd \ovi t h n � d viscr.
f
BACHELOR OF A RTS IN EDUCATIO Educahon,
: Se
chool of
M I NOR: 20 s m te r h u r&. of earth science course", excl uding , ll' n m C<lur C , C m p le te d wIth g ra d e f lI1 or hig her ,
COURS E OFFE RIN G S 101 WORLD GEOGRAPHY Pa l l rns of p h ical, c1 i m a l ic, a n d e co lo ca l fea t ures nd th i r relat i nship to the d e ve l o p m e nt of h u m a n culture . . 1 01 do not m et the na t u r I ciences c re requj re m e n t . II (4)
gi
_
,
l31
EARTH PROCESSES A n i n l roduc � ory cou rse de l i ng with the h u m a n geologIC h a bitat, b o t h at p res n t a n d as i t h a s delop th roug � time; ma t e r i a l of earth ( , nd l u nar)
ru st_s, theIr de n:'a tJOn t h r o u g h major 'arth proc ss s a n d to rm � � l o n ot su rface fe a t ur e s - w i t h mpha ' i s on t l c l r Si, g n i f i ca nc e to c u l t u ra l d e ve lo p m en t a n d c i v i li za tion; I �bor� tory study of rocks, mi nera l s , a n d g ologic m a p p l l1g; field tnps a rc a r ranged . J (4)
�
1 32 HISTO RICAL GEOLOGY A q u e l to 1 3 1 w h ic h conce n t ra tes on e a r t h h i s tory, , d� rl the fo r m a t i o n of t h e North Ame ri�an con pa r hc y � tin n t sed i me n t a ry rocks, fo ss i l s , a nd strat Igra p h i c r cord are r e l a t e d to tec tonic u p heaval a n d g r mv t h ,' field t rips a re a r ra nged, 1 1 (4)
1 36 DESCRI PTI VE ASTRONOMY Th e m o n , t h e s ol a r syste m , t h e coordinate systems for loca t ' ll1 g stellar objects and c h a racteris tics of stars, I n lerim (4)
202
GENERAL OCEANOGRA PHY
Ocea�, o g ra p hy a n d i t s rela t i o n s h i p to other fields; . , ph yslcal, c hemICal b i ologic a l , clima tic, and ge o l o gi cal ! a p�cls of the s e a ; held trips , U (4) 222
CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOU RCES Pri n ci p l e a n d p roblems of p u b l ic a n d p ri v a t e stew
a rd h ifJ of o u r resou rces w i t h . Pa I hc No rt w e s t . I (4)
323
h
pedal refere nce to the
M I NERALOGY
C ry ' t a l1o g ra p h y a n d mineralogy, both o re- a n d r o kform l O g mmeraIs . Prerelluisites: 131 a n d h igh , sc hoo l 1 m ls t ry or con sent of i n s tructo r. Available Tnte ri m 1983. (4)
50
EARTH SCI ENCES
324
PETRO LOGY
The occ u r re nce a n d classifica tion o f common rock types; p rocesses by which t hey \,vere formed \,v i t h ref erence to theoretical p r i n c i p l e s , Prereq u i s i tes: 1 3 1 or con en t of i n ' t ructor. lI a/y 1 983-84 (4)
325 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY The fo rm a n d spatial r e l a t io nsh p s of v a ri o u s rock masses and an i n t rod uctio n to rocK d e fo r ma t i o n ' con sidera tion of basic processes to understand mOL nta i n b u i l d i n g a nd co n t i ne n t a l format i o n '' labora torv em p h a s i zes practical tech niques which enable stL�de n ts to a na l yze re gion al structura l p a ttern s . Prerequis ite: 13] or co n s e n t of i n s t r uct or . II aly 1 982-83 (4)
i
(
326 O PTICAL MINE RALOGY Theory � n d p ractice of �liner� 1 s r � ld ie s u s i n g the p e t r�gr a p h lc m I Crosc o p e , 1I1c1udln g I mmersion oi l tech I1lque , prod u c t i o n of t h l n sections, a n d determina tion of mi nerals by means of their o ptical p roperties . . T h i S prOVides a n I I1 t I'o d Ll ctlon to the broa der subject o f p e t rogra phy , 1 aly 1 983-84 (4) 327 STRATIG RAPHY AND SEDIMENTATION F o r m a ti o n a l pri nci p les o f s u r face-acc u m u l a t ed rocks a,n d t hei r i n co rp c� r a t o n in the stra tigra p h i c record: 1 1u5 s u b}, ec t l s basIC to f i, e l d m a p p l l1g a nd structural i n t e r p re t a t i o n . I u/y 1 983-84 (4)
i
328 PA LEONTOLOGY A sys tematic t u d y of the fossil record, com b i n i n g , p r1l1CIpi s of e v o lu t i o n a r x development, p al e o habitat s I� d p re�erv a t l O n , W i t h p ractical expe ri e n ce o f s p e C i m e n Iden t l ttcat lO n . Thes e s t u d i e s a re t u n da m en tal to the under t< n d n of s t ra t igruphy a n d the ge ologic time sca le , I aly 1 9 82-83 (4) c
i g
351
NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PACI FIC NORTHWEST
A fi eld a n d la bora tory co urse e x a m i n ing regi o n a l na � , ural h i s t, o ry , a n o u td, or wor k sh o p deSigned for SCI e nce tea chers at e l e m e n t a ry and j u nior h igh l e v e ls . , o t to be co u n ted towa rd a major or gra d u a te c re d i t i n biol ogy , Prere q u i s i t e : consent of n s t r u ctor. S (6)
i
360 GEO LOGY OF WESTERN WASHI NGTON The m i nerals, rocks, and ge o l ogical h istory of the re gIOn exte n d l l1 g from the C o l u m bi a Pla teau to the Pacific Ocea n . Inclu des fie l d tri p s , Prerequ i s i te : previ ous earth s CI e n c e o r consent o f i n structor, S (4)
365 G LACIAL GEOLOGY Glacial ic e, deposits, a nd I � n d forms resu lting from . the Iel, st o ce n e glaCia tIOn 111 N o r t h America , Field tnps 1I1 c 1 u d e d . P re requ i s i t e : previous earth sc e nc e or consen t of 1I1 s t ruct r . S (4)
�
490
( 1 -2)
i
SEMINAR
491, 492 ( 1 -4) 7 ( 1 - 8)
INDEPENDENT STUDY
GRADUATE RESEARCH
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM
305 309
Mineralogy Economic Geology
Economics " Wa n t i --
a growillg giant whom the: coat of l Iave was Ra lph Waldo Emerson
never large ellough 1o cover_ " -
con mics i s the study of how people establish social arrangements for pro ducing and distributing goods and services to sustain and enhance human life. Its main objective is to det rmine a wise use of limited economic resources so that people receive the maximum possible ben fi t at the lowest cos t . T h economics disci pl ine embraces C1 body o f tech nique a n d conc-ptual tools that are useful for und rstandi n ' a n d analyzing our compl-x economic sys t m. Career avenue for gra d u a tes a re n umero u s , 'incl' their understa nding of the economy and their problem-solving a nd thinking abiliti 5 arc appl icabl to a \·vide range of activities in business an d/or government .
FACULTY Vinje, Chair; Ankrim, Brue, Peterson, Wentwort h .
,
.
Jensen, Miller, N.
BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: Minim um o f 36 semester hours. i n c l u d i n g 150, 35 1 . 352. 486, a n d 8 h o ur s selected from Statistics 23 1 , Math 334. 341 . Co m pu te r Science 1 1 0 o r 220. Economics 343. 344 ( i f not used as economics electives). "nd Bus iness Ad m i n istra tion 28 1 . and 1 2 hours of electives in economics. For students
p l a n ning graduiJte work in economics or business. additi Jnal math prc'pariJ tion wili be necessa r y _ For specific courses, consult yuur m aior a dv is e r. M INOR: 20 se mester hou rs. inciuct i n g 1 50 . add itiunal hours o f el e c t i v es , 4 o f w h ich may
351 or 352. ilnd 12 be i n stil ti stics.
B A C H E L O R OF ARTS I N E D UCATION: See S c h oo l of
Education.
COURSE OFFERING S 150 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Introduction to the scope of economics, including Macro and Micro Economics; analysis of U . S . eco nomic system; emphasis on cu rrent economic pol icy . (4)
290 CONTE MPORARY ECONOMIC PROBLEMS Cu rrent economic issues; unem ployment, inflation, poverty, and pollu tion; interests ot the class deter mine specific topics. Prerequ isite: 1 50 or consent of in structor . (4) 321 LABOR ECONO MICS, LABOR RELATI ONS, AND HUMAN RESOURCES The nature and t reatment of h uman reso urce prob lems in the Un ited States; wage determination, union ism, collective bargaining, unemp loyment, poverty and discrimination, and investment in h uman capital. Prerequisite: 150 o r consen t of instructor. (4) 331 INTERNATION AL ECONOM ICS Regional and interna tional specializa tion, compara tive costs, i n te rnational payments and excha nge rates; national policies which promote or restrict trade. Pre requisite: 150. (4)
343 OPERATIONS RESEARCH Quantita tive methods for d e c is ion pro b lem s . Em phai on li ne a r pro g ra m m i n g and o ther determ i nis ti c TA T 231 or equivalen t . (2) m dels. Pr requis I te : 344 APPLIED REG RES SION AN ALYSIS S impl e a nd m ult iple re g r e ss i on a naly s is as i nve s tiga tive tools . Course tresses cons truction of e lemen ta ry linea r models a n d interp retation of regression resu lts. Prerequi ite: STAT 231 o r eq u iva lent . (2) 351 I NTERMEDIATE MACRO ECONOMIC AN ALYSIS N a tion a l i n c ome d e t e r mina t ion in c lu d i ng p o l ic y im p l i ca t ions within the i nst it u tiona l fra mework of the U . s . economy. P rere quisite : 1 50 (4) 352 INTERMEDIATE M ICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS T h eory of c on s umer beha vior; product and factor prices under conditions of monopo ly, com petition, , n i n te rm e dia t e marke ts; welfa re cco nomics . Pre requi si t ' : 1 50 . (4) 36] MONEY AND BANKING The na tu re a nd role of money; the com mercial bank i ng system; the Federal R es e rve ystem; th ory of cre d i t and money supply control; Keynesia n and on etari st theo r i es o f mon e tary i mpa c ts o n i n flation, interest ra tes, and national inc o m e . P re requ i si t e : 150. (4) 362 PU BLIC FINANCE Public taxa tion and e xpe n d i t ure a t a ll gove r nme n t a l levels; the incide nce ot ta x es , the publi debt and the pr vi i o n of p u b l i c goods such as national de fe ns e, ed uca tion, pure a i r , a n d wa ter . Pr e re quis i t e : 1 50 (4) 37 1 IN DUSTRIA L ORGANIZATION AND PUBLIC POLICY An a n � lysi s of the s tructure, cond uct, and perform � nce f A mer ica n i n d u s try and the p u bl i c p ol icie s that toster and al ler ind us t rial s tructure and be h avior. Top ics i nclud e the ec onom ics of fi rm sizc, motivations of the firm, conce n tration, me rgers, paten ts, a n t i tru st , pu bl i c u t i li ty regu l a ti o n , public en te rpri se , a n d sub sidiza tion. P re r e qu is i t e : 150 or consent of i nstru c to r. (4) 381
CO MPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTE MS
399
INTERNSHIP
An analysis and comparison of major con tempora ry e c o n omi systems. I ncludes a n examina tion o f capita l ism, ma rket socialism, centrally planned economies, and sy s t e m s u sed in selected cou n t ri es . Prerequi s i te : 150 or co n sen t of instructor. (4) A resea rch a n d w rit i n g p roj ec t i n co n nect i on with a st u de n t' s approved o ff -ca m pus activity. The p ri mary go a l is to g a i n i n s i g h t in t o a pp l i c a t i ons of t e i d ea s and nw thodo rogl es of e con om I c s . PrereqUIsIte: sopho more standing plus one cou rse in ec on o mi c s, and con sen t of the de p a rtmen t . ('1 -6)
�
432 URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMIC S Ec on mic gr w t h pro es in devc l o pi n, reg ions of t h e U . . ; t h e i nte r rcl a t ion ' h ip o f pol i ti ca l , eco nom ic, ul t u ra l , a n d i nstitutional factors in the growth p r oc e ss . Prerequi il : '1 50. (4) 480 EVOL UTION OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT Economic thoughl fro m ancient to modern ti mes; mp ha s i on the. p riod from Adam m i th to J. M . Keync ; the class ical ec num i s l s , the ocia l i st', the margin alis ts, th neocla sic< I C on o m i s ts , a nd the Keyn e s i a ns . (4) 490 SEMINAR Se mi n a r in e co nom i c p robl e ms a nd policies wilh em p h as i s on e n co u ra gi ng the stud nt to in te gr< te p rob I € m- solving methodology w i th tools of e co n om ic a n a l ysis . opic( ) s I ' -t 'd by class parli i pa n t s an d i n structo r . P rere q uisit�: onscnt of instructor. (4) 49 1 , 492, 493 INDEPEND ENT STUDY Pre r e q u isit e : COl e n t of the d ep a rtme nt a nd comple tio n of two cou r cs in cononlics. ( l -4) 500 APPLIED STATI STI CAL ANA LYSJ S An i n t 'nsiv i n trod uc ti n t statistical methods for gra d u a te s t u d nls who h a ve no t pr ' vl ou s l y taken i n tr d u c t o ry s t a t i s ti cs . E m p h a i- on the a p p l i ca t i o n of i n f r n t i a l statistics to coner l s i tua t i o n . Topic ' in c lude : mea ' u res of 10 a t i n a nd va r i a t i n , p rOb a bili ty , e s t ima tion, h ypo th sis tests, and regreSSi o n . (4) 02 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An a nalysis of social c, pl a nation and the social scien tific frame of ref'r n e. (4) 504 ECONOl\lDC AN ALYSIS AND POLICY DECISIONS Ba si c e c o n omi c co n c ' p t s a p p li ed to policy forma tion and o p era tin g d cisio ns. (4) 505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic r search conce p t ap p lied to l ab ora tory, field, a n d bi blio g raphi c st u d ie . T o pic s i n c lude form u la t i ng r search qu es t ion , r s a rch d s i g ns, da ta-ga thering te hniqu s, a n a lysi f data and th eory construction. Emphasi on u nder tanding an d evalua ti ng rather than condu ting r search . (4) 543 QUANTITATIVE METHODS The co nc ep t of probab i l i ty , s a m p l i ng, stati 'Li al de ci , ion the ry , l i n ar p r ogra m m in g, a n d other deter min i s t i c models a pp fjed t mana g rial p r ob lem s . Pre requ isite: 5T AT 231 or 34 1 . (4) 591 DIRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595 GRAD UATE READINGS I n depend nl study card re q u i re d . (4) 597, 598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS ( 1 -4)
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM
52
ECONOMICS
1 50 231
Principles of Economics Introd uctory Statistics
SCHOOL OF
Education
The School o f Ed u c a tio n offers programs o f s tudy lead i n g to ce rtifica tion f r elementary a n d secondary tea c h e rs, c o u n selors, n urses, administra tors, a nd person nel in specia l ed uca t i o n . T h e curric u l u m is d s ig ne d t o provide g ra d u a tes with a ble n d i n g of the liberal a rts and a va riety of practical exposures to guided field experiences beg i n n i ng ea rly in the educ<l tional sequence. The fac u l ty iďż˝ co m m i t ted to the developmen t of educa tiorh 1 perso n n e l sensi tive to the va ried i ndivid ual n eeds of learners.
FACULTY Johnston, Dea l 1 ; Baughman, Brochtrup, Ch urney, DeBower, Fletcher, Gerlach, M. Hanson, Lawrence, Mathers, Minetti, Moe, Nokleberg, F . Olson, Pederson, Reisberg, Rickabaugh, W entworth, Williamson.
The School o f Education i, accredited b y the N a t i o n a l Council for A cc red i ta tio n o f Teacher Education (NCATE), the Nllrthwl'st Association o f Schools a n d ollcges, a n d the W a S h i n gton S ta te Board of Ed u ca tion for t h e preparation of e l e m e n tary a n d seco n d a ry teachers, p r i ncipa ls, program a d m i n istrators, special educa tion teachers, and guida nce counse lors, w i t h the Master of Arts the highest degree a p p rove d . The accre d i tation g ives P L U gra d u a t recip roc i ty i n twcnty-eight sta tes Programs for the preparation of school l i b r a r i a n s , school n u rses, school cou nselors, a d m i n istra t o rs, and supervisory perso n n e l , are availablc. The School o ffers course work towa rd the conversion, renewal, or rei nsta t e m e n t of teaching certificates. The School of Education offers g rad uatc degrccs in Elclllen ta ry Education, Secondary Educa tion, Ren d i ng, Educational Administration, Counsel i n g a n d Guidance, Educil tional Psychology, a nd Spl c ia l Ed u ca ti o n . I n formiltion regard i ng these programs i s available through the dean o f graduate s tu dies .
.
'
ADMISSION REQU I R EM E NTS
S t u d e n t s with s o p h omore s t a n d i n g a n d w i t h a c u m u la tive grade poi n t average llf 2 . 33 or above may register for Education 25 1 (secondal)l) or 253 ( el e m e n ta ry ) Students will make formal a p p l ication to the School uf Educatiun d u ri n g the semester in which they are enrolled i n Edu cati o n 25 1 or 253. Education 253 may not be taken concurrently with Genera l Elemen tary Methods. Before enrol li n g s t u d e n t s m u s t h a v e C- o r h i g h e r grades i n E n g l i s h 101 a n d Psychology 1 01 and m u s t h a ve a n ďż˝ ssessment o f their writ ng s k i l ls o ftered by the Cou ns e l i n g a n d . l es t lllg OtfIce. SpeCIal Educa tilln 1 90- 1 9 1 may be taken b e fore Educa tion 251 or 253. Tra n s fer students who may have had cducat'iun courses in other i n s titutions should meet with a n ed uca tion adviscr for eva l u a t ion of work completed and must a r ra ng e for a pp l i ca t i o n , a d missio n, a n d scree ni ng i n t o the School o f Ed uca tion Students who have earned a bachelor's degree at P I. , U o r cisewhere, a n d who co n t e m p l a te m e e t i n g certifica tion requirements are e xpected to meet the sa m e requ i re m e n ts for ad m i ssio n a n d c e rti fi c a tio n t h a t ap p l y tll degree students. The certification sequence will normally require threc semes ters .
.
!
.
o
B A E a n d/or CERTIFICATION REQU I REME NTS S t u d e n ts become c a n d i d a tes for cert i iicahon when they have' comp lded the fol lo w i n g : 1. A l l course w o r k w i t h a cu m ula tive g r a d e poi n t average o f 2 . 50 or a bovc'. 2. The Professional E d u ca tion Seq u e n c · for elementary (Jr secondary te,lC h i n g . 3. An a p p nived teac h i n g m a jor(s) or concentr<, tion(s) (s ' req u i re m e n ts as li stc'd u n d e r Academi PrepJ r a t i o n ) . 4 . Sec u ri n g a va l i d first aid card a t the t i m e ot program com p letion ( o r an equiva l e n t cou rse) . . 5. M i n r m u m Generic Stan dards ( C h a p t e r 1 80-89-130 a n d 135
WAC) . 6. All cou rses in educil t i o n a n d i n major a n d m i n o r fields with gradc's o f C- or h igher. 7 . Achiev e m e n t of proficiency i n writing skills.
TEACHER CERTI FICA nON I ni t i a l Teaching Certificate , The School of E d ucation i n till' fa ll oi 1 982 e n tered into a new program of cer t i fication mandat("d b v the Sratc Board of Erl u cat iol1 u n d e r the 1978 S t a n d ar d s for 'e rtifica t i o n . The fClur-year c u rricu l u m u s u a l l y leads to a Bacill'lor of A rt s in Ed u ca t i o n a n d the i n i t ia l level teac h i n g certi ficate (sec previous c a ta logs for i n formation concerning the provisional teaching ce r t i ficilte granted u nder 1 962 S t a n d a rds). The i n i tial teaching certificate is valid for fou r vear, a n d m a y be renewed once for t h ree years . PLU e n d o rses t(,e certificate on the basis of p rc pariltio n . Secondary teachers huld i ng i n i t i a l level certIfIcates s hall be a S S I g n e d bv l o c a l d Istricts t o enl\orsed ilrea� a n d levels o n l y . Teac h e rs holc{ing i n i tiil l level elemen tary c. n d o rsemen ts sha l l be a ' s i g n e d to 'Iemen tary grildcs o n l y . ElE MENTARY P R E PARATI O ' General requirements. In a d d i t i o n to the general u n iverSity .m d core req u i re m e n ts i n all clIrriculil, certa i n specific requirements in general ed ucation m u st be met: 1 . A n t h ropol'Jgy 102, Exp lori ng A n t h ropology: C u l ture d n d Society ( reco m m ended) o r A n t h ropologyl l i istory 2 1 0 , Global Perspectives, m u s t be take n . 2 . l ' rospechve c l c m e n tMY teachers usuil i ly me<.'t the N.l t u ra l toci c n ces/ lathema tics c a r l ' r'quirc m e n t i n the following ways: a. Completing Biology 1 1 1 o r a nother l i te science course; b. C o m p l e t i ng I a luril I Science 106 or a n o t h e r p h y sica l science cou rse; c. o m p leting M a t h .! m a tics 323. A vea r course i n one la b o ra to ry science m a y bt' sub�t i t u ted bv those who have il d e q u a te background fro m h'igh school in the � vthef science a rea. Professional Ed ucation Sequence, E l m n a Progra m . SPED 1 90 Exce p t i o n a l C h i l d ren a n d A d u l ts, 3 h o urs ( n o prerequ i s i te) E D UC 253 Child 0 v e l n p m n t and Schools, 4 hou . (2.33 G P A a n d soph o m o re sta tus required; prerequisites: E. TGL 101 a nd PSY 1 0 1 ) EDU 322 General Methods, P r i m a ry, 4 hours or EDUC 323 General M e t hods, Upper Eil'men tary, 4 hours or EDUC 324 General M e thods, Elementary, 4 h o u rs (For all General Methods cou rses a C P A of 2 . 50 a n. d j u ni o r s t a n d i n g a rc requ ired PrL'requisites: F O U C 2 53 or 32 1 ; ap l icdtion, scre e n i n g , ,1 nd dcceptlllce i n to t h e Schoo of Ed ucation; sa tisfactory w r i t i ng ski l l s . ) EDUC 42 1 School Law, 1 h o u r . ( Prerequisites: S P E D 1 90, EDUC
e e t ry
F
EDUC EDUC
253) 430 Student Teaching, P r i m a ry, 1 0 h o u rs or
432 Studen t Teac.hing, U p pe r E l e m e n t a ry, 1 0 hours ( For Student Teaching a GPA o f 2 . 50 a n d senior
EDUC 435
54
s t a n d ing arc req u ired . Prerequ i s i tes: E D U 253, 3224, 325, 326, 408, 4 1 0, a n d 4 1 2; a l l con d i ti o n s to full a d m issio n m t ; satisfactory \ riting a n d s p e l l i n g ·kills.) Prufessional 5 minar, 2 h o u r s ( m u s t b e taken concurrently with EDU 430 or 432)
EDUCATION
Professionalized Subject Matter M i no r elementary ca ndidates)
(14 hours required
of a l l
Requ ired 1 1 sell/ester hours EDUC 325 Rea d i n g in the Elementary -
EDU C ED C
326
School (4) Mathema tics in the Elementary School (2) L a n g uage A rts in th e lementa ry School (2) ScieilCe in the E l e m e n t a ry School (2) Social S t u d i e ' i n tlw E le m e n ta ry School (2)
408 EDU 4 10 EDU 412 flect i!'!' - 2 s('1I/.6icr hour" ART 341 6kmen torv A r t E d u c a t i o n (2) M S 34 1 M u sic in fhL' E l e m e n tary School (2) P ::122 I'hvsical Educati()n in th L' EI m e n t a rv School (2) � HED 29� School Health (2) SECONDARY PREPARATION Profess i o n a l Sequence ( m i n i mum o f 30 hours) SPE 1 90 Exceptional C h i l d ren and A d u l ts (3) r and Society ( .PA 2.33 req uired; s o p h o m ore ED C 2') 1 Le " level co u rse; prereq u isites: ENGL 1 0 1 , PSY 1 0 1 ) (4) EI'SY 368 Educa t i o n Q I Ps y chology ( .PA 2 . 50 required; prereq u i s i t e : E D U C 2:> 1 ) (4) EDUC 42 1 Schoul Law (CPA 2 . 50 required) ( 1 ) EDUC 425 Genc'ral Seco n d a ry M e t h o d s (GPA 2 . 50 re q u i re d ; prc rl'q u i s i tes: E DU C 2S1 , :f PSY 368 or p e r m i s s i o n ; strongly rccol11!l1('n d c d : S P E D 1 9(), ANTI-III l iST 2 1 0)
ill lH'
(4)
SPECIAL M ET! ODS SeC' EduG1 tinn a d v i�cr (2) E DU C 465 S t u d e n t Teach i n g (CPA 2 . 50 a n d sen i or status re q u ired; pn'requisi lcs: E[) U C 25 1 , EPSY 368, EDUC 425, f i r s t a id card, all c o n d i t i o n s of scree n i ng m e t ) ( 10) EDU 467 Ev� lua tion (GI' A 2 . 5 0 requin'd; P!"creq u i site: EDU 42:) o r concurrent e n ro l l m e n t III EDUC. 425; m a y l", taken concurre n tly with EDU 465, b u t not reco m m e nded) (2)
SPECIAL PROGRAMS The following speciilli/ed m i nor s i n education Me a ViliiJble t o il l l s t u d e n t p u rs u i n g t l'achcr ce r t i ficat i o n . S t u d e n t s d l' s i ring to work tow a rd n specialized m i n o r s h o u l rl Cl.lllsu l t an a d v iser i n the School o f E d u ca t i o n for assis t<lncl' i n p l a n n i n g tlwir progra m . READ I G - 1 4 semester hours P rcr('qu i� i tl: : EDUC 325 RL'<1 d i n g in the Elcmen t<HY School R q u i re d EDU 40B Li1 n gu,]gc Arts in the E l e m e n tary School (2) EDUC 483 I 'rimil ')' Rea d i n g (2) EDU 479 Speci al Tech n iq u e s in Read i n g (4) 'Elc ctivl's - m i n i m u m ut 6 s e m e s ter hours I'E 40 1 r t' rc �p t u a l l\il o tn r S ki l i s ( 1 ) COMA 406 C o m m u n icil tio n A r t s for the Classroom (2). EDUC 456 S to rvtc l l i n g (4) 'NGL 323 Chil�j rc n ' sli tc ra t u r (4) · O t h l� r s i m i l a r courses m a y be used a s electives i f a p p roved by t h e p ro gram a ci v i sl'r before registr<1lion is co m pleted . S PE C f A L E D U C AnON - Tea c h i n g major: 32 semester huurs. Teaching m i nor: 18 s em t r h o u rs. Special Education 1 90 is a pre re q u i s i te to all (ou rse work in spec i a l eci ucil tio n . Sec program rle seri f, tion bC'iow .
es e
LEARNING RESO U R C SPECIA UST (Preparation o f School Li brarians) 16 semester h o u r s S t u d e n ts i n teresterl i n prepilring f o r t h e responsibility o f a d m i n is tration o f i1 scholll l i b rM)' may meet suggested s t a n d ards through l.hl' foll(I W i n !"; progra m : Select a m i ni m u m (>f OIW course from CJch ()f the fol l o w i n g ciivisions:
l30uk nllll lVledin Selec/ioll
EDUC 456 Story tc l l i n g (4) EDU 454 I:: NCL 323
Selection of Learn ing Resource M a terials C h i l d ren's Litera t u re (4) Adlll illis i m / io!1 DUC 45 1 A d m i nistration of t h e School Libra ry (2)
(2)
01/17/0 i!1g E D U 453 Process i n g School Library M a terials (2) Rcfc1'cJ!(C EOUC452. Basic Reference M a t e r i a l s (2) Mcdia Utilizal iOIl ilnd Production EDUC 457 Pre p a r a t i o n a n d U t i l ization of Media (3-4) Cll rricu/ul11 E D U C 580 Curric u l u m Development
(2)
ACADEMIC PREPARA TlON
A major from tho�(' l isted must be completed. Completion of a teaching major/minor in a second academic area is strongly recom mended . (Students d o n ot major in e d u cati o n . ) Teaching m a j or s are offered in the fol l owing areas: art, biology, c h e m i s try, co m m u n ication a rt s, earth and genera l science ' , economics, Englis h , French, GC'rm<ln, history, language , rts, mathema tics, m u s ic, physical education , physics, political science, social sciences, sociology, ,m d S p a n i sh .
PREPARATION FOR ELEMENTARY TEACH I N G : A student preparing for elementary school teaching must comp l e te 24 se mester' hours i n a m a jor teachi n g area, and two m inors conSisting of 12 semester hours each. One of the m i nors must be in the professional subjects a nd one in a tcaching ficld other t h a n t h at covered in t he 24 semester hour conce n tra tion. The courses i ncluded i n t he two m i nors a re to be determined i n consultation with the School o f Educa tion. PR EPARATION FO R JUNlOR HIGH TEACH lNG: St u d e n ts preparing for teaching on the ju nior high level are required to complete a teach i n g major of a pproximately 24-32 semester hours. A teaching m inor is a lso req u i red. Students m us t con s u l t an education adviser regard i ng te;Jching major a nd m inor combina ti ons. PR EPARATION FOR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACH ING:
S t u d en ts prep Mi n g for senior high tcaching m u s t com p l e te ap p roxima t e ly 44-48 semester hours in th e dcademic area in which t n ey plan to t eac h . A m l l10r 111 a second t each i ng area IS recommended . Students may a l so find it advantageous to their career goa l s to 1 ) d e ve lo p skills in one or more coach ing areas i n re s p o n ' e to Title I X legislation, and 2 ) develop competencies i n special education i n re s po n se to federal speciill education legislation. In all cases, students m ust discuss their program with a n adviser from the Sch()ol of Education.
PREPARA TION FOR K-12 TEACH ING: Students preparing for K- 1 2 te ac hi ng in a rt, music, or physical education m ust h<lvC stude n t tea c h i n g experience on both the elemen tarv and seco nd a ry levels. Detai Jed i n forma tion regard i n g K- 1 2 ce rti ficatio n is a va i l a ble i n the Sc hoo l of Education office. ART Senior High Teaching Maj or: 46 semester hours' re q u i re d : Art
1 60, 1 80, 230, 250, 280, 365, 370, 380, 440, p l u s electives. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 16 semester hours required: Art 1 60, 230, 250, 365 . 1' rofe5 -ional methods course req u i re d : Art 440. J u nior High Teaching Maj or: 30 semester hours required: Art 1 60, 1 80, 230, 250, 280, 365, 440, plu s electives. Teaching M i nor: 20 s e m es ter h o urs req uired: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 230, 250, a n d 365. E l ementary Teaching Major: 24 semester hours requ i red: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 250, 341 , a nd eight semester h o u rs of 230, 365, or 370. Tea ch i ng M i nor: 1 2 sem e s ter hours as determined by the School of Educa tion. ·Up to three supporting courses may be reco m mended .
BIOLOGY Senior High Teaching Major: 4 4 semester hours required:
Biology 1 55, 1 56, 253, 322, 340; a choice of four semester hours from B iol o gv 324, 371 , or 372 a n d four semester hours from Biology 346 : 358, or 441 ; 1 2 semester hours in Chemistry ( 1 1 5 , 331 , 332, 333, 334); Math 133. Reco m mended : C h e m i s t ry 1 1 6, Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32, Math 1 5 1 . Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester homs required: Biology 1 55, 1 56, 253; Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, plus electives. Teaching Minor: 12 semester hours: 1 55 , 1 56, 253.
C H E M I STRY Senior High Teaching Major: 4 9 semester hours required:
Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, and 343; Physics 1 47, 1 48, 1 53, and 154; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 . Elementary Teaching M a j or: 2 4 semester hours req u ired: 1 6
hours of a p p roved ch " m is try a n d 8 hou rs as d e ter m ine d by t h e School o f E Ll ucation . T 'Khing Nl i n o r : 1 2 hours as d e t e r m l llcd by the School of Educatio n .
COMMUNICATION ARTS Senior H igh Teaching M a j or: 44 !;emester h o ur s require d : 1 6
Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 1 6 semester hours requ i re d : Commun ication Arts 1 28, 241 , 250, 283. Professional methods course required: Commu nication Arts 406 . Junior H i gh Teaching Major: 24-28 s emes ter h o u rs required: 12 semester hours of Com m u n ication Arts 1 23, 1 28 o r 250, 24'1 a n d 406, p l u s a d d i t i o n a l 8 h ou rs in com m u n i ca tion a rts. Add i t i o n a l 81 2 sem('�ter hours to be determ i n ed w ith department <lnd School of EduGl tion . Teach in g M i nor: 1 6-20 scmester hours rell u i rc d: m lll u n ication A r ts 1 23 a n d 24 1 , p l u s 8- 1 2 elective semester hours . El ementary Teaching Major: 24 s emes ter h o u rs req u i re d: Com m u n ication A r ts 1 23 a nd 406, p l u s 8 seme s t er h o u r s i n com m u n ication ilrts a n d 8 se m e s te r h o u rs i n E ngli s h . Tca r h i n � M i n o r : 12 s(, llle s tcr hours to be determ ined in con s u l tation With the School o f Educa t i o n . E A RTH SCI ENCES Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 semester hours requ i red , in cl u d in g Earth S ci L' n c ps 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 36, 202; p l u s two add i tion ,, 1
courses in earth sciences, \v ith one prcierabl y a field courSl' such as 351 , 360, or 365. Req u i red sup portin g : Chemistry 1 03, 104, or 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 ( a n d labs) or 1 53, 1 54 «lnd labs); Math 133, a p p rop ri a t e biol 0!1y cour�es. A d d i t ional su pporting cou rSL', should be d iscussed \\' I t h a d vlsl' r . J u nior H igh Teaching Maj or: 28 SClllester h ours re q u i red, i n c l u d ing Eclrth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32, 1 36 , 202, 324 nr 325; plus t·wo a d di ti on a l cou rses i n e J rth sci en c es . A fiC'ld c ourse such as 35 1 , 360 or 365 i s rcco m me n d e d . Suggested s u p p orting: Ch e mi s t ry 104 m 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 ( ,l nd labs) or 1 53, 1 54 ( a n d labs); M a t h 1 33; a p p r o p. rl a tt: b io lo gy cnu rses. Additional s u p porting c()urse� s hou l d be dis c ll s sl, d w i t h "dviser. Elementary Teaching M a j or: 24 senll'sll'r hours requ i red : Earth cienccs 1 3 1 , 1 32, I 6, a n d 202; Chem istry 104 or 115 and one u p per d ivision science coursC'. Teaching Minor: 12 Sl'm es ter hours in earth an d physical s ciences .
ECONOMICS Senior H igh Teac.hing Major: 4 4 s e me s ter hours req ui red:
Economics 1 50, 35 1 , 352, 486; 12 seme ste r hours from the following: Eco n o m ics 32 1 , 33 1 , 36 1 , 362, 371 ; H istory 460 plus 12 �c m cs te r h o u rs dis tributed over arciJS of SOCiology, political 5 ' e nce, or n n t h ropology. ( R e co m m en ded : Education 448 to meet professional edu t.ion req u ire me n t . ) Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 2 0 semester hours req u i red : Economics 1 50, H istory 460, an d 12 semester hours selected i n consultation with ad visers in economics a nd education. Professional methods cou rse requ ired: Education 448.
/
Junior High Teaching M a ' or: 28 se m e ste r hours required: Economics 1 50, 371 , 486; 4 l O u rS from : Ec o n om ics 32 1 , 33 1 , 351 , 36 1 , 432; H i story 460 p l u s 8 se me ster hours distribu ted over a reas of sociology or poli ticiJl science. Teaching Minor: 16 semester hours requ ired : E co no m ics 1 50, plus 1 2 hours of u p per division . economics. Education 448 to meet professional ed uciJ tlOn recl u lre m e n t . Elementary Teaching Maj or: 2 4 semester hours required : Emnomics l 50, 371 , 486; 4 semester h o u rs from: Economics 321 , 331 , 35 1 , 352, 36 1 , 362, 432; Hi ·tory 46U; 4 seme ste r hours from the .!reas of sociologv or political · cience . Teac h i ng M i nor: 1 2 s mestcr hours req u ired : Economics 1 50 a nd 8 ho u r s o f upper d i vision econnmics. Education 41 2 to meet professional education requ ire m e n t . ENGLISH Senior High Teaching Major: A m i n i m u m of 3 2 se meste r
h o u rs, 16 of which a rc to be u p per d iv ision, is required beyond 1 01 a n d w i t h the following distributi(>n: (a) one course in A me rican l i terature; (b) two courses i n British l i terature (one before 1 700 an d o n e a fter); (c) one course in a d v a nce d composition, E n g l i s h 32R; a n d ( d ) (lnl' <:ll u rse from 382, 400, or 403. A l l majors mu st p res en t two yea rs of one for e i g n la nguage a t t h e col l ege level or s h o w e q u i v a l e n t proficiency. Education 444 to meet professional educil t i o n re q u i re m e n t . Re c o m m end e d : Com m u n ication Arts 404 or L a ngua ge 445 and Education 420. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 1 6 se mes ter hours requ i red : English 24 1 , 328, 403, a n d e i t h er 2 1 7 or 323. Professiona l methods course req u i re d : Education 444.
semes tl'r houn; o f C om m u n i ca tion Arts 1 23, 1 28 o r 250, 241 an d 400, p l ul' 1 2-29 semester h ours chosen i n consultation with the miljor ad Viser. Supportin g classes: A l ternative o f 1 6-20 semester hours i n English or modern or classical languages.
EDUCATION
55
Junior High Teaching Maj or: A m i n i m u m llf 32 se nlL' s t e r hours i n English beyond 101 as stated i n Seniur High Tea c h ing Major above, i ncl u ding the distribution requ i re m e n t s . M a ' ors m u s t presen t t w o yea rs o f one foreign l a ngu a ge ,l t the c o lege l e v e l o r show equivalent proficiency a n d m u s t take E d uca t io n 444 to meN professional education req u i re men t . Elementary Teaching Concentration: 24 se m e st e r h o u rs; 1 2 hou r s i n English d i s tribu ted a s i n (il) a n d (b) u n d e r_S e ni o r H igh T e a ch i ng Major a b o v e , a n d 1 2 ad d i t io n a l h o u rs I n En g l I s h ilS determined by th e School of E d uc a t i un . Recom m e n d e d : E n gl i s h 32 . Tcac h i n � M i no r : 1 2 h o u rs rcq u i red , a ti d eterm i n ed b y tTl!' , chool of Educ a t io n .
/
FR ENCH Senior High Teaching Maj or: 44 S �mes l te r h o u rs rcq u i r" d : French 20 1 , 202 ( o r equ iv a ic n t ) , 3 2 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 a n d 1 2 a d d i t. i o n a l hou rs; 445 w i l l mce t p a r t o f t h e p w k'ssional educa t i o n elective rL'q u i rc m l' n t . S u p p o r t i ng co u rses: 1 2 h o u rs in related a reas selected with t?e a p prov � 1 of t l� e d e pa rt m e n t . Secondary Education T each mg Mmor: 16 sem e s t e r h o u rs requ i red; courses selected in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a d v i sers i n education a n d l a n g u a ges . P rofe s s i ona l met ho d s c o u rse requ i re d : La n gua g 445 . Junior l' Ugh Teach.ing Major: 28 sem e s te r hours req u i r d a s listed for sen i or high pre pa r;l lion; s u p po r t i ng cou rses chosen in consulta ti o n w i t h major adviser. Sec o nd a ry Te a chi ng M i nor: 1 6 s�mestcr ho u rs above 200 level . Elementary Teaching Major: 24 sem e s t e r hours requi.red, i n cl u d i n g 10 h o u rs i n French and 4 ad d it ion a l hours selec t e d in co n s u l ta t i o n w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t a n d the School of Educa t i o n . Tea h i n g M i n o r : 1 2 h o u rs re q u ire d , as d c, tl' rm i ncd by the d ep a r t m 'nt , nei the School o f Educa tion .
GENERAL SC1ENCE (See advise.r,) RMAN Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester hours req u i re d : G rm o n 20] , 2 0 1 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t ) , 3 2 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 a n d 1 2 a d d i t i ona l h o u rs; 445 will Illeet part o f the profess i o n a l 'duca tion elective requ i re m e n t . S u p p o rt i n g courses : 12 s e m es te r h o u rs in re l a te d a reas selected with tlw a p p roval of thl' departme n t . Secondary Ed ucation Teaching Minor: 1 6 se m e s te r hours req u i red; courses selected i n consu l t<l tion w i t h ad vi se rs in education a n d la n g u ages. Professional methods cuu rse re q u i red : La ngu a ge 445.
Junior High Teaching Major: 28 . 'mester hours requ i red as listed for senior high p re pa ra tio n ; s u pp orting cou rses chosen in consultation with m aj o r ildviser. Secondary 'te ac hi n g Minur: 1 6 semester h o urs above 200 level. Elementary Teaching Major: 14 se m e s te r huurs re q u ire d , i nd u d i ng 20 h o u rs in German a n d 4 a d d itio n a l h o u rs selected i n con s u l tatio n w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t a n d the School o f Education. Teac h i ng Minor: 12 h o u rs requ ired , a s dete rm i ne d by the dep a r t m e n t and the School of E d u ca tion . HlST R Y Senior H i g h Teaching Maj or: 4 4 semester h o u rs re q u i re d : H i s to ry 1 0 7 0 r 109; 1 08 ur 1 1 0; (; h o u rs of 251 , 252, 253; 460 a n d 1 2 a d dit i o na l u p p e r d i vision hours in h i story i n c l u d i n g a s e n i o r seminar. S u ppo r ti n g course : 1 2 a d d i t i o n a l semest 'r liuurs selL'cted from econom ics, gCl)grilphy, poli tical scie n e, psychology, and sociology. RCClJm mended : E d u ca tilln 420, 448 to nwet prof s io n a l e d u ca t i o n req u i re m e n t s . Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 1 6 se m e .s ter hours required: 4 hOLirs from H i story 25 1 , 252, or 253; 4110; a n d 8 h ou rs selected in consultation with ad v i se rs i n ed u cil t i o n a n d h is t ory , Professional methods co u rse requ i red : Education 448, LAN G U A G E A RT S Secondary Education Teach in g M inor: 1 6 semester hours req uired . Sl'lecl minor fro m Engli s h , social sc ience s , for ign lang u a ges , or communication ar ts. Junior High Teaching Major: 32 enest N h o u rs required: Engl i s h 328; 4 h o u rs of E ngl i s h 403 o r Linguistics 400; 4 hours uf upper division litera t u re (in add ition to cou r 'e take.n to meet general education req u ire m en t ) ; C o m m u nication Arts 24 1 or 326 and Co m m u n ica t i o n Arts 406; Education 444 a n d 12 se m e ste r hours from areas of E n g l i s h , journ a l is m , comlllunication a r t s , or
56
EDUCATION
foreign l a n g u a ge beyond fresh man level ( a t least 8 of t h e 1 2 h ou rs m u s t be in the same discipline, and 4 h o u rs must be upper d iv isi o n) . Teac hing m i nor: 111 semester hou rs re q u i red ,
selected from offerings in English, journalism, com m u lllca tion arts, or foreign l a nguage bevond fresh man level; E n g l is h 328 is req u ired . Reco m m ended : td uGl ti o n 420. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester h o u rs req u i re d : E n gl i sh 328; on e of E n g l is h 403 or L i n g u i s t i ·s 400; E n g l i s h 323, Commu n ication Arts 406 a n d one of C o m m u n ica tion Arts 241 or 326 or 436; O i l (' course s(�Il'ctl'd from one of thl' fo l l ow i n g Ml'as: E ng l i s h , c o m m u nication a rts, o r foreign l a nguage beyond freshman level . Te,l(hing Minor: 12 semester hours req u i red a s de t e. rmi ned by th e S hool of Educa t i o n . EngliSh 3 2 8 is req u i red ,
MA TH E M ATICS Senior High Teaching Major: 44 semester h o u rs req u i red i n add iti o n to M a t h 446. P re req u i s i t e : M a t h 1 33 or e q u i v a l e n t .
Req u i r e d : Computer Science 1 1 0 or 1 44, vla i' t h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 331 , 431 , 432, 446; 321 o r 434 o r 455; fou r a d d i ti o n a l u p p e r d i v ision hours i n m o t h/computer science; eight h o u rs of ch em is t ry or p h ysics; a n d fo u r a d d i tio n a l scienc e h ou r s. S econdary Ed ucation Teaching Minot: 20 semester ho u rs requ ired : M a t h 1 5 1 ; 1 52; 227 or 3 3 1 ; 321 or 455 or 431 -432; a t I('ilst 2 ho u rs of com p u ter prog ra m m in g ( C o m p u te r Science 144 or 1 1 0 or eq uivalent), Profess io n a l m et h od s cou r se re q u i red : Math 446, Junior High Teaching M ajor: 24 semester h o u rs req u ired . Prerequisite: M a th 1 33 or equ i v a l e n t . Required: Co m p u te r Science 1 10 or 1 44, M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 33 1 , 43 1 , 432, 446, T ea ch i ng Minor: 1 6 semc'ster h o u rs req u i re d in a d d i ti o n to M a t h 446. Prereq uisite: M a t h 1 33 or l' qu ivale n t . Req u i re d : M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52; 227 or C o m p u te r Sc i e n c e 1 44 or M a t h 331 ; 32 1 o r 433; 446. Computer Sc ie ncC' 1 1 0 is reco mmen ded if 144 i s n o t t a k e n . Elementary Teaching Maj or: 2 4 Sl'mester h o u r s . Req u i re d : Math 1 33 o r e qu i v a le n t; 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 227; 323 o r cquivn len t . o m p u te r Science 1 I (J or 1 44 is a l so strongly reco m m e n ded . Teaching M i nor: 12 scmcstc.r h ours. Requ i red : Math 323 or eq u ival e n t . C o m p u t e r Science 1 1 0 is s t rongly reco m m e n dL'd ,
MUSIC Secondary Teaching M a j o r - Chotal: 5 0 semester h o u rs
requ ired : Music 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 32, 223, 225, 226, 227, 231 , 345, 366, 445, 453; eight h o u rs from 360-363; four h o u r s of class p ia no ( m i nim u m level 6) *; six hours of priva t e instruction in voice; one hour o f private instruction: sc:nior recitil I (hil lf- re ci t a l ) ; one hour of class guitar; one hour of m u s ic elective. Music 441 and 443 a rc required i n the Professi o na l Education sequence for certification, Recommended: M usic 343, 491 ( I n de pend ent S tu d y -O bserva t io n ) b e fore s t u d e n t t each i n g , Secondary Teaching Major - Instrumental: 5 1 semester h o u r s required: Music 1 23, 1 14, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 3 2 , 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 326, 345, 445; six h o u rs from 141 /242, 243/244, 245/246, 247; e i g h t h o u rs t r o m 370/380; two h ou rs o f c i J S S p i a n o ( m i n i m u m l e v e l 4)*; six hours o f �lrivate i n s tru c ti o n o n princi a l i n s tru m e n t; one h o u r of p riv<1te in struct i o n : dCgrel! [('eLta ( h a l f-rec i ta l ) . ReClJ m mended f o r s t r i ng majors: M u s i c 454. RecoJ1l mend,,'d for a l l i n� t ru ml' n t a l majors: 49 1 ( I n d e p en d e n t Study·Observa tion) before s t u d e n t teaching. J u nior High Teaching Major: 28 se m e s ter h o u rs requ ired : Music 1 23 , 1 24, 1 25, 1 26 , 1 3 2 , 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 1 , 345; two huurs of 360·363 or 3701380; two h o u rs of cbss p i a n o ( m in i m u m level 4 ) * . Two to t h ree hours of M u sic 443 and 444 are requ i red in the Profe s s i o n a l Education sequence for certifica tion. Recommended: four h o u rs of p ri va t e i nstructi.on i n voice o r p r i ncipa l instrument and class guitar; M u sic 491 (Independent Study-Observation) before student t eac hin g . Junior High Teaching M inor: Two to fo u r semester hours from M u s ic 3 4 1 , 44], 443, and 444 p l u s 20 ho u rs to be determined in consu l ta t io n with t h e S c hool of Ed uca t ion and t h e Department of Music. fl ementary M usic Specialist - Choral: 14 hours re q u i re d : Music 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 132, 223, 225, 226, 227, 23 ] , 345, 453; e i ? h t h o u rs of 360-363; fo u r hours of class piano ( m i n i m u m level 6) , fo u r h o u rs of private ins truction in voi ce ; one hour of class gui ta r . M usic 3 4 1 a n d 4 4 1 a r e req u i red i n t h e P ro fe ss i o n a l Education sequence for ce r t i fi catio n . One hour of m u sic elect i v e . ReClJ m m c n d e d : M usic 49 1 ( I n d epe n d e n t S t u d y-Observation) before s tu de n t teac h i ng . 'Sec Depa rtme n t ot M u sic Ha ndbook f o r d esc ri p ti o n s of class p i a no le vel s . Elementary Music Specialist - Instrumental: S e e Seco ndary Teaching Major - Instrumental above.
F
Elementary Teaching Major: Two to four se m es te r h o u rs from Music 341 and 44 1 , pl us 24 h ou rs to be determined i n co n su l ta tion with t h e School of Education and the Department of M u ic. Elementary Teaching M inor: Two to fou r semester hours from M usic 34 1 a n d 441 , plus 1 2 hours to be det>rmined in consultation with the School of Education and the Department of M u sic. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Secondary Teaching M a j o r (44 hours):
Required (24 hou rs ) : Physic,l l Ed uca tio ,:, 277, 328, 478, 48 1 , 482, a n d 485; B io lo g y 205206; pa rtlCl pa tlon l n a varsity or c l u b sport. Electives: 20 hou rs from dmong the tollowi n g : Physical Education 275, 282, 283, 285, 286, 2.87, :129, 332, 360, 362, 484, a nd 49 1 . Students d L' s iring . K- 1 2 cl' r t l ft ca t lO n must comp lete PhySical Education 283, 286, :122, tind :162 in a dd i t i on to meeting requirements as set forth by the School of Educa tion . Secondary Teaching M inor (18 hours): Req u i re d : P hysica l Education 277, 3:14, a n d 485 a n d 12 hou rs of electives from alllong the' fOl lo w i n g : Physical Ed u Gl t i on 283, 285, 286, 287, and 328
Elementary Teaching Major (24 hours): Req uired P h y sica l Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 334, 362, a n d 4 h o u rs of electives i n physical ed u ca tion with a pp ro v al o f school dea n . Eleme ntary Teaching Mi nor ( 1 2 ho u rs): Physical E d u cati(lll 322 and 8 ho u rs from among t lw following: 283, 286, a n d 362. K-6 Physical Education Specialist and K-6 Classroom Teacher (32 hours): Req u i red : Physical Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 481 , 482, 485; B i ol og y 205-206 . Elemen ta ry School Physical Education Specialist: Required: Physica l Education 277, 283, 286, 322, 360, 48 1 , 482, 4H4, 485; BiDl ogy 205-206, a nd eight hours of electives (Ed ucation 4"7 ilnd M u sic 341 are reco m m e nded ) .
PHYSICS Senior High Teaching
Major: 44 semester hou rs req u i red : Physics 1 06 , 147, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 205, 223, 355, 4 2 1 (2 se m es ter hours); M a th 1 5 1 , 1 52; 4 ·h ours o f c h e m istrv. ' Secondary E d u cation Teaching M i nor: 1 8 se m es ter h o u rs rc'quircd: Ph ysics 1 06 , 1 25-126 (or 153-154), 1 47, 148, a n d 205. Professional methods cou rs(� requ i re d : Education 447. J u nior High Teaching Ma j o r: 28 s e mes ter h o u rs re qU i red : Physics 1 0 6 or 355, 1 25', 1 26', 1 47 , 1 48, 205, 223, 272, 4 2 1 (2 semester h o u rs ) , a n d 8 ho urs from the follow i ng : 1O(i, 205, 223, 272, 355. ' P hysics 1 5 3 a n d 1 54 m ay be t a k e n instead of 1 25 a nd 1 26, w i t h con c u rrent o r prior registration i n Math 1 51 or 1 52 . POLITICAL SCI ENCE Senior High Teaching Major: 44 se me s t e r hours re(\uired: Polit! cal S · e nce 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 231 , p l us 1 6 h ou rs o f politica science
electwes; History 460; 1 2 hours from the following supporting a reas: economiCS, geog ra p h y, history, SOCiology, a n t n ropology, or psychology. Education 448 to Illpet professional education requirl'ment. Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 20 s,' m ester hour., r&jui red: Poli tical Science 1 0 1 or 1 5 1 , I l istory 460, and 1 2 hou r s selected in co n s u l ta tion with ildvisers in l' d uca tion and political scie nce . P ro fes s io n a l m d h o d s cou rs e re q u i red : Education 448.
PSYCHOLOGY Secondary Education Teaching M inor: 16 se m e s t e r hour req U l re d : Psychology 1 0 1 , 243, and 8 a dd i tio nal h o u rs from
upper d i v ision courses. Professsional methods cou rse req u i re d : Education 448.
SCf ENCE ( G E N E RAl)
Sec a d v ise.r.
SOCIAL SCIENCE Seni�r High Teaching Major: 44 semester h o u rs r e q u i r e d : 4 hou rs t[(.>m H i s tory 25 1 , 252, 253; History 460; 4 hours from each
of the followi ng areas: a n t h ropo logy, economics, geog·raphy, . pohtlca l SClcnce, psychol o gy, . a nd SOC i ology; 12 upper division hours from two .of the fol lowmg areas: economics, political SCience, and SOCIology. Ed u ca tIOn 448 to meet profession a l education requireme nt. Secondary Education Mi nor: 1 6 semester hours required : 4 hou rs from History 25 1 , 252, or 253; History 460; and 8 hours selected trom economics, political science, and geography (at least 4 h �) u rs from each of two departments). ProfeSSional method s co u rse req u i re d : Education 448.
J u nior High Teaching Maj or: 28 semester ho u rs req u ire d : 4 h ou rs from r Its tory 25 [ , 252, 253; I l t story 4110; 4 h o u rs from t h ree ot the following a reas : a n t h ropology , econolll i cs, geogra p hy, political science, psyc-hology , a n d sociology; 8 u pper d i VISIon hours from two o f the following areas: economics, polttlCal science, and sociology. Teaching Minor: 16 hou rs reqUired: 4 hours from History 251 , 252, 253; HistOf\' 460; a n d H �ours from economics, political science, and SOCiolo gy . Educiltton 448 to meet professional education requ ire me n t. Recommended: Education 420. Elementary Teaching Maj or: 24 semester hou rs req u i re d : 4 hOllrs from H is tory 251, 252, 25:1; History 460; a n d Hi h o u rs from the followmg: a n t h ropology, econolllics, po l itica l science, psychology, SOClok)gy, and geogra phy. Teach i n g M i nor: 1 2 semester ho u r s reqU ired, as determ l lled by the �chool of Educa t i o n . SOCIOLOGY Senior High Teaching Major: 44 sem e s t e r h o u rs req u i re d : Sociology 1 01 o r 331; 2 4 h u u rs of sociol o gy; HJ story 460; 1 2 . se lll e ster h o u rs d l s t n b u ted over t h rce a r e a s o t other social
scie nces. Education 448 to mee.t professional education req u i re m e n t . N OT E : Students mily elect one o f the specia l i zed areas i n sodolo g v. Secondary Education Teaching M i nor: 16 semester h o u rs requ ir ed , i nc l ud i n g 1 0 1 or 3 3 1 . Additional u ppe r d i vison courses selected i n c o n s u l ta ti o n with a d v i sers in education a n d sociol ogy . Professional m e t h octs co u rse req u ired : Educa tion 448.
SPAN I S H Senior H i g h Teaching Major: 44 se mest er hours req u i red : . Spalllsh 201 , 202 (or eqU I v a l e n t), 32 1 , 35 1 , 352, 445 i)nd 1 2 additional hours; 445 w i l l meet part o f the professional education
elective requirement. Supportin g courses: 1 2 hours i n rela ted areas selected wlt·h the appfllvai o f the department. Se.condary Education Teaching M inor: 16 semeste r hours rl'qu ir(' d; courses selected i n cons u l ta tio n with advisers in education and la ngu a ge s . Professional methods cou rse req ui re d : L ang u age 44 5. J u nior High Teaching Major: 28 semester h o u rs required, ,15 l i sted for s e n i or high preparation; s u p porting courses chosen i n co n s u l t a tion w i t h m aj o r a d viser. Secondary T each i n g M i nor: 1 6 . semester h o u rs above 200 level. Elementary Teaching Major: 24 semester h o u rs rt'qu i red, including 2ll h o u rs i n Spanish a nd 4 a d d i t i o n a l h o u rs selected in consu l ta tion w i t h the departm ' n t a n d the School o f Education.
SPECIAL E D U CATION This 32 sem e s t e r hour teaching major must be ta ke n in co n j u nctio n w i th a nother academ ic teaching ma j or. The scre en i ng process for the tl'aching major i n special education
must be completed i n add ition to the scre e n i n g process for the regu l a r educa tlOn progra m . Students should make a p p l ication tor admission to the special education program while e n ro l led in Education 190. Students completing this major along w i th the required professional education sequence for e lementa r y or secondary teachers w i l l be eligible to teach i n special education p rograms i n the State o f Washington and most other states . . Major - 32 semes te r hours total. 30 hours requtred: SpeCIal Ed uca ti )n 1 9(), 290, 295, 390, 393, 396, 403, 405 or 406, 438 or 439. 2 h o u rs of p ra ctica from 291 , 391 , 394. Minor - 18 semester h ou �s total. 1 2 h ours re qu i re d : S p ecia l Education 1 9() , 290, 396, 40J or 406 . 6 hours of e l e ct ive s from 1 9 1 , 29 1 , 295, 296, 390, 39 1 , 393, 394, 403, 490.
F I FTH-YEAR A N D STANDARD CERTIFICATION Pro!;lram for all candidates holding a valid provisional teaching cerlIficate and working toward standard certification. The fifth-year o f teacher ed ucation is to follow a pe ri o d o f one ye.a r of i n itial t c a c hi n g experience. Students m ust complete a m m l m u m of ei gh t semester h o u rs a p plicable toward the fifth
year before th e beg i n n i n g of the fou rth year of teaching. T h i rty semester h ou rs m an a Proved p rogram m u s t be com pleted before the begimlin !? 0 the seve�th yea r of teachin g . S tu d e n ts may choo se tnc Illst l tu t l O n III whICh they WIsh to taKe ad vance d work as fol lows: 1 . If they choose to work a t PLU or a ny o th e. r of the teacher education institutions i n the State of W ash i ng ton , that ins t i tu tio n shall be responSible for recommending them for
f
EDUCATION
57
the Standard Certificate upon com pletion of the progra m .
fifth -yeil r
2. I f PLU gradua tes wish t o u n dertake t h e fifth year i n a n ou t of-state in stitution, PLU will be resp onsib le f<ir rec()mmending them for the Standard Cer t i ficate. Students m u s. t secure general approval of their p la n from the univer�ity in advance. There arc four p rov isions gove rn i ng the fifth- ye'ilr pattern of work, accord i n g to the Statc Bomd of Reg u la tions:. 1. The fifth vear m u st include a m i n i m u m o f 30 semester hours of w h ich at least fifty per cen t must be upper divison and/or g rad u a te cou rses .
2.
3.
4.
0 m o re t h a n th ree. S('n1l'stl'r h o u rs of corre s p o n d e nce study may be a pp ro v ed as a pmt of t h e 3D semestcr h o u rs i n the stu dent' s h f t h -yl'M p ro " ra m . PLl' gradua te,; m u s t til � e 1 5 S l'me st e r h o u rs ( ) f the fifth YCM in residellce <It I'Ll' . A n o n - P I , l' s t u d e n t who wishes to be' reco m mended by P l , l' m u s t t a k" a m i n i m u m of 20 s<'ml'ster hours in residence at PLU . Students mil)' take 1:; of the req u i red 30 semester h o u rs beforc or d u ring t h e first ye,lr of teachins experience w i t h pnor PC rtnIss1l)n ot the S c h o o l of E d u ca t l u n .
Following a re req uircmen ts a nd proced u rr's for t h e a pproval of fifth-year programs o f w or k il l" P L l' : 1 . S p ecifi c course requirement"s a r c : Elementa ry a. Re q u i red course: EDU 467, v a l u a tion (2 hours) b. One re q u i red from the fo l l OW ing (4 ho urs): EPSY 535, Foundations llf Guidilncc; E PSY 578, B � ha v iural Problems; EPSY 575, Mental Hea l t h . c . 2 hours from t h e fol l o w i n g suggested courses: E D U C 473, Parent- Te a c h e r R el a ti o n s h i ps ; EDUC 501 , Sex Role S t e r eo ty p i n g i n Fd ucation; EPSY 5J7, R e a l i ty Discu s s i o n Techn iques; E P S Y 536, Affective C lassroom "Techniques; 501 Workshops, for exa m p l e , D is c ip l in e i n the Classroom, Encourag i n g P roc h. Secondary il. Required CO u rSl'5 (4 h o u rs ) : EDl' 420, Problems of Rea d i n g i n t h l' ccondary School; EDUe 4/17. Evaluatio n . b. Electiv ' s ( 4 h o u rs) : Crou p A - 2 hours - courses i n a theoretical or in terp e rso n a l framework -:- E D U C 473, Paren t-Tcilch e r Re lation sh i ps; EDUC 50 1 , , cx R ol e Stereotyp i n g in Education; E PSY 537, Reality Discussion Techniques; o r a ppro p riate substitu tions; Grollp B -2 hours - cou rses in a m et h odOl ogic a l or instructional framework S i m u l a tion, Film, I n teruction A n a lysis, Program Ideas i n t h e J u n i o r High Sc hnol, PI<l n ts o f t h e Pilcific North west, etc. 2 . Any courses recom mended for the i nd i vidual stu d e n t before thc grantin g of the bachelor', de.g rc'l' mllst be com pleted . These m ay be reco m mended bv either the u n dergraduate " d v i se r Or the SchOl)1 of Educati o n . 3. A n v co u r · , work required by the undcrgril d u a te i n s t i t u tion andlor the e m p loyi ng scho ul dist rict must be co mplet e d . 4. Courses t a k e n shLluld strengthen a reas o f cuncen tra tion a n d build stronger ge n e ra l education b,1Ckgro u n d as well as fi l l needs i n t h e p ro fe ssi u n a l fie l d . This progTil l11 of studies is to be selected by stu d e n t s with the guida n ce of those who have worked with them d u ring their period of initial t e a ch in g and . the ildvisers a t t h e reco m m e n d i n g i n s t i t u tions. 5. Studc"nts secure a p proVa l of t h e reco m m ending i n s tit u t i on fllr work taken else where before the work is beguil . Some of the work taken du ring t h e fifth year may also app l y toward a master's degree. Gra d u a te students m a r u n de rtake a program coord i n a ting req u ire m e nts for still1dard ce r t i fica tion and the m a ster' s d egree u pon the a pproval of their com m i ttee chair and the coo rdi na tor of fifth-year progra ms.
R E N EWAL OF I N IT I A L TEACHING CE RTIF I C A TE Students seeking to renew t h e i r initial teach i n g certificate m u s t do the fol l owi n g : 1 . Enroll formall y in a p l a n n ed program for the co n t i n u ing teacher certifica te. 2. Negotiate and establish a "plan of study" w i t h their a d viser. 3. Cum p lete 10 semester hours of course work a p p l icable to the continuing certificate program w hich arc taken subsequent tu i suance of the initial certifiC:l t e .
58
EDUCATIO N
4 . I n s u re t h a t official transcripts of a p plic,l ble cuu rse work arc on file in t h e School of Education a t P L U . 5. Com plete an a p p l ication for a tea c hi ng certificate w i t h a notarized a ffidavit no o l d e r t h a n six mon th s a t the time of reco m m e n d ation for rene w a l . 6. P a y t h e S t a t e certificate fcc .
CONTI N UI N G TEAC H E R CERTIFICATE The can d i d a te for a conti n u i n g teacher certificate must comp le tl' at I 'ast 30 semester hours of u p per d i v Lsion or graduate work subseq uent to the bacca l a u reate degree, of which 20 semester h o u rs m u st be taken aftl'r the first year of teilc hing . Candidates must have complete d at least t h ree years of sl'rvice in an l' duca tional sl'.tting, including at least two years as a classroom teac h e r in g"rades K - 1 2 . A d d i tional specific requirements i n clude: 1 . C o m p leti u n of the " p lan of study" a n d school district recommendatIons for study. 2 . C o m ple t ion o f Education 515, 516, a n d 544. 3. Veri ficatiun of the com p l et i on o f con t i n u i n g level m i n i m u m generic standards. 4. Com p i l'tion of 15 semester hours in residence for F L U gra d ua tes or 2 0 semester hours for t hose w h o received their in itial certificate elsewhere. 5. Meeting t h e recency requirement, if ap p l i ca ble . 6. Completion of an a p p lication for a te a ch i n g cert i ficate with a nota rized a ffidavit no older t h a n six munths a t the time o f reco m me ndation f u r the certificate. 7. I n suring t h a t official transcripts as a p p l icable arc on file i n the School of Education. S. Pavment of the State certi ficate fee. W i th p re v i ou s approval a n d a d equiltc p l a n n ing, most of the work take n for the co n tin u ing certi fica te m a y also a pp l y toward a master's degree. Graduate students may undertake a pro g ram coordinating requirements tor t h e con t i n u i n g teach ing certifi cate and the master's degree u pon the a p p rov al of the facu l ty adviser or graduate ch air pe rso n . P R I N C I PA L'S A N D P R OG R A M A D M I N I STRATO R ' S CERTIFICA T E Prepara tiu n pro g ra m s leading to certification at the i n i tia l and cu ntinuing levels for school a n d district-wide pro g ra m ad m i n istrators are a vailable t h rou g h the School of Educa tion. SpeCific req u irements for the certificates are iden tified in handbooks ava ilable upon requ e s t . Master's degrees in Educational Admin istration a rc described in the Gmduate Catalog , which can be obtained from the Grad u a te Studies Office. CERTIFICATION REQ U I R E M EN T S FOR SCHOOL CO U N SELORS AND SCHOOL N U RS E S (Subject t o n e w certification requirements a s of October 1973) Educational Staff Associate certification for school co u n se.lors or for school n u rse s is i n d i v i d ua l l y designed through a consortium co nsistin g of a school dis trict, related p rofeSSi o n a l asSOoatlOns, a n d PaCifIC L u t h e r a n U l1l v ersl t y . A d d i tIona l i n for mation on these p rog T3 m s can be obtilincd by contacting t h e dean o f the Sch ool of Education .
COURSE OFFE RINGS 251
LEARNER AND SOCIETY: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT (SECONDARY) O rienta tion to contemporary schools; h uman de velopment in rela tion to individuals and group s in an educational setting . Public school observa tion re quired weekly with students res p onsible for their own transportation . P rere q uisites: PSY 101, ENGL 101, sophomore standing, 2.33 GPA. (4)
253
CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND SCHOOLS
I n trod u ction to the nat ure o f schools a n d teaching in con temp rary society; overview of human develop men t with special emphasis on i n tellectual, ocial, emotional, a nd p h ysica l development of elementa rv age ch ildren in a school setting. Weekly public school observil tions required with students responsible for their own t ra n sporta tio n . Prerequisites: PSY 101 , ENCL 101, sophomore s ta nding, 2 . 33 G PA, w ri ti n g skills a ssessme n t . Also a vailable as indepen d e n t s t u d y (253 15) for 1-4 credits, if approved by faculty , ior students with extensive backgro und or experience i n schools a n d developmen t . (4)
32J
HUMAN D EVELOPMENT
Emotional, s�)(ial, i n tell ctual, a n d. physiological de ve lop ment t r o m i n fa ncy through adolesce nce . A weekly t"vo-ho u r obse rva tion in lhe public school is required . ( I ndividually a ssigned . ) S tuden ts respo n si ble for their own tra n sporta tion . Prerequisite s : PSY 1 0 1 , ENGL 1 0 1 , j u nior s t a n d i n g , 2 . 33 G P A . (4)
322
GENERAL METHODS - PRIMARY
Compe tencies will be developed for teaching in g rad e K-3, with observa tion a n d participation in pub fic school s . Prerequ isites: 253 or 321 . 2 . 50 GPA (4) '
GENERAL METHODS - U PPER ELEMENTARY Competencies will be developed for teaching i n g rades 4-6, with observa tion a n d participation i n pub fic schools . Prerequ isites: 253 or 321 . 2 . 5 0 GPA. (4) 324 GENERAL METHODS - ELEMENTARY MODEL Competencies will be devel oped for teaching in grades K-6 . Extended experience a n d particip a tion in publIc school cla ssrooms will be provided . Prerequi sites: 253 or 321 , MATH 323, a n d concurre n t enroll men t in EEM block courses, 325, 326, 408, 4 1 0, 4 1 2 . 2 . 50 G PA . (4) 325 READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
323
Teaching rea d i n g i n elemen tary g rades, including modern approaches, materials, methods, tec h n i�ues, procedures, and some diagnosis of reading d ifticul ties. P re requi S i te s : 253 o r 321 . 2 . 50 CPA (4)
MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Basic mathema tical skills and abilities needed bv the elementary school teacher; recent developments a nd ma teria l s . Prerequisites: M ATH 323 or 324, or equiva lent. 2.50 GPA . (2)
326
341
PH I LOSOPHY OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
Obj ectives of high school business education p ro grams, the business cu rric ulum, layout a n d facilities pla nning, the evaluation o f business teachers a n d compete n ce for busi ness occupa tio n s . Exa m i n a ti o n of informa tion resources and curre n t though t in busi ness educa tio n , coopera tive education, a nd dis tribu tive educatio n . Prerequisite : EDUC 425 is recom mended . (2)
METHODS OF TEACHING TYPING AND BOOKKEEPING A p plica tion of resear� h fi r:d ings a nd psyc h o logi ca l
342
pnnClples. to the teachll1g ot typi n g a n d bookkeeping. PrereqUIsI tes: BA 281 a nd advan ced typing; EDUC 425 is recomme nded . (2)
401
WORKS HOPS
408
LANGUAGE A RTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Workshops i n special fields for varying peri o d s of time . (1 -6)
The functional teaching of commu nication skills, & rade.s K-6; areas incl ude ora l and written expression , fi s te n ll1 g readll1 g, l t tera t ure, d ra ma tiza tion, spelling, grammar, handwriting, childre n ' s language study, vocabulary developme n t, and lexicography. Pre requisite: 2 . 50 G PA a n d 322, 324 or concurren tly with ,
322, 324. (2)
41 0
SCIENCE I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A humanis tic ap proach w i th emphasis on t h o s e kinds of ma terials and " h a nds on" a c tivities needed to achieve the objectives of science. PrereqUisite: 253.
2 . 50 CPA . (2) 412 SOClAL STUDIES I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Objectives, materia ls, a n d methods of teaching the so
cial studies, recommended to stu de n t teachers and ex perienced teachers. Prerequisite: 253 . 2 . 50 GP A. (2)
420
PROBLEMS O F READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL
Teaching secon d a ry readin & in conte n t a reas; a tten tton to developme n ta l reading problems; ma terials, methods, tech n iques, procedures, and some observa tion a nd diagnosis of rea ding difficulties. Prerequis ite: 25 1 ; taken concu rren tly with 425 and 4 34 . (2)
421 SCHOO L LAW A brief study of students', pare nts', and teachers'
righ ts and responsibilities wi th some emphasis on the question of liability. ( 1 )
425
GENERAL METHODS - SECONDARY
430
STUDENT TEACHING - PRIMARY
Curricul u m , materia ls, a n d methods of secondary teaching; observation a nd d iscussio n . Prerequisites: 251 , ESPY 368. 2 . 50 CPA (4) Teacl1ing in classrooms of local public schools u nder the direct su pervision of the School of Educa tion facul ty and classroom teachers . Prerequisites: 253 or 321 , 322 or 324, 325, 326. 2 . 50 GP A . Concurre n t enrollmen t in 435 . ( 1 0)
STUDENT TEACHlNG - UPPER ELEMENTARY Teaching in classrooms o f local public schools under the direct s upervision of the School o f Education facul ty and classroom teachers. Prerequisites: 251 or 321, 323 or 324, 325, 326. 2 . 50 G PA . Concurre n t e nrollme n t in 435 . ( 1 0) 432
EDUCATION
59
435 PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR A n opportun ity for s t u de n ts to s h a re experiences with a n excha nge o f ideas on pupil behclVior, c u r r i c u l u m practices, a n d ways of i m proving teach i ng perform a nce. ( Must be taken concu rrently w ith 430 or 432 . ) (2) 436
A
AL TERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - ELEMENTARY
course designed to give some knowledge, u n der sta n d i ng, and s tu d y o f child ren, subject m a t t e r field s , a nd m a terials i n the s tudent's a l ternat t aching level p l u s s t uden t teaching on t h a t level . Students who h av completed s condary p referred level s tudent teaching should e n roll in this cou rse . (4) 437
ALTERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING - SECOND ARY
A COu rse designed to give some knowledge, u nder standing, a nd s t ud y of c h i l d ren, subject matter fie l d s , a nd material s i n t h e student's alternate t e a c h i n level p l u s s t u d e n t teaching o n t h a t leve l . Students who h ave completed elemen lalY p referred level s t u d e n t teach i ng s h o u l d e n ro l l i n this course . I ndependent study ca rd requ ired . (4)
S PECIAL METHODS IN TEACHING SECONDARY SCHOOLS SUBJECTS
440-448
C u rric u l u m , methods, a nd materials of instruction i n a variety o f subjects; may b e t a ken for graduate cre d i t . 440 441
SEMINAR IN S ECONDARY ART EDUCATION (2) METHODS O F TEACHING S ECRETARIAL SUBJ ECTS
A p p l ica t i o n of resea rch find i n gs a nd psychological p ri ncip les to the teaching o f shorthand, office p ra c tice, s i m u l a t io n , word processing, a nd rela ted s ubjects. Prereq uis ites: advanced typing a nd advanced short hand . (2) 442
METHODS OF TEACHING GENERAL B USINESS SUBJECTS
A p p l ica tion of research findi ngs a nd psychological principles to the teaching o f g enera l busi ness, con s u m e r economics, economics, business l a w , b u s i ness ma thema ti cs, a nd b u s iness commu nications subjects. P rereq u isites: ECON 1 50, B A 281 , EDUC 341 , 342 . (2) 443
CHEMISTRY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2) ENGLISH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL
444 Development of teach i n g a i d s and methods; d e mon strations of methods a n d s trategy of master teachers. (2) 445
METHODS IN TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES
Theory a nd tech niques o f foreign la nguage teaching; spec i a l p roblems in the student's m aj o r la nguage, em phasis o n a u d io l i ng u a l tec h n iq u e s . G (2) 446 44.7
60
M ATHEMATICS IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL (2) SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (2)
EDUCATION
448
SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE S ECONDARY SCHOO L (2)
45 1
ADMINISTRATION OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
Library orga n ization a nd a d m i n is t ra tion e lementary and secondJrY schools . C (2)
in
the
452 BASIC REFERENCE M ATERIALS Those services o f a school l ibra ria n rela ted to the p re serva lion o f a l l ma teri a l s wh ich form the sources of re ference . C (2) 453
PROCESSING SCHOOL LIBRA RY MATERIALS
Classification, ca t a l oging, a nd tec h n ical p rocessing of material s . G (2) 454
SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCE MATERIALS
C r i teria, pro fessi o n a l l i tera t u re, a nd tech niques of eva l u a t i o n o f l ibra ry ma teria l s ( p ri n t a n d non-print); the I ibriHian's responsibility to facu l ty , s t udents, a n d t h e genera l p u b l i c . G (2) 455 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS A u d io and visual ma t e rials a n d aids, their use, organi zation, and a d m i n istration. G (2) 456 STORYTELLING A combinat ion of d iscovery and p racticum i n the a r t of stOlytelJing. lnvestigates the va l ues and backgro u nd of story tel l i n g , the various typ es a n d forms of stories, tec h n i q ues o f choosing and o f t e l l i n g stories . Some otf cam p u s p ractice . Demonstrations and j o i n t story tel l i ng b y a n d with instructor. (4) 457
PREPARATION AND UTILIZATION OF MEDIA
T h e pro d uction a nd use o f a va riety o f i nstructional materia ls, fla t pictures, cha rts, maps, a n d the 35mm camera; participa nts produce i tems useful i n i nstruc t i o n . $10 . 00 lab fee is cha rge d . C (3 or 4) 465 STUDENT TEACHING - S ECOND ARY Teach i n g i n the p u b l i c schools u n d e r the d irection a n d s u pervision o f c l assro o m a nd u n ivers i t y teachers. Pre req uisites: 251 , 425, and E PSY 368 . 2 . 50 C P A . May be ta ken concu rrently w i t h 467 . ( 1 0) 467 EVALUATION E v a l u a tic n o f school experiences; problems in connec tion w i t h development, orga niza tion, and a d m i n is tra tion of tests ( s t a n d a rd ized a n d teacher-made) . Re q u i red of fi fth-y ear s t u d e n t s . Prerequisite: s t u d e n t tea c h i ng or teac h ing experie nce; EDUC 25 1 , 253, EPSY 368 . M a y be taken concu rre n tl y w i t h student teach i n g . C
(2)
473 PARENT-TEACHER RELATIONSHIPS A n exa m i nation o f the p h jlosophy a n d i m p leme n ta tion o f pare n t-teacher c o n fere n c i n g . Rela ted issues such as the pare n tal role in education, home visits, a n d the role o f the s tu d e n t in the cll n ferencing process a re also considered . L i s t e n i n g a nd c o m m u nication skills useful in conferencing a re stud ied and p racticed . Provision fo r the needs of p a re n ts of the h a n d ica pped vvi ll be s t ud ied by students i n t h e s pecial education progra m . Prerequisi te : s t u d e n t teaching, teaching ex perience, o r concu rrent with s t u d e n t teach i n g . (2)
479 SPECIAL TECHNIQUES IN READING I n d ivid u a l d ie g Il "lic i1SSCssmen of r a d i ng p robl 'ms usi n both for m a l and informal tes t i n g t e c h n i q ue s . S pe lal in t !'U ct ia na l meLhods [ r rem d i tion for b o t h ltle J a nd sp c i aI e d u cation c h i l d re n . Practicum re quiT d. Pre!" quisite : 325 o r equivale n t . (4)
4�3
PRIMARY READlNG
Mat ria ls a n d method s 0 th primary rea ding pro gram < I d i t s rela t i o n to oth r a cti v i ti e . Pre rcq ui it ' : teach i n ex p 'rience o r con cu rre n t l y w i t h s t u dent
teaching.
(2)
48-
THE G IFTED CHILD study of th e gifted c h i l d , characteri tics
A lems, a n d school pro " d ur s d ve l o p men t . G (2)
488
a nd p ro b ign d to further de
REA DING CENTER WORKSHOP
Cli nical study of re a d i n g prob lems al d s u g g sted cor rective meas u res; to b taken o n c u r re n t l y with 489. Pr re q u i si t e : teaching xpcriencc. S G (2)
DIRECTED TEACH ING I N READING CENTERS D i r ct d ob erv tion and t aching in summer reme dia l classes in p u bl j c school ' ; t o be ta ken con urre ntly w it h 488. Pr >T' q u i it t eac h i n g e perien . S G (4)
489
496 LABORATORY WORKSHOP Pril tic I course usin g el e m e n t a ry-a ge children in a u t speciiic p roblems; "Iassroom s i tuation o r k i ng provision will be mad � for some ac tive p a rt ic i pa t i o n of the niv f , i ty s tu d en ts . P r r q u is i t : c o n ference with the i n s tru ctor or t'he dea n of Lhc School of E d u c a ti n . G
497
SPEC IAL P RO ]C CT I n d ivid ua l s tdy an d resea rch on ed u ca tion a l p rob I ms or addj tion a l lab ra tory exp rie n c i n public 'chao I classro o m s . Prereq u i s ite: co n s e n t of the dea n . G ( 1 -4)
50 1 WOR K S H OP S Gra d u, te worksh p lengths of time. ( 1 -4)
in s p ec i a l fie l d s for vary i ng
515
PROFESS I O NAL S E M INAR: CONT I N U ING LEVEL, TEACHERS Th p repa ra t i n and sh a r in g of s l e ct 'd l O pics r e l ate d to the mi ni m u m generic s t a n d a rd s nee ds of t h e i n di viduc I pa rt ici p a n Ls . R qu ired for the continuing level certification of teach r . (2) r 16 TEACH ER SUPERVISION Id n ti fi ca ti n nd de v e lo p m e n t of s u p er vi so ry skil.ls f r tea ers who work w i t h o t he r a d u l t i n the cla ss roOIn. ( 1 ) 525 CURRENT PRACTICES AND I SSUES I N READING To exa mi 11e cu ne n t practices and i s s u e s i n t h e field of
527
PSYCHOLOGY OF READING
Principles of reading, perception, word recognition, concep t development, and m eaning in rea d i ng will be explored. The psychological and p hysiological asp ec ts o f the r ea d i ng act will be exami ned i n relationship to successful rea d i n g achieveme n t . Pre req uisite : 325 or equivalen t a nd teach ing expe rience . (2)
544
RES EARCH AND PROGRAM EVA LUATION K n o wle d g e o f s t u dent and c l a s s evaluation tech niques; the ab i l i ty to select a n d i n te r pret tests; knowl
edge of resea rch desi g n; the a bili ty to in terpret ed uca ti on al research; the ability to ide n tify, locate , a n d ac q u i re topiCal research a n d related l i tera tu re; a n d the
abi l i ty to use the resu lts of research o r eva l u a tion to propose program c h a n g e s . (2)
545
METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH
Seminar i n research methods and tech niq ues i n edu ca t i on with emp ha s i s on designing a research proj ect in th e s t u d e n t s a rea of i n terest. Req ui red fur M . A . Prer qu isite: c o n s u l t a tion w i th stude nt's adviser a n d admission to t h e graduate program . (2)
550
SCHOOL FINANCE
551
SCHOOL LAW c o n t emp or a ry fed eral, state, and local sta t
Local, state, a n d fe d e ra l con t ributors t o school fi nancl' , its p h i lo so p h y a n d development; the de velopmen t a n d a d m i n istration of a school budget. (2) S t u dy o f
u tes, regulations, a nd case law and their app l ication to
public a n d p ri va te schools (K-12). (2)
552
EOUCA TIONAL ADMIN ISTRATI ON
Admi nistration and supervision of sc h o o l personnel, faci li t i es , and programs with e m p hasis on the human relationships in t h a t setting. Prerequisite: teaching experience or conse n t of the d e a n . (3)
554
SEMINAR IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION T h e p reparation a nd sharing o f selected presenta tions re la t e d to needs o f i n dividual pa rticipa nts. Requi red
for co ntinuing certification of principals and program administra tors. Registration must taken place i n the fall semester a n d pa r tici p a ti on w i l l be c o n ti n uo u s for the ac ad e m i c year. (2)
555
ADMIN ISTRATION AND SUPERVISION WORKSHOP
Projects d et e rm i n ed by the class; typical projects in clude curriculum p l a n n i n g a n d a dj u stme n t , public re lations p rograms, personnel e mployment a n d i n-ser vice traming; fin a ncing b u i lding and educationa l pro81'a ms. Prerequisi te: one course in a d m i n is t ra tion or s u perv i s i o n . (2)
rea ding as described th rough edu cational resea rch .
Th, re arch fi n d ing will be p p l i ed to current class room p racti es. Stu de n ts will be c n c o u r a g d to pursue specific reas of i n te rest w i t h i n the broad ar a of rea d c
ing i ns l Tuct ion , Prereqw i te: tea ch in g experie n e. (2-4)
325
or
eq uivaJent a n d
EDUCATION
61
556
SECONDARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL CURRICULUM
A variety of facets o f seco n d a ry a n d m i d d le school progra ms: fina nce, curriculum, dis cipline, evalua . . tion, classroom m a n a gement, the basIC ed ucation btl\, legislative changes, and sp ecial ed ucatio n . Dev� lop m nt of seco n d a ry and m i d d l e schools from their be ginnings to the p rese n t . Critica l issues in the ed uca tion scene today. (3)
558
INTERNS HIP IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
I n ternship in educational a d m i n i s tration ' pl a n n e d . w i t h t h e School o f d uca tlOn t n cooperatIOn w i t h selected e d u c a t i o n a l adm i n i s trators . Prerequisite: course work in e d ucational a d m in is tration a n d a d m is sion to the grad u a te progra m . (2-4)
571
HJSTORY A N D PHILOSOPHY OF HIGHER EDUCATION
Historical perspective and curre n t status; develop ment o f functions and s tructures; issues in curriculum; philosophy o f a d m i n istra tion; case studies . (4)
573
STUDENT PE RSONNEL WORK IN IDGHER ED UCATION
Stud en t personnel services i n higher ed uca tion; use of personnel d a ta ; co-curricu la r activities; student wel tare; cont m pora ry trend s in counseling proble m s re l a ted to stude n t l i fe . (4)
579
DIAGNOSIS AND REMED IATION IN READING
Causa tive factors rela ting to rea d i ng d i fficulties; some opportunity to apply reme d i a tion tech n i ques; open to those with teac h i n g experience. (2)
580
CURRICU LUM DEVELO PMENT
Ty p es of curriculum organiza tions, programs a n d tech n iques of c u rric u l u m developm e n t . (2)
5 5
COMPARATIVE EDUCATION
Com parison and i nves tiga tion of certa i n m a terials and cul t ural system s of educa tion through out the world .
(2)
586
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
The nature a n d fu nctioning o f the educational system
will be examined from a soc iological perspective . T9Pics include: education, s tra t i fica tion, a n d social . . cliange; the school as a complex o rgamza tlOn; the school a s a social institut ion; and the sociology of l ea rn i n g . (4)
587
HI STORY OF EDUCATION
589
PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
Great ed uca tors, educational theories and educational systems from a n tiquity to the presen t . (2) Philosophical and t heoretical fou n d a tions o f educa tio n . (3)
590
GRA DUATE SEMINAR
62
E DUCATION
A workshop f o r a l l M aster of A rts candidates in t h e School of Educa tion which provides a for u m f o r ex-
change o f research ideas and problems; ca n d i d a tes should register for l h i s seminar fo r assis lance �n f u l fi l . ling requ ire m e n t . No cre d i t IS given, nor IS t U I t ion as sesse d . (0)
597
INDEPEN DENT STUDY
598
STUDIES IN EDUCAn ON
Projects of varying length reb ted to educational issues or concerns of th ind iv i d u a l pa rticipa n t a n d ap proved by a n appropna te fac u l ty member a n d tne dean . ( 1 -4) A research paper or project of a n educational issue selected join tly by the student and the gra d u a te a d viser. I t w i l l be reviewed bv t h e student's Gra d u a te Comm i ttee . (2) �
599
THESIS
For Master o f A r t s ca n d i d a tes who e lect to write a thesis i n s tead of two res a rch papers. The thesis prob lem vvi l l be chosen !Tom the ca n d i d a te's major field o f conce ntration a n d m u s t b e approved by the candi d a te's G ra d u a te Commi ttee . Candidates expect('d to defe n d their thesis in a fi nal oral examina tion con d u c ted by their comm i ttee . (3-4)
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 368
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
501
WORKSHOPS
512
GROUP PROCESS AN D THE INDIVIDUAL
535
FOUNDATIONS OF G UI DANCE
536
AFFECTIVE CLASSROOM TECHNIQUES
537
REALITY DISCUSSION TECHNIQUES
Principles and research in human learning and l h e i r i m p lications f o r curricu lum a n d i n s tructi on . Pre requiSite: EDUC 251 , 253 . (4)
Gra d u a te worksh ops i n special fields for varying lengths of time. (1 -4)
A h u m a n i n teraclion la bora tory t fa c i l i ta te the explo ration of the self concept through the mechanisms o f i n terperso n a l in tera c t ions a n d feedback . EmphaSIS placed on th ( cquisilion o f skill i n s e l f-exp ression, role i d e n t i fica tion, and c l i m a te-m a k i n g . G (2) The focus is on developin s an u n ders�andin � of the services a n d processes a vaIlable to assist mdlvld uals i n making plans a n d decisions according to their own l i fe pa ttern . G (4) This cou rse will e pio n::! various tech niques designed to fa cilitate u n dersta n d in g of self a n d otners; methods for working with students. Prerequisite : s t u d e n t tea dli ng or gra d u a te statu s . Laboratory expert nce as a rranged . G (2) The use of Rea lity Therapy in a helping rela lionshi p schools, social agencies, mental health clinics, or u n i versity reside nces . Labora tory experience as ar ranged. Prerequisite : 553 . G (2)
551
R EfLECTIVE SKlLLS PRACTICUM cticllm i n t h e t ech n iq u e s o f c o u n s e l i ng; e n rollm n t limi ted to students begi n n i ng t h e m a s te r' s
A m i n i - p I'
d e g re e p rogram i n Counseling a n d G u i d a nce, a n d is , fl r r q u i s i te to adm ission on regul a r s t a t u s to th C u n ' e l i n g and G u i d a n c e ma ster's p ro g ra m . The practic m m a ke s use of counseling sessions '''" i t h e l i n t s u ti l i z i n g verbal a n d n o n - v e rb a l a t te n d i n g be havior. ( 1 )
552
SOCIAL LEARNING-MODELING PRACTICUM A m i n i - p ra c t ic u m in th e theory a n d te c h ni q u es of 0cial learning and role m o d e l i ng . Prere q u i s i t e : 55 1 . ( 1 )
553 REA LITY THERAPY PRACTICU M
A m i n i-practicuOl in c ou n s e l i n g u s i ng t � e t h e � ry a nd tech l1lq u e s o f rea i t ty th ra p y . I rerequ l s l t e s : ::>52 a n d
561 . ( 1 ) 5 4 GESTALT THERA PY P RACTICUM
A m i n i-prac ticum in coun l i ng u s i n g the t h eo ry a n d t chniql 5 of Gestalt L h ra p y . Prereq u i si te s : 553 a n d
561 . ( 1 ) 561
BASIC RELATIONSHIPS I N COUNSELING A r u d y of the theory, p rocess, tech n i q ue s , a nd cha r a cte ri st i c s o f t h e cou n s e l i n g rela ti o n s h i p . A b a s i c C O u r s e f o r M . A . s t u d e n ts i n t11 ' o u n s l i ng and G u i d a n c e progra m, (4) 563 PRACTICUM IN GROUP PROCESS AND LEADERSHIP A h uman i n teraction l a bo r a t o ry w h i c h explores i n te r pe rson a l o p e r a t i o n s in gro u p s a nd faci l i ta tes the de velopme n t o f s e l f-insight; e m p ha s i s o n l e a d e rs h i p a n d d ev e l o p m e n t o f s k i l l i n d ia/nosing i n d ivid u a l , g ro u p , a n d o rg a n i z a t i o n a l behav ior patterns a nd inil u ences. Students w i l l co - fac i l i ta te a la bora tory grc u p . P r e. r q l i si t(' : 461 . (2) 65 ADVANCED HUMAN DEVE LOPMENT co m p a ra ti v e study of h u ma n d ev e l o p men t v·.'i l l be mJde a t v riou s L e v e l of deve l o p m e n t thro u gh obser v a t i o n n l as l! s s m e n L u s i n g n o n - s t a n d a rd ized i n s tr u ments: e , g . , s () c i o m c lTi c scales, a u tobiogra p h ies, i n te r v i e w s , i n teraction a na lysis a nd other a p p rop ria te measu remen ts. A pracbc u m (a m i n i m u m of one hour each we k) is r 'qu i r d in a s c h ool o r a p p ro p ri a te agen T . P rerequisite: Fifth y e a r o r g ra d u a t . tatus. (4) 569 CAREER G UI DANCE s tu dy of ca reers, theories o f choice, and g u i d a nce t c h n i qu es . (4) 570 fIELDWORK IN COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE A c u l ml n a t i n g practicum o f fie l d e x p e r i e n c i n schools r a g e n ies u s i n g theory, skills, a n d t e c h ni qu e s p revi ou Iy lea rned . A v a r i e t y of work e x p eri e n ce s w i t h bo th i n d i v i d u a l s a n d g ro u p s . S tudents in o rpora te c nsulta tion expe rie nce following t h e Adlerian m o d e l . (4) 575
M ENTAL HEALTH
Basic m e n ta l h e a l t h p r i n c i p l e s a s rel a t ed to interper sonal re.la tio n s h i p s . Focll s on self u ndersta nding. L a b ora tory experiences as a rranged . (4)
578
BEHAVIORAL PROBLEMS
583
CURRENT ISSUES IN EXCEPTI ONALITY
Adlerian conce p t s p rovide b a si for observa tion, moti V a t i o n , m odi fic a tion , a nd l i fe s tyle assessmen t . Skills f o r a s s i s t i n g peo p l e in dev l oping res p o n i b i l i ty f r their own behavior is fOCll ed . L a bo r a to ry experie nce. a s a rrang d . (4)
Thi cou rse will c o n c e n tra te o n t h e c h a ra c teristics of exce p ti o n a l s t u d e n t s and t h e c o u n selor's role i n deal i n g with a va ri e t y o f p rob l e m s they may have. 'he fol low i n g a r � n s w i l l be st u d i e d : l e a rn i n g d isa bi l i t i es, e m o tiona l p ro bl e m s , p h ysi c a l p roblems, n the g i fted s t u d e n t . iven every t h i rd i n te ril11 . (2-4)
SPECIAL E D U CATION 190 EXCEPTIONAL CHI LDREN AND ADULTS In t rod u ct i o n to the needs a n d dlaracteristic of e, cep li(ma l c h i l d re n <1I1d a d u l t s . Federal a n d s ta te I 'gi 'la tion, c ur re n t issue ' , a n d p ra tices of d el iv ' ring er vices t o hand ica p ped i n d ivid u a l s . Designed as a n overv iew o f the f ield for u n d e rg r ad u a te s tud n ts i n speciaJ ed u ca t i o n , g e neral educa tion, n u r s i ng , co u n s el i n g , a n d o t h 'r rern tcd f1d d s . P rereq u i si te for 11 s pe CIal ed ucatIOn c o u rs e' "vork. R e q UI re d for a l l educa tIon m a j o rs . (3) L
1 91
OBSERV AnON IN SPECIAL EDUCAnON
O bs e rv n t i o n f sp e c i a l e d u c a t i o n s e t t i n e; s i n t h e loca l a rea . May be t, k e n c ncurre n t ly "v i th SPED 1 90 . 0 p re r q u i s i t e . ( 1 )
290
l NTROD U CT l ON TO LEARNING DISAB I LITTES Overv iew f the fi e l d o f lea rn i n g d isabil i t ic ' , i nc l u d i ng conce p ts, r sea rch p rac tices, e a rl y i d e n t i fica t i o n , a n a r media ti o n . Pre req u i s i t e : S PED 1 90 or consent of i n
struclor. (3)
29 1 PRACTICUM IN LEARNING DISAB I LITlES Fi �Id L'xperie n c ' a m o n g s t u d e n t s w i t h lea r n i ng d i s a b i l i ti . Cr d i t giv e n a ft e r s uccessful c o m p l e t i o n o f 40 el ck h o u r s under s u p e rv i s io n . May b ' t a ke n c o n c u r re n tl y w i t h SPED 290 . Prercqu i5itc: SPED 1 90 ( 1 ) S PEECH AND LANGUAGE OF EXCEPTIONAL C H I LDREN Pri nciples of rece tive a n i e x p ress i ve I a n g u a g d , v lopment, word mea n i n g , d i a lect . A ssessm ' n t a n d r e m e d i a t i o n s t ra t e gi es from early child hood thro ugh adolesc nee . (2)
295
296
INTRO DUCTION TO H E A LTH AND PHYSICAL I M PAlRMENTS S t u d y o f n na Lomical, physiologica l, social, a n d ed uca t i o n a ! p roblems o f L hose w i t h o r t h o p e d i c d isnbil ities or health p robl e m s . (2) NOTE: PREREQ U I S n FOR 00/400 LEVEL S PECIAL EDUCATION COURSES : EDUC 251 or 253 or co n s e n t of i n s t r u c t o r .
EDUCATION
63
3C 0
INTROD UCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL DlSA BI LITJ ES
A s t ud y of t h e c m o t i o n a l , socia l , p hysica l , a n d m e n t a l c h a rade r i s t i c o f t h e d c v ' l o p m e n ta l l y d i s a b l ' d , M e t h o d s o f c 1 a s i f ling, d i e g t 1 11 s i n g , a n d t e a c h i ng m e n t a l l y r ' l c rded c , i l d r e n a n d a d u l t s f ro m med ica l , p s y c h o l ogi ca l, socia l , a n d ' d uca t i o n a l poi n ts of v i e w . P re req u isi te : SPED 1 90, D U C 251/253. (3) 3l) 1
PRACTICUM I N DEVE LOPMENTAL DISABI LJTfES
(" f.
Field 'rien c i n a . l l i n g for t iP d > d i a blcl . e re l i t g i v e n a fte r s u cce ' s fu l 40 d ock h o u rs u n d e r su pervis ion. Me y cu r re n t ! w i l h S PE D 3l 0 . Prere q u i s i t e :
l)3
e l o p m e n ta l l y 'o m p l e t i o ll o f be tc ken co n PED I lJO . (I )
INmO DUCTION TO BEHA VIOR DISORDERS
' n l p ro?1 � 111 a n �i i s s u �'s as t h e y (l p p l y t o t h e e d u c a t ! n o f c h I l d re n w i t h b e h a V i or diso rde r s . I n c l u d e s u e o t' b e h J v i o r m o d i fi c a l i o n a n d class ro o m m a n a ge m e n t t e h n iq u e s . P re r q u i site: ' P E D 1 90, DUe 25 1 1 2 . o r consen t o f i n s t ru c t o r . ( 3)
CU ,n
394
PRACTICUM IN B EHAVIOR DISORDERS
P �rie n ce a m o n g stude n ts w i t h behavior d i sor ders . Cr d i t gi ' n a ft ' 1' :> u ce s s fu l c o m ple t i o n o f 40 lock hours u n der s u p e rv i� i o n . M J Y be taken c on c u r P ED 1 90 . ( 1 ) r 'n l ly w i t h P D 393. P re re u i s i t e : Fi 'Id
396
10:' .
ASSESSMENT O F LEARNING PROB LEMS
I u d), ll f , Ta nge o f i n fo r m a l a n d fom'\a l scree n i n g a n d d i a g n o ' t i p ro c d u r s . Va r i o u s t - ' :> t s a re s t u d ied to d e t rm i n c \v b e re t h e c h i l d is fu n c tio n i n g cog n i t i. vely, a a d m l ca lly, sooaU y , and a da p h ve l v . l ' r requ I si te : ED 1 90, EDUC 25 1 /253 or co n s e n t o( i nstructor. (4)
403
PARENT/PROFESSIONA L PARTNERSHIP IN SPECIAL EDUCAnON
Prese n ta ti o n o f t h e t ec h n i q ues fo r v 'ork i n g w i t h pa r e n t s o f h a n ica p p 'd c h i l d re n . D i s c u s s i o n of t h e p l a ce m e n t o m m it t ee p ro ce s s a n d of the r igh ts of pare n t s . Pr req u i s i t ' : S P E D 190, 0 C 25 1/253 Or con ' e ll l o f i n ' t ruc t o r . (2)
405
CURRI CULUM AND I NSTRUCTION FOR THE SPECIAL CHILD
C ll . o n a d a p t i n g t h e genera l p ri n ciples a n d p ra c t ices of tea ' h i n g r 'acting, a ri t h m etic, I a n g u <l ge a rts, a nd so d a l : tlld i [0 h i l d rc n w i t h IC<l rn i ng i m p<l i rm n t s . d uca t i oll <l 1 p l a n s I n ' l u d s w r i t i n g i nd i v i d u a l ized ( J E P) , be h a ior ob j c c ti e s , ta I< a n a l yse s , a n d lea rn i ng seg u nces, Prer q u i s i t : Cc n ra l Me t h o d s or c o n . e n t o f I ns tructo r . (2)
F
406
CURRICU LUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL STU DE NTS I N THE SECONDARY SCHOOL
C u r ric u l u m
co n tent and p l <l n n i n g, includi n g ac demic ubjE' t , l i f a d j u s tm-nts, and career co u n S l i n g for h a nd i c a p p d dol 'sce n ts a nd a d u l t s . Focus on I ca rn i. n g d i sa bilj ties a n d other m i ld ly h a nd ic a pp i n g co n d i t io n . l n cl u des wri t i n g i n d i v i d u a lized e cfuca t ion I pi n ( IEP) a n d beh i o r a l obj ec ti ve s . re requjsite: G e n e ra l Meth o d s or co nse n t of i n s t ru ctor.
(2 )
64
EDUCATION
438
STUDENT TEACHING IN E LEMENTARY SPECIAL E DUCATION
Teaching
i n s pecia l e d uca t i o n cla s s ro o m s of p u bl i c sc h o o l s li n d '1' t h e d ir e c t i on a n d s u p c r v i s i o n of c l a ss room and u n i v e rsity teachers. 8 weeks . P re r e q u is i te : consl'n t o f i n s h·u c t o r .
439
(6)
STUDENT TEACH ING IN SECONDARY S PECIAL EDUCATION
Teach i n g in speci a l e d u ca tion c l a ssro o m s of public school u n d e r the d irection and s u p e rvision o t cl a s s room a nd u niversity te a c h e rs . 8 weeks. Prere q u i s i te : co n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . (6)
490
EARLY CHILDHOOD ED UCATION FOR THE HANDICAPPED
Early c h i ld h ood ed u c a t i o n a s it a p p li e s to t h e h a n d ica p p e d c h i l d . E m p h a si s o n p rogra m deve l o p m e n t , p a re n t i n volveme n t, assessme n t m e t h od :> , m a t e ri a l s a n d t ch n i q u e s . P re req u i s i t e : SPED 1 90 o r c o n se n t of i n s t Tli c tor . (4)
49 1
SEMI NAR IN S PECIAL EDUCATION
Specific top ics on the te <l c hi ng of h a n d ica p ped c h i l d r e n . Pre req u isite: S P E D 1 90 O r c o n s ' n t of i n s t r u c tor .
(2)
494
PROGRAMMING FOR CHILDREN WITH S PECIAL NE EDS
D i a g n stic i n forma t i o n i s used a s t h e basis ( o r w r i ti ng a n IEP ( i n d i v i d u a l ized e d u ca t i o n p l a n ) . B e h a v ioral ob i 'ctiv " , ta s k a n a lyses, le a r n i n g seq ucnccs, be h a v i o r m l d i fi ca t i o n , a n d eva l u a t i o n o t l ea rn jn g u s i n g p reci s i on tea ch i n g t e h niq u E' s . Prerequ i s i t e : S PED 1 90 , (4)
495
LANGUAGE PROBLEMS OF EXCEPTIONAL CHI LDREN
Principles o f rece p t iv e a n d e x p ressive l a n g u a ge d vei o p m e n t i n cl u d i n g speech, word m e a n i n g, a n d d i a lect . A s sessm e n t a n d re m e d i a t i o n s t ra tegies fo r reg u l a r a n d special e d uca t i o n t ea c h e rs . (2) 501
WO KSHOPS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
530
LEARNING DISABILITIES: E D UC TIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES
Gra d u a te wor k s h o p s in specja l ed uca t i o n for vary i n g le ng th s o f t i m e . ( 1 -4)
C u rre n t issues, p ra c t i c e s , and research in learn i n $ d i s a b i l i t i e s . E m p h a s i s on s pecia l i n s t ru c t i o n tec. hl1 lq ue s to acco m m od a te t h e s pec i a l needs o f s t u d e n ts w i t h 1 a rn i n g d i sa b i l i t ie s . (4)
53]
DIAGNOSTIC P ROCEDURES
532
ED UCATI O N OF THE S EVERELY AND PROFOUNDLY HAND ICAPPED
Study o f a b ro J d ra n ge of scree n i n g a n d d i a g n ostic proce.d u re s . U se o f va rioll s e d u ca t i o n a l te s t s , fo r m a l a n d teacher- made, to d e te rm i ne where a c h ild is func tion i n g in the a reas of cog n i t i o n , academ ics, soci a l a n d ada ptive beh a v io rs . (4)
S t u d y of t h e p hysica l m a n a ge m e n t o f th e sever� ly a n d profo u n dl y ha n d ica p pe d . E m p h <l sls o n medical as pects, a sses s m e n ts , i n s tr u c t i o n a l m o d e l s , i n te r d i sci p l i n a ry co n ce p t s , cu rri c u l u m o n t n t, and teach i n g s tra t e gies . (4)
533
SEMINAR IN DEVE LOPMENTAL DIS ABI LITIES Curre nl issues and problems rela ted to the ed uca tion of children wit h developmental disabili ties. (2) 534 SEMINAR IN BEHAVIOR DI SORDERS Curren t issues and problems rela ted to the ed uca tion of children a nd adults with behavior disorders . (2) 535 ARTS FOR THE HAND ICAPPED A study of artistic endeavors and leisure time pursuits fO T the hanctica pped. Activi ties for the com mu nity, classroom, homE.' , group home, and institulion will be studied . (4) 536 TEAC HING HANDICAPPED CHILDREN IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM An examination of teaching strategies to include ex ((�ptional ch.ildrcn in regular classroom setlings. Em ph asis on the needs o f exceptional children, progra m modifica tions, a n d classroom management. (4) 537 SPECIAL ED UCATION: STU DENT TEACHING Teac hing i n special ed ucation cla ssrooms under the direction a n d supervision of classroom a nd university teachers. P rerequisite: Tea ming cred e n tial and con sent of instructor. (4) 5 1 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION Review of current research on selected topics in spe cial ed uca t io n . (2)
COURS E S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 291 303 306 312 317
Practi cum in Learning Disabilities Sex Equity Issues in Society "So You Want To Be A Principal" Hyperactive Children Education and Management of Students with Behavior Disorders 318 School Practicum: Special Education 319A School Practicum: Elementary Level 319B School Practicum: Secondary Level 31 9C School Practicum: Reading 319D School Practi cum: Non-Local Schools Practicum in Behavior Disorders 394 501 Counseling the Religious Client Current Issues in Exceptionality 583
EDUCATION
65
English As a d iscipline English assists students i n ach ieving excel lence i n wri ting, d iscernment in re adin g , a pprecia tion of h u man e x p e rie nce and aesthe tic a l ues, and u l1Liersta nding of the processes o f critical and creative expressio n .
S p cial programs i n clude concen tra tions i n literature, writing, a nd publish ing. T h e English Department a l so su pports the London Program a n d often offers an interim study tour to t h e Bri tish Isles.
FACU LTY Be nton , Chair; Bergman, Eyler, Jansen-Jaech, L. Johnson, Jones, Klopsch, D . M . Martin, Rahn, Reigstad, Seal. B CHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: 2s t o 4 0 semestcr h o u rs o f E n glish be yon d E n g l is h 1 0 1 , inc l u d i n g : 4 ho u r s i n Americ�11 l i terature, 4 hours in British l i terature b�furl' 1 700, and 4 hours i n B r i t i s h l i terature a fter 1 700. At le<lst 1 0 h o u rs sho uld be u p p e r divisio n .
Indivi d u a l progra m s are de s i g m: d bv 'i t ud e n t s n n d t h e i r a d visers, w i t h il p p ro"al by the 'f u l l d e n rt nw n t in a review d u r i n g the j u n io r year. A ci vanc 'd rou rSl"; i n writing o r gr;) m m ar may be req u i re d .
p
M I l Olt (EMPHASI a UTERATU RE): 20 sen1l'ster hours, beYl1l1d 1 0 1 , l'xc i u d i n g COU r'iCb f or i n terim cred i t , of w h ic h at least II h o u rs should be upp r d i vi s i o n . These -:ou rses s h o u l d i n c l u d e t\ h u u r s i n A m e rican l i te ra t u re', 4 h {l u r� in B r i t i s h l itera tu r ' bl'fore 1 700, 1\ h o u rs in B ri t i s h likrature <lftl'r 1 700, a n d a t I e , st 4 a d d i t i o n a l h()u r� i n l i ter,l t u re. M I N O R (EMPHASIS ON WRIT I G ) : 20 semester hours, b(�yond 1 0 1 , e x cl u d i n g cou rses for i n terim credit, o f w h ich ilt !cdst 8 h o u r s should be u p p e'r divi sion. These cour,es should include 4 h o u r s i n British l i teril t u re b e fore POO, 4 h ou r s in meriean or I1ritish l it l' ra tu rc " ftcr 1 70(), a n d 12 h o u r s i n w r i t i ng c ) u r�c� d ra w n from 201 , 227, 327, 32il, 34 1 , 40:>, or othc. r a p p ruv('d courses i n \v r i l i n g .
MINOR (EMPHASIS a UBllSHING AND PR INTI N G ARTS): E n g l i s h 32 1 d n d 1 6 scn1l'stcr hours from tlw following list of (lru rsl'S (at l e as t 4 h u ur s must bc takc' n frum each group): 1. W r i t i n g ,1I1d J o u rnalil;m E n g l i s h 2 0 1 , 227, 327, 32K, 34 1 ; Commul1lea tion A r t s 283 , 37K, 384, 480. 2. LlVout and Pro d u ct i o n English 32 1 , 32'.1 (2 hnurs), 39,); Art 1 % , 2%, 32/i, 3%; C l > In m u n icatioll Arts 3ilO . 3. P r i n t i n g _. English 3 1 2; Art 370, 470. 'xcc p t whol'c n o t ed , il l l cla sses are 4 semester h o u rs; some cou r es re q u i re prere q ui sites.
-
FOREIG L A N G U A G E REQ U ffiEMENT: A l l E n g l i s h majors must co m p l e t l' at l c il s t two years of a fore i g n lilngU'lge a t t h e un iversity ll'v(' l , or t h e e q u i va l e n t . (Sec' till' College of A r t s a n d Scit'n e F o r e i g n Language R eq u i re n1L' n t , O p t i on I . ) BACffELOR a
AR S I
DU ATlO
:
Set' School o f
..
-
COURSE OFFE RINGS AME RICAN LITERATURE 241 441 442
INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATU RE AMERICAN ROMANTIC LITERATURE
1820-1880
AMERICAN REALISM AND NATURALISM,
1880-1915
443 AM ERICAN LITERATURE SINCE
1915
BRITISH LITERATURE 251 252
382 383 384 388 389
390 391 392
INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: BEGINNINGS TO 1750 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: AFTER 1750 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE SHAKESPEARE ENG LISH RENA IS SANCE LITERATURE MILTON A 0 HIS AGE ENGLISH SATIRE AND SENSIBILITY, 1660-
1800
THE ENGLISH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT LITE RATURE Of VICTORIAN ENGLAND TWENTIETH CENTURY B RITISH LITERATURE
GENRE AND SPECIAL STUDIES 21 6 217 218 221 230 231 323 325
349
_
51
358 49] , 597
INTRODUCTION TO POETRY SHORT STORY INTROD UCTION TO DRAMA LITERARY FORMS AND ANALYSIS INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATU RE MASTERPIECES OF EU ROPEAN LITERATU RE CHILDREN'S LITERATURE FANTASY AND FAIRY TALES MODERN POETRY MODE RN D RAMA THE B RITI S H NOVEL 492 INDEPENDE NT READ ING AND R ESEA RCH GRADUATE RESEARCH
WRITING, LANGUAGE AND PUBLISHING 1 01 201 227 321 327 328 329 341 400 403
CO LLEGE ENGLISH INTERMEDIATE WRITING IMAGINATIVE WRITING I THE WORLD OF THE BOOK IMAG INATIVE WRITING II ADVANCED COMPOS ITI ON COPY-ED ITING FREELA CE WRITING LINGUISTICS MODERN ENGLISH G RAMMAR
1 01 COLLEGE ENGLISH Develops a student' s powers to read, think, and write effectively. Emphasis on short papers a n d guided re vi sion. lnclud s a u ni t on library research techniques. I II (4)
201 INTERMEDIATE WRITING Op p ortunities to practice and develop writin!? by expl oring selected topics from various d isciphnes. Some emphasis on rew riting - focusing the ma terial and adj usting the s tyle for d iffere n t au diences. One section may be devoted to au tobiogra p hical writing. (Prerequisite: 101 or i ts equivalent, A d vanced Place ment, or consen t of in structor . ) I fl (4) 216
INTRODUCTION TO POETRY
A study of poems and conven tions of poetry from the Greek classics to modern projective verse. I n tended to develop the reade r's ability to respond with sensitivity and discrimina tion to a rich variety of poetic forms. I
(4)
2 1 7 SHORT STORY Examines the developmen t of short fiction, concen trating on themes and tech niques of the genre . In cludes stories by American, British, a n d Con tinental wri ters. I I (4) 218 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA A survey of master p ieces from classical Greece to the prese nt, with emp h asis on the traditional elements ( plot, cha racter) and genres ( tragedy, co medy) . I I (4) 22 1 L ITE RARY fORMS AND ANALYSIS Designed to fam ilia rize students with forms of litera ture (poetry , fiction, drama), basic literary terms, and major critical approaches. n (4) 227 IMAGINATIVE WRITING I A beginning w orksho p i n w riting poetry a n d short fic tion . Includes a stu d , of techniques and forms to develop critical standards and a n u nderstanding of the writing process . (Prerequ isite : 1 0 1 or its equiva lent, Advanced Placement, or conse nt of instructor.) I
(4)
230
INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE Empha sis on American fiction si nce 1 950. 1 (4) 231 MASTERPIECES OF EUROPEAN LITERATURE Representa tive works of the litera ture of Western Europe, especiaUy cla ssical, medieva l , and Renais sance. I I (4) 241 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATURE The contin u i ty of themes and forms in A merican p rose, poetry, and fiction from coloniza tion to the . F irs t World War. Emphasis on major works of the 19th cen tury. I I (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: B EGINNINGS TO 1750 Emphasis on the continui ty and variety of English lit erature from Beowu l f through Neoclassicism and the early novel . 1 (4) 252 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE: AFTER 1750 English literature, especially p oetry, from the emergence of romanticism to the 2 0th century. II (4)
ENGLISH
67
32 1
THE WORLD OF THE BOOK
An in troduction to the organ ization and vo cab u l i H Y o f the p u blish in g i n d � s l TY , the. history the book � n d p r e sses , a n d the basIC skills or copy-ed iting and de Ign la y out - i n short, t h e complex p roce.ss b y which m a n u s cr i p t copy is b ro u g ht t o ti mshed p r i n t . 1 (4)
\)�
323
CHJ L DREN'S LITERATURE
325
FAffiY TALES AND FANTASY
An i n t ro d u c t i on to a rich l i terary tra d i tion, with a n a ly si in depth of such au thor as H . C . A ndersen, Tol ki n, L w i s , otter, Wdder, a n d LeGll l n . 1 11 (4) el cted fairy ta l es a re told, and various ways to in ter p r ' t t he m are expl red . Fan tasy is · tudied as a genre, with emp hasis on kll1 d s o f fa n taSies, such as ure fa n tasy, sword a nd sor ery, the detective nove , scienc fiction, and h or ro r fiction. I (4)
F.
327
IMAGINATIVE WRITING I I
A n advan e d wo rkshop in writing poetry a n d short fiction . Some a t tenh?n will b gi v e n to p roced ures for . submitting m a nuscript fo r pu blica t ion. I1 (4)
28 A DVANCED COMPOSITION A s t ud y of rhetorical principles u s ed in wr i ti � g peru a sivcl nd ima g inative ly. ReqUired for ce rhh cat lO n by the School of E duca tion . l n (4)
COPY-EDITING Emphasis on maga zine, news, book: and p ho t o e �f j t in g a n d pu blication make u p . TraIl1 l n g and practIcal e. p er ie n c in orga nizi ng, ed.i t i ng, . and p r oofi ng of copy, hand l i ng f photo , a n d m d e xl ng . II (2) 4 1 FRE ELANCE WRITING cou rse in wri ti n g for publication, wi th pr i m a ry em p h a s i s on the fea t u r article. Intended to help students develop re - e a rch a n d d i toria J skills; to help them p ro
329
d uce ''''riling that is clear, i n formative, and e � presslve; to c n h a n c thei r se n se of a u d ience; and to t n t rod uce them to p roced ures for submi tting for magazine p u blica t i o n . n (4)
49
MODERN POETRY
mp hasi on America n poetry since
1950. n (4)
35'1 M ODERN DRAMA A tudy of modern classics from .Ibsen to J onesco: ca ndinavia n , G rma n, French, Italian, Spa msh, R u s sia n, E nglish, I rish, a n d America n . I I (4) 358 THE BRITISH NOVEL A t;t I dy of the form from D foe and F ield i n g to Law rence, Joyce, and the m oderns. 1 (4)
CHAUCER AND HIS AGE of Cha ucer's major works, especiaLly �he Carl lerlJ1l ry Tale , i n their lively 14th cen tury setttng. I n cl u d es a n in trod uction to t h e developme n t o f the Enn-Lish l a n gu a ge II (4)
382
A s t u dy
.
68
ENGLISH
383 SH AKESPEARE Ten to twelve re rese ntative plays. Recommended as backgro u n d : 25 . 1 (4)
r
384
ENGLISH RENAISS ANCE LITERATU RE
388
MILTON AND HIS AGE
S t u d ies the Golden Age of English literature. Selected p o e ts from Wyatt to MarveLl, i ncl u d i n g Sid ney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selected p l aywri g h ts from Kyd to W bster; selected prose from More to Baconc and Brown e . (4) A study of Milton's work, es p ecially Paradise Lost, a n d t he wo'rk of other major ,1 U thors (s'uch as Donne a n d H 'rbert) of the 1 7th c e n t u ry , the golden age of re l ig ious poetry in Engla n d . I I (4)
389
ENGLISH SATIRE AND SENSIBILlTY, 1660-
1800
A study of neo-c1assic w ritings an� the d e vel op i ng so
cial a'wa reness o f the p re-romantic age: Dryden a n d
Pope t o Johnson a n d Bra ke . 1 (4)
390 THE ENGLISH ROMANTIC MOVEMENT A s t u d v of the ro mantic awakening in E nglan d : Bla ke, Word s��ro rth, C o l e ri dge, Shel ley, Kea t s , Byron , a n d o the rs. 1 (4) 391
LITERATURE OF VICTORIAN ENGLAND
Selected au thors (including Carlyle, Te nnyson, Dickens, and Ha rdy) a nd topiCS from a period o f rapid a n d m o m e n to u s social change . II (4)
TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE Selected p laywrigh ts from S h a w t o Be�k� t t; poetry of Y e at s, H a rdy, Thomas, a n d Auden; fi c tI O n o f Joyce, Woolf, l a vv r e n ce, G reene, L e s s i n g , and others. I I (4) 400 LINGUISTICS 392
See Mod
rn
a n d C l assical Languages.
403 MODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR A study o f th ree m a j o r a p proaches to gra m ma r : the trad itional, the structural, a n d the tra nsformationa l . Includes i n t roduction to th e h i story o f t h e English la nguage . II
441
(4)
AMERICAN ROM ANTIC LITERATU RE, 1820-1880 S t u d ies i n l iterary roman ticism fr o m Cooper to la me s , with e m p h a si s on the Age of Emerso n . Readtngs t n Thor 'a u , Whitman, Poe, Melville, a n d Hawth o r n e I (4) 442 AMERICAN REALlSM AND NATURALISM, 1880-1915 Fiction and cri t i cism in th e years o f A m e rica s urbani za tion a n d emergence as a n i n d us t ri a l power: Twa i n , James, Crane, Norris, Dre.ise.r. II (4) .
.
'
443 AMERI CAN LITERATURE SINCE 1915 I ntroduction to the modern tradition in poe try (Frost, Williams, Pound) and fi ction (Fitzgerald, Hem ingway, Fa ulkner) . 1 (4) 491 , 492
IND EPEND ENT READING AND RESEARCH An intensive course in n�ading. May include a I n tended fo r upper- division majors. I II ( 1 -4) 597 G RADUATE RESEARCH ( 1 -4)
thesis .
COURSE S T O BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 101 303 304 305 306 307 310 31 1 313 314 388 443
College English: American Roots The Tour of Europe The Scandinavian-American I mmigrant Experience in Literature Dreams Writing for Children Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman Modern Poetry a n d t h e Language of the Psalms Personal A dventure and Autobiography in the Northwest Letterpress Printing Workshop: Tradition and Craft Modern R ussian Literature i n Translation: 1830 to the Present A Heritage of Freedom Am erican Literature Since 1915
ENG LIS H
69
nvironmental Studies Program Students concerned about or wishing to enter graduate s tudy and career programs in such fields as environmental science, environmental law, or
resource management, may enroll in the Environmental Studies Program. A certificate will be awarded students completing requirements listed below, together with a departmental or school major progra m . A committee consisting of repr sentatives from each of the three major subject matter groupings will approve each student's course program and integrative experiences. The follow ing s pecific courses arc required: Earth Sciences 222 Economics 1 50 Business A d m i nistration 230
4 hours 4 hours 4 hours
As part o f graduation requirements, all students com p le t e either the distribu tive co re or the I ntegrated Studies Program. Studen ts i n t h e Environmental Studies Program shou ld select from among the fol lowing cOu rses to meet these requirements:
Distributive Core Arts/Litera tu re : A r t 381 a n d one elective i n litera t u re 8 h o u rs . Natural Sciences/Mathematics: Biology 1 1 1 ; Chemistry 1 03, 1 04; Com pu ter Science 1 44; Earth Sciences 1 0 1 , 1 3 1 , 202; Mathematics 127, 1 28; Natural Sciences 1 06 8 hours Philosop hy: 1 25; 225 p l u s 226 or 325 or 326 '7 o r 328 or 385; 324; 3 1 ; 381; 395; or 427 4 hours Religion: 351 , 382, or 4 5 1 , and on e elective from Biblical Studies o r I n te g rative and Comparative Religious Studies 8 hours Social Sciences: History 460; Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 . 345, 356; Sociology 1 0 1 , 240, 331 (Economics 1 50 may also be counted as fulfilling a core requirement) 8 h o u rs or CORE II (I ntegrated Studies Program) I n tegrated S t u d ies 1 1 1 - 1 1 2, 221-222 or 223-224, 241-242 or 243-244, 35 1 28 h o u rs In the areas of Natura l Sciences and Ma thema tic; one ad d i ti on a l course (4 h o u rs) is required, which should be s e le ct e d from those listed "bovc u n de r Distributive Cort', Integrative Experience - 4 h o u rs: Du ring the senior year or at another approved t i m e, all students pa r tici p a te in " study-research action program designed to draw upo n the b roa d backgro u n d o f the above courses and the expertise ofthei r own major fie l d s . CourSt'S may i n c l ud e , but a re not l i m i ted to, appropriate i n terim cours '5; departmental or interdisciplinary seminars; in depen dent study or research cou r�es; field experience and i n ternship programs; em p lo ymen t or volunteer se rv ice within commu nity agencies or orga niza tion s Environmental Studies Committee: Miller, Chair; Bergman, Churney, D. Hansen, Lauer, Lowes, Martinson, Schwidder, Stiv ers, Tonn.
cccx:::::cx=r::J
L-�
J -:J C'O � L/
=
Global Studies Program T h i s Gl oba l Stud ies Pro)?;ra m is C1 r 'sponse to globa l
w h ich i n creasingly a ffect o u r l i v . Eco no mic, cu l t u re d , and p o l i t ica l i n terd p n d c n ce ha c a tr n d s
s ig n i fi c a n t i m p a c t on carel' r p o s s i b i l ities a n d ed uca t i o n " l provid
s
n �ed s .
The
I llba l S t u d i , . Prog-ram
stude n t · w i t h t h
k no w l 'dge a n d
tiv '5 t he need to u n derst, nd c lnd function effectivel y in today's world. p ' rspc
FACU LTY A co mmi ttee of faculty and faculty associates administers this program: Gul din, Chair; Brown ing, Dumof, Kelleher, King, L. Klein, Lowes, Randall, Rasmussen, Toven, Ulbricht, Carr (coordi nator) .
L
GLOBAL STU D I E S COMP L E M E TA R Y M AJ O R rh ,loh,,1 S t u d i es maj )r i , t('rIll('d < l " om plcnll' nlary " major berd u � l' it i , a second m<1jor i n a d d i t i o n t J 11 reg u ln r d i s ' i p l indry major. S t ud e n t s cI ding th� G l oba l S t u d i s m <1' ) f , 1" req u i red to tied, re i1 t r a di t io n a l d i sci p l i n a ry major bdor� t lCY de l a re a G l o b a l S t u d ies m iljar. I n a dd i t io n , t h e G l o ba l Stud ies maJll r m u l tid iSCip l i na ry, d r a wing buth i ts CQu rse: a n d facu l t y irom d ep a r t m e n ts of the d iv i s io n '> of hu mu l l i t i e s , naturill "'iences, and soci'l l. scie nces a nd from the chool uf till' Arts.
/
is
REQUIREM NTS TIle Glubal S t u dies Com m i t kl' chair assist.· � t udents to sl'il'd m <: lllbcrs from un � d v i�o ry cOlll m i ttee lIf at l " il st t w o f,1("lli t d i fferent l{i � ci p l i n t � . T h L' a d v isory cOlll m i t le' ' helps s t u d e n t s pl'lIl t h ' i r pl'<)�rJ m o f s t u d ies. S t u d e n t s t, k e d m i n i lll ulll n f e i g h t ('ou rsL'� ( 2 se nll' st er h o u !") i nc l u d i n g : 1 . T h e i n t ro d u ctory "global stu d ie , " ,-,)urs,' (4 Sl'nwst<'r hOll rs): A n t h ropology/ H i s t ory 2 1 0, G l o b,d Perspc tives. 2. Three courses ( 1 2 S l' llll's te r huu rs) fro m one World Region C l uster, i . e . , fro111 the AsiJ, ur E u ro p e , or T h i rd World
:
3.
clu sters.
Th ... ,<, ( u u rses ( 1 2 ,;eme tel' h o u rs ) fnll11 on e C lobal I s s u l's l u s ter, i . e . , fr,'m the u d L ' rn i LJ t ion a n d Dl'vl' l o p m e n t; o r ( ;lob.ll Rl' ' O l l r(('S d n d Tra d('; o r W.l r, Revul u t i u n , a n d ['('ace; u I' Sucil'ly, - u l t u re , and T ra d i tillllS d u s ters. 4. c u l mi n at ing s{' m i n J r (4 sc m est er hours ) . S t u d e n ts Jre ell uu ra ged t o ust: t h e se m i n a rs u f t he i r primary mujor when pr<1 tic.l i ; i f such s,' m i n a r,; Jrl' n o t av,l i l a ble, stut\,' n t s mJy e n rol l i n a 'pl'cial s e m i n J r for Globa l S t udies. rhis c u l mi nati ng �cniur sl' m i n J r is t,) be co m p le ted u n - va mpu5, or a s d spec i al projee[ off- -a m p u s ;)s pMt o f d tu n' ig n st u d y c x p r i{' l l c "
<:
5. Spl' ia l Re q u i remL'nts. a . Course!; s�I,'ct , d i n each World Rt' g i o n a n d Glubal Issues l u ster m u st b from <It l ea s t t w o cliff 'rent d i SCi p l i n e s . in i1 l a ngu age b . S t u d e n ts m u st d em o n s t ra t e' p rdicien rele v a n t to th l' i r World Region ana at a level consistent w i t h O p t io n I of the Coil 'ge o f Arts and Sciencl's foreign l a n guage req u i re m e n t . T h iS may b e (c o m p li s he d through proficiency exa m i n a ti o n or t h rou g h t h e equ ivalent of I ii semester n o u rs u f cOllrs('work. C. tuden ts may not a p p l y more t h a n two. cnu rses (tl se m es ter h ours) from the i r pnmury major to the l'ompleml'n tary major. However, such special crediting of courses from the p r i m a ry major tll the complemen t a ry major m u s t be a p proved by a student's advisory com m i t tee a n d th ' Globa l Stud ies Cum m i t tel' c h a i r .
;)
I
GLOBAL STUDrES M l OR Tlw Clob<tl S t u d i<.'s m i nor (formC!rly he F ore i gn Are,l St u die s min or) pMil lll'ls the Global Stud ies major. S t u d e n ts MIC required . _ to wl11 p k l e fiv(' courses (2n scme�tl' r h o u rs ) I I1cJ udin g : . I Til l' I n l rociuctor . ,Ioba l S ttl d le,' (ourse: An t h ropo l ob'Y' H l s tory 2 10 , C ; lob,1 I Pcrspcctivc . . 2. Th ree cnu rses from u m: World I{egion Clu - te r o r t h ree (ours ' 5 from onc GloLxl l 1 sucs Cluster ( 1 2 semester hours). 3 . Where J p p l ic,l b le, a c u l m i n a t i n g sl' m i na r, research p roject, or uf(- ('illl1 P U S rroject ( 4 semestcr h o u rs) . Siudents elcc t ll1 g t-he l obal . t u d i e s minur a re to consu l t w i th t h E' Global Stud ics Co m m i t tee chai r ,l nd t ill' a ppropriate cl u s te r Cllllrd i n J t or.
COURSES AVArlABLE eN THE GLOBA L STU DfES
PROGRAM I . ,Iob;ll Pl'rspectiv '5 ( A
THII l IST 2 1 0 ) . Req u i red o f ,1 1 1 ·tudICnts_ 11_ u l m i n a t i n g Speci,1 1 f'rojIClJ S p m i n a r . R quirICd o f a l l q u len s . I I I . W RLD REGI N ( - huos(? UIl(' re'gion a n d th ree OlUrs w i t h i n t h a t regi un . ) A . Asia Ouster Coord i n a tor: G . C u l d i n ( A n t' h ropology) Tlw sia Ci u s tl'r t' nCllm passes Sou t h , Southeast a n d East Asia. -eled one courS ' trom each , tego ry a nd from a t Il'�st two de pa rtme n ts. I . IlltrodlictiOlI (I course) A n t h ropology 350 - C u l t u res d n d Peoples of Asia I l istn ry I DS) - E�;;t('rn C i v i l i z a t i o n 2. lilt IIml or [ al1<lllal 1"0(11" ( J cOlm;c) A n t hropoillgy 352 - C h i nesE' u l t u rc dnd Society H istory 340 - Modl2rn China and Ja p a n Rc l igic,n 361 - P hiloso p h ic a l ilnd Rel igiou s Traditions o t ' I n d i,l R 'Iigion 362 -- Phi lnsophical ;1l1d Relig-ious Trad i tions ot hint 3. Occtn>c (I co ll r"e) _ Any other CoursE' i n Categories I and 2 above.
B.
uro pe
nurciina tors: . B row n i n g ( H istory). J . Rasmussen A . roven (Modern a n d C l a ssical Languages)
and _
('h is c l u s t e r deals w i t h the cu l t u res and history of u rOPl' . Stud nts may p u rsue e i t h er a natiomil, regio nal, topica l , or period focus. , I c t o n e ClJurse from each categorv , n d frum at least two departm e n ts _ I . l"l rl�tllc/iol/ ( I cours , ) I n tegr, tcd Studi es 1 1 1 - Nature a n d Supernature I n egTated Stu di 's 1 1 2 - From Fin i te to I n fi n i t e I n teW<tled S t u d i s 222 - T h e Burden Llf H u m a n Respn nsibili ty: 20th e n t u ry Europe . . Mudern La n gua '('5 27 1 - L, tera t u re a n d SOCIety lJ1 lockrn Eur p e 2. Hlslory mId C iVlliw l /oll ( 1 course) FrC'nch 32 1 - Civilization and C u l t ur e ,erman 321 rmD n i v i l i z a t i o n Historv 107 Western Civili za tion H i s torY 32:3 - lidd ll' Ages H i s torv 324 - Renaissil nce I lis ta l')' 325 - R 'formation History 3 2 8 - 1 9t h Century Europe I l istory 329 - Euro p e and t h e World Wars: 1 9 14-1 945 Histor\' 33J -- Revolu ti ona ry Russia I l istor\' 334 - Modern Germany HistorY 341 12 - 1 7 t h Century hance: Fre ri'ch Revol u tion Sca n d i n avian 321 - Vikings Sca n d i n a v i a n 322 - Con tem porary Sca n d inavia Spanish 321 - Civilization and C u l tu re
72
GLOBAL STUDIES
3.
I.iteralure <llld illl A rl " ( 1 course) Art 1 80 - Tra d i t i o n s of VVestern Art
A r t 280 -' ModlCrn Art E n 'g l i s h 23 1 - M a s terpieces of E u rop e a n Li tcrd t u re Frc nch 421 , 422 - Masterp ieces of FrICnch L i l e r<llurc Fr('nch 43 1 , 432 - 20th Cc n t u ry FrcIlci1 Li lc ra l u r ' crman 42 1 - enn, n Li ll'ra t'llr,,: The ge of ,()l't lw crman 422 - ,crm a n Literatu r<.': The 1 9th Ce n t u rv German 43 1 - Gcrmiln Literil t u rc : The 20th Ccn t- u ry . Germ a n 432 - C o n tem porary ( ;('rm,l n L i terature M usic 1 32 - Music H i 'itnrv I !v! usic 23 1 - Music I l istor\' I I Sc,l n d i n a vi,ln 421 - I bsen: Strin dberg, a n d t h e i r C , m l em po r,l rics "can d i n (l v i <.l ll 422 - ContcnlporJ ry · ca n d i n D V i i:1 11
Litera t u r-" Spil n ish 42 1 , 422
-
Spa n i s h ,13 1 , 432 -
Mastcrpi 'CC:S of H i spanic Litera t u re 20th Century I l i s p a n i c L i terature
C. Th i rd World Cuord i nillor: E. D u m o r (Sociology) This cl uster focuses <l t tl' n tion on pwblei11s and issuPs related to soci o-cul t u ra l , econ o m ic , and puli tical tra n s forma t i ons tilking place in the Th i rd Wor l d . Select one Cllu r�1C from ICach categllry a n d f ro m at least two departme n ts _ 1 . fTliroducliol1 ( 1 Cllursc) Sociology 242 - The Sociology of t h e Thi rcr World A n t h ro p ology 440 - Power, Pol itics, and [<l' vu l u li on
2. RC�10I1ii! {'ow; ' a) A frica: A n t h ropology 360 - C u l tures a n d I'l'oples uf Africa Pol i t ical Science J 6 - Africdn Pol i tica l '�lenlS
b) La t m Amcrica : Spa n i sh 322 - La t i n Am eriG1n i v i l i za t i o ns , m el Cul tures H i S llJl-" 335 - La t i n A m erica n History A n t h r (l p o l o g y 332 - C u l t u re s and PeopllCs of I <l tin Ame rica 3 . Socida! FOCTls (1 course) Religion 363 - I s l a m Sociology 280 - I n t ro d u ction t o Race [< elations Sociology 343 - Social Movements and C h a nge Sociologv 441 - Race, Revol u tion, and Devcll; p i n g A reas IV. GLOBAL ISSUE (Choose one issuE' and t h ree courses w i t h i n t h a t- issue . )
A. G lobal Resources & Trade Coord i n a tor: B. Lowes ( Earth Sciences) ou rses in t h i s cluste r provide it perspective on how the worl d ' s n a t ura l resources are dllitributed and on p<lra metl'.rs l i m i ting their d i s t ribu tion and pote n t i a l , a s w e l l as t h e d e l i c a te i n terdepl'. ndence between n a tIons in i n ternatio n a l trade. Select one course from each category and from at least two depart m e n t s . 1 . Illtroducl ioIT ( I course) Earth SciencICs 1 0 1 - World Geogra p h y 2. TOl'ica!, Me/hodolo,\ica! Foci (1 course) Ea rth Sciences 341 - Energy a n d Minera l Resou rces for the Future Economics 3 3 1 - I n terna t i o n a l Economics Econom ics 381 - Com para tive Econ nmic Sv s te m s I n tegrated S t u d i l!.s 242 - T h l! T(?chnological Society: Lim i ts to Growth Poli tical SciencIC 231 - Current I n ternational Affairs P ol i tical Science 336 - I n ternational Orga ni zation a nd Law 3. Eleclive: Any addi t i o n a l course from ca tel'wry 2 above
B. Mod rnuation and Development Cluster 'nordin.ltl)r: E. Du mor ( So ci o lo gy ) T h i s cl u s t ( ; r l' xa m i nl's computing p a ra d i g m s a n d t h t'or i e s uf m o dern iza t i o n a n d d e vel op m e n t . I t e x a m ines t h e process of modernizJtion n o t o n l y in h i storical t e rm s but a b() in terms of the p mble m s i t cngenLiers for o n tem porary societies, S c l (;ct o n e cou rse trom each categ()rv and fmm a t l e as t two d e p a r t m e n t s . 1 . I n t roduction ( I course) Sociology 493 - S e m i n a r in Devel o p m e n t 2. I'rni,iclJIs i l l Modcmizalion fwd DCl'e/opnlcllt ( 1 course) i t ies in Time ami Space A n t h ro polo�;y 450 I n te ' r a te d Stu d ies 241 - The Tech nologica l Society: T h r u s t for G m w t h I n tegrilted S t u dies 242 - T h e Techno logical Socit;ty: L i m i ts t() Growth Soc i ol og y 390 - Sociology of Poverty 'Socio logy 387 - I l u nger ':lO d World Popula tion 3 . Electives ( 1 cou rse) A n t h ropology 330 - C u l tures and Peoples of a l ive N o r t h A m e rica Econom ics 2')0 - Con tem p o ra ry Eco n o m ic Problems Eco n o m ics 33 1 - l n tcrnJ ti ona l Eco nomics Econom ics 3S1 - Com pJ rJtive Economic Sy s t e m s I-l i;; t o ry 340 - MoJern China � n d Ja p., n Pol i t ical Sei n ee 336 - I n te r n a t i onal rganization and I .a w Pol it ical Science 3il3 - Westm i n s t e r Model
C. Society, Cul ture, a n d Traditions Coo rd i n a t o r: L K le i n ( A n t h ropology)
This c l u s ter focu ses on the customs and traditions of pe o p l e s a ro u n d the w o r l d , ,� m p h a s i z i n g s ym bo l s and i n t e rp rsona l relationsh ip as re fl ec te d �n K i n s h i p , my thology, the a r t s , rel igi o n , l a w s , a n d custom s . Select one cou rse fro m each cil tcg o ry �nd from at lea st two df'p, r t m e n t s ,
1. llltrurillcfiol/ ( 1 course) A n t h ro p ology 102 _. Exp loring A n t h rupology: C u l t u re .l n d Societv
al/d {den/osy (1 course) An thropolo gy 480 - Gods, Magic, w n d Momls Re l ig i o n 21i1 - Re l i gions o f t h e World I I)' t)" R i t u a l , ,1 I1d Symbol R e l i g ion 2()2 - V SOC i ol o gy 380 - Sociolo gy of Religion
2 . IZ('I1Sioll
D . War, Revolution, a n d Peace Coord i n<ltor: S. R a n d a l l ( I l istorv) Thi� torinil c l u s ter f ocu se s on tf;e problc' m � a n d i s s u p s of war, re \ ·o l u t i o n , a n d pe,1('('. Studc'nt , C'x.l lll i n e t l1(:5(, p bl e m s t h l' s l' p ro b l e m s c o n cept u ., l I v , b u t a l s l l focus on th e h u m a n c i c: m e n t s b e h i n d th ' 1l1l'dlan i.slic (ore � k'a d in g to war, revo l u t i o n , .m el peace. S 1(', t one c o u rs e from each L<l tcgory 'l I1ci Irom at I '.I s t t\VU dC p d r t' m e n t s . I . I n l roductio/1 (l c o u rs� ) I n tegrated S t u di e s : War a n d Peace (chou;" one of tWl») I n tq;riltt!d S t u d i es 24 : 1 hl' x pe ri en cc of Will" I n te gra t ed Stu di es 244: Prospect" f or W a r a n d Peace 2, Llce/iues: Th ,;orelilll/ /\'pcd'; ( I c o u rse) A n t h ro p o log 440 - I'uwer, Po l i t ics, a n d Rcvolu tion Eco n o m i c s 38 1 - (lll1 p.uil t i v c Eco n o m i c vste m s P h ilos o phy 324 - Phi loso p hical na lysis or Social Probic: m s Pol i t ical Scil'n,; 32 - Rece n t P o l i t ic. I T h o u g h t Politicol Science 336 - I n tern" tiunal OrgJni7<l tiol1 ., n d
ro
r
l , d \.V
Po l i t ica l Sei c n e(' 384 - o l11 m u n i s l Political System" 'o("iill Psychology Psy (- hologv 330 Religil)n I h ri s t i a n T h o u g h t a n J V I I odcrn Conscious ness o(' � ()l ogy 343 S(Hj d l Nl ()v enl .c n t � a n d � h a n g e . S OCiology 441 - Race, R c v o l u t I o n , a n d Devcloplllg .ou n t rics I n t('gra tcd S t u c i i 0S :!43, 244 - Option o f taking t h e I n tc g rdted S t u d ies c�) u rs" not ta ken to f u l t i l l a requirt' m e n t i n <1 t gory I "bov<.'. C/ccliv<',,: Cil"" � Cl co u rse) A n t h ropology 30 - C u l t u res Jnd Pcoples o f 1 a l i vc. N u r t h l\ 1l11'riLa l-l i 5 to l " 329 - Europe � n d the W o l d W.l r,;: 1 9 / 4- 1 94'0 H i �tor 333 Revo l u t i on,l rv Rw ;sia H i story 340 - Modern C h i Tl " < m ([ J a pilll H i stnr 34 1 1 2 - 1 7t h C<: n t u r ' Fr.lTlCc:
4�
�
3.
-
r
French Revolu t ion
J- l i stur 352 - The A lllc riC;dn Revolutiun Political Sciencc 32 1 - Cu rre ll t I n t('rnil h o n a l A if.li rs 'Subject to beu lty a p proval
3 . f/('(fi' l" (I cuurse) iI. LJ11 r ...: : A n t h ro p o l () gy 440 - I ' ower, I ' o l i ties, .1 nd
Re vol u t i o n Pol i tic.ll " cience 282 C o m para t i v e Govern m e n t ! 'o l i t i c a l Scie n c e 311 1 - Co m pa r " t i v e L"gil l H i sto ry Soc i o log y 4:;() - Sociology of L , W b . Custo/)/,;: A n t h ropol ogl' 46() - W o m e n .l nd M (' n in W o r l d C u l t u n's Sociology 406 . . - S('X R o l es and Society I l i s to ry 47 1 - A m erica n Though t and C u l t u re c. F.fllll i,'il ij. A n t h ro r ()k'�:iY 470 - E t h n i c G ro u p s
GLOBAL STUDIES
73
T h ro u g h the s t u d y
o f h i s t o ry a t Pacific L u t hera n
U n ivers i t y st udt' n ts ga i n a n u nd e r ta n d i n g a n d p p reci a t i o n of t h e h i s toricc I pers p e c t i v e .
Opport u n i ties for deve l o p i n g a n a l y t i c a l a n d i n terpreta t i ve
ski.ll
r e p rovided t h rough research
a n d w ri t ing p r oj ect , i n t r n s h i p , cl a s s prese.nta r i o n s ,
s t u d y t o u r . The p r a tice of the h i t o rical m e t hod l ead t n d e n ts off ca m p u to t h e i ' h metow ns, to E u ro pe or China or t h E America n W 5 1 , a n d to c o m m u n i t y i ns t i t u t i o ns , bo t h priva te a nd publ i c . The d· partme n t cmph< siz s in d i v idu al a d v i s i n g in r ' l a ti o n to both self-directed s t u d i e s a nd and
r gulax
The u n i v >rsity l i brary h o l d i ngs
cour · e s .
in l u de signi fica nt c o l l e ction - in America n, E uro pea n , a n d Plains Room
n-We -tern h i s tory. The
n
f t ht: l ibrary s p cia Iize, i n
Pa
isqually ific
N ut hwes t cll m n1Ll n i tv studjes . C re e r o u t l ets for
j
ma ors
nd m i lll
r
a r� ejther d i rect
r
supp
bu. i ness, law, tea ching, p u b l ic service, news me d ia , a n d other occu patio n s .
rtive in
FACULTY Martinson, Chair; Browning, Malone, Nord q uist, Ra ndall. BACHELOR O F A R TS MAJOR: M i n im u m of 3 2 se m C' ster hou rs, i n c l u d i n g 4 h o u rs - A m e rica n field, 4 h o u rs - E u ro p e a n fil'id, ,l J1d 4 h o u r s - n o n -v c s t · ' m fi c l d . S t u d e n ts a rc expected to work cl osel y w i t h t ill' depJrL m c n t ' s facu lty a d visers to i n su re the mo�t p e r s on d l i 7c d pro g r'l !l1 S a n d i n s t ruction possible. Majors Me u rged to meet till' l o rcli'jn la nguage re q u i relll C' n t of the Col lege of Arts <l nd Sciences unci ' r c i t h e r O p t i o n I or Op t i o n I I . Thosc Ill d jO . who 'He prqxl r i n g for p u b l ic school teaching ca n meet the Sl<ltc h i 'i t o ry certlfied tion req u i rement bv e n ro l l i n g i n f fistory 460. A l l sen ior miljors are requircd to t,l ke (ou r h o u rs of s e m i n a r crc d i t . M I N O R : 20 semester h o u rs, 1 2 ho u rs f r o m courses n u mbert:d above 300. riw m i nor In h i story e m p h a s i /.es a " p ro gr'l m focus" and a " p ro g ra m p l a n , " w h ic h is 'l rra n g c d by the st u d e n t i n co n s u l tation Ivith ,1 depurtmen t'l l adviser. BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Set: Schuol of Educa tio n .
COURSE OFFERINGS Cou rses i n the Departmen t of History a re offered in the following areas: AMERICAN FIELD 251 252 253 354 356 451 460 471 494
COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HIS TORY TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY THE AMERICAN CIVIL WAR AMERICAN D I PLOMATIC HISTORY AMERICAN LEGAL HISTORY WEST A N D NORTHWE ST HlSTORY OF A MERICAN THOUGHT A N D CULTURE SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY
EUROPEAN FIELD 107, 321 323 324 325 328 329 332 334 341 342 495
108 HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION THE MIDDLE AGES RENAISSANCE REFORMATION NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE EUROPE AND THE WORLD WARS: 19141945
ENGLAND: TUDORS A N D STUARTS MODERN GERMANY, 1848-1945 SEVENTEE NTH CENTURY FRANCE THE FRENCH REVOLUTION SEMINAR: EUROPEAN HISTORY
NON-WESTERN FIELD 109 210 333 335 340
HISTORY OF EASTERN CIVILIZATION GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES REVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN
ALL FIELDS 399 401 492 496 501 502 505 591 595 597, 599
INTERNSHIP WORKSHOPS INDEPEN DENT STUDY SEMINAR: HISTORY AND HISTORIANS WORKSHOPS SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS DI RECTED STUDY GRADUATE READINGS 598 RESEARCH PROJECT THE S I S
1 07, 108
HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVIl.lZA TION Analysis of institutions and ideas of selected civiliza tions. Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Christianity, and Medieval E u rope i n the firs t semester; E u rope from the Renaissa nce t o the present in the second semester. I n (4,4)
109 HISTORY OF EASTERN CIVILIZATION The h i s torical evolution of the civilizations of China, Japan, and India. Focuses on cultural, political, and social develo pmen ts . (4) 210
GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE S : THE WORLD IN CHANGE A survey of global issues affecting the human condi tion in a rapidly changing and increa singly in terde pen dent world: modernization and development; economic cha nge and i n terna tional trade; d i minishing peace and j u s tice; and resources; war and re volution; . cultural di versity. These issues are examined in a multi- d isciplina rv light using case studies d rawn from non-Western an d Wes tern nations . Emphasis on the development of a global pers pec tive which recognizes humil n com monal ities as well as d ivers i ty in percep tions, values, a n d p riori ties . (4) 25 1 COLONIAL AMERICAN HISTORY Ame rican institutions from colonial times to the 1 790s; the grow th of the colonies and their relil tionship to the Bri tish imper iill syste m . (4) 252
NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN HI STORY From Jeffe rson to Theodore Roosevelt; interpretation of eras from social, poli tical, economic, and biogra phi cal viewpOints. (4) 253
TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN HISTORY Trends and events in domes tic a n d foreign affairs s ince 1 900; affluence, u rban growth, a nd social con trasts . (4)
321 CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION The ancient Mediterra nean world with em phasis upon Greek and Roman civiLizations . (4) 323 THE MIDDLE AGES Eu rope from the disi ntegration of the Roman Empire to 1 300; read ing iln d research in medieval materia l s . (4) 324 RENAISSANCE E urope in iln age of transition - 1 300 to 1 500. (4) 325 REFORMATION Political a nd rel igious crisis in the 16th century: Lu thera nism, Zwinglianism, Anglicanism, Anabap tism, Calvinism, Roma n Catholic reform; Weber thesis, the beginni ngs of Baroque art. (4) 328 NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE The expansion of European civi lization from 1800 to 1 91 4 . (4) 329
EUROPE AND THE WORLD WARS:
1914-
1945
W o rld War I; revolution and return to "normalcy" ; de pression and the rise of fa scism; World War II. (4) 332 ENGLAND: TUDORS AND STUARTS Politica l , socia\, economic, legal , and cultural develop ments . (4)
HISTORY
75
333
R EVOLUTIONARY RUSSIA
Po t-Pet r the r al R u ssia; the' esta b l i s h m e n t of CzL rist au lo racy; t h e , r a t Reforms of t h e 1 9t h cen lur ; the r is )f lhe r· v l l u t i ona ries; B l s hevi, m, Len i n , and the Revo l u t i o n s of 1 9 1 7; the conso l i d a tion of t he SovieL ·tat (4) .
3 4
MODERN GERMANY, 1 848- 1 945 The l-{evolu tions of 1 848 a nd u n i fi cc tion of G e r ma n y ; B isma rcki, n a n d W i f he. rn i a n m p i re s ; W e i ma r R e p u b "
Ii
(4)
a n d the r i s e o f Na tional So i alis m; the T h i rd Rt� i c h .
335
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
(4)
340 MODERN CHINA AND JAPAN Th e m odern t ra n s forma tion of -a t Asia: Western i m perialism a n d d ! [ 1 a stic decli ne; J a pa n ' s " m i racle" mo d ern i za tion ; Ch i n, 's semi-col n i a l i s rn , na t i o n a l i s m , a n d Re publicm revol u tion; t he rise of Mao a n d c m m u nist rev l u ti 11; J apan's m il i t a r i s m a n d the road Lo P ( r i H a rbor. (4) S EVENTEENTH CENTURY FRANCE
St ruc t u r� of sod ty, dev lopment of abso l u t i s m , pro test of p o p u l a r cl ses, ro l·' o f France i n i n t rn a t i onal affa irs, rigin s of the E nl ig l te nm e n t . (2)
342
THE FRENCH REVOLUTION
Stru c t u re of society, ori gins and ou rse o f the Revo l u t i u n , a n d i t s i m p a c t o n Fra nc a n d ' u ro p e . (2)
54
THE AMERICAN C T V l l W A R
n ana lysis of t h e ce n t ra l dramil ot" U . s . hi tory a nd t h e pro t o u nd impc ct o n 2 0 t h ce n t u ry Americ a n soda l, pol i t i cal, a n d econom ic cond i l i ns. (4)
356
AM ERICAN D IPLOMATIC mSTORY
The practic fu n c t i o n , a n d s t ru c t u re of A merican for eign policy w i t h pa rti lI lar e m p h a s i s on t h e tw n he t h ,
ce n tury. (4)
399 I NTERNSHIP
A res 'arch a nd wri t i ng project i n con nec t i o n w i t h a s t u dent's a p p roved otf-cil m pus work or trc vel act iv i t y . P ri mary g al is to ga i n hi tori al pers p e c t i ve n uch act[, ity, or a dimension of i t . P re re q u iSi te: sopho more s!il nd i ng p l u s one cours i n hjst ory, and conse n t [ lh e ep, rt m 11.1. (1 -6)
4
1
WORKSHOPS inl fi el d s for varying periods of
Work hops in spe tim . ( 1 -4)
45 1 AM ERICA N LEGA L HI STORY Dimen i n s of A merican law as it relates h istorical periods. (4)
76
Fro n tier and regi o n a l p e rspec tives. I n te rp retative, il l u s trative h i story, and opportunities for off-ca mpus resea rc h . (4)
471 HISTORY OF AMERICAN THOUGHT A N D CULTURE
Dime nsions h i story . (4)
of
A merican
social
and
i n te l lectual
492
IN DEPEND ENT STUDY
494
SEMINAR: AMERICAN HISTORY
495
SEMINAR: EUROPEAN HiSTORY
501
WORKSHOPS
( 1 -4)
A su rvey o f t h e major a s pec ts of La t i n A merica n h i L o ry from co lonial t m od l'rn L i m e s . S p a n i s h a n d Por t u guese i n s ti tu t ions , i n ter- A m rica n rela t i o n s , a n d cas·· , t u d ie:, of Me ' ico, Arge n tina, Braz i l , a nd Cuba .
34 1
460 WEST A N D NORTHWEST The A merican West in the 1 9 t h and 20 t h ce n t u ries.
HISTORY
to cha nging
( 4)
(4) 496 S EMINAR: HISTORY AND HISTORIANS (4) G ra d uate workshops i n special fiel d s periods of t i m e . (1-4)
for vary i ng
502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY A I1 analysis o f social e x p l a n a t i o n a n d t h e social scien tI!!C fra m e o f reference. (4)
505
SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS
Basic re search conce p t s a p p lied to labora tory, fi eld, a n d biblio gra p h i c s t u d ies. Topics i nclude fo r m u la t i ng research questions, research deSi g ns, da ta-ga t h e r i n g t c h n iques, a nalysiS of data a nd th eo ry construc t i o n . E m p h a s i s on u n d e rs t a n d i ng a n d ('va l ua t i ng rather than co n d uc t i n g research . (4)
59 1 D I RECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) 595
GRADUATE READINGS
I n dcpende n t s t u d y c a rd req u i re d .
597, 598
(1-4)
599 (4)
(4)
RESE ARCH PROJ ECT
THESIS
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 312
Th e American Dream
314 Five Novelists and the 20th Century European Crisis
316 Christianity in the Pacific Northwest: A Heritage Discovered
3 17 Pearl of the Orient Seas: The Philippine U. S. Connection
DIVISION OF
H
The Divi sion of Humanities, composed of the Depa rtments of English , Mod rn and Classical L nguages, Philosophy, and Rehgion, offers a wide range of courses, both traditional and in novative. Members of the divi ion are committed to excel lent classroom ins truction a nd to the research and service which support and dra w on that instructio n . As preparation for tra ditional majors, as a course to the professions, and as a means to fi nding and fulfilling the excellence in oneself, the humani ties are as much the heart of a liberal education as they have ever been. Complementing this training i n the la nguage, literature, thought, and belief o f the past i s a n increasingly visible involvement o f the division with placing its students i n internships and rela ted work experiences such a s t h English Department's Publishing Careers Progra m . As one member of the divi ion has written, the humanitie "call us to become fully human and to act h umanely, compassionately, crea tively in a n ever-cha nging society . "
anities FACULTY D . M . Martin, Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of English, Modern and Classical Languages, Philosophy, and Religion.
As a division w i t h i n the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Humanities offers pro g ra m s in each constituent department leading t o the B . A . degree. Course offerings and degree re q uiremcnLďż˝ are listed under: ENGLISH M O D E R N A N D CLASSICAL LANGU AGES PHILOSOPHY RELIGION
Integrated Studies rogram The Tntegrated Studies Program (Core II) is de igned as a n alterna tive mode of sa tisfying core curriculum requirements. Consisting of a constclla � i n of interdisciplinary cou rses, the program explores a ce n tral theme The Dynam ics of Change from a variety of academic pe rspective s . The program stresses critical thinking and writing. And it ncoLlragcs the growth of camaraderie as students progress toge ther through its sequences. -
-
A brochure i s ava i labl or
from the Admissions Office
the program coordinator in the Provost's Office.
FACULTY Sele ted from Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Communication Arts, Economics, Engl ish, History, Mathematics, Modern and Classi cal Languages, Philosophy, Physics, Political Scie nce, Psychology, Religion, and Sociology. ISP Committee: Benton, Chair; Giddings, Huber, McGinnis, N ord q uist, Oberholtzer, Rasmussen. ISP Coordinator: Carr.
REQUIRE MENTS 1. SEQU I:: E I : THE I D E A OF PROGRESS Nurm a l l y takcn in the fre s h m a n Yl'a r .
(2 cuur�es, 1 1 1 - 1 1 2)
2. TWO O F T H R E E 200-LEV EL S E Q U F. . ES (2 c o u r s ' S cum, 4 total) SEQUENCE II: (2 courses i n the 220' 5) : 22 1 : The Developing I n d iv i d u a l (Full '8 1 ) 222: The Bu rden of 1 I u m a n Respo n � ibility ( Sp ring '82) 223: The Emergence of Mind and Morality (Fall '82) 224: The [lrain, Consciousness, and Transcendence (Spring '83) OR SEQ U E N C E I I I : (2 courses i n the 230's) 231 : Symbol, La ngua ge, and M y t h (Fa l l ' 8 1 & S p ri n g '83) 232: Model a n d Meta p ho r (Sprin g '82) 233: I maging Sel f a n d World (Fa ll '82) OR SEQUE. CE IV: (2 course� i n the 240's) 24 1 : Thrust for Technological Growth (FilII ' 8 1 ) 242: Li mits t o Tech nologic,, 1 .rowth (Spring '82) 243: The Experience of War (Fall '82) 244: Pro 'pects for War and Peace (Spring '83) 3. C NCLU D I N G S E M I N A R (1 course): 3 5 1 Taken , fter o r a l. ong w i t h t h e ii nnl 2()O-level course. TOTA L: SE E COU RSES (28 hours)
POUCIES A N D GUIDELINES FOR CORE II
l . St u d e n ts rnav begin in any sequc nc ' , a lthuugh Scqul'nce I ( t h e r" q u i rec1 s e q u e nce) i-; u s u a l l y t<lken first. 2 . Ikca usc t h e Sl'q u l' n u,'s a n ' des i gned as consccu t i ve, tW{)
3. 4.
5.
6. 7.
8. 9.
10. 1 1.
cour,e bcril'S, s t u d e n ts s h o u l d b eg i n i n the f i r s t cDurse ( fa l l), it po,sible. Howe ver, t h e "econd CClU rs!' mil y bc take n before t h ' first w i t h till' consent of t l " , instructors . 5 quencl's m<1y b e taken concu rrc n t l y a n d i n d n y order. As thc progra m l' v o l ves, a l tc r n a t i v s a rc bein g added u n d � r each sequcnce ( 1 1 :220s, 1 1 1 :2305, I V : 240s). St u dl' n ts s h o u l d c o m p lete t w o courses t h a t h " v e becn desig'ned togethcr (for l:xam pie, 24 1 -24 2 on "Tec h n o l o g ic,,1 Sucicty" or 243-244 o n "W.:lr ilnd Pe.:lce" ). I f n c cessarv, howev er, 1l1I11 hvo cou rses from the Sil m c . cqucnce series 11/(/11 be used . 'For exa mple 242 a n d 243, t h o ugh not d e igned together, m a y bL' tilk"n to fu l fi l l S c q u e nce I V . N u m l l rc than t w o (ou rsC'. from a n y o l1e scquencc ( 1 1 :220s, I 1 1 :230s, IV,24()s) may be c o u n ted toward the seven-course Core II re q u i r e me n t .' A d d itional Lou rs·'s from il �equcnce md)' be tak",n a� el('clives. The senl i n a r (35 1 ) i s tak n J� the co n c l u d i n g (() ur�e in lhe prl)gri1l11, e i t h e r ft r o r oncLllTc n t l y with the last cours..: of the s t u d e n t ' s t h ird seg11cnc , Students en tering Core II wi t h il p p m p r i a tl' pr v io u s wLlrscwork � t till' collegc I<1vel m;,y h a ve certa i n re q u i rl'll1cnts w a i v c d . S t u lil' n ts w i t h certa i n co m b i n a t i o ll s of ore I cour, ' S , for exa m ple, m'l)' 11avc 1 1 1 o r 1 1 2 w a ived. See t h ' p rogram coord i n a tur for det,l i l s , A l l Core I I courses (ex p t the sc m i n i H) may be taken a s Iectives b v imv s t u d c n t . 'l ost �ore� I I c(l LI r,e, mav bc t " ken to fu l fi l l certain ore I req uircI11<!. n t b , <J i n dica ted in tl1L' coursc descri p h o m ; , subject to the ilpproval of the (,,(ti l t y . SI1IL'k n t� tTil n s fcrring from Core Il to ore I may usc t h e i r o r e 1 1 cou . , . to ll1ed c ' rtai l1 Core I requ iremen t s 'l fter c o nsu l t i n g w i th t h e pTOgrdm coord i n a lo r . Ile I n tegril tl'd S t u d ie s Program is d i rected b ' a s ven-p 'rson co m m it tee of fil c u l ty fl.'lx(" sen ting the aca d e m i c iHeas p�l r ticipaling- in the p rogra m . The com m i t tee el ects a c h a i r a n d i :s s u pp orted by the program coord i nator in t h e Provost's Office . .
SEQUENCE I: THE IDEA OF PROGRESS ( 1 1 1 -1 1 2)
s u rvey of Western c u l t u re from the Renai ssa nce through the 19th cen t u ry , e m p h a s izing the i n teraction of re ligious, p h i losop h ical, a nd p o l i ti cal beliefs with the emergence o f n e w arts a n d science , .
111 N ATURE A N D SUPE RNATURE A study of the emergence o f modern science , the de velopment of de mocra tic pol itical i deas, the renewal of the a rts, a n d t h e refo r m u la tions o f religious belief i n the Renaissa nce, Reform a ti o n , a n d E n l ighte n m e n t . T h e i d e a s a nd acco m p l is h m e n ts of Lu ther, G a l i leo, Newton, Locke, a n d 1 iume are given spe cial em p h a s i s , toge t h e r w i t h developments in l i teratu re, the i s u a l arts, a nd p o l i tics . Meets Core I req u i re m e n t s in p h i Joso phy or in religious s t u d ies (lines 2 or 3). 1 (4)
112
FROM FI NITE TO INFINITE
Develo p m e n ts in l i te ra tu re and science, poli tics a nd in u s tria l ization in the 1 8 t h a n d 1 9 th ce n t u ries. Em phasis i s given to the i n fl uence of the E n l ightenment, the A merican and French revol u t ions, the Ro m a n ti c movem e n t, the i m pact o f D a r w i n i s m a n d M a rxi sm . P re requiSite: I I I or permissi o n . Meets Core 1 requ i re ments in l i terat u re or i n social sciences ( l i n e 1 ) . Ll (4)
SEQUENCE II (Courses numb ered in the 2205) HUMAN RESPONSIBILITY (221 -222)
A study of t h e va r i o u s factors - bio logica l , psychologi cal, socia l , h istorica l - that i n O u nee the developme n t of in div id u al a n d crea te the n� d f r res p o n s ible h u man a t titude and acti o n s .
221
THE DEVELOPING INDIVIDUAL
222
THE B U RDEN OF HUMAN RE SPONS I B I L ITY: 20TH CENTURY EUROPE
T h e g r o w t h o f iden t i ty a n d conscie nce are s t u d i e d from biological, p h i J os op hica l , a n d sociological poi n ts of view, w i t h e m p h a s i s on stages of d e velo pment from dogma tism to responsibl choice . Pa rtic u l a r a t te ntion is given to con tem porary moral issues s u c h as abortion, sex roles, and criminal behavior, and to the e th ical a nd social q ue s tions they raise. M c e �s Core 1 re . qlll r ements In p h i f o s ophy o r 1.11 the SOCIal SCiences ( l i n e 2). I (4) (Fall '81 )
A study of E ur o p e a n c u l tu re from the ra pid i n d us tri a l ization of the 1 8 80s to the dilemmas pre s e nt d by N a tional So i a l i s m a n d Wo rld War 1 1 . The cou r e i n c l u d e s s tudy of politica l ideas from t h e revo l u tionary Marxism of Lenin a n d S ta l i n to the fa scism of H i tler, a s w e l l as a n expl oration of t h e iconoc lastic a r t and l i tera ture of the p e riod . Moral issues of the two wars a rc em p h a size d, i n c l u d i ng patriotism, coll abora tion a n d reSis tance, di cta tors h i p a nd burea u c ra tic respons ibi li ty . Meets Core I req u i re m e n ts i n l i te ra t u re or i n social sciences ( l i ne J ) . Pre requ isite: 221 o r p<amis s i o n . (4) ( S p r i ng '82)
MIND AND BRAIN (223-224)
his seque11ce expl re how specifica l l y h u ma n qual ities - i n c l u d i n g m ral i ty , a sense of self, a nd the ca pacity for religious experience and be lief - a re rooted in o ur bi l ogy a n d to w h a t " x tl;: n t we ca n transcend t h a t p h y s ica l he ri tage .
223
THE EMERGENCE OF MIND AND MORALITY
A s urvey of gene tics a nd evolu tion, .v i t h emphasis on the bra i n a n d the e mergence of social behavior in a ni mals, prepares for a crit ical s t u d y of the cl aims of sociobiology that h u man c u l ture and mora l i ty can be explained i n terms of our biologica l origi n s . Meets Core I re q u i re ments in n a t u r a l sciences ( l i ne 2) or phi losop h y . (4) (Fa l l '82)
224
THE BRAIN, CONSCIOUSNESS, A N D TRANSCENDENCE
A stu dy o f th bra i n a s the center o f percep tion, emo tion, consciousness, and knowledge . Includes a study of the bra i n ' s fun tions, an i n vestiga tion o f s pi ritual, mystical, and o t he r sel f- t ra n s c e n d i n g experi e nces, and a n e x p l oration o f t h e re l a t i o n hip between m i n d and bra i n , m a te ri a l i s ti c a n d non-materialis tic explana tions, a n d t h e n a t u re of p rson com mi tm e n t . Pre req u i S i t e : 223 o r permission . Meets Core I require ments i n social sciences ( l i n e 2) o r p h i losop h\'. (4) (Spri ng '83) �
INTEGRATED STUDIES
79
SEQUENCE ill (Courses numbered i n the 230s) WORD AND WORLD (23 1 -232) An e , pi ra tion of h u m " n - re t i vi ty a n d o f hovv \vords and other s mbols are used t o c re a t e and mi1 inta i n var iOll i m a g i rla tiv 'vvorlds i n rdigi 1 l1, li tera t u rti, science, mathema tics, and th ' art "
SEQUENCE I V (Courses numbered in the 240s) TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY (241 -242) A s t u d y of the o r i gi n s a n d probable c o n se q ue nces of
23 1
24 1
SYM BOL, LANGUAGE, AND M YTH
/- study of h u ma n be ings a . symbol-me k >rs who give c h e rence , n d me a n i n g to t h ci T w o r l d th rough i m a gi n ti e ' y s tem s o f art a n d scien e . S p e c i a l ( ttenhon is given to the basic m y t h s of the West and the ast, a n d t o t h e n a t u re of "Ia nguag " a s t h e s v m bol s 'stem that
evokes n d l i m i t s u ndersta nding. \fcl r i u lTla t h e m ati al systems, from Eu l i d to o n te m porary statis tics, a re -t u d ied t o , ee h o w they sha p ollr sens l f the c on cretc world and e nabl li S to deal \,vi t h i t i n sc i e n c e n d lcci11l logy . I n co m b i n , b o n w i t h 232, me e t s Core I re q u i re mc n ts in Ii t e ra l u re a n d na t u ra l sci nces ( l i nes 1 or
<
3), (4 ( F a l l ' 8 1 , S pri ll g ' IB ) 232
MODEL AND METAPHOR of t h i n k i n g merg as o n e p a ra d igm or m odel rep la ces , III th r i n sci en (' l i te ra t u re , a rt, a n d oth r a rCe s o f h u me n conc rn, T h e n LL> m p o ra ry sci e n c e a re co n t ras t e d worl d -views of A considera t i o n o f h o w new ways
,
w i t h til III cha n ical m odel of o l d C(.Hll m O n sense, w i t h cm p h a is o n indct l' rn, inacy a nd probability . A u tob iog r a p h ie s re rea d a n d w ri t t - n t o se h o w words hel p s h a pe our SI:I1S of i n d i v i d u a l ity , I n c o m bi n a t i o n w i th 23 1 , ml:: t Cor r requ i rements in l i tera t u re a n d n a t ura l -d 'llC s ( l i n e s -I. or 3) . Prere q uisile; 23 ] .. per mi::lsion . (4) ( pri n g 82) '
IMAGING SELF A N D WORLD (233, 231 ) I i s3quence explor s ho w e com t k n o w a nd pa rtiallv c reate valious k i n d s of s 'lf a nd world lhro u g (, the i m a ges o f ord i n a ry l i fe a nd t h r oug h their elabora t i o n in the sy m bol )f the arts and sci nc " . 233
r MAGING THE SELF
A s ric ' of , e rci in the v i s u a l and l i terary arts that re ea l ho the se l f is discovered and c o n st r u ct d i n o u r d a i l y world t !1 fough many k i n s of i m a yes, i n dreams, C stu ml's, song , chi d hood cl u d i n g m mo � i c s , u s s, services, d a nces, te l evi si 11, po > t ry , ske tc hi n g, a n d c o n s tructing m odels . The emphasis i s on d o i n g or m a k i ng, fol l o wed by reflective a n al ys i s . Me ' l ' C o re I re q u i rem nts in a rt I i tt.: ra ture. (4) (Fall '82)
h
d, urch
or
23 1 S ed
80
SYMBOL, LANGUAGE, AND MYTH cri p ti o n abo
INTEG RATED STUDIES
t h e d r i v(> fo r mode rn ization based o n tech nological and eco n o m i c grow t h , i nc l u d i ng it s thica l ; a e st h e ti c and religiolls i m plica tions. ,
THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY: THRUST FOR GROWTH A n a n a lysis of the i m p a c t of technOlogy on modern society and of the emergent concept ot se cu lar i s m is d Ec v e lo p e d i n a n e ffor t to u nders tand con temporary cul ture . Pro bl e ms of the i n terface of tech nol ogy with c u l ture a re exa m i ned from p h i losophica l , re l i g io u s biologica l, a n d economic pOints of v i e w . Meets Core I r q u i re m e n t s in re I i� o u s s t u d ies ( l i nes 2 or 3) or social sciences (lin 2), (4) (FaII ' 8 1 ) '
,
242
THE TECHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY: LIMITS TO GROWTH A n exploration of creative fu tu res be yo n d a technolog i al society , E m p hasis is g i v e n to a s tu d y of the l i m i ts to g ro w th i n con nection w i t h pop u l a tion, food p ro d uc ti o n , energy, pol l u tion, and material resou rces. TIle moral choices involved in a l te r native fu t u re s a re e x a m i ned together w i t h aesthe tic v a l ues a n d their im p lic a ti o ns fOf fu ture sod I order. Mee ts Co re I requ i re ments i n na tural sciences ( l i ne s 1 , 2, or 3) if t a ke n i n com bina tion w i t h "[ U -1 "1 2 a n d 2 2 1 . Prereq u i Si te: 241 o r pe rm i s s i o n (4) (Spring '82) ,
(243-244) This sequcncc explores the com p le xi ty of � a r a n d the difficulties o f achieving a nd ma m la l llll1 g a J ust p eace. I t onsider th > facts of some i m p o rt a n t wa r I l1 om ce nt u ry , i nvestigates th deeper ca u se (: f \ a r, a n d rais s the issues of person a l a n d so la l ethiCS dUri. ng a war a n d i n a society that p repares for w a r In time of peace. Wh ' n ta ken as a w � ol , thi � two � ourse se q ue nce meets the Cor . I reqUIrement Ill . 00211 soe n �e s (lin 1 ) and either p htlosophy or re l igiOUS s t u d l S W A R A N D PEACE
<
( l i nes 2 0 r 3 ) .
CONCLUDING S E M l N A R
351 INTEGRATED STU D I E S S E M I N A R A re ca p i tu l a t i o n and 0 tegra tion of the n:es from the previous sequences, I l h a d d l tlOn a l r ad mgs a n d d i s . . tOpIC fr om cussi on. Stu dents i n v�stl gate a n l l1dlvtdual . an interdiscipli nary perspective, make , formal oral presen ta tion, and complet a ? u bsta n tl. a l p a per. Pre re q ui s i te : 1 1 1 -1 1 2 a n d two a d d i t IO n a l sequences . t:1 a y be taken concurre n llv vV l t h the lasl cou rSt' of the fmal st'quence. T T l (4) �
243 T H E EXPE RIEN E O F W A R Essential background is esta blis hed by s t udyi n g the com plex h i s to ry of several major wars of our tm: e ( e . g . , World War I I , the Vietnam War, th" confli c t In the Middl �st). EmphaSIS IS pla � ed on th per� � nal experience ot w r , b o t h as soldier a nd as Clvtll � n, through i n tervievvs, fi l m s, and h te ra t u re . The e thICal . decisions i n d ivid uals m u s t make I II war-time a re con sidered as well as the pressures of o u r biologi c a l heri tage a n d our ideal istic ca uses. (4) ( F a l l '82) 244 PROSPECTS FOR W A R A N D PEACE A studv o f the i n s t i t u t ions and situations ( p o l i t ica l , eco no � ic, reLigiolls, p, ychologi a L h i s t o ric a l ) t h a t keep the modem world o n t h e brink o f war a l� d n:a ke a table, j ust peace so elUSive. ConsIdera tion IS rO"lvcn to pacificism a nd th � " j u s t war" tra di ti o n , as w �l as to the tech nology and politiCS of n u clea r war and I t s bal a n ce of terror. Students com plete a n indep(->ndent project n topics s u ch as the drafl, the ec�) � omics of a m ilitary s tate, a rms con trol, t h e competitIO n s for re sources, a n ti-co l o n ial is m a n d Marxis m . PrereqUl Ite: 243 or permission. (4) (Spri n g '83)
INTEGRATED STUDIES
81
Legal Studies Program Legal Stu dies i s a n i n terd isci p l i nary d egree progra m fo u s i n g on t h e na t u r e of la w a n d j u d i ci a l process 's . Cons i s t e n t with t h e p u r poses o f the m e rj ca n Le g a l S t u d ies Associa t i o n , the L eg a l Sl u d ies Progr<lm <I I PLU p ro v i d es a l te rn a tive appro. chcs t o the s t u d y o f law from the academic fra m ' Jrk o f the socia l sci ' n ces, t h e h u m a n i ties , b u s i n e s s , a n d e d ucati o n . Th e p rogra m e m p h a s izes the devdopme n t of a c r'i tical u n dersta n d i n g o f the fu n c t i o n s u f lilIN, the m u t u a l i m p a c t o f law a n d llci 'Iy, a n d the s o u rc e s o f la v" . Students in Legill Studies p u rsue t hese goa ls t h rough c o u rs es , d i rected resea rch , and i n t e rn s h i p s in offices a n d a ge ncies i n vo l ved i n l i t igati o n a n d legal p rocesses. FACULTY Atki nson, Director; Brue, DeB ower, Farmer, Harris, La uer, Marsh, P. Menzel, Randall, and Ulbricht.
BAG-IElOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 �eme�ter hou rs. I . Reqllired cou rSeS ( 1 2 h u u rs):
I n t wd u ction to Legal S tud ies (POLS 2( 1 ) Judicial Process ( POLS 371 ) L 'gal S t udies ReseiJrch (POLS 374) 2. emeral clccl fr,cs (8 h o u rs): Two cou rses from the fo l lowing: Am erican Legal l ! istory ( H IST 4 I ) 'o m para tiv e Legal Systems (POLS 381 ) Philosophy 0 Law (('I ilL 328) Sociology o f Law (SOC 456) 3. Spccial cia/we, ( 1 2 hours): Three courses from the fo l l owing (abo, courses i n gro u p 2 n o t ta lcn to fulfill geJ1eral clective rcqui reme nt · ma y be used to fu lfi l l speciJI elective rcquircment5 in q rou p 3): Busin " s Law (BA 435) 'vil Liberties (POLS 373) Cl)n stitu tillnal Law (POLS 372) ourt A d m inistration (PO L S 571 ) Ind ustr ial Organ ization and Public Policy (ECON 371) In terna tional Orga niLat-ion and Law (POLS (336) I n lt' ( t1ship in Legal Stud ies ( POLS 471 ) Law and Education (EDU SOl ) La\-" illld Society ( B A 230) Lm and t h L' H u m a n Services (S CW 458) cmest r hou rs, lIlc I u d l l1g 1'0htiLdi SCIence 201 and four additional cou rses sl'lectcd In co nsulta tIon With the program director. Mil OR: 2
r--./
.. t,'
tf'
'1 .1
. "
I ,I
�
Mat ematics and Computer Science C o m p u te r
The De partme n t of M a thematics a n Science o ffe r s major
corn p u te r sci e n c e a s
.
in both m a th e m a tics a n d \
ell
as
m i nors i n m a th m a t ics,
com p u ter scie nce, and s t a t i s tics .
a ny o f the
FACULTY N . C . Meyer, Chair; Alvin, E. Anderson, Batker, Brink, Dol linger, Dorner, Edison, J. Herzog, M . Herzog, Liebelt, G. Peterson, Spillman, Y i u .
fac u l t y t e a c h b o th m a t h ma t i c.o:; a n d com p u ter
scie nce
B E G l N N I N G CLASSES
M�jurs
The nc d for persons w i th q u o n ti t a t ive s k i l l s i s d ra m a ti c
the
as
w o rl d
Mathem aticia ns and
grows more
com p lex.
o rn pu ler scie n t is L have
e m plo� m e n t o pp o r t u n i ties i n b u s i nes , i n d u s try, govern men t, a n d teach i n . Pe rsons p l a n n i n g ca reer i n a l m o s t a ny field w i l l fi n d t h e i r o pport u n it ies for i n l resling and .cha l l e n g i n g Cilreer is
s tu d y
e n h a n ced by
It g ' nera l l y true lh a t tho. wh o d e vel p their q u a n ti tat ive skill i n crease their c b i l i ty to a t tack t h e more c o m p l e x p roblems o f socie ty. Ad v a n ce s i n the
f m a t h m a ti ' s a n d co m p u te r scienc.e .
science, techno logy, t h e soc.ial sciences, b u s i n ss, i nd u st ry a n d ,
go ernme n t become more a n d more
depend nt u po n p recise a na lysiS a n d the c ' trac tion of i n formation from l rg prob lem s req u i re carduJ
quantitiv a n a ly s i s
or tea m ' of people - w i th ski l l
statistic , and c om p u te r
chemistr
,
s
i n m a t h e m a t ics, co m p u l e r science, a n d other sciences u s u a l l y lake Malh 1 5 1 ;: lIl d 1 52 (c<l l cu l u s) iJ n d Comp u ler Science 1 44 ( p rog ram m i n g in PASCA I . ) . Those who have had calcu l u ,; in h ig h school m,l Y oill i t M a t h 151 J n d e n ro l l in 1 52 a fter consu l t a t i o n with a m e mbe r of the dcp,Htmental fa c u l t y . Those who h a ve a weak ma themalics background may e n rol l in Math 133 (a lgebril /trigonoilletry) or M a L ll 1 1 2 before t " k i n g 1 5 1 . A p l ac e men t test is given lbe fi rst day uf M a th 1 5 1 to Jeterm i n e readiness for ca l c u l u s. B u s i n es s major s lI S11" l l y l-,l kc 1vla t h 1 2H u n d Com p uter Science Th o se w i s h i n g ,] s t ro n ge. r m a t hema tics backgro u n d s h o u l d take M � t h 1 5 1 a n d Math 2 2 7 i n p l a ce of M a t h 1 28 .
220.
t h e rs chuose frolll i\tL l t h 1 28 , 1 3 3 , o r 1 5 1 o r Comp u te r Scien ce de p e n d i n g on t h e ir interests
.
1 j()-2'l O or 144 or an i n terim c l ass a n d Icv�'b o f prepara t iu n .
Remed i a l : M a t h 1 111 ( I n termediate A l gebra) who Me not rea d ,v for other classes.
is
avai lable for those
\
o f data. M a ny
,
by i n d i v i d u a ls --
i n ma th e m a tics,
ience as well a s b u s i n
�SS,
e n gi n �ering, p h y si cs econom ics , a n d
m a n y other
,
fields.
-
.
'
.J
'
At/
'
\ ,
,-
:
,
MATHEMATICS
Mathemat ics is a ma ny-faceted s u bject t ha t i s e xt re m e l y useful i n its ap l ica tion, b u t at the s a m e time i s fas ci n a t i n g a n d be a u t ifu in the abstract. [t is a n ind ispensable tool tor i n d u s t ry , sc i e n ce , g ov e r nm e n t, a n d the b u s i ne s s world, while the ele ga nc e of its l ogIC and beauty o f torm h ave i ntri g u e d scholars, p h i l osophers, and a rtists since ea rlie s t t i m e s . The mat hema tics program at Pacific Luthera n U n i ve rsi t y is de si g ne d to se rv e five m a i n o b j ectives: ( 1 ) To p rovide ba ck gro u n d s for other disciplines, (2) to pro vide a comprehensive pre- p rofessi o nal program for those d i rectl y ent eri ng the fields of te ac h i n g and a p p l ied milthemiltics, (3) to prov id e a nu c l eu s o f essential courses which will develo p the breadth and ma t urit y o f mathematical t ho u g ht to r co n t i nu e a s t u d y of ma t h e m a ti cs at the g rad u a te level, (4) t o develop the mental skil.ls nec ssary for the cre at io n , analysis, and c r i ti q u e of mil t h e mil t i ca l logic w i t h i n the con text of mathema tical topics, and (5) to provide a view o f ma t he m a tics a s a part of h u m a n is ti c be ha v i or.
F
MATH E M ATICS M AJOR rhe fou n d a tion of the mathematics program for majors is t h e four semester calcu l u s and l i n e a r a l ge b ra sequence, Math lSI, 1 52 , 253, and 331 . These courses a r c u s u a l l y taken in sequence the first fo u r se me s te rs . S t u d e n ts w i th a ca l c u l u s background in h igh s chool m a y rece ive a dv ance d p la ce me n t i n to f h e a pp ro p ri a t e course in the sequence. U p p e r division work i ncludes courses i n modern a l geb ra , a na l y s i s , s t a t istics , a p p l ie d mathematics, a n d top o l og y . Some kn o w l e dge of p g ra mm i n g (such as that ga i n ed i n Com puter Sc i e nce 1 10 or C u m p u te r Science 1 44) is assu med in a l l mathema tics co u rse s numbered 152 and above w i th the e x ce p t ion of Math 323 and 324. S tu d e n ts p l a n n i n g to take Math 1 52 should take Com p u ter Science 1 1 0 or 144 beiore o r d uring the semester o f en rol l m en t i n M a t h 1 52.
ro
BACHELOR OF A RTS M AJOR: M ini m u m of 28 semester hour s in mathematics co u rse s num bered a b o v e 1 50, i n cl u din g 33 1 , 43 1 , 432, 455, 486, and either 434 or 456. The choice be t w ec n 434 o r 456 may be 'rep laced by ta k i n g 8 s e m e ster h o u rs from 32 1 , 34 1 , 345-346, 35 1 , a o d 460. Re q u i re d suppo r t i n g: Computer Sc ie nc e 1 44, which s h o u ld be ta k e n in the fre sh ma n year. 8 se me s t er hours in p hys i c s are strongly reco mmended. Students plannin g to do gr ad uil te work in mathematics should complete both 434 a n d 456. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 se mes te r hours, i o c lu d i n g 331 and 4H6 and at le a s t 20 s e m e s te r hours of upper division mathema tics c o urs e s . 12 h o u rs of the upper division require m e n t s must come from 431 , 432, 434, 455, and 456. Requ i red su pporting: C o m p u ter Science 144, which should b , taken i n t h e f reshman y ea r; 8 semester hours in p h ys i cs . P hysics 356 or Co m pu te r Science 348 may be substituted for o n e course of u p p er diviMion mathematics . BACHElOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of
Education.
MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 sem e s te r hours of i nc l u d i n g 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, and two u pp e r division courses. Strongly recommended: C om pu ter Science 1 44 or 1 1 0 . I n t er i m courses a n d 323, 324, and 446 may not be counted toward the mathematics mi no r . ma th em a t i cs cou r se s,
MINOR IN STATISTICS: See Stati5tics sect i o n of this catalog. Students majoring i n mathematics a r e encouraged to complete work in computer science. Since many careers involve a pp l ying mathema tics to other areas, it is a g ood idea to pick one or more sub j ects outside mathematics for aaditional s t u d y ( per hap . s le ading to a m i n or ) . While milny s u bje c ts are appropriate, some of the more common ones are economics, business, p hysic s , engineeri ng, chemistry, a n d b io lo gy .
A ty pic a l major program in m<l thema ti.cs is as follows: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 Freshman year: Com pu ter Sc i e n ce 144 S op h o m ore year: Math 253, 331 Physics 153, 1 54
Junior & Senior yea r s :
84
( i f not taken earlier) Math 433, 434, 455, 456, 486 a n d other electives from mathematics a n d c o m p u ter science.
COURSE OFFERI N G S Mathematics 101
INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA
1 12
PLANE TRIGONOMETRY
A thorough review o f first year h igh school algebra and ma terial beyond q u a d ra tics. Does n o t co u n t to ward un iverS i ty core requi rements . I I I (2) Radia n measure, trigonome tric and inverse trigono metric fu nctions, i d e n tities, graphi ng, solution of triangles, and com lex numbers. Prerequisite: two years of high schoo a l g ebra . Students with only one yea r of high school algeora should take 1 33. 1 I I (2)
r
128
MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS AND THE BEHA VIORAL SCIENCES
Review of al gebra , matrix theory a n d linear progra m ming, probability theorv, i n troduction to di ffere n t i a l a n d in tegral calcu l u s . Concepts a re developed i n tui tively with a p plica tions. The use of ma thematical tools is s t ress -'d t h roughout the course . Prerequisite: h igh school a lgebra or 1 0 1 . I II (4)
1 33
COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Solving equations, functions, exponentials, loga rithms, radian measure, tri g onometric identi ti e s , grap h ing, and o t h e r topics such as complex nu mbe r s . Prereq uisite: two yea rs of h i g h school a l gebra or 101 or conse n t . rn (4)
151
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS
1 52
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY AND CALCULUS
1 99
D IRECTED READING
227
FINITE M ATHEMATICS
253
M U LTIV ARIABLE CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Analytic geometry, functions, l i mits, derivatives and integrals with a pplications. Prerequisite: two years of high school algebra a n d trigonometry (or concurrent registra tion i n 1 12) or 1 33 o r equivalent. I II (4) I n tegrations, a p plica tions, and techniques of integra tion, tra nscendental fu nctions, polar coordina tes, im proper i n tegrals, L'Hospital's Rule, i n fi nite series, matrices, a p p l ication of com puter to these and related to pics. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 . 1 1 1 (4) Su p ervised study of topics selected to meet the indi vidual' s needs or in terests; p rima ri ly for students awarded a d v a nced p laceme n t . Admission only by de partmental i n v i ta t io n . ( 1 -2) Tru th tables, sets, elementa ry probabil i ty, matrices, linear programm ing, Ma rkov chains . Prerequ isite: 1 5 1 or consent o f i ns t ructor. I I I (4)
An introduction to vectors, m u ltidimensional cal cuius, and d i ffere n ti a l equatio n s . Emphasis on using these topics as tools for solving physical problems. Prerequisite: 152 . I I I (4)
321
GEOMETRY
Foundations o f geometry and basic theory in E uclid ean, projective, a n d non-Euclidean geometry. Pre requisite: 1 52 or consen t of instructor. a/y 1 982-83 (4)
MATHEMATICS & COMPUTE R SCIENCE
323
MODERN ELE MENTARY MATHE MATICS
324
ALGEBRA AND GEOM ETRY FOR THE ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL TE ACHER
COIll:epts underl y i n g tradi t i o n a l comp uta t ional tech n iq u e ' ; a s ys t e ma t i c a n a lysis of arithme tic; an i n t u i tive a ppr a c h to a l g ebra a n d geometry. I n t nded for ele men t a ry teac h i ng majors. Prcreq u i sit' to EDUC 326. P re r eq u i s i te : conse n t of i ns t r uc t r . I II (4)
Properties of real n u mbers, l i n e a r a n d q u a d ra tic equa
tions and i n equali ties, complex n u m be rs, polyno m i a l s, a l ge braic structures, f u nc tions; a study of i n for m, I geometry from a ma t u re viewpoi n t using modern \I cabulary and notatio n . eometry to p i c s i ncl u d e ongrucn cE', s imi l ari ty, symmetry, p ro pe r t i e s of geort1 ' t ry figures such as q u a d rila t e ra l s a n d circles, and relation sh i p s a m ong geo metrical fi g u r e s . Pre req u IsIte: 323 or by placemen t exam . II (4)
331
LINEAR ALGEBRA
Vectors and vector spaces, m a t rices, qua d ra tic forms, l i n e a r t ra n sfonna tions. Prereq u i s i t e : 1 2. If (4) ....
334
A NA LYSIS OF VARIANCE A N D EXPER IM ENT A L DESIGN
Ra ndom sa mpling, fa ctors which d('stroy ex p e ri me n c n e \� a y a nalysis of vari a n cp, two-way a n alY ' i of varian e, fa ct o red desig n , block a n d l a t i n quare d sign . tudents will also critique p u b l i shed experi m e n ts a nd perform a n experimental design pro ject . Prereq ui i te: STAT 231 o r e q u iva icn l . ff (2) tal de ign,
341
-
M ATHEMATICAL STATISTICS
Probab i l i ty t heory, d iscrete and co n t i n u o u s distribu
tion fu nctions, mom e n t gener<1 ting fu nctions, sam p l i n g d i s t rib u ti o n s a nd h y p o t h e s i s - test i ng , i n t rod uc tion to regression, corre l a tion, a n d anal ysis 0 vari a n ce . Prerequlsite: 1 52. U a/y ) 982-83 (4) "
345
INTRODU CTION TO NUMERICAL ANALYS IS N u m e rical t h e o ry a n d a p plications i n t h e a reas o f solu t io ns of equa tions, l i n e a r syst ill S, in terpola tion, a n d a pprox i m a tio n . Prere q u i s i te : 1 52 and ( 1 44 o r 1 40) or consen t o f i ns t r u c t o r r , !y 1 983-84 (taught during fi rst .
half of s mester) (2)
346
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Con t i n u a ti o n o f 345, induding n u merica l the ory a n d a pp l i ca t i o n s in the areas of ma trix theory , n um e rical d i ffl rentia tion a nd i n tegr<1tion, a nd s ol u tio n of di ffer ell t i a l equ<1 ti o n s . Pr e r eq u i s i t e s : 253 a n d 345 or consc n t o f i n s t ructor. I a / y 1 983-84 ( t a u g h t d u ri n g second h a l f o f semester) (2)
35 1
DI.FFERENTIA L EQUATIONS to d i ffe re n ti a l eq u a t ions e m phasizing the a p p lied a s p c t . Fi rs t <1 nd seco n d order di fferen tial A n i n troduction
equali ns, boundary-va lue a n d eigenva lue problem ,
power series solutions, n o n l i ne a r d i ffe ren tial equa tions, n u merical m e t h ods, the La Place t r a n s fo rma t i o n . Pr requisi l : 253 . I aly 1 982-83 (4)
DlSCRETE STRUCTURES 4� 1 Basic <1lg braic structur a p plicab l e to top ics in com p u t e r sci nce . T p i. c · i n clu d e g ro u p , l a t tice ', Bo lean '
a l gebra a n d combinatorics. P re re q uisites: 152 a n d e i t h er 227 o r 331 . I ( t a u g h t d u ring fi rst half of s e m e s t er )
432
A BSTRACT ALGE BRA
434
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
446
MATHE MATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL
Con t i n ua t i o n o f topics f r o m 43t i n clud i n g topics from g roups, rings, mod u les, fie ld s , and H eld extensio n s . Pr re q u i s i t e : 431 . I (taught d u ri n g secon d half o f semes t e r ) (2) Con t i n u a tion of topics from 432. Prereq uisi tes: 432 a n d 3 3 1 . II a/y 1 983-84 . (4)
Meth ods a n d m a terials i n seco n d a ry school m a t h teachj ng. Basic m a t h e ma tical concepts; p ri n i p k s o f n u m be r o p e r a t i o n , re la t i<;:>n p ro o f, a n d problem solv ing i n th e context nl arith m e tic, al gebra, and geometry. Pre req ui site: 253 or 331 o r equiva len t. 1 (2) ,
455, 456
MATHEMATI CA L A NALYSIS
x t e n d e d t re a t m e n t of to pics i n t ro d u cl'd i n clemen t, ry c�lcu. l u s . P rl:' reLT u i s i I e : 253. 455 offered I each yea r; 456 otfered n ofy 1 982-83 (4)
460 ELEMENTARY TOPO LOGY An i n t r odu c ti o n to p i nt-set topology. Prereq u i Site: con s e n t o f i n s tructor. I I a/y F 83-84 (4) 486 SEN10R SEMIN A R Prese n tabon by s t u d e n ts o f k n owledge gained i n re
sea rch u n d e r the d i rection of a n a s signed professor. Req u i red o f all sen i or math maj or seeking a B . A . or B . . de gree . Prere q u i s i t e : se n ior m a t h major or con
se n t o f de p a rt m en t chair. I , T 1 ( 1 )
490
SEMINAR
Prerequi ite: onse n t o f d e p a rt m e n t cha i r . ( 1 -4)
491 , 492
[ NDEPE DENT STUDY
597 , 598
G RADUATE RESEA RCH
Prerequisite: co nsen t of dep a r t m e n t chair. I n ( 1 -4)
Open to master's degree candide tes o n ly . Pre. re q u i site: consen t of d e p a r t m e n t chair. I II ( 1 -4)
COMPUTER SCIE NCE
Com p u te r seile' nee dL'a l s w i t h m ,l n i p u l,l t i n g slored i n f( ) rm a ti o n , b o t h t <' x t u a l ,1I1d n U Illerica l . fly u s i n g the idea s of com p u ter soence along w i t h a C(lIll p Ulc'r s y s t e m peopk' can actually a m p l i fy t h c i r t h o u g h t procl'Ss('�. A l rl',ldy Ill'l n y Ill'W i d ea s i n ma thematics, p h ysics, l'.ngi nccring, dl t'l1li s t ry, cconoillics, ,md ot h e r fiC'kb WL're e i t h e r suggested, v"ri tiL' d , or expanded by t h e USl' ()f co m p u t e r science. Till' c x p l u ra ti()n o f the s()l ar s y s t e m u s i n g SP<lcC' probl's w o u l d have beell i m possible w i t h o u t co m p u te r seienCl'. lh ' l i s t of Sigllificililt adva nces i n knowledge aided by com pu ter scil'nce seems e n d lc s b . ' p ecifica l l y , conl pu ter seiL'n c c()ncerns itsei f w i t h t h e t h eory a nd tl'Ch nl q lll � :; ot L n form a l io n proce s s L n g . TopLcs I n c i u d l'll arc a lgorit h m dc: velopmenl, a nalys i s of 'l l gori t h m s , d a t a s t ru c t u res, vMious co m f1 u t('r Ianguage�, and a p plicalion or t l1l'se tupies to o t her d iSCipli nes. Olll p u tL'r sc.il'Llce i n vol ves b o t h fasci n a t i n g t heoretic,l l pr ,blellls " n ei i n te r ' s t i n g tec h n i q u l' s o f a p plica t i o n .
CO!'.f PUT R
SCIENCE MAJOR
p rogra m i s d e s i g n e d to provid(' su fiicient bilckg ru u n d for a d v a n ced s t udy at the !? rad u il t (> k�vcl or for c n terin i'; ,l p rofL' ;; s i onal curcer. A l l comp u t e t· sClcnce m a j o rs t',l k C' " core curnculu Jll . consisting of an i n troduction to progra m m i n g in PASCAL, data structures, desisn a ll d a n a lysis of a l g o n t h m s, d i g i ta l logic and asse m b l y la ngua gl' and co m p u ter organizillion (Co m p u ter Sciene' 144, 270, 275, 280, and 380 ) .
The
(2)
MATHEMATICS & COMPUTE R SCIENCE
85
The core courses form a foundation for upper division work, wh ich may include the studv of mi croprocessors, computer architecture, au tomata, mo deling and simulation, an d compilers as well as other topics. The pro g ram is su pp orted by PLU's V A X 1 11780 com pu ting syste m, wf, ich is ava ilable for in teractive use a t a varietv of loca tions on ca m pus. Several teminals are available for stu de nt usc in t h ' Department of M a t hematics and Computer Science. BACHELOR O F A RTS MAJOR: 24 semester hour including Computer Scie.nce 144, 270, 275, 280, 380, 2 hours of a seco nd com p uter language (240 o r 242) and 4 hours o f computer science nu mbered above 320. Required supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 431 , and e i t her 227 or 331 ( 1 4 hours).
I t i s stro n g ly recomme nded that students take a m i nor i n an area w here computers have wide applicability. BACHE LOR O F SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 semester h o u rs including Computer Sc ie nce 144, 270, 275, 280, 3ilO, 2 hours of a second com p u ter la nguage (240 or 242) a n d 16 hours chosen from co mputer science courses nu mbered above 320 or Math 341 or 346. Required supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 345, 43 1 , and either 227 or 3 3 1 . In addition, the following m Llst be ta ken: Physics 1 53-·154 or Chemistry 1 1 S- 1 1 6 or B i o l o gy 1 55- 1 56, or 8 hours from Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 132 or upper lrivi� ion courses in eart h scie nn's.
Stu den t s are urged to complet·' a minor in an area where computers have wide applicability such a s t h e natural science;;, socia l scienc �, or business. In particular, Engineering 271 , 272, and 352 are recommen d e d for student, i nterested in the p hysical structure of the co m p u ter. - MI N O R I N COMPUTER S C I ENCE: 16 hour s including
ompute r Science 144, 270, 3S0, and 4 additionill ho urs ot computer science. Required supporti ng: M ath 1 5 1 or 1 28 . A
typical computer science major program i s a s follows:
Freshman year:
Sophomore year: J u nior & Senior years:
Computer dence 144, 27() Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 8 houc laboratorv s,ience (or sophomore year) Compu ter Science 275, 280, 4l)(), second cu mpu tcr languag·c Math 227 o r 33 1 C o m p u te r Science 380 plus 4- 1 6 hours compute r science (Computer Science 490 may be taken several t i mes with d i iferent topics) M a th 345, 341
Career ' in computer science include d signing com pu ters and compu ter s y ste ms and applying computers to areas ouch a s bw;i nE'ss a dminis t ra tio n, economics, and the science�, d w..: 1 1 as tea ching ilnd rcsearch . S tudents in tl'rested in busine s administration should take courses in the School of Business Administration (including 28 1 , 282, and 387) s well as COBOL. Students i n terested in the d e s ign of c om p ut e'rs should take Engineering 271 , 272, and 352 (along with Physics 1 53 and 1 54) . For students in terested i n t h e more theoretical a sp ec t s of computer science, courses in logic are reco m me n ded ( P h i losophv 233, 34 1 , 342, and 343) .
COURSE OFFE RINGS Computer S cience 1 10
BASIC
I n trod uction to i nteractive compu ting, branchin g, looping, subscripts, functions, inpu t/output, su b routines a nd simple file tech n iq ues in th context of the BASIC language. 1 1 0 and 220 may not both be taken for credit. Not normally taken by com puter sci e.nce majors. Pre requisites: h igh school a lgebra . I, II (2)
86
1. 44 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE An in trod uction to computer science including algo rithm design, structured p rogra mmin g , n u merical! non-numerical applications and use of da ta files. The PASCAL progra mming language will be used. Pre requisites: M ATH 1 33 or M ATH 227 or MATH 1 28 or equivalent. I II (4) 199 DI RECTED READING Su p ervised study of topics selected to meet the indi vi d ual' needs or in terests; primarily for stude nts awarded adva nced placement in com puter science . Admission o n ly by departmental invitation . ( 1-2)
21. 0
COMPUTERIZED INFORMATION SYSTE MS Com p u ter systems and their uses in ed uca tion, com merce, industry and govern ment. BASIC file ma nipu lations, data stora g e and retrieval . Computerized word processing, b usin e ' s proble m s in sta tis tics, linear progra mming, regression a nd other fields usin g existing software packages. 21. 0 and 220 cannot bot l'! be taken for credit. Prerequisite or coreq u isite: 1 1 0, MATH 1 28, STAT 231 . I, I I (2)
220
COMPUTERIZED INFO RMATION SYSTEMS WITH BASIC I ntroduction to computers and in teractive computing. Com p u ter systems and their uses in education, com merce, indus try, and government. Programming in the BASIC l a nguage using branchi ng, looping, sub scrip ts, in p ut/output, character manipulation, sub routines, t i le manipu la tions, d a ta storage and re trievaL Com p u terized word processing, business problems i n sta tistics, linear progra m ming, regression and other fields using existing softwa re packages. Covers the same material as 1 1 0 a n d 2 1 0 together. Stu dents ca n not take both 220 a nd either 1 10 or 210 for cred it. P rerequ isite or corequ isite: MATH 1 28 and STAT 231 or equivalent. I, I I (4) 240 FORTRAN An accelera ted introduction to the FORTRAN pro g ra mming l anguage . Study of the rules of sta tement formation . Topics include input/output, computation, branchi ng, looping, data types, and subp rogra ms. umeric and non-numeric problems will b e solved. Some previous experience with programming is re commended . I I (2) 242 COBOL Presentation and applica tion of the COBOL p rogram ming language to business problems. P rerequisite: 1.44 or 1 10-210 or consen t of i nstructor. 1 (2) 270 DATA STRUCTURES Study of basic data structiues such as l inear lists, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees, a nd threaded lists. Application of these forms to p roblems of sea rching, sorting, string processing, graph theory, and data storage . P rerequisite: 1 44. 1 I I (4)
MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER S CIENCE
275
DESIGN A N D AN ALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
Ba ' ic d a ta s tructures re viewed a n d a p p l ied t o th(' am11ysis of p roble m s a s socia ted w i t h sea rching, sort ing, s t rings, a n d m i n i m a l p a t h s . S t u d y of t h e com plex i ty and s torage req u i re m e n ts o f the a l gori th m s . U s e of to p - d o w n a nd s t ru c t u red p rogra m m i n g . Prerequ isite: C S C 1 270, MATH 1 5 1. . I l (4) 280 DIGITAL LOGIC Boolean a l gebra and combina toria l logic a p plied to basic logic circu i ts, d i g i ta l a r i t h metic, d a ta conversion, a nd o t h e r c o m p o n e n ts o f a com p u te r . Prer quisite: 1 44 . I (2)
344 OPERATING SYSTEM S A n i n troduction t o com p u te r o p era tion i n c l u d i n g ba tch p roces s i n g systems, i n tera c t i n g systems, m u l t i progra m m i ng systems, storage m a nageme n t tech n iques a nd resource c o n t ro l . In a d d i tion, the cou rse includes an a n a lysis of the dea d lock p roblem a n d basic file syste m s . Prerequisite: 270 . 1 (2) 348 MODELING AND SIMU LATION A n a p p lications s tr u c tured p rogra m m i n g cou rse solv i n g various p roble m s . S t a ti s tics, d a ta s t r u c t u res, m a th e m a tical m o d e ling, s i m u la tio n , d oc u m e n ta t i o n , a n d team p ro g ra m m i np tech niques w i l l b e a p p l ied . Prereq u i si tes: MATH b 1 , C S C l 270 a nd e i t he r MATH 227 o r MATH 331 . a/y II (4) 355 COMPILERS A n i n trod uction to the orga n i z a t i o n , speci fica tion, a n d a n a lysis of p rogra m m ing l a n g u ages . To p ics in clude p a rs i n g , d a ta rep rese n t a t i o n , obj ect code, run time m a c h i n e structu re s a nd o p ti m i z a t i o n . Prere q u is ite: 270. II (2) 380
ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE AND COMPUTE R ORGANIZATION
Co m p u te r a ss e m bly l a n g u a ge a p plied t o va rio u s p rob lems . Topics i nc l u d e d a ta forms, i n s truction formats, add ressing, l i n k i n g , macro d e fi n i t i o n , and com p u te r a rc h i tecture. P rerequ isjte: 2 7 0 I (4) 385 COMPUTER A RCHITECTU RE A n i n trod uction t o the s tructure a n d operation o f l a rge com p u te r syste m s . Topics include data represe n la t i o n , m e m o ry s t r u c t u re, 1 1 0 p rocessing, m ul t i p roce s sing systems such a s pa rallel, p i p e l i n e , a n d s ta ck m a c h i. n e s . E xa m p le s ot the a rc h i tectu re of seve l , I la rge syste r:n s a re a n a lyzed i n c l u d i n g I B M 320, I Sc, a n d CDC S r A R . Pre requ isite : 380. aly I (2) 386 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM S A n in trod u c tion t o comp u te r n e tw o rks a n d co m p u ter co m m u nica tio n . Topics i n c l u de system topology, message and p a cket s w i t c h i n g , bus s tru c t u res a n d d a ta - l i n k tra n s m i s s i o n . P rerequ isite: 2 8 0 . a/y I I (2)
488 VLSI DESIGN A n i n trod uction to t h e d e s i g n o f very la rge s c a l e i n te d e si g n grated systems using com p u te r aided me thod s . Topics i n c l u d e M O S devicCc's, fabri c a l i o n p roced u res, ch i p a rc h i tecture, c h i p topol0i y , a n d s y s ;? tem t i m i n g . Prereq u i s i te s : 2 7 0 , 280 . a/y U (2) 4<)0 SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCIE NCE Selecte d topics from the list below . 1 1 1 (2-4) a . A TOMATA S t u d y o f the theory o f com pu ta tion . Turing machines, fo r m a l l a n g u ,l ges, recu rs ive theory, co m p lexity, N P-co m plete ness, a n d the h a l t i n g problem m a y be considere d . Prerequ isites: 275, MATH 43 1. b. D ATA B A S E M A N A G E M E N T D a t,l base m c nagement systems a re reviewed . Discussion of d a ta s l rucl u re s , stora ge, i n sertion, deletion, l i n ka ge , a n d secur i t y . Prerequisite: 270 . c. COMP TER C R A P H I C E x p loration o f tech n i q u e s u sed t o g e n e ra te a n d i n tel-pre t c o m p u l("� r g ra p h i c s . Tra n sforma tions, restora t i o n , e n h a nc e m e n t software, and o t h e r topics, d e p e n d i n g LI p 111 a v a i l able equ i p m e n t a nd i n s t ru c to r . Prereq u i s i te : 270. d. PATT E R N R E C O G N IT I O N T h e u s e o f t h e com p u ter t o recogn ize p a t- terns i n da ta . Topics i n cl u d e a r ti ficia l i n tell igence, c l u ster a n a lysis a l gori t h m s , l e a rn i n g a l gorithms, a n d p a t tern p roc'ss i n g . Pre requ isite: 270. e . SOFTW A R E E N G I N E ER I N G A n e n gi_neering a p p roach t o t h e develo p m e n t o f large so ftwa re p a ckage s . Topics i n c l u d e soft w a re relj u i re m e n l s d e f i n i t i o n , s t r u c t u red progra m m ing, o t lw a re d e ' ign s p ecitica tions, a n d softw a re te ' t i n � . Prereq u i s i te: 270. f . SWITC H I N C THEORY A d v,ll1 c��d a p p l i ca t i o n s o f Boolea n a lgebra to d i cr i t a I system d e s ig n . Topics include decoding ne tw o rks, h a rmonic a n a lysis, U Uvl's, a n d cellular logic c i rc u i t . Prerc' q u i s i te : 280 . 4<)1 , 492 I N DEPENDENT STU DY Prere q u i s i t e : consen l o f d e p a r t m e n t c h a i r .
( 1 -4)
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 1 10
308 311 312 316 319
BASIC Financial Mathematics Intermed i ate Statistics Mathematical Puzzles and Paradoxes Computers and Society H istory of Mathematics
480 M ICROPROCESSORS S t u d y o f micro p rocessors a n d t h e i r llse i n microcom p u te r syste m s . D a ta repres e n t a t i o n , i n s t r u c tion for m a ts, p rogra m mi ng , in terru p ts, I/O in terfacing, d a ta c o m m u n ica tions, a va i lable software, a nd p rogram de vel o p me n t s t u d ied i n lecture and labora tory session s . Prerequ i s i te s : 280, 380 . a/y 1 1 (4)
MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE
87
Mo ern and Classical an g a g es FnrL' i g n l a n g u ,1 g ' l ea r n i ng p ro i d e s a n u rgen tly
FACULTY Toven, Chair; Brown, Faye, Predmore, Ra sm ussen, Snee, Spangle r, Sudermann, R. Swen on, Webster; assisted by Chong, DeSherl ia, M agnusson, Yagow .
nccdL: d e l enl L' n t in o ur d o m c� t i c a n d glob,d
e ffe c t i ve l y h m u gh t h e rned i u r n of l a n guage, s t u d n ts increa ' e t h i r knowled g l! o f the con tri b u tions o th e r peo p les h,we
COnHn Li J1 ity : tbe
<
b i l i .ty
t
co m m u n ica te
w i t h a n d w i t h i n o t h e r cu l tmes .
'
made to c i v i l i z a t i o n , h i_ tory, l i t and scie n ces ,
r,
t u re ,
<
n d th
'
n rts
he Dep a rlm nt of Iv! l d e r n a n d Cl assica l L ng ua gl"s
i n cooperation vv i t h seve ra l E u ro pe a n LU1iver i t i e s
p ro v i d e s ,'pecific s t u d e n t s w i t h < n 0 P P r tlU1 i ty to study abro d i n Fra n c: , p a i n , Mexico, Germ a ny, A u s t r i a ( V i e n na), and Sca n d inavia .
T Ilt'rc a rc no ckpd r t rn c il ta l p rereq u is i te:::. for t i l l' s t u d v o f forclgn i J ll g Ll t1 g e s . Polcn l i J i !ll11 j o r s I:lf"C, h ow e \ ' c r, e ncou r.:lgcd t o obta i n a s m uc h h ig h sch u o l p r c p a ,'a t i o n a s p o s s i b l e , S t u ck n ts w i t h p r e v I o u s expenl' n ce m a y ljua l r l y l o r pla cem e n t I n to i n t c r m c d i �l tc or a d v d llccd coursl'. o , To d l ' l c rm i ,l(' t h e a p pro p r i a te i l ' v c i s t u d l! n t s !'In.! l' ncuu r�l g('d l p t d k l' till' Itl n gu Ll Sl' p L J ("(,'!ll C n l exallli.n,l t i o n ; ) t t h e beg i n n i n g o f t h e 171 1 1 s c m cs lc.r o r t o c o n s u l t w i t h a d rpa rtnwn till a d v i er. Thog ' Ci u a l i fyi n g for " d va n cl'd pL,cl'nw n t rn a v a l so rl'cl� ivl' cre d i t t u w a rd till' m " j u r for w o r k com p l c ll'd i n h ig h s c h o o l , t h u s l' n a b l i n g tlwl1l l e ) p u r s ue' a Sl'C l l l l d ll1iljOr. Nt <1 j o r a nd nl i n u r prugraill s �l rt' a v a i l o b lc i ll C l a S S ICS, F re n c h , G c r nlZl Il , IOr\vcg i Zl n , ,J n d SpZl ll i s h . Dl?part-m(�nlZlI cou rses Ll rl' a p r i m cl t'. co m p o n e n t in t'h e i n tc r d i s ci p l i n ar v m a j o rs ofkrcd .in , , U;JSS1CS Cl ild Sca n d i n a V i a n AreJ S t u d ie s . rvl t l l o rs �re a l so o f f ered in CrC'ek a n d La t i n ,
(
'
-, I
BACHELOR OF A RTS: M" jor in Frt' n c h , G 'rm a n or Sf"1 I1ish - i'vl i n i m u m of 32 "l'mc�tcr h OlHS beyond 1 0 1 - \ 02, i n d u d i n g 20 1 , 202, 32 1 , 1'1 1 , '12, p l u s u pper d ivision cb:tivl's, i n c l u d i n g " t least 4 sem('sler hou rs o f Jitcr,l t urc. Sip'lll ish 322 m,lY be substitu ted for Spanish 32 1 . M a j m i n o rwegie n - M i n i m u m o f 32 ,;cnlf'. leI' h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 , 1 02, lC rI , 202, 3:=;-' , 352, and ilt Icast one ot till' IUlO- l ew· 1 l i tNa t u rc courses frolll SC<l n d i navi<ln S t- u d il' s .
1\II " jl1r i n Cldssics - .. 0 sC' n1('stcr hours , i n c l u d i n g H scnwstcr h ou r s of Gre 'k ,m d H SCll1cste.r huurs of L l t i n end Zl n " d d i tilHl a l h o u r s of either C r<.: "k o r I .a t i n . Rell l d i n i n g courSl'S are sekd 'd i n co nsultation w i t h t h c classics coord inator. M" jor i n SCll n d i navi<ln Area Stud ies - A fll'xiblt' progr" lll i n w h i c h t h l ' s t u d y of ·ra nLii n,wiJ is en hanced t h m u g h " cross-Lf isci plinil ry a p p roach . . n d r n, vlan A r�a t ud Sct' the sect,un llf t h ,s cil ta l o ' on Sca ,,'s. M I O R f N FRENCH, C E R M A , ORWEGIAN, OR S P A ISH - 24 :e!1ll' stc.r hours, inclu l i ng W I , I 1l2, 20 1 , 202, a n d one other upper d i v i s i o n cours ' . MINOR I
l1 ( 1 u r'i wh,ch
CLASS I CS (GREEK O R LAn
li'Y i n clude 10 1 - 1 02 .
Classics T h e C lassic$ Program i s . wopcrahvl' e ffo rt �l Ilwng the Dep<Ht m � n t s of M()dC'rn and lassiea l La ngu,'gl's, I l istmy, P h i l o s o p h y , Religion, ;) n d A r t . I t s gu,, 1 is to u n i t , t h e " h e a r t o( tlle l i be ra l a rts" w i t h the m i n d , t h rough h i s tor y ;) nd p h i l osophy, a n d t il(' s o u l , th rough re.li g i o n , J n el to e rn bel l i sh t h is tri n i ly . of theml'S \Vi t h the visual e)'periencl! (If il r l .
his i n tC'rtil.!p a rtmcn ta l m a j o r ,-cquires the c(Jrn p ll'lion of 10 courses, I n cl u d i n g at kJ�l o n (:l y<!a r Ot t)l1l: of t h t., dass1cal langullgcs and two o f the o ther ( n::l'k a n d L a t i n ) . The rem a i n i n g (oursc,s arc selected from t h e list be low in consu l ta tion with the progra m coordi !1J tor.
Latin 1 0 1 - I 02- E Ie!1l e n ta ry Latin 20 1 -202 - ln tcrnwdia t ' G re 'k I Ol - 1 1 l2 - U e m ent<JrY
51,
'r -'ck 20 j -202 - I n termedi<lte .reek 4 2 1 -422 - M:1sterpiec"s of reck Literature Hebrew 1 0 1 - F\t:m 'n tLl ry Bibli ,, 1 A rt 1 10 - I n troduction to Art
) - 20 se!1lester
ou rse<; i n �"I m i nors pn1gra!1ls w i l l 11' chosen i n (on s u l tJ t i o n with :1 departmen t ,, 1 .1 dvG ' r . Ad v;l n Cl'd place!1l <.: n t m a y be gra n ted.
Art I /:lO - rad itions of Weste rn Art Art 3H6 - l ma 'ery a n d Symbolism Art 4YO - l'minar
B A C H E L O R OF A RTS IN EDUCATION: Stl! lk n ts c n r o l l ·d i n t h l ! prog < 1 m arc required tu t i l k -' -�.. . . For further dd, i I > , ·e ' Schonl (Ii F iu c, tion.
History 21 - Cbso;ical Civrli 7dti()n P h i l()suphy 3 I - A n c ient l ' h il t , ;, o ph v Religion 24 1 - Gibl ical Litera t u re Religi()n 341 - Id T,'stiln1 l' n t S t ud i(:s Rd ig-i 'l!1 342 'IV 'ieslanwn t Stud i<"s Rl' l i�i()n 37 1 - Ancie n t C h u rch His tory ln d c p c n dent tudy Courses Selected I n t-erim Cou rses
COU RSE OFFE RING S 101
-
S I G N LANGUAGE
An i n troduction Lo th ' stTU t ure ot America n ig n La nguage and to t h e w o rld of t h e hearin g- i m p, ired . Bas ic signing skills a n d sign l a nguage voca bu l a ry; fin ge r pe l l i ng; the p articular 11 cds a n d prob l e m s of d e a f p e o pl e . Malenal p rese n te d t h rough demons tra tions, d ril l s , m i m e , recitals, l ectu res, and d i scussions.
r (4) 200
STRUCTU RAL LING UISTICS The study of the na t ur e of la n g ua ge; p ri n · p lcs a n d f d e s riptive l a n g uage a na l y ' i s; Iemen tech n i q u e tary a pp l icati n o f lingu istic m a teria l s . o prerequ i s i te s . (4)
a
n a l sis to selected
271
LITERATU R E AND SOCIETY rN MODERN E U ROPE R e ad i n g and di cuss ion of works in English tra nsLa Li n by u t h ( rs like Flaub rt, Ibsen, and Th. Ma nn, who exem p l i fy Real i s m and N< rura lism in va r io us Europea n I t t ra t u r . Em pha s ' - on social themes, in cluding life in i nd u s t ri a l soci.ety, the cha ngi ng sta tus of W{,l men, ' n d class confl ic t . I n s tructor assisted by oth r faculty m mb r 5p ci l .izi ng 111 t h e v a r i o u s na tional l ite ra tu r No preregui i t . S a t I s fies the ge nera l u n i versity core requirement i n l i t rature . (4)
METHODOLOGY OF TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES Theory a nd t 'chniques of foreign l a n g uag teaching; specia l p roblems in the s udent's maj or la nguage; em p h , i on audio -lingual tec hn iques. (2)
445
49 1 , 492 ( 1 -4)
I N D E P E N D E NT STUDY
507, 598 (2-4)
GRADUATE RESEA RCH
S t u d ents are c'xpectcd to become f a m i l i a r w i t h t he: reild ing l i s t for t h a t part o( the prugram (art, l i t e m ture, h i s t ory, p h i l ( }sophv, (lr � rc l i gi(}n) i n w h ich their i n tNl'st l il'<; . Tht' pwg ril!1l is d ''iigned t(} be flexibk. In co n s u l t il t ion w i t h tl1(' Oassics Co m m i ttee, il studen t m ,lY eket il t:(lursl' or cou rSl'S not on t h 1<1. sics nlu r�,' list.
French
1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY FRENCH
Essen t i als o f p r l O U ncia tion, in tonation, a nd s tr uc t u r ' ; basic s ki l l s in listening, sp e a ki n g , rea d i ng, a n d writing. Labora tory a ttendance req u i re d . I II (4, 4)
20 , 202
I NTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review of basic gra m m a r; development of v ocabulary a nd empha sis on s p o n ta n eous, oral expressio n . Read ing ' e l e cti o ns w h i c h refl�ct Fra nc 's cultural h e rit<lge a nd socie t y . Lab r , t ry a t t e n da n ce req u i red . I I I (4, 4)
32 1
aVlLIZA nON AND CUt TURE
Presen t-day F ra n c
as reflected in Cll rre n t l i tera t u re , perio icais, television a n d Gl ms, w r i t t e n com posi tions and ora l re ports; co n d u "ted i n F r 'Tl c h . Pre requisite:
202 (4)
"51 , 352
COMPOS ITI ON AND CONVERSATION
tyl i . t i cs, composition, and con rsa tion on curr nt topics; conducted in French . Pre
A d va nced g ra m m a r , v
requ isite : 202. I n (4, 4)
MODERN & CLASSICA L LANGUAGES
89
GERMAN LITERATURE: THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Representative works of German litera t u re from N a t uralism to xpressionism, 1 890- 1 925. Prerequisite: 202 01' equivalent. I aly (4) 432 CONTE MPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE Represe nta tive w o r ks from 1925 to the present; a u thors from East and West Germa ny, Austria, and Swi tzerland. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I I aly (4)
421 , 422
431
TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE elected twentieth cent ury writers from France and other fra ncophone co u n t ries. May include Gide, Camus, Sc rtre, Bl"ckett, Aimee Cesaire, and Anne Hebert. Prerequisite: 202. I I I a/y (4, 4)
442 HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE Histo rica l d ev e l o pmen t of German with reference to contemporary language; conducted i n German. Pre requisite: 2 02 11 aly (4)
MASTERPIECES OF FRENCH LITERATURE A u thors representative of major periods from the Middle Ages through the nine teenth cent ury; the style and structure. and the moral and artis tic intentions of such authors as Rabel is, Montaigne, Mol iere, Corneille, Pasca l , Vol taire, Roussea u, Hugo, and Baudelai re . Prerequisite: 202. In a/y (4, 4)
431 , 432
442 H ISTORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES H istorical d evel o pm e nt of Romance languages with r Ference to curren t languag s; same as Spanish 442. II a/y (4) 491 , 492 (2-4)
INDEPENDENT STUDY
German 101, 1 02 ELEMENTARY GERMAN I n trod uction to the Gerrr� an Ian i;j ua ge . Basic skills of oral and w n tten com m U l1Ica tlC)n 1 I1 cl assroom and lab ora to ry p rac tice . se of materials reflecting contempo rary German l i fe . Meets five hours weekly . I I I (4, 4) 201, 202 INTERME DIATE GERMAN Conti nued p ra c ti ce i n oral a nd written communication i n classroom and l a bo ra to ry . Use o f materials which reflect contem p orary life as well as the German cul tural heritage. M eets fo u r hours weekly . I II (4, 4)
321 GERMAN CIVILIZATION Germa n cul tural a nd l i ngu istic h istor y from the 1 7th century to the p resent. Aesthetic an d historical con sideration of represen tat ive works from the Enlighten ment, the Age of Go e t he , the 1 ';Ith and 20th centur ies. Pr requisite: 202 01' equ ivalen t. II aly (4)
COMPOS ITION AND CONVERSATION In tensive review of . grammar with emphasis on id IOmatIc usage; u se ot contemporary a u thors as models
35 1 , 352
of s tyle. Conversation on topics o f s tudent interest . Conducted in German. Prerequisite: 202 o r equiva lent. I lI (4, 4)
GERMAN LITE RATURE: THE AGE OF GOETHE Representative works trom the Enlightenment to Goethe's d 21 th, circa 1 750-1832, includi ng Storm a n d Stress, Classicism a n d Roma ntici s m . Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I aly (4) 422 GERMAN LITERATU RE: THE N INETEENTH CENTURY Representative works from the various li terary move ments of t.h e nineteenth century, 1820-1 890, i n cl u d i ng
421
Bledermeler, Young Germany, and Real ism . Pre requisite : 202 or equivalent. n aly (4)
49 ] , 492 (2-4)
INDEPENDENT STU DY
Greek 1 0 J , 102 ELEMENTARY G REEK Basic skills in reading cb s s i ca I , koille, and pa tristic G re 'k. I II (4, 4) 201, 202 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Selected koillc read ings from Helleni stic Greek litera ture with major emphasis on the I cw Testament. I II (4, 4)
MASTERPIECES OF GREEK LITERATURE Available t h roug h consulta tion with the department. Prerequisites: 1 01 , 1 02, 20 1 . I I f (4, 4) 491 , 492 IND EPENDENT STUDY (2-4)
42 1 , 422
Hebrew 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY BI BLICAL HEBREW 0n i n tro � uction to the morphology and sy ntax of Bib hcal/classlCal He brew . Em p ha si s on bui.1ding basic vo . ler p ro e sectIons of the Old cabu la ry for readmg simp Testament. (4)
Latin ELEMENTARY LA TIN AND ENGLISH WORD BUILDING Basic skills i n reading La tin; excu rsions i n to Roman history a.n d my thol ? gy; En g l is h vOGl � u la ry building from Latin a n d E n g l.lsh word co n stru c ti o n fro m Latll1a te prefixes and s uffixes a re e mpha S i ze d . I n (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 INTE RMEDIATE LATIN Lyric and epic poetry, i ts tra n s la t i o n and adapta tion by English and America n poets; the second semester i ncl udes the reading of a n I talian au thor. I II (4, 4) 491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( 2 -4) 101, 1 02
Norwegian 1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY NORWEGIAN I n troduces the stl.lde n ts to the pl ea s u re o f speakil�g, readll1g, and wrItmg a foreign la nguage. These skIlls are dev e loped thro ugh a conve rsa tional app roach, USll1g songs and other c u l tu ral materials, as well as a udi o vi s u a l med ia. I II (4, 4) -
90
MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Develops the students' command o f the la nguage o rwegian whil e fu rthe r acquainting them with th cultural heri tage . Reading selections introduce the students to Norwe ian folklore and daily life . I II (4, 4)
351
CONVERSAn ON AND COMPOSITION Develo p s the tudents' ability to express themsE'ives well i n the language, orally a nd in writin g . Selected contem porary materials will be used a s mo d els of s tyle and u sage . Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. (4) ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Develops the studen ts' command of the la nguage by emphasizing the fin � r points of s tructure, style, and good ta ste . P rereqlllslte: 351 or eqU Iva lent. (4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (2-4) 352
Scandinavian 321 VI KINGS AND EMIGRANTS Highlights of Scandinavia n history, from the begin ning t o t he presen t . E m p hasis on periods and ways in which Scandinavia has contributed to world histor . Readings i n t he original for majors; class conducted 111 English . aJy (4)
322 CO TEMPORA RY SCANDINAVIA Neu trality and occu p a tion; the emergence of the wel fare state; social reforms, pl anned economies, a nd cul tu ral policies; Scandinavia and the European commu nity. Readi ngs i n the original for maj ors; class con ducted in nglish . aly (4)
mSEN, STRINDBERG, AND THEIR CONTEMPORA RIES Selected authors from the ro man tic and realistic periods i n Sca ndi na vian litera ture. Readings i n the original for major ; clac s conducted in E nglish . aly (4) 422 CONTEMPO RARY SCAN DINA VIAN LITERATU R E Literature i n a ll genres, reflecting 2 0 t h ce n t u ry trends and iss u es i n Scandinavia. Readings in the original for majors; class conducted i n E nglish. aly (4)
421
491 , 492 ( 1 -4)
INDEPENDENT STU DY
Spanish
LA TIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Historic, a rtistic, literary, sociological, a nd geographic eleme �1ts shaping the develop ment .of the Spanis.h speaking N w World . Both H ls pamc and non-HIs p a nic elements will be s tudied. � rerequisite : 202 or fou r years of high school Spa nish . II (4) 351, 352 COMPOS ITION AND CONVERSATION Topics of cu rrent i n terest as a basis for improved oral and written expression; conducted in Spanish. Pre requisite: 202 . I II (4, 4) 421 , 422 M ASTERPIECES OF H ISPANIC L ITERATURE All genres of major litera ry works from the Poell1a del Cid, to 1898; forces which produced the literature; ap p recia tion of l i tera ture as a work of art. Prerequisite: 2 02 . I II a/y (4, 4) 431 , 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY HISPANIC LITERATURE The first semester deals with the literature of Spain from the "Generacion de '98" to the present. The sec ond semester deals with the l i terature of Spanish America from t he modernista movement (1888) to the p resent. E mphasis on period will vary . (4, 4) 442 HISTORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES Historical development of Romance languages with reference to current languages; same as French 442 . I I a/y (4) 491, 492 INDEPENDENT STU DY (2-4)
322
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 302 307 308 309 310 3 13 318 319
The Silent World: An Experience in Deaf Awareness H ispanic Culture and Conversation Deutsches Praktikum Scandinavian S morgasbord Pompeii Faust and Don Juan Qu'est-Ce Que L e StructuraIisme? Th e Contemporary Latin American Novel in Translation
1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY SPANISH Essentials of pronunciation, i n tonation, a nd s tructure; basic skiIls i n listening, s peaking, reading, a nd writing. Labora tory a ttendance required . I I I (4, 4) 201 , 202 I NTERMEDIATE SPANISH A continua tio n of elementary Spanish; reading selec tions which reflect the Hispanic cultura l heritage as well a s conte m p orary materials . Laboratory a tten dance required . I I T (4, 4) 321 CIVILIZA TION AND CULTURE Historic and a rtistic elements which have shaped Spanis h t hough t and behavior from the beginnings to the present; conducted i n Spa nish. Prerequisite: 202 I (4)
MODERN & CLASSICAL LANGUAGES
91
Music The s tudy of m u s ic is, i n these l i m e s of s t ress a n d
Facilities i n c l u d e space a n d i n s t r u m e n t s for
rapid change, a type o f i n v " s t m e n t t h a t ca n p rovide
i n di v i d u a l p ractice and rec i t a l . Private s t u d y in
e n d ur i n g sa t i s fa c tion .
keyboard is avai.lable in pia no, o rg a n , a nd
The s t a ff a n d fac i l i ties of Pacific L u thera n U n iversity are s u ch t h a t
students 01ay p u rsue s t u d ies in m a n y
bra ndlE'S o f m u sic le a d i n g to a c a d e m i c degrees a s
well
as
l i fe l o n g
enjoy men t .
i n l u d e the B a c h e l o r and the
Degree progra m s
of A r t s , t h e Bachelor o f M u s ic,
Master of 1 u sic, w h i dl
i
o ffe r ' d w i th
co ncentration in ei t h e r con ei u ti n g , compos i t i o n ,
edu ca tion, o r performCln d u c a t i o n ,v i t h a m a j o r
i n t n d i n g t o becom
e . The Be c h e l o r o f Arts i n in m u sic i s offered for t h ose
t 'ach
rs in th
public scho o l s .
R o t h t h e u n de rgra d u a te a n d g ra d u a te p rogra m s a re a cc r d i tcd regi o n a l ly a n d n a t i o n i' d l y . Paci fic
ssocia te member of t h e l a lional A ssoc i a t i o n o f Schools o f M u s i c .
L u theran U n iversity is a n
<
PLU m u sic g ra d u a t e s fi nd p l a c s f o r themselves a s t
cl c h c r s
of
mu
i c i n p u b l i c a n d priva te
colleges, a n d as condu ctors,
s
hools a nd
om posers, p ri va te
teac h er s a n d class rooin teachL路 r s . A conside ra b l e n u mber c o n tri b u te grea tly to c h u rch w o r s h i p a s o rga ni s ts, c h o i r d i rectors, o r full-timE' m i nisters. Some h a ve f o u n d s a t isfying ca r 'e rs in m u sic ,
m e rc ha ndisi n g , n tlwr s in concert m a n a ge m e n t . S t i l l o t h e rs, with e m ph sis on
and o n t h e concert s t , ge, t'n t e r t a i n m e n t, voca l ly
perfmma ncc, ar
c
s
i n opera
well a s i n p o p u l a r
and i n strume. n ta lly .
h a rpsichord . O t h e r p rivate s t u d y i n cl u des voice and all string, w i n d , a n d perc u s s i o n i ns t r u me nts, taught by reg u l a rly perfo r m i n g m u sicia n s . Profess i o n a l-q u a l i ty experience i s a va il a b l e to q u a l i fied performers in b a n d , orches tra, cho ir, j a zz, and chamber e n sembles. E x p o s ur e to mu sical l i tera t ure is to be ga i n e d not
o n l v t h rough i n te n sive c o u rse work i n h is torY a n d "
l i te ;'a t u re , b u t a l s o i n a t te nda nce a t t h e la rge
n u m ber of concerts a n n u a l l y p rese n te d by the perfu r m i n g orga n iza tions as well as by s t u d e n ts, fa c u l t y , and guest a rtists in reci ta l .
I t m u s t be e m p h a sized t h a t m u sic majors fo rm b u t a p a r t o f t h e m u l ti-face ted p rogra m o f music a t PLU . A l l s t u d e n ts , r
eligible to a u d ition f o r the
perfo r m i n g orga n iza tions a n d c o n s ti t u te perha p s h a l f o f t h e m e m bersh i p . I n trod uc tory m u sic courses d u ri n g b o th the reg u l a r semesters and the i n te r i m a re d e s i g n e d for explora tion a n d self- f u l fi l l m e n t .
FACULTY Robbins, Chair; K. Vaught Farner, R. Farner, Frohnm ayer, Gard, G. G ilbertson, Harmic, Hoffman, C. Knapp, Kracht, McTee, L . Meyer, B. Poulshock, Skones, Tremaine; assisted by Asplund, Bloomingdale, Brink, Dunbar, Eddy, Grainger, Harty, S. Knapp, Kopta, Kruse, Kuenzi, L. Marti n, McCarty, M ichael, M oore, N. Poulshock, Schlaefer, Shapiro, Storaasli, Timmerman, Ziegenfelder. Fur i n t rod uctory courses to the field o f music, sec the descriptions o f Music 101 and 1 02. Students i n te nd in g to major in music s h o u ld begin the major music equences in Fhe first year. F a i l u r to do sO may me an an extra semester or yea r to complete the major progra m . M u sic maj ors should fill ( J u t a declara ti u n of major form d u ring their first semester of enrollment in the program and be assigned to a m u sic faculty adviser.
Only grades o f " C " o r b tter in m u sic c o u rse s may be cou n ted toward a musi major. Cou rses in which the student receives lower than a " " m u s t be repea ted unless substitute cou rse work is au t horized by the department.
BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: Maximum of 40 semester hours in cl u d ing 1 23, 1 24, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 32, 223, 225, 226, 227, 231 , p l u s 4 hours o f ensemble; 6 h o u rs o f l itera t u re/theory electives trom 327-339, 423-438; 8 h o u rs u f private instruction, p iano ( m i n i m u m clas s level 2). [n addition to rcqui rlo' me nts [is ted a bove, candidat·· for th B . A . degree must meet the foreign language/a l ternati\U requ i re me n t in the College of Arts a n d Scienc>s.
BACHELOR O F MUSIC - INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE 22 Cor
M u sic M usic 3701 380 Music 323 326 345 2-/4420 201 38 I 382 423 424 or 425
Large Ensemble 8 LineMity 2 Orchestration 2 Basic Cond ucting 2 Private In struction 14 (7 semes ters*) Private In s truction: De g ree Recital 2 ( f u l l recital) 2 Class Piano: Min. Level4 4 Chamber Ensemble 2 Contemporary Directions Ensemble 2 Form I Form I[ or I I I 2 2 44 5 Advanced Conducting Litera t u refTheory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 8 74 Total * The n u mber of required cred it hours to be distributed over the nu mber o f semesters indicated. String majors w ill take a n additional 2 semester h o u rs of M u sic 454, Stri ng Pedagogy.
BACHELOR O F M USIC - ORGAN PERFORMANCE M u si c Core Ensemb le (to include Chamber Ensemble, M u sic Contem porary Directions Ensemble) Music 323 345 352 203/403 218 420 423 424 or 425 436 437 438
BACHHOR OF ARTS I N E D UCATION: Consult the School oi Education sec tio n o f this catalog. BACHl:LOR O F M U S IC: rhe department of music also offers the following degree progra m s : o f M u s i c i n Instrumental P e r fo rmance of Music in Organ Performance o f M.usic i n Piano Performance o f Mu sic in Vocal Performa nce of M u s ic in Theory a n d Composition Bachelor l.l f 1vlu sic in Chu rch M u sic Bachelor o f M u sic in Commercial M u sic Master o f M u s i c in Composition, Condu cting, Music Education, and Performance o n s u l t the Graduate Catalog for details of the Master o f M u s ic progra m . Following i s t h e program for a l l e n tering freshmen w h o intend to mOljor in m usic:
Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor Bachelor
ourses
Theory: 1 23, 1 24. Music History: 1 32 E r Trai n i ng: 125, 126 Oass Piano: 201 Private I nstruction Large Ensembl (performa nce majors in some areas may postpone this) Physical Education eneral U n iverSity Requirements
Fall 3
Spring 2 4 1 1
1 1 4
M u sic His tory: 132, 231 Ear Training: 1 25 , 1 26, 225, 226 20th C e nt ury: 227
451
1
the 'xception o f Junior Hi g h Teaching M i n o r (non- pecialist), Elementary Teachi ng Major (non-specialist), and Eleme ntary Teaching Mino r ( non-specialist): 7 h o u rs
8 hours 4 hours 3 hours
The n u mber of required credit h o u rs to be d istribu ted over the n u mber of semesters in d icated.
351 382 383 423 424 or 425 431
1
4
6 Li ne,1[ity 2 2 Basic Conducting Organ I mp rovisation 2 14 (7 semesters*) Private I n s truction: Organ 2 (2 semesters') Private I n struction: Harpsichord 2 ( fu l l recital) Private Instruchon: Degree Recital 2 Form I Form I I or I I I 2 2 H is tory o f Org<ln B u i lding d Sa cre M u sic L i terature 2 2 Hymnology a n d IVl u s ic of the Li tu rgy T Literaturef heorv Electives from 6 327-338, 424-438 Total 68
BACHELOR OF MUSIC - PIANO PERFORMANCE M u sic Core 22 Large Ensem ble M u s .ic 2 Linearity M u sic 323 2 Basic Conducting 345 2 Private I nstructi o n : Piano 202/402 14 (7 semesters*) 21 8 Private I nstruction : Harpsichord 1 420 Pri v a te I nstructi o n : Degree Recital 2 (full recital")
1
The following core is reLju i red i n all music degree programs with
Theory: 1 23, 124, 223
•
22
•
Accompanying Contemporary Directions Ensemble Two Piano Ensemble Form [ Form I[ or [ I I History of Piano Literature a n d Performance Piano Pedagogy Litera t u ren'heory Electives from 327-339, 424-438 Ensemble electives Tota l
2 1 2 2
2
2 4 6 2 68
The n u mber of required credit hours to b e distributed over the n u mber of semesters i n d icated.
*' Piano majors may eJect to specialize i n solo piano, accompanyin g , or piano pedagogy. Piano accompa n y in & majors and plano pe d ago gy miljors shall present 1/2 reCitals i n the j u n io r or se nior yea r , Piano accompanyin g majors shall accompany two fu l l vocal o r i n stru m e n ta l reCitill s , Piano pedagogy majors shall take four ad ditional credi t hours in piano peda ogy,
MUSIC
93
BACHELOR OF M U S I C - VOCAL PERFORM ANCE Music Music 360-363 Music 323 345 201 204/404 420 353 366 423 424 or 425 453 Language
Core
B 22
Large Ensemble Linearity Basic Cond ucti ng Class Piano: Min. Level 8 Priva te Instructi o n : Voice Private I n s truction: Degree Recital Solo Vo I Literature Opera Workshop Fo rm l Form II or III V ocal Pedag ogy Literatu rerrh co ry E l ectives from 327-339, 424-438" French o r Gc r m a n Total
8 2 2 4 10 (7 semesters·) 2 ( f u l l reci ta l ) 2 2 2 2 2
CHELO R OF M U S I C - COMMERClAL MUSIC
Music 360-363, 370,380 127
1 28
201 2-14420 326 328 339 344 345 372 423 442
6 8 74
449
Recommended: PE 241 Modern Da.nce •
••
COMA 250 F u nd <l m e n tal s of Acting The n u mbe r of req u i red c re d i t hours to be distributed over the nu mbe.r of semesters i n d i ca te d . To include M u sic 437, Sacred Musi Litl'rature
BA CHELOR Music M u sic M u sic 249 323 326 327 345 2-14-20 1 382 423 424 425 426 445
OF M U S IC - THEORY AND Co re
O MPOSITION
Large E n semble Electronic M u s ic Laboratory . Li n ea ri t y
O rc h e s tra tion Co mpo si tion ( p rivate study) Basic Cond uc t ll1 g Private I n s truction: P rin cip a l Instru ment lass Piano: M i n . Leve l 8 ontemporary Directions Ensemble Form I Form I I Form Lli Advaoced Orchestration Adva nced Conducting Literature heory Ele c tives from
328-339, 426-438
Total
BACHELOR OF MUSIC - CHURCH MUSIC M u si o re 360-363 horal Ensemble
360-382 203/ 403 or 204/404 2041404 or 203/403
420 323 326 331 381 382 423 424 or 425 437 438 445 453
469
•
L<lrg Ensemble
Principa l l n s t T u m e n t (O rga n or Voice)
The number of required number of semesters indi
94
MUSIC
2 6
4 2
2 2 2 2 2
6 73
..2 6 1 12 (7 semesters')
Secondary Instru m e n t (Voice o r Orga n) Private I n s t ructio n : Degree Recital Li nea r i t y Orches tration Music o f j . s . Bach 01a mber E nse mble Contempora ry Di rect io n s Ensemble Form I Form n or r I I Sacred Music Li te ra t ure H y mnology, Music of the Litu rg y A d v a nced C ondu cting Vocal Pedagogy hurch M usic Practicum Litera turerrheory Electives from 327-33<), 424-438 Religion E le c ti ve (Beyond th r <ju i red cou rse' of Core I or II)
22 2 1 2 2 14
2 (2 sem esters') 2 ( fu l l rec i tal )
2 2
2
2 1 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 4
T ota l
4 78
redit hours to be dis tribu ted over th ated.
467
•
Core Large Ensemble jazz TIleorv
Jau ThcorY IT
Oass Piano ( m i n i m u m level 4) Private I n s truction Private In · truction: D eg ree R e c i ta l Orchestration Arranging H i s tory of j a zz Styles I mprovisa tion Worhhop Basic Co n d u c ti ng U n i ve rs i tv j a z.z. Ensemble Form I . M e t ho d s and rVl a terials o f Com mercial M u s i c Recording Tec h n iq u <, s a nd T 'ch n o l og y Co mmerci a l Music Fi.eld E xpe r ie nce i n Performa nce Electives To ta l
22 4 2 2 2 6 (6 semesters') 2 ( f u l l recita l )
2 2 2
4
2
4 2 2 2
2
8 72
The n u mber of credit h o u rs required to be distributed over the numbe r o f semesters i n d icated ,
COURSE OFFERING S I TRODUCTION TO M U S I C In troduction to mu ic li te rat u re with e m p h a s i on lis teni n g , s tr u c t u rc , p c r i o d , a nd style . Designed to en h a n ce th nj y m e n t e nd u ndersta nding of music.
1 01
Not op 'n to majors . (4)
UNDERSTAN D I N G M U S I C TH ROU G H MELODY Introd uction to the mu sical a rts t h ro ug h a systematic e x p lora t ion of melody as a primary musical impulse in
] 02
a wide variety of musical · tyles i ncluding ethnic (folk), popular, jazz, rock, c1as, iea ! , opera a nd musical thea ter. 1 esigned to enha nce the enjoyment and under standing of a l l music thr ugh i ncreased sensitivity to melody. Not open to maj ors. (4)
1 23
T HEORY I
1 24
THEORY I I
The s tudy ll f musica l terms, fu nda mentals, notation, m e lody writing, a ll d harmonization throug h ana lYSis and writing. (3) A con tinuation of 1 23. (2)
1 25 EAR TRAI N I N G I Develop ment of a u ral ski l l in simple rh y t h m i c d i cta tion, i nterv a l s, s ight - i n gi n g u si n g progressive exer cises consisting o rs h o rt melodies. ( 1 ) 126
EAR TRAINING I I
Continued d v e l o p me n t of aural skills i n Sigh t-sing i ng, melodic and r h y th m ic dictati o n . Elemen tary h a r monic dictation.
(1)
1 27 JAZZ THEORY I introd uction to the theoretical b as i s of j a zz , i nclud ing m e lo d i c , harmonic, and formaJ asp cts as well as ear t ra i n i n g . (2)
1 28 J AZZ THEORY I T A continuation o f 1 27. Prerequisite: ins tructor. (2)
127 or consent f
M U S I C H ISTORY I v J u t-i o n o f Western music from the e a rl y Chris tian e ra th. ro u g h the M id d l e A g e s , Rena issance, and Bar q u e eras. Prere q u i s i te : ] 23 . (4)
132
Th
2 1
C LA S S INSTRUCTION PIANO (1)
202
PRIVATE I N STRUCTI O N : PI ANO (1-4)
203
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION : ORGAN (1-4)
204
PRrv ATE AND C L A S S INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4)
205 206
-
PR I VATE INSTRU CTION: VIO LINIVIOLA
(1 -4)
PRIVATE INSTRUCT I O N : C E L LO/BA S S (1-
4)
207
PRIVATE IN STR UCTION : FLUTE (1-4)
208
PIUV ATE INSTRUCTIO N : OBOE/ENG L 1 S H H O RN (1-4)
209
PRIVATE I N STRUCTIO N : B A S SOON (1-4)
21 0
PRrv ATE INSTRUCTION : CLARINET (1-4)
21 1
PRIVATE INSTR UCTION : SAXOPHONE (1-
4)
212
PRIVATE I N STRUCTI O N : TRUMPET (1-4)
213
PRIVATE I N STRUCTION: FRENCH HORN
214
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROM B ONE/ BA RITONE (1-4)
215
PRIVATE I N S TR UCTION : TUBA (1-4)
216
P R I VATE I N STRUCTIO N : PERCUSSION (1-
217
PRIVATE A N D CLA S S I N STRUCT I O N : G UIT AR (1-4)
(1-4)
20TH CENTURY M US I C The evo l u tion of Western art mu sic i n the 20t h ce.ntury from early dev lopm nt t o cu rre n t tr n d s, i nduding stu d y of mcrgent thear t ical constructs. Pre r 'qui s i te s : 223, 23 1 . (3)
227
2. 1
M U S I C HTSTORY n The evolution of West rn m us i c in the Ro m a n ti c era s . Pre requi s i te s : 1 24, 1 3 2 . (4) STR ING LA B O RATORY M thods and m a teria ls of te a c h i n g a nd instruments in t h · p u b l ic 'c. hools (] , 1 )
241-242
0
ic LI nd
5
p laying tring
WOODWIND LABORATORY M e t hods a n d m a te ri a l s o f teach ing a n d p l a ying wood w i n d i n s t r u me n t s in t h e p u bl i c s c h oo ls . ( I , 1 )
243-244
BRASS LABORATORY Methods a nd mat rials of teaching a nl playi n g brass instrumen ts in the public chools . ( 1 , L )
245-246
PERCUS S I O N LABORATORY Met�od � and m a t e r i a l s of t eae l i n & a n d pia ling per c u�sl o n m t r u me n t s I n the p u b l t S dl o o is . ( I )
247
�
ELECTR ONIC M U S I C LABORA ORY A l a bo r a t o ry e x pe r i nee d e a l i n g wi t h ma terials a n d m e t h od s o f e l e m en l a ry electronic m u sic sy n t h e s is . R eal-lime cxp ricnee in t h . elect ro n ic m u.sic studio, a s well as d i c u s s i o n f va r io u s pop u la r sy n thesizers, e. lectronlc m u S I c aesth llCS, and the u e o( electfl)1l1c i n s t r u m e n t s in s e c o nd a ry e d u c a t i o n . ( 1 )
249
LINEARITY Lin ar- t ru c t- u ral ana lysis of l i te ra t u r of the 19th n d 20th centu rie.s; i n t ro d u tion to Schenkerian a na l ysis; writing and p "rforma ncC' cxp 'Ii nee i n the con l T pll n tal styles of t h se pe ri od . (2)
323
·
4)
218
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARP 0-4)
219
PRIVATE IN STRUCTI O N : HARPSICHORD
(1-4)
Om' h a l f-hour private, or two one-h o u r class l es ons per w(,l�k i n ad
d i tion to daily outside practice. S t u de n ts r!o:ceiving permis.sion t o r i s te r for two semester hours nf c re d i t will receivl' t w o one-ha l f h l u r private I 'sson per W I' ' k . Students i n piano, v o ice and g u i ta r may b e assigned t o class i n s truction a t t h e discretion o f t h e m u sic fac u l ty. Speci a l fee in addition to tuitio n .
,
THEORY IU Systematic study of emergent theoretical con t TU ts frol11 th 1 8 t h and 19th century as represented in liter ature o f that p e riod . (2)
223
225
EAR TRAINING III Advanced a u ra l s k i lls t h ro ugh extended rhythms a n d m e l o d i e s . E m pha s i s o n h a r m o n i c dicta tio n . ( 1 )
226 E A R TRAINING I V Sigh t-singing, i n c l u d i ng pan-tona l melodies. Har monic d icta tion o f mod u l a tory chord prog re s sions in v o l v i n g chroma tic altera t i o n . A d v a n c e d rh y t h m i c dic t a ti o n . ( 1 )
326 ORCHESTRATION Th ra nge, l ra nspos i t i n, sound, and tec h nictl l char acteri li cs c f i n s tru men t . No tatio n , scoring, and a r ranging f r conv n tional a n d u n i q u e in trument groupi n g s . Prere q u iSite: 223. (2) 327 COMPOSITION A sys tematic a p p roa h to contemp rary m usi I com po si tio n ; s tu de nt · cr a te a nd n o ta te works for solo, s m a l l a n d I, rg n' mbles. May be re pe a t e d fo r a d d i tio n a l cre d i t . S p e c i a l fcc in a d d i tion to t u i t i o n . ( 1 -4) <
A RRANGING S t u d y of orches trati o n a l t ec h n i que s a pp l i " d to com merc i a l m us i c . Pre req u i s i t e : 326 or con ent of i n struc tor. (2)
328
All music literature cou rses n umbered from 3 1 to 339 are opell to all un iversity ellrollment wit/wut prereq uisite.
M U S I C OF J OHANN S E B A STIA BACH A study of se l ec t e d work re p re se n ti n g each o f t h e pri m a ry a reas of t h creative ge n i u s o f J . S . Bach. aly (2)
331
ORNAM ENTATION AND PERFORMANCE PRACTICES OF THE BARO Q UE A I? r a c ti ea l s tu d y o f voca l a nd i ns tru me n t a l ornamen tation as i t e vo l ve d in the 17th a nd 1 8 th cen turies. aiy
332
(2)
MUSIC
95
:n
M U S K OF H AYDN A N D MOZART
334
MUSK OF BEETHOVEN
core a naly is a nd study of the historical ignificance of s I cl d works If Haydn a nd Moza rt . aly (2)
A ge n e ra l su rvey w i th I n -d e p l h
works . a/y (2)
s tudy of selected
M BER M U SIC LITERATURE A genera l u r y with in-deplh ludy of sele c ted chambl'r works f r re presenta tIve g mes o aly (2) 336
CH
·
337 THE NINETEENTH CENTURY A RT SONG 1\ s tudy of elect e d art s ng litera l u r ' of ch u b rt, Schu mann , B ra h m , WolL lrauss, Be thoven, Faure, . ebus.s y, and u Pa rc .. S t Ie an< Iysis and interpreta tion With p >rformance 1 11 class. a/y (2) 338
H I STORY OF OPERA
A ge n e r a l ill e1' wiLh in-depth sh.ldy of s Ie t d opera score . aly (2) 3 9
HISTORY OF JAZZ STYLES A s u r v e y of th evolu tion of jazz fro m 1 :00 to pres n t , . ll1cl u d lllg earl y d velopment and trends. a/y (2)
34 1
M U S I C I N THE E L E M ENTARY SCHOOL
M e th od s and pr ce d u rc s for the clas r am teacher in d e v elo p i ng lh ' a ri ou ti mu sic activities i J1 the elemen tary sc hool Offered 111 th.e tall semester �or stu � ents preparin g to b ecom e m usIC pena hsts. Oifer ? 111 the p n n g -emest ' r (or tho ' s t u d n ts pre parIng for e l Emen ta ry cIa s room tee ching. (2) 43
VOCAL JAZZ TECHNIQ U E S
Methods, Litera ture, style, and tedmique for the vocal jazz en se m !:' l . Emphasis on th ' aC9u isi tion of skills n cessa ry I r teachmg voc a l J azz 111 the secondary chool . ( 1 ) 344 I M PROVISA nON WORKS HOP Sm II group performanc .emph sizing indi v i d u a l im p rovi a tio n in a varie ty o t Jazz ly les . May be repea ted fo r e r d i L . ( 1 ) _
·
345 BASIC CON DUCTING I n t ra u ction to b a s ic pc tterns, ges t ur 5, and co nd u c t ing te h n iques; a p p lication to appr priate vocal a nd in lmmental score . (2) 349 E LECTRONIC M USIC PRACTICUM Appl ication of tech· oic te�hni g u � s to com posi tional p r ce . For n on- co m p , Ihon mal rs o.nly. A SSIgned studio time on a reg ular baSIS . PrereqUJslte: 249. ( 1 ) 351 ACCOM PANYING Pra ti e in a�c ompanying repr senta tive vocal and in stru menta l solo literature from all p e no d s . peoal fee in add i tion to t uition . ( 1 )
352 ORG AN IMPROVISATION Basic tech n iques f improvisa tion, particula rly as re la ted to hymn tunes . aty (2) 353
SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE Survey of solo v oca l l i te ra h.lre . (2)
96
MUSIC
360 CH OIR OF T H E WEST A s tu d y of choral l itera t u re a nd technique t h rou g h re hearsa l a nd p ertorma nce of both sacred and secular music. Em p h aSI S on mdlvldual vocal development t h ro ugh c h o r a l sin g ing . A u i hons a t t h e be gin n i n g o f faU s e m e s t e r . ( 1 ) U NIVERSITY CHORALE A s t u d y of ch ora � L i te ra ture and tec h n ique
361
through re hea r a l and p r to rma n ce of both sacred a nd secula r music. Emp h asis on individual vocal dev � lo p ment through choral singing. Audi tions a t the begmnmg of fa ll semester . (l )
362
CONC ERT CHOIR
s t u d y of choral literatu re c:nd tech nique through re hearsa l a nd p er � ormance ot both sacred and secu lar mu s i c. E m phaS I S on tndlVl Uil l voca l develo p ment through choral singing. A u d i t I O n s a t the begtnmng of
A
?
faU semester. ( 1 )
363 U NIVE RSITY SINGERS A studv of choral li tera ture and technique through re hearsa ( � nd p er fo rm a J : c e .o f both sacred and secu la r h aSIS on m d l Idual vocal develop ment music. Emp . t hrou g h c h o ra l si n g i ng . ( 1 ) 364 M A D R I G A L A tudy o f secular part song through rea d i n g a n d p e r formance . ( 1 )
366 OPERA WORKSHOP Production o f chamber opera a � d o p e w sc� n.es . Par tlopa tlon 10 a l l facets of p ro d uch o n . P re re qu Is i te : con Sen t of ins tructor. ( 1 ) 370 U N lVERSITY SYMPHONIC B A N D Study of selec te d band li te ra t u re thro ugh rehea rsa l a nd performa nce . Membership by audition. (I ) 372 U N I V E RS ITY JAZZ E N S E M B L E Studv of s I ted jazz literat ure t h rough rehearsal and perfo rma nce . lembe rship by audition. ( 1 ) Section A Ins trumental; Section B - Voca l . 380 UNIVERSITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA St udy o f select d o rc h es t ra l l i t ra ture through rehear sal a n d perfo r m a nce. Membe rs hi p by audition. ( 1 ) 381 C H A M B E R E N S E M B L E Reading, rehearsal, and pe r forma n ce .of s elected i n strumen ta l chamber musIc. Pre reqU Isite: consent of instructor. ( 1 ) Section A - S tring; S e ction B - Brass; S e ction C Woodv,rind; Section D - Ea rly Instruments 382 CONTEMPORARY D lRECTIONS ENSEM B LE
Public and labora to ry performa nce of contemporary m u sic . ( 1 ) 383 TWO PIANO ENSEMBLE Techniques and p ractice in the performa.nce of t":'" o piano a n d p ia n o d uet litera tu re; includes Sight readtng and program planning. ( 1 ) 401
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: JAZZ (1-4)
402
PRI VATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4)
403
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: ORGAN (1-4)
404
PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: VOICE 0-4)
405
PRrv ATE INSTRUCTION: VIOLINIVIOLA
406
0-4)
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/B A S S 0-
4)
All music literature courses /lumbered frolll 43 1 to 438 are open to all ulliversity ellrollment uiitilOut prereq uisite.
43 1
HI STORY OF PIANO LITERATURE A N D PERFORMANCE
A study of represe nta tive piano compositions of all periods . aly (2)
407
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)
408
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: OBOEIENGL I S H H O R N 0-4)
409
PRIVATE IN STRUCTION: BASSOON (1-4)
433 MUSIC OF BELA B A RTOK A s tudy of representative works of various periods of Bartok . a/y (2)
41 0
PRIVATE IN STRUCTION: CLARINET 0-4)
435
41 1 412 413
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE 0-
4)
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET 0-4) PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: FRENCH HORN
(1-4)
414
PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: TROMBONE/ B A RITONE 0-4)
415
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: TU B A (1-4)
416
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSSION (1-
4)
417
PRIVATE I N STRUCTION: G U ITAR (1-4)
418
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: H ARP (1-4)
419
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: HARPSICHORD
420
(1-4)
PRIVATE I NSTRUCTION: D E G REE RECITAL 0-2)
One half-hour les o n per week. Students receiving pe rm i ssion to register for 2-4 semest r .hours of credit wi l l receive two one-half hour private lessons per week. Special fec i n a d d ition to tuitio n . All 400 series private i n s truction req ui·res permission from t he M u s ic Department before registration.
423 FORM I Advanced a na lysis of litera ture from Cla ssic, Early and M i ddJe Roma n tic s tyles in representa tive genres and media . (2) 424 FORM II Advanced ana lysis o f litera t u re from l a te Roman tic, Impressionist, a nd N a tionalistic s tyles in representa tive genres and media . Prerequisite: 423 . aly (2) 425 F O R M I I I Advanced analysis of l itera ture from Modern and Contemp orary s tyles in represen ta tive genres and media . P rerequisite: 423. a/y (2) 426 A DVANCED ORCHESTRATION Directed studv and scorin g of selected piano works fo r la rge ensembfe; inde pen dent study, may be repeated for additional credit. O ffered on deman d . (1 -2) 428 ADVANCED A R R A N G I N G A con tinuation of 328 on an i ndividualized basis. Pre requisite: 328 or consent of instructor. May be re pea ted for additional credit. ( 1 -2)
MUSIC IN THE UNITED STATES: A H ISTORICAL INTROD U CTION
A su rvey from the colonial p eriod to the presen t cover ing both the cu ltiva ted a n d the vernacula r traditions. aly (2) 436 H I STORY OF ORGAN BU I L D I N G A two-fold s tudy, invoiving both the technicai evolu tion of the pipe orga n (key-actions, windcbest de signs, pi pework varieties and construction, the organ case) as well as the historical evol u tion of the various concepts of tonal design a s these relate to the perform ance of orga n litera t ure . aly ( 2) 437 SACRED M U S I C LITERATURE A survey o f church mu sic primarily thro ugh the study of representative major works. aly (2) 438
HYMNOLOGY A N D THE M U S I C OF T H E LITURGY
A survey of C h ristian hymnody, considered from both a m usical and poetic viewpoint. Also considered w i l l be t h e concept and performa nce o f music tor the liturgy, both his toric a nd contempora ry, primari ly from the Roman, Anglica n, a nd Lutheran traditions. a/y (2) 441
RECENT TECHNIQU E S FOR E L E M E NTARY MUSIC
The concern of the upper elementa ry a n d middle school m usic teacher, i ncluding Orff and Kodaly tech niques. (2) 442
METHO D S A N D MATERIALS O F COMMERCI A L M U S IC
Sou rces and a pplications of commerci al music meth ods and ma terials, including business and legal con sidera tions . (2) 443
METHODS A N D MATE R I A L S FOR SECONDARY CHORAL M U S I C
The orga nization and administration of the secondary school m u sic curricu l u m with p a rticu lar a ttention to the needs of the choral p rogra m . Orga niza tion, man agement, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, and choral l i te ra tu re a p pro p ria te for the various age and experience levels ot stu d ents in grades 7-1 2 . (2) 444
METHO D S A N D MATERIALS FOR SCHOOL I NSTRUM ENTAL M U S I C
The orga ni.za tion and administra tion of the seconda ry school m usic curricu lum with pa rticular a ttention to the needs of the ins tru mental pro g ra m . Organization, management, teaching metho d s, rehear a l tech niques, and instrumental literature a ppropria te for the various age and experience levels of students i n grades 4-12. (3)
MUSIC
97
445
ADVANCED CONDUCTING
506
R iin· ment of p a tterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; a pp l ication to a p p ro pria te vocal and in strumenta l score s . Prerequisite : 345 . (2) 449
RECO R D I N G TECHNIQUES AND TECHNOLOGY
Th theo ry and practice of audio recording, including labora tory ex perience w i th va rious media, recording quipment, locations, and genre . P rivate or group in st rucLio n . Special fee . aly (2)
451
PIANO P E D A G O G Y
aching tech n iques for prospec tive teachers of piano, including techniques of priva te and class piano instruction . Methods and ma terials from beginning through advanced levels. (2) Section A - Basic; Section B - Lower Elementary ; Section C - Upper Elementa ry; Section D Advance d .
T
-
452
O R G A N PEDAGOGY A N D REPERTO I R E
Me t hod s and techniques of priva te organ instruction, · including su pervisecf p ractical experience. A s u rvey of organ l i tera tu r representative ot all major composers and s tyle periods . aly (2)
453
VOCAL PEDAGOGY
Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of s i n g i ng. (2) 454
STRING PEDAGOGY
The p h y s i logica l a nd psychological a p p roach to string p laying and teaching. I ncludes discu ssion and demons tra tion of instrumen t and bow techniques, private lesson a p p roach and materials, general and specific string problems. aly (2) 467
COMMERCIAL M U S I C FIELD EXPERIENCE IN PERFORMANCE
Pre para tion for p rofessional work t h rough p ractical field e x p e r ie n ce 111 performa nce situations. Prerequi sites: 442, consen t of instructor, and j unior or senior s ta tus. (2) 468 PRACTICUM IN COMMERCIAL M U S I C A u pervised educational exp erience in a work set ting. P n: re q wsite s : consent o f instructor and ju nior or senior sta tus. May be repea ted for additional credi t . (2)
469
CHU RCH M U S I C PRACTICUM
.
(2)
49 1 , 492
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Prerequisite: consen t of instructor. May be repeated for addi tional cre d i t . ( 1 -4) 502
PRIV ATE INSTRUCTION: PIANO (1-4)
503
P RIVATE IN STRUCTION: ORGAN (1-4)
504
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: VOICE (1-4)
505
P R I V A TE INSTRUCTION: VIOLINIVIOLA
(1-4)
507
P RIVATE IN STRUCTION: FLUTE (1-4)
508
P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: OBOE/E N G L I S H HORN (1-4)
509
P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: BASSOON 0-4)
51 0
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CLARINET 0-4)
511
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: SAXOPHONE 0-
4)
512
P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TRUMPET (1-4)
51 3
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: FRENCH H O R N
514
P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TROMBONE/ B ARITONE 0 -4)
51 5
P RIVATE INSTRUCTION: TUBA 0-4)
516
0-4)
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: PERCUSSION 0-
4)
51 7
PRfV ATE INSTR UCTION: G U ITAR 0-4)
518
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: H A R P 0 -4 )
519
PRfVATE INSTRUCTION: H A RPSICORD
0 -4) 520
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CONDUCTING
(1-4)
One h a l f- h o u r lesson per week. Students receiving permission to regi�ter for 2-4 s mestcr h o u rs o f cred i t w i l l receive two l)ne-ha l f h o u r priva t · lessons per wee k . Spe c i a l fee in a d d ition to t u ition . A I ! 500- 'erics priva tE' i n struction req u ires permission from the M u sic De p a r t m e n t before re g i s t ra t io n . ( 1 -4)
527 COMPO SITION A systematic a pproach to con tem pomry music com p osition; students create, notate, and p erform works for solo, small and large ensembles. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -4) 532
MUSIC BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH TECHNIQUES
Survey o f the main research tools available for ad vanced w or k in music. Course content can be adapted to needs of stud nts i n music education, theory, or performance. aly (2) 539
Planning, rehearsing, and p roviding weekly mu ic for a local ch urch u nder the gUIdance ora facu lty m em be r
PRIVATE INSTRUCTION: CELLO/BA S S 0-
4)
TOPICS IN M U S I C H I STORY
Development of a research paper on a selected s ubj ect relil ting to the departmental upper division offerings in music history and lite ra ture. (331 -339, 431 -438) . (2) 545
SEMINAR IN ADVANCED CON DUCTING
Directed study o f selected scores fo r large and small ensembles, vocal a nd instrumenta l . May be repea ted for cred it. (2) 549
E LECTRONIC M U S I C SYNTH E S I S
Di.rected study of electronic mu sic litera ture, tech ni ques, and com position . May be repea ted for credit.
( 1 -2)
551
ACCOMPANYING
Practice in accom p a nying rep resenta tive vocal and in s trumental solo l i terature from all periods. Accom p a nyi n g in performance will be required. S pecial fee in add i tion to tuition. ( 1 )
98
MUSIC
560
CHOIR OF THE WEST
t dy of choral ensemble rehearsal tech niques with e m p h a s i s on score analysis. ( ) A
s u
561
U N IV E R SITY CHORALE
A stu dy of choral e nsemble rehearsal techniques with
emphasis on vocal pedagogy i n the rehearsal . (1)
566 OPERA WORKSHOP Production of cha mb e r opera a nd ope ra scenes. Par足 tici p ation i n all facets of p roductio n . P re r e q u is i te : c n足 s nt f i n s t r uct o r . ( 1 ) 570 UNIVERSITY SYMPHONIC B AND A study of b nd rehearsal techniques w i th emphasis o n score nalysis. (1) 72 U NI V E RS ITY JAZZ ENSEMBLE A study of j azz ensemble rehea rsa l techniques with
e m p ha s i s on stylistic considera tions. ( 1 )
580 UNIVERSITY SY MP HONY ORCHESTRA A 揃 tudy o f orches tra ensemble re hearsal techniques with e m ph a sis on scar a na lysis. ( 1 ) 581 CHAMBER ENSEMBLE Analysis, rehearsal, and p rformance of selected in足 s t r u m e n t I c h a mber music. Prer q u is i te : consen t of i n s t ructor. (1) 582
CONTEM POR A RY D I R ECTIONS
ENS E M B L E
Pu blic a nd la bo ratory p e rform a nce of c o n t e mp o ra ry musi . Emphasis on score a na lysis . (I )
83
TWO-PlANO ENSEMBLE
Perfo rm a nce of tw o p i a no and piano duel l i tera tu re, inclu d ing score analysis. ( 1 ) -
590 596
599
GRAD UATE SEMINAR (1-4) RESEARCH IN M U SI C (1-4) THESIS (2-4)
COURS E S TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 301 303 305 306 3 11
A Cultural Tour of N ew York City Introduction to Piano Beginners Band Johann Sebastian Bach: Nine Cantatas with a Passio n Musical Th eater Experience
MUSIC
99
DMSION OF
Natu at Sc·ences
d uca t io n a t Pa c i fic L u th r<J n U n i ver s i tv is dir eled b th towa rd underg radua te preparatio'n of fu t ure scie nce p ro fessionals a nd owa rd the creation of c r i t ic a l scien t i fi c awareness for [ i b c ra J ly ed u ca ted ci ti ze n s i n a l l walks of l i fe . Sci n ee
.
as fu nda men tal p ri n c i p l es , gr ups of concept , bod i e s of k n m ledge, a n d means f T s u rviv, I. Hol i s t ic so lu t'io ns t o globa l problems re q ui re t h e a b i l i t y lo i n te rre l a te tech n ica l k n o wledge a nd human v a l u es . Sci e n ce m u s t be t a u g h t
Conce rn for h o w s i e n c e i s u sed m u s t n o t obscu re the motiv a t io n for p u rsuit o f t he bf.!s t scie n ti fic w o rk : t l1l' j o y o f tryi n g a d . uccced i n g, t he joy o f di scovery , n d u n ders t a n d i n g . FACULTY Swank, iuisiollal Chair; fac u l ty memb ers of the Depart m e n ts of B i o l ogy, Chemi stry, Ea rth Scie.nces, M ath ematics and Computer Science, and Physics and Engineering.
As a d i \' i :;iun w i t h i n the 011 ge o f Arts cl n d SClcnc�' s , the D ivisi o n "I' N, t u ra l 5cil ' n ces o f l' rs . ro)�ra lT1' i n pach c o n s t i t u' n t k': ,ld i n g to l h e D . • • B . · · . dq, TC(,S a n d to the 13 . 5 . In I c c h n u lo g y . Co u rse or tc n n gs a n d degree rICq u i r e m c n t arc l i s t,,'d u nd e r :
f
depa rt m(;n l �kdlci'l l
1 �:'l
BIOLOGY Ct-IEMlSTRY
EARTH SCI ENCES MATHEMATIC AND COMPUTER SClENCE PHYSICS AND E N G I N E RING
Sec a l so the s.' e t i o n s o f t h i s ('ata l o g on t h e E n v i r o n m c n t a l S t u d i," Pro�ral11 and u n the. HCd l t h Sci e nce s ( u n d c r Pre p ro fessional l'rngTa m b) . CoursCb s u i tnble for m 'cl i ng Cor" 5cic nCl" I M " t h c. m a tics may be f"ll ll e!
.
below:
1 fl'q u i n;nll' n l i n Nill u rd l w i t h i n e a c h d e p a rl m c. n t o r
COURSE OFFERING 1 06 COSMOS, EARTH, AND U FE C I1si dcra t'ion o f t h e begi n n i n g' , ev( l u tion, and pos sible fa te s of lh u n i ve rse 8 S revealed by p r�sen t e vi d �nce . The fo r m atio n and develop me n t of pl a n t e tth, geol.ogic processes t h ro u g h geologic t i m e . The impacl of c i vi liza tio n on gh ba l re sou rce. s . The a t o m i c a n d m ol cu l a r vi w of h mi a l prc rl'qu i s i tcs for l i fe . T h e Oli g i n a n d formation of t h e a t m l s p here a n d po t e n tia l t h rea ts of l te ri n g i ts co n s t i t ue n ls . Study of t h e deve lop me n t a n d d iversi fi cation of l i f ' by fw u s i n g o n 1I 11 i fyi ng c n epts a nd c o n ll' 1 systems. L b ) ra to ry ex periences to rein force under t a n d i n g o f ho'w h y p th eses a r e b u i l t and cri t ically tested . Fu lfi lls N a tu ra l i ncesfMa t he.ma tics cor ' req u i re me n t, line 1 o r 2 . (4) c
N rSlng •
SCHOOL OF A
nursing ca reer offers great opportu n i ty for a rich and re ard ing professional l i fe . I t a fford virtually unlimited cho ice of loca tion, e n vi ronme nt, nd type of service. The physical , mental, socia l, and spiritual health of people is of u n iver al onc rn , a n d those prepared t maintain their good health are in nsta n t demand. The Sch 0 1 of N u rsi ng is a profession a l school which combines p rofessional a nd Ijberal a rts studies in assisting students to develop a s e n se of r ' po n s i bi lity for acq uiring the a t t i t u d s , knowledge, and skill necessary fo r me e tin g nursin"Y n � ds of the com m u n i ty. The generic program i · d 'signed fo r studen ts who have had no previous prepa ration in n u rsing, Cl n d graduates of this program wh suc essftll ly complete the State Board exa minations (R g i slere d N u rse) a re prepar d f r beg i n n i n g posib() n � i n p rofession a l nursing. The School aJso lifers a specia l program to registered n urses who wish to complete re q uiremen t s for the BCI h 'lor of Scie nce in N u rsi ng a nd prepare for leadership posi tions" Graduat s from either p rogram are p repared for continuing their formal ed ucation at the gr, duat level. '
nder the d i rec t su pervision of i ts fa cu lty m mbers, ch )01 u s 5 faci l i b es of hos pi taL, hea l t h agenc. ie , and schools i n rhe co m m u n i ty t p rovi de optimal cl inic I learning experie n ce fo r i ts stu dents . the
The S ch ool of ur " j g is accredited by the Wa hinglon State Board f u rsi n g and by th ' National League for Nursin I t is a charter memb f the estern Cou ncil on High r Edu 'atio n for .
Nur'ing.
FACU LTY ManseIJ, Deun; Aikin, Allen, Carpen ter, CaIper, Cone, Coombe, Gough, Hagerott, Hansen, Hefty, D. Joh nson, Ki rkpatrick, C. Klein, Lingenfel ter, Mason, E. Meehan, Normile, L. O l son, Page, Rhoade , Shuma ker, Stavig, Steege, Stigge lbout, Stucke, Williams, Wilson, Yumibe.
• "
�
q 0 "
"
ADMISSION AND CONTIN UATION POUGES
who is considering making application for a d mission to the nu rsing p rogram is advised to contact the School of Nursing for advice aDout prerequisites to be com pleted, other requiremen ts to be m e t, a n d the progra m to p u rsue after a d m ission .
Appl ica tions for a d mission to the School of ursing are accepted twice during the' year. Students wishing to be considered for either fa l l o .r spring semesters o f the fol l owing academic yeM mu�t submit applications bet\.\('e n january 1 and February IS. Students wishing to be considered tor spring se m s ter .1 d m ission must submit a p l ication by September 1 5 . Ap.plic.1 tions are considered only i the il pplica nt has been I.,[fered , d mission to the university a n d has p rovided transcripts .md A l lied Health Profe.ssions Admission Test scores ae requ e�tcd by the A d m i . . ions Committ e. I n format on about the A l lied Health Professi ons A d m ission Test may be secured from the School early i n the fall.
HEALTH
S tu den ts seeking a d m ission to either the generic p rogram or the program tor regIStered nurses m u s t 111akc formal appltcahon to both the u n iversity and the School o f Nu rsing.
r
When there arc more qualified applicants than the School can accept, selection is made on a competi tive basis. I n making the selection, the School of N u rsing Ad missions C o m mittee uses grade " as th mEljor means of evaluation, but al '0 considers such other releva n t factors as elected scores received on the Allied Health Profe·sion.- dm l�s ion Test, prior experience in nursing, previous studv a t PLU, significant co-curricul a r activities (schooL com munity, ch urch, etc.) and o the-r perti nent extenuating or extraordinary circu m stance Students ilre admitted to begin their nUniing progTilm i n either the fa l l or the spring semester, and selection for both terms is mad" the p revious spri ng-, gem'rilll b, May 1 . A dditional selection for the spring semester ts made in the fa l l , generally by November 1. I nsofar as p ossible, students are a d mitted for the term o f their choice, but when th r are too m a n ' d('siring a gi ven term, determination of which stude n ts "v I l i be a d m i tted for th l.' next scmc · ter and which will be deferred until the fol lowing semester is made by ra ndom selection. To comple tE' t b e Bach�lor o f S c ienl.; e i n ! ursing progra m , ix se m este rs a re. normally required from the time of enrolling in the fir · t nurs i n g course [eg-ardles ' of the n u m ber o f collq;� ('[edits earned previously. The School .of N u rsing reserves the right to request withdrawal llt a nursin g s tu d e n t w ho fa d s to demo nstrate competency o r who fails to main t.1 in professional cond uct. Minimal criteria for a d mission to or continuation i n the School of N u rsing arc a s fol lows: l . Ad m ission to the u n iversity. Applica n ts must have been ad mitted to PaciJic Lutheran U n i versity before consideration of their applicatio n . However, a d miSSIon to the u n iversity docs not guara n tee a d mission to the School of N u� rsing. 2. Completion o f o r current e n ro l l mc' n t i n Psychology I Ol ( I n tro d uction to Psychology) a n d th rl.'\.' ot the following: Biology 201 ( I n twc!uctury M icrobiology), Biology 205, 206 ( H u m a n Anatomv a nd Physiology) , Che mis try 103 (Chemistry of Life), and Sociology 101 (Introduction to Sociology). (The remaining COUTses will be completed a fter ,'nrolling i n the n u rsing progra m . ) 3 . Com p letion o f a m i n i m u m o f 2 6 semester cred i t hours. Some of these may be in progress a t the time of applica tio n . 4 . A m i n i m u m grade o f 2 . 00 i n a l l required n u rsing a n d p rerequisite courses. A student receiving a grade o f less than 2.00 i n a ny course which is a prerequisite for a nursin g course may not continue in that nursing course until the prerequisite course is repeated with it grade point of 2 . 00 or above. 5 . A minimum c u m u l a tive grade point average o f 2.00. 6 . Physical hea l th a n d stamina necessary to withsta n d the demands o f n u rsing. 7. Emotional stabil ity s u fficient to cope with the stresses i n herent in learning and practicing n u rs ing. Registered nu rses a rc a d m i tted to begin their nursing program in the fal l semester. They may choose to be enrol led fu ll-t.ime for a total of sixteen months, or to extend their progra m a n d enroll on ,1 p art-time basis. The registered n u rse student must have completed a l l non-n u rsing coun;' prerequisites and a minimum of 2 4 semester cred i ts of the core requireme nts a n d electives for a tota l of 56 s m l'ster cred i ts . O ther m i n i m a l criteria for ad mission to or contin uil tiun In the nursing progrilm are a s ou tlined above for t h e generic s tudent. T h e regis tered n u rse
1 02
NURSING
The nursing student is responsible for maintaining optimal hea l t h a nd is a teacher of health. Physical examination, x-rays, a nd i m m u n izations are required betore ad m i ssion to the clinical areas, a nd periodical ly thereafter, a n d a rc the responsibility o f t h e s tudent. E a c h s t u d e n t must carry personaJ h e a l t h insurance. ADDmONAL COSTS
In addition to regu lar u niversity costs, students arc tu p rovide their own transportation between the u niversity cam p u and the cltI1lcal labora tory a reas beglllI1lng With the first nu rsll1g' course. Available public trc1 llsportation is l i m ited, so provision for private tra ns ,ortation is essentia l . Students are required to carry professional iability insu rance during all periods of clinical experie n c e . This is available under a grou p plan a t a nominal cost to the studen t . Health exa mination fees, student uniforms (approximately Sl 1 5.(0) a n d equipment (wristwatch, sci5sms, stethoscope) arc also the responsibility o f the student.
f
CE RTIFlCA TION FOR SCHOOL NURS I N G
E ducational Staff Associate Certificiltion for school nurses is ind ivid ually designed t h rough a consortium consisting of a school dis trict, related profeSSional associ a tion, a n d Pacific Lutheran U n iversity. Additional information on this p rogram ('a n be obtained by contacting the dean o f the School o f Education or the dean o f the School of N u rSing. RESOU RCES A N D F A C I L I T I E S
Good Samarit-an Hos p i ta l , Puya l l u p , \IVA ( 1 70 beds) David K . H a m ry , M . I I . A . , President MMv lone Troeh , R . N . , Director o f N u rsing Lakewood Genera l Hospita l , Tacoma, \IV A ( 100 beds) Bruce M. Yeats, A d m i n istrator Peggy Dawson, R. N . , Assista n t Admin istrator for N u rsing Service Madi s an A r m \, Med ical Cen ter, Tacoma, iVA (536 beds) Bngac!icr General Guth rie L. Tu rner, j r . , M . D . , Commanding Offiner Colonel 6 veri\, Glor, B . S . N . , M . S . , D. N . , Ch ief, Department o f Nu rsi n g ' ivLu)" Bridge C hildren's I lealth Center, Taco m,l , \IVA (68 beds) j . Peter johnson, M . H . A . , Admi.nistrator Karen Lvnch, R . N . , B . S . N . , Assistant Administrator for Pa tie'n l Se rvices Puget Sound Hospital, Tacoma, iVA ( 145 beds) Leo G . Smith, B . S . C . , v i t . P . I I . , Administrator Sister Judi th Levesque, R . N . , B . N . , M� N . , Director o f N u rsing 5t. Joseph Hospital, Tacoma , iVA (250 beds) Daniel Russell, B . S . , M . H . A . , Administrator Hazel Hurst, R . N . , 6 . S . , M . N . , Assista n t Admin istrator for N u rsing Service St. Peter Hospitil l , Olym ia, \IVA (150 bed s) David L. Bjornson, iv . H . A . , Adm i nistra tor Anne Berto l i n , R . N . , B . S . N . , Director of N u rsing Service Tacoma G e neral Hospital, Tacom a , \VA (299 beds) DaVid ,vhchaud, B . S . , :VI . S . H . A . , PreSident Betty Hoffman, R . ;\J . , B . S . N . , Director of Nursing Service Tacoma-Pil.� rce Cou n ty Health Department, T.1 (oma, WA R . M . N ichola, M . O . , M . H . S . A . , Director, Tacoma-Pierce County Health Department Na ncv Cherry, R . N . , M . P . H . , Director o f N u rsing Tacoma (oublic Schools, Tacoma, W A Donna G. Ferguson, R . N . , M . N . , Coordina tor of H ea l th & Hand icapped, Division of Health The Doctors Hospital, Tacoma, \VA (70 beds) Mal Blair, M . H . A . , A d m i n iBtrator H a rriet f-I u ffm � n , R . N . , Asoista n t Admin istrator, Director of Patient Services Veteran, Ad m i nistration Hospital, Tacoma, W A (904 beds) Willii1m E . Claypool, A . B . , ivI . H . A . , D i rector joa n Stout, R . N . , B . S . N . , tvI . N . A . , Chief, N u rsing Service W stern State Hospital, S te i lacoom, W A (950 beds) Morg a n Martin, 1'A. D . , S u perintendent Vivia n Eh ly, R . N . , M . S . , Director o f N u rsing
r
BACHELO R OF SCIENCE IN NURSING ·1 h e c u rric u l u m p l a n a n d its i m p l e m e n t a t i o n a rc d e s i g n e d to foste.r growth a n d to e nco u ra ge initiative a n d self-direction on the p a rt of the studenL In add i t i o n to n u rsing requirements, the s tu dent is expec ted to meet u n iversity requirements. N urs ing CllurSes arc sequential i n nature and all have prerequisites. A student i nterested in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree should contact the School of Nursing and begin the course sClluence upon entrance to the u n iversity. For spring semester enrollment the cu rricu l u m generally follows the fa l l semest 'r Format with modifications as necessary to assure comp l e t i on of a l l p re req uis i t e cou rses by the time they arc needed . A sch e d u l e of courses is developed indiv id u a l ly w i th each s tudent who begins nursin g co urs es in t h e s p r i n g s e m e s t c L N u rs i n g cou.rses must be taken concurrently a nd i n sequence a s i ndica tt'd i n t h e sample cu rricu l u m , and normally ex t e nd over s i x semesters. Fl RST YEAR - Pre-Nursing p, II Scmester
Biolo g y 205 Psychology lOI or Sociology 1 0 1 C U R/ orl' Physical Educ atio n 1 00
I n terim Elective
Spring Semester Chemistry 103 Sociology 101 o r Psychology 1 0 1 Biology 206 Physical Education
4 4 4 ___ I 13
4 4
___
4 4 4 1 13
SECOND YEAR
Fa l l Semester Biologv 201 G U RICorc Psychologv 335 o r Education 321 N u rsi ng 2 14 Physical Education
4
4 4 4 ___ 1
17 I n t eri m E l e ct ive Spring Semester I ursing 220 ursing 224 CUR/Core Elective Physical Education
-
F II Semester u r si ng 334 N u rsing 344 C U R/C o re
I n terim (optional) Spring Semester
NurSing 354 NurSing 384 N u rsing 394 G U R/Core
4 4
___
4 4 4 4
1 17
___
4 4 ___ 8 16
0-4
FOURTH YEAR Fall Semester N u rsing 424
4 4 4 4 ___
N u rsing 434
Nursing 444 C U R/Core
16
0-4
I n terim (op tional) Sp r i ng Semester N u rs i ng 464
4 ---1i 12
N u rSing 478
'GUR
general u n i v e rsi ty re q u i re m e n t
COURSE OFFERIN G S 214
NURSING I : SOCIALIZATION TO NURSING
Concepts regarding self a n d society, relations, com m unications, lea rnin g s, and levels o f wellness. In troduces historical mi festones o f nursing and trends in nursing ed uca tion. Prerequisites: PSY 1 0 1 , and prior or concurre n t enrollment in SOC l O L (4) 220
NURSING II: COMMONALITIES IN NURSING CARE
I ntroduction to the n ursing p rocess and psychomotor skills i n client care . Emphasis is o n the role of the pro fessional n urse in implementation of the n u rsing p ro cess. Includes selected clinical experiences v,lith a d u l t clients. Prerequisites: BIOl 201 , 2 0 5 and 206; l\ ruRS 2 14; and concurrent registration in 224. (4) 224 NURSING II: HEALTH ASSESSMENT Assessment of health status of well chi ldren a nd adults . E m p hasis is on begi n n i ng assessment tech n i ques as p a r t of the nursing process. Attention is given to the u se of health res o u rces, the i n fluences o f the eco-system, and t h e role o f t h e health team i n m a i n ta i ni n g wellness. I ncludes selected c l i nical ex periences w i th well children and adults. Prerequisi tes: B IOl 205 and 206; C H E M 1 03; NURS 2 1 4; p rior Qr con curre n t registration in PSYCH 325 (or E D U C 321 ) ; and concurrent registra tion in NURS 2 2 0 . (4) 334 NURSING CENTRUM I An introduction to the less complex medica l-surgical situations of adul ts, to the growing family, a nd to the preventive aspeCts of mental health nursin g . D rug and diet therapy and theories of phy sical an d psych osocial development. Prerequisites: B I O L 2 0 5 and 206; N U RS 220 a n d 224; and concurrent registration in 344. (4)
4
4 4 4 ___
16
NURSING
1 03
3 44 HEALTH PROBLEMS Med ica l-s u rgical p ro b l e m s o f a less s tressful na ture and a p p ro p ri<lte nursing actions to faci l i ta te adapta tion . I ncl u d e. experience with a growi ng family lhn ugh the peri n a tal p e r iod, and a p pl ication of p ri n cip les of c ri s i i n terv e n tion i n dea ling with health pr ble m s i n l ec te d cli nical experiences . Prerequi si tes: B l OL 205 <l nd 206; NURS 220 and 224; and con cu nen t r gistra t i o n in 334. (4)
354
NU RS ING CENTRUM II
The me re complex medical-surgic<ll and psyc h ia tric s i t u a t io n s . " m p h a si5 o n p <l tho p h y s i o l o g ical and p-yc h o p a t hologic<ll a sp e cts a nd t h e i r a p p l i ca ti on to th n u rsi ng proces in t he care o f child ren and a d u l t s . Prerequisites: 334 a nd 344, a n d concu rre n t registration i n 384 nd 394. (4)
384
CLINICAL PROBLEMS I Psy chi<l tric a nd medica l-surgical p roblems of a stress
fu l natu r with the <l p p ropri a te n ursing actions to faci l i ta te a d a p ta t i on or restor a t io n to a h ig h e r level o f weUn ss . Pre requisites: Concurren t registration i n 354 and 394. (4)
394 NURSING PRACTICUM I Oinical a p p li c a t io n of N ur s i ng 354 and 384 . The stu dent i s e. pc.: t d to a p ly theoretical principles base d 011 p a t h o p h y s i o log ic a and psychopa thological con ce p t s in th e clin ical setting, u s i n g in terpersonal and technical s kil l s . P re req u i s i tes: Co ncurre nt registr<l tion
t
i n 354 and 384 . (4)
424
NURSING CENTRUM III I n t ro d uction to acute devia n t behavior patterns a n d to I j Ie threa t e n i n g medical-su rgical p roblem s of children a n d a d u l l s . Emphasis o n complex path ophysiological and psy h o pa t hol o gica l aspects and thei r i mp lications fo r t h e nursing p roce ' s . Prerequisite ' : 354, 384, and 394, and co n c u r re n t registration i n 434 and 444. (4)
434 CLlNlCAL PROB LEMS II In troduction to nursing actions a ppropriate to str ess ful medical, sur g ic al , and p sychiatric problems and to th new 'r parameter of n u rsing. Exam i n a tion of i sli e, in n u rsin � and c ha n g e s i n health care systems. Prerequis ites: Concurrent reg i str a ti on i n 4 2 4 a n d 444. (4) 444 NURSING PRACTICUM n a inical a p p l ication of pa thophysiological and psycho pathological concepts in criti c a l care n u rs ing, i nclud i ns. use o f i n terpersonal and s o p histicated technical ski l l s . Prereq u i s i tes: Concurren t registration i n 424 and 4 4. (4) 464 NURSING CENTRUM I V P repara tion for fu t u re p r o fessionaJ roles o f the n urse in t h l h alth d e l i v e ry syste m . E m p h a s i s on leadershi p n d ma nagemen t skills, p rofessional j udgment, deci sion making, a nd the n urse a s a cha nge age n t . Exami nation of l e gi slati on , e c o n o mic s e c u r i ty , p rofe s sio n a l grow t h, a n d the use of health a n d w e lfa r e r e sou r ces . P r e req ui s it e s : 424, 434, a n d 444, a n d c o n cu r re n t regis tra tion i n 478. (4)
104
NURSING
478
SENIOR PRACTICUM Clinical <l pplicabon of p rof'ssional a nd techn ical skills i n pri mary or seco ndary n u rs i ng se t t i ng s . Each stu dent i s expected to function i n a sta ff n ur se role and progress to a leadership rol ' . Pr 're q u i si t e s : 424, 434, and 444, and concurre n t regi s t rali o n in 464 . (8) 492 I N D E PENDENT STUDY P re re q ui s i t e : Pe rmissi n o f the dean. ('1 -4)
49 1 ,
COURSES TO BE O FFE RED IN THE 1 983 INTERIM 308 311
Medications: Theory and A dmin istratio n Su rgical Intervention
Ph-Iosophy Phil so phy is the pare n t acad mic discipline which gave birth to tod ay's variety of ar ts a nd scien ces . It ana lyzes basic i ssues in all fields a n d s e k s to u nder tand the in terconnections among the various facets of human l i fe and xperience. Areas of concern include the scope and character of human knowl dge; moraL aesthetic, and religious va lu � ; human ne ture and i ts p lace i n t h e universe; and the lIltimate na ture o f reality. A cour e of study i n phi l o p hy acquain ts students ,vith major rival world views and va lue sys tem s, encou rages them i n the habit of analytic and systematic thought, and h el p s them to sel:! li fe critical ly, a ppreciati ely, and whole.
FACULTY P. Menzel, Chair; Arbaugh, Huber, Myrbo, N ordby.
USES OF P H I LOSOPHY Cou rses in p h i l osop hy are. designed to meet the needs of a variety of st u d e n ts: ( 1 ) those who desire some knowle dge of ph ilosophy as a basic elem e n t i n J liberal educ<1 tion; (2) th ose who wish to p u rs u e some s pecial in terest, for E'xil mp k', in e t h ics, science, religion, t h e h is tory of though t , o r tl"" idea s of particu l a r men or p ,,' o p le s; (3) those w h o wish to support t lw i r work i n other fie lds , tor exa mple, l i l<'ra t u re, history, re l igion, t h e sciences, ed ucil ti o n , o r b u s i ness; (4) th ose w h o p l a n to u s e a major i n p h i l osophy as preparation for graduate or professional study in a n other fie l d , for exnmpl e, theology, medicin -', or law; _ and (5) those w h o p l a n to do gradua te work in p hilosophy i t s e l f, usua lly with t h e i n te n ti o n of teac h i n g in the field . U n d e rg ra d u a te study in p h i losophy does not t r a i n on(' spec i fica lly for a first j o b . I t does provide essential perspectives, as well as basic s k i l l s i n a n a lysis and i n terpre t a t i o n , t h o u g h t a n d problem s o l v i n g , rest'ilrch a n d w r i t i n g _ Thl'se - usuillly coupled w i t h specia l ized tra i n i n g in other disci p l i n es - fit one l or a grea t variety of positions of voca t i o n a l responsibility_ P<'rsons w i t h the g rea tes t u p w a rd mobility in fi elds such as busine.ss management, la w, educa t i o n , e n g i n eeri ng, operations resea rch , data process i ng, or social work, are general l y n o t t h ose with the most specialized tra i n ing, but those with bruad perspectives, fl e x i b i l ity ,md depth, and s k i l l s i n t h o u g h t a n d com m u nica tiun .
===:::��
SU PPORTING PROGRAMS IN PH ILOSOPHY FOR OTHER FIELDS Philosophy provides a solid foundation for a variety of studies and careers. S tudents using i t to support primary work in other fields may elect a mi nor or major or some other combina tion of wu rses of i n terest. Those w i th double majors may requ(>.st a modification or reduction of the requirements for th sta ndard major.
f
Rccom meJlded programs o f study in philosophy to sU Port work in a variety of other discipl i ne s and for a variety 0 c a re e rs a re described in se para te broch u res available in the departmental office. These i nclude business, education, hea lth professions, law, p a rish mini s try and theological studies, social work, fine arts, humanities, a n d social and natu ral sciences. A PROG RAM OF Q U A L I TY PLU's department of p h i losophy offe.rs a distinctive course o f studies. T h e members o f t h e department a l l h o l d t h e doctorate, have studied at leadin !? in stitutions in this cou n t ry and abroad, a nd have participated 111 professional p rograms i n the U n ited t ,e department is States a n t I Eu mpc. The excellence of l evidenced by g ra n ts received a n d by the success of its gradua tes at major graduate and p r o fessional schools throughout the country. The depart m e n t strongly emphasizes the quality of its teaching, All students, but especially those with major ur minor programs, receive i n d ividual a tte n ti o n and assistance. INTERIM OFFERINGS Special i n terim courses at PLU explore a variety of topics a nd c u l t u ra l perspectives, Cultural studies have been conducted in foreign cou n t ries such as G ree ce , Italy, Spa i n, a nd Norway, On cam 'us studies have been concerned with themes o f social and Icga ph i losophy, game theory, war and mora l i ty, j u s tice, love, capitalism and business, bio-medical ethics, and religion a n d SCience.
f
U N I VE R SITY CORE REQUIREMENT
The general university core requirement u f four h o u rs in phi loso phy may be satisfied by any course offer d except 100 Reasol1il1g, 121 Critical Thil1kil1,\ 1 amt Writil1g, a n d 233 1'ltrodllcliol1 to Logic. 226 Moral Problems, 325 3l1sil1ess Ethics, 326 Moral Problems in the Social Services, 328 Philosophy of I.ll W , and 385 Health Care Ethi " do not satisfy t h i s requ irement u n less 225 Ethical Theory (2 hours) i s a l so taken. 341 Philosoph y of Mathell/atics - Set Theon/ , 342 Philosophy of Mathematics -'Codel and Trllth, and 343 Philosophy of Logics cou n t toward t h i s requ i rement unly when taken in additiun to 225 or 233. The initial course in philoso p h y is customarily 1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225, though none of these cou rses is strictly a prerequiSite for a ny other course. 300-level courses are especially s u i ted for students with particular interests. Faculty consent may be required for some courses. MINOR: 16 semester hours. A m i n or in ph ilosophy consists o f four a p proved courses . Students considering a minor s h o u ld discllss their personal goals with departmental fa cul ty . If they elect a minor i n the field, they should forma lly declare this w i t h t h e registrar a n d the departmen t c h a i r . M i n o rs m a y either choose f r them se.!ves o r be assigned an adviser, i n consultation with whom they 5ho(dd p l a n their prog·ram . BACHELO R O F ARTS MAJOR: M i n i m u m of 28 semester hours, Students i n tending to major in p h ilosophy must formaLly declare this with t h e registrar and the department chair. They mav e i t h e. r choose a de partmental adviser or be ass igned one and. should plan their programs in consultation with this dviser. A person majoring in the department w i l l : regular courses i n p hilosophy , including one course in logic and a n y two of the four co u rse s in the history of p h i loso p hy sequence (331 A IICicl1! Philosophy, 332 Medieval Philosophy, 333 Modem Philosophy, 335 COlliell7l'Ornry Philosophy). Tra n s fer students will normally take thre' or more o f these six courses a t PLU. complete 493 Sellior Research Semillar, w h ich i n v o lves writing a res e arc h paper u nd e r the supervision of one or more faculty m<!mbers and takin g a comprehensive senior examination . The examination i s largely diagnostic i n nature, and it is n o t
1 . complete a m i n i m u m o f six
2.
1 06
PHIL OS OPHY
3,
necessary for a student to achieve a specified level of p erformance to complete the major or to gra d u a te. Performance on this exa m i n a ti o n will determine one third of the student's grade in the Sell inI' Research Sell!illar. complete the departmental rea ding progra m . ExcelJent program s i n t h e a r ts and sciences d o not rely exclusively o n lecturing and group s tudy o r o n secondary works, but also on one-to-one tutorial i n s truction in primary sources. Maj ors i n p hiloso p hy at Pacific Lutheran University are exp e cte d to read a n d discuss a n umber o f classical works u n dcr the perso nal supervision of various members o f the departmental facu l ty. Not a l l works will be a d d itions to course materials; some will also be covered in reg u l a r courses, and these may be read a n d discussed s i m u l taneously with class study, W i t h departmental ap proval, the standard list may be modified in accordance with special needs or i n terests, or re du ce d for those with double majors , T h e l i s t should be secured at a n early d a te from the departmental o f fice, and one's reading program should be developed in consulta t ion with a n adviser, I t i s best t h a t t h e reading program n o t be concentrated i n to a single semester b u t pursued a t a leisurely pace over a n extended period .
It is recommended that students familiarize them5elves with main themes of the history o f western philosophy and with m aj o r schools of p hIlosophICal thought, tor exa mple, pragmatism, rea lism, linguistic analysis, positivism, dialetical materia l i s m , a n d existentia l i s m . For t h is purpose students should make usc o f major h i stories a n d other seconda ry sources such a s the E llcyclopedia of Philosophy, It is also expected that they wil l meet regularly but in form a l l y with both f a c u l ty a n d other advanced students to discuss and thereby faci litate and e n rich their work in the field.
COURSE OFFERINGS 1 00 REASONING Develop ment of reason i ng skills and a n appreciation for the diverse a reas to which they ap p ly, for exam ple, i n religion, l i te ra t u re, science, a n d computer l an guage. Students learn how to ask clear questions, rec ognize and evaluate assumptions, d istinguish various kinds of proofs, a nd avoid errors of reason i ng in a rgu ments. Does not satisfy philosophy core requiremen t . 1 II (2) 101 PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES Perennial phi losophical issues, systems, a nd thinkers; the nature of knowledge, the function of science, values, human nature and its social im plications, re ligion a n d knowled g e of God . Development of cri tical a n d systematic phil osophical thinking abou t all is sues. I II (4)
121 CRITICAL THINKING AND WRITING Deve lop ment of the abi l i ty to organize and write clear, direct E nglis h, to evaluate explanations critically, and to distinguish acceptable from defective explanations. The u ses a nd abuses of la nguage a nd a rgument among conten tious, p reju diced, and superstitious people. Reasoning a n d wri ting about unusual n a t u ral phenomena, public policy decisions, and oth r topics of i n te rest. Does not satisfy the philosophy core re qu ireme n t . Does satisfy the E nghsh wri ting require ment. I II (4) 1 25 MORAL PHILOSOPHY Major moral systems of Western civilization; i n tensive examination of some contem pora ry mora l theories; critical app lication to selected moral problems. I II (4)
225
Examination of major moral systems o f Western civili zation and some contemporary ethical theo ries . M u s t be taken co ncurrently with or before 325, 326, 328, or 385-1, II, UJ , IV in order to use those cou rses for the p hilosophy core requireme n t . I n (2)
ETHICAL THEORY
The deve lopment of p hilosophy from the seve nteenth thro ugh the early n i n e teenth ce n turies; continental rationalism, British empiricism, and German idealism; Descartes, S pinoza, Leibn iz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kan t, Fichte, Schopc n h a uer, and Hegel. I I aly (4)
333
MODERN PHILOSOPHY
226
MO RAL PROBLEMS
335
CONTEMPORARY PH ILOS OPHY
341
PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS: SET THEORY
Cri tical ap Ucation of major hi storic a n d contempo rary ethica theories to a broad ra nge of selected moral prob l ems . J ot fo r p h iJosophy core req uirement un less paired with 225 . II (2)
F
233
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
A study of the principl-'s of a rgument a n d p roof u i n g b o t h n a t m a l deduct io n a n d a xioma tic a p p roaches. A n in troduction t o the u se of first order logic i n ordina ry rea son i ng a n d cognibve d isciplines, a n d to the prop . erties of tormal s y stems such as consistency and com p l e teness . I nc1ud ps a brief his tory of first order logic, and an i ntroduction to ind uctive in ference. Does not sati sfy ph ilosophy core requiremen t. 1 (4) 324
PHILOSOPHICAL ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL PROB LEMS
An examination of fundamental cone p ts of social thought; h u m a n na ture, society, a uthori ty , com muni ty, li5erty, equality, j ustice. p p l ication o f these con cep ts in a discussion of contemporary social ins t itu t i o n s and their p roblem s : war, racism, poverty, c rime. aly (4) 325 BUSINESS ETHICS An examination, in the context o f va rious ethical theo ries, of lh moral values i m p l icit and explicit i n the tree e n terprise system; a n assessme n t of some pa rticu lar moral problems confronted in emplo y e r-employee rd hons, advertisin g, m a n agerial deci ions, a n d cor p rate social responsibilities. Not for ph ilosophy core req u i rement u n less paired with 225. 1 (2)
326
MORAL PROBLEMS I N THE SOCIAL SERVICES
An exa mina tion of gove r n menta l social services i n re la tion to moral j u stice, moral righ ts, and h u m a n welJ b -i n g; particular issues such as abortion, suicide, af firmative a tion, welfar righ ts, and counseling metho s. ot for p h i losophy core requ irement u nless pai red with 225. II aly (2)
328
PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
331
ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY
n tu re nd j u st i fication of lega l a u th ority and legal obliga tion; " natural law" a n d legal " posi tivism"; th e ories of na tural rig hts and social j u s tice, a n d the re latio n of th e theori s to selected court d cisions; the r at i o na le of legal punishment. Not for p h i losophy core r quirement u nless p a i red w i t h 225. 1 (4)
III
The devel pme n t of p h ilosophical thou g h t and meth
od (rom th Presocratic p "riod to the en d of the f mth
cen t u ry A . D . Special e m p h a is is given to the philoso p h i s o f Plato a nd Aristotle. l a/y (4)
332
The development of p h i losophy from the late n ineteen th century to the present; m a y include prag matism, e m p i ricism, proc 5 S p hiloso p h y , exist n tialism and a na lysis as de v elo p ed by Mill, Ja mes, Dewey, W h i tehead, Sa rtre, Russell, Ayer, a nd Wittgenste i n . I I aly (4)
A s t u d y of the historical development a n d basic con cep t o f set theory and the fou nda tions o f ma thema tics . The relationship o f logic a n d set theory to the basic mat hema tical concepts of n umber a n d i n ii ni ty; the p hiJosophical implications of t h i s relati n n s h i p . Set theoretical p a radoxes a n d p roposed solu tion s . Pre req u iSite: MATH 1 28 or higher math cou rs . Counts 2 hours tovvard p hi losophy core r q ui rement when taken i n addition to 225 or 233 . I I aly (2)
342
PHILOSOPHY OF MATH EMATICS: G O DEL AND TRUTH
A study of the trad i ti o n a l acco u n ts of the nature of mathema tica l e n ti ties and ma the matical truth accord ing to logici sm, form a li s m , and intuitio n i s m . A study of G()deI' s I ncompleteness roof and its significa nce for these acco u n t s . Prerequ isite: 233 or consent of in structor. Cou n ts 2 hours t wards p hilosophy core re � u irement when taken in addi tion to 225 or 233. n aly �
( ) 343
PHILOSO PHY OF LOGICS
365
KIERKEGAARD AND EXI STENTIALISM
371
AESTHETICS
-
A study of metalosic, including the prop 'rtie ' of first order logic. The philosophical i ssues r, ised by differ e n t systems of logic i ncl uding modal logics, second order logics, q u a n t u m logics, and l. ther ma ny-valued logic s . Pr requisite: 233 o r cons nt of instructor. Cou n ts 2 h o u rs towa rd p h i losophy core requ i rement when tak n i n addi tion to 225 or 233. II afy (2) Modern existentialism, its m a i n lhe ml::s, and their re lati o n to other p h i losophical traditions; its i m p a c t on such fields as l i tera tu re a n d psycho logy; life a n d thou gh t of 1 wo k y fig u res: Soren Kierkeg< a rd and Jean-Pau l S a rtre; related t h i n kers includ i ng Nietzsche, H e idegg r, J a s pe rs , Tillich , Buber, C<, IU U , a n d Ma rceT. l ly (4) Analysis of the aes thetic experience and i t relation s h i p to the fine a rts, lite r a t u r , scie nce, a n d mora l i ty; the c riteria a n d concep ts mp loyed in a rtistic exp res sion a nd ae thetic evafua ti n . l I a/y ( 4)
MED IEVAL PHILOSOPHY
The de elop ment of p h i losophy from Augustine to Ockham . Scrutiny o f the sources and n at u re of the Thomistic s y nthesjs, and the reach n to it in the work of D u n s Sco tus a nd William Ockha m . I a/y (4)
PHILO SOPHY
107
381 THEORY O F VALUE TI1 e na tu re of h u ma n va l u e ' , co n tempo ra ry d i 'us sion con c e rni n g th ubjective or ubj ct ive, abso l u t e or re l a li v ha rac t r of s u ch va l u e a th goo d a nd the r igh t the bea u t i ful a n d the hol y; the rigi n f v l u es, t hei r p lace in a world o f [a ct, h u me I' k n ow l dge of th c m, the character and use of the la n g u ge of v , l u a ··
,
lio n . U a/y ( 4)
385-1
H EALTH CARE ETHICS: INFORM ED CONSENT The u n derlyi ng reason s for t he I gal and moral re q u i re me n t to o b ta i n lhe i n form e d o n se n l of t he pa ti e n t b'f re tre l i ng; sp eci a l considera tions i n t h e r a p u l i se t t i ng. , i nclu d i n pa rtic u l a r u rgi '<1 1 coo se n t forms; the o ns en t re q ll l rcment i.n cl i n i c a l re S arch setti ngs; t h req u i remen t for specia l grou p s, ot for e . g. , p risoners a n d th · l11en tn Uy i n co m p , t ·� n t . philo o p hy core req uirem nt u n less p a t red with 225, I
Cl )
3Sr-II
HEALTH CARE ETHICS: CHOOSING DEATH The ki n d s of va l u e w p l a c e on tiL ; th r la tion o ( th i n formed cons n t req u irement to an al leged righ t of a d u l t patients t d ie; the d fin i ti o n of dea t h and criteria for detem,in ing w h e n it occurs; l h p ro b l e m ali n ot ion of a ' na tu r I death, ' ord i n ry' a nd ' ex traordi nary' medica l mea ns, a nd a c t ive k i ll i ng a nd pa sive 'letting die' ; problem i n I gi s l a ti ng the righ t to di . N ot fo r h i l o s op hy core requ i r ment u n k ' s pa ired with 225. ( 1) '
'
'
r
385-I I 1
H EALTH CARE ET HICS: INFANTS AND �DREN Th pedal pr b le nl of con nl and va lue f l i fe which a rise in trea ting the y o u ng , Trea t i n t he fe tus; selecti n g t h sex o f cni l d ren; le t ti n g de fec tive new borns die; the rol of pa rent I con s e n t ; t he c o n :;c n t re q u i re me n t i n cli n i ca l researc.h on c h i J d r n; p h y s ic ia n s a nd nms ' r les rega rding child a buse. Not fo r phi a i r ed with 225. l osop hy core req u i re ment unless I n teri m or IT ( 1 ) '
HEALTH CARE ETlUCS: D I STRI BUTING SCARCE RESOURCES H w h ealt h c re I o u l d be d istribu ted . What we mean by equ a l i ty when pe o e !e have w id e l y differi ng needs; t h e meani ng a nd j u s t i flca t ion of a ' figh t' to hee 1 th care; co n fli c t s betw en ri gh t s a n d effi Ci e ncy; h )w t det r mine th v l ue o f l i fe, and hea l th i n u ran 'e; d i lemmas between p r ven tive n cU Ta t iv e care; how to a l lo ca te scarce, i m m e d ia t Iy ill - a vi n g res u rce , Not fo r p h i los phy core requ iremen t u n l e ss pa i r d w i t 225. IT ( 1 )
3 5-1 V
'
39
P HILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
Oassica l a n d contem porary views f tra d i t i o n a l re. lig i ou s pr ble ms: the ex ' tenee of God, religious ex peri ence, rev el a ti on imm ortaJjt , and others. D (4) ,
1 08
PHIL OSOPHY
395 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The general cha racter, fu n da me n t a l concepts, meth ods, and si g n i fica nc e of modern scie nce: some a t te n tion t o s p ecifi c a re a s of scie n ce ; p hysical, biologica l, socia l ; t he imp l i ca ti o n s of science a n d scien tific me t hodology to r e t h ical, aesthetic, and religiou s va l ues. I a/y (4)
427
PHILOSOPHY AND CURRENT PRO B L E M S
A rea d i ng a n d di scu ' s i o n co u rse co nd uc t e d b y o n e o r
re sta ff me mbers . Stude n t s w i l l read i n topical C1r a ' o f c u rr e n t i n te r st i n w I i c h p b ilosoph ica l l i tera ture has b en de e l o ped for c o m p ari son and a na l y s i s . To p ics cnvL ion d a re slich as free enterprise, ecology a nd e n vi ro n m nt, a fl'i r m a t ivc action and d i sc rim i na tion, p u blic < n d p rivate educC1 tion, de mocratic p l u r C1 l ism C1nd the p rob l e m of a u t hority , (4) m
435
ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PHI LOSOPHY t o be n n n oLu1Ccd at the time the course is of fe red, no r m a l l y some aspe ,t of c o n tem p o ra ry p h i l oso p h y . Prere q u i si t e : con sent of i ns lruclo r . a/y (4)
Topic
491 , 492
INDEPE NDENT READING AND RESEA RCH Prere q u i s i te : departrn fi tal conse n t . 1 II (1 -4)
493 SENIOR R ES EA RCH SE MINAR The wri t i ng o f a se ni o r t hesis and taking of a com preh e n ive sen i or exa m i nation. The work on the l h sis con t i t u tes lwo-thi.rd of th e course; t he eXC1m, ll n � t h ird . Ec: ch spri n lY a L I shld e nt s in t h e seminar will meet p riodicaUy to i scu s s their thesis p rojects and present th 'ir fi n a l pa pers t o each other. F i n a l copy of t h 'sis due May 1 ; e x a m i n a ti o n to be ta ke n May 20. For ph ilo ' o p h y maj ors only, Pre requisite: at lea st 4 cour es in p h iloso p h y . I IJ (4)
a'
COURSES TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM 101 1 25 LO 12
Philosophical Issues Moral Philosophy Scientific Creationism: The Origin of Species and the Disse nt of Man Pricing Life
P ysical Education
SCHOOL OF
'"Ie u n i 'er i t y' s p h ysical S r
d u ca t i u n p rogram
eks to i n gra i n in each s t u d e n t
sp
cl
Dr
th
I II t r u ction is
a
f u n d a m c n ta l
role of p h s ica l activity in Ii ing .
offered
i n a pp rox ima tel -y , 0 The
d i ffe re n t ph. sica l cduc< ti o n act i v i t i L' s .
pr gram i ' u n iquely ch a racterized by a resp m s t' to s t u d 11 t i n terests i n re - r>a ti o na l oppo r t u n i tic' a v ilabl i n the Pacifi c ort h we l . a ctivity
t i m el
The school's p r fess i o nal pn)gra m s p repar pr sp Liv e leader for ca r 1.'1" i n ph rsical uca l i- 11, hea l t h , recrc<1tion, athle t i c s , a nd t he ra peutic s . po r t fa ili tics in l ude a n a l l -weather 400 m e t r track, a n Oly m p ic-s tyle swi m min :7 pool, six light d t ' n n i courts, a nine hoI g I f co u r , t w o gym nasiums, racket a U a n d squash cou r ts, w igh t trai n i ng fa i l i Lie , a nd an a l l-p u rpose a stro- t urf fie l d h ousC'. O u t ta nding mod
rn
FAC U LTY D. Olson , Dell I I ; E. An derson, R. Carl son, Chase, Hacker, Hemion, Hoseth, Lun dgaard , McGiU, Moore, Officer, Westering; a si ted by Adams, Ben on, Brumbaugh , Clinto n, Coller, A . Dahl, Eastman, Joh nson, K i ttils by, Melena, N ichol on, Olstad, Phil l i ps, Peterson , Poppen , Ryan, Sandago, a n d M. Swenson .
UNlVERSlTY REQU I REMENT:
( 10 0-259), i n ci u diTl):; 1 I l0,
;] rc
o n l'-hUlIr <1 ( [ I \, l ly cou rses 1 1 1 "
S t u d e n t s J rl1
Four on('-hour COlH'"
req u i re. d lor gr<ldll <l [ i o n . Eig h t '
be cuu n ted
toward graci u ,l t i o n .
'ocOliraAed t o selcct a ' a rielv u l �l divities il l appropriate skill kvels. A l l plnrsica l c d u c;,,'t-ion activi t l' cou rses ar� graded n n til(' ba"is o f "A: " " P"tiS, " o r " Fil i i " iH{d ,l rc' tuught on �1 C()CdUca U O I1Clj ba sis.
BACHELOR OF A RTS ( Recreation Concentration): 40 'cmestcr h o u rs , i nc i l i d i n g P h ysical Educa tion 277, 330, 399, 483, Ps ychol o 33 5 ; 4 scmC's tC'r h o ur s ot Physical E d u ca ti on 48 1 , 482, 485, 282-_ 7; to hours of Art 230, 330, or 430, 250 o r 350, 326, 341, 365, 3 70 , Yl usic 34 1 , P h ys i ca l E d u cation 292, 322; 8 h o u rs of Business Admi nistra t ion DO, 281 , 350, Pol itica l Science 356, 457, roy hol o g y 243, 34(), S oc i ol ogy 240, l60, 336, 342, 344, odill Work 365 .
�
BAOiELOR O F ARTS (Therape utic Concentration) : 48 r ieau i n I u ding P hy s i ca l Educa tion 277, 292 , 360, 39 1 , 392, 399, 478, 48 1 , 482, 484, 4R�; Biology 205 -2011; Psycbology 1 0 1 , 22 1 , p l us 2 b o u r s of a psychulo 'y cl " tive. scmest
HEALTH MI OR: (20 � 'mestcr h o u rs) Tht' fo llowing (Ours � a re req u i re d : H e a l t h Education 292, 29 , 324, 326. 8 hours from amon g th" fol l o win g ur others < pp roved by the h a l t h coord i nator: I'sychoJllgy 2 2 1 , 330, 335; Educa tion 32'1; BusinC's:; A d m i n i s t ration 24 1 ; Sociology 342.
COACHING M I NOR ( Men and Women): 18 sem ester hou rs, i n d u d i n g P hy s ic a l Ed ucation 277, 28 1 , 33 4 , 485, participation in a v a r sit y or c l u b s p or t , and a m i n i m u m of 1 0 hours selected froIII dlllong the followi ng: 6 1 , 370, 37 1 , 372, 373, 374, J n d 478. l n t er i m a n d sUllllller courses Ill a -y b e i n cl uded as ekctives w i th the a pproval of th > d � a n .
/
DANCE M I N OR: 20 hours rel u i rc d : P hy s i ca l Educa tion 282, "62, ( r 49 1 , I� b o u rs from t lw fol owin f;: 240, 242, 243 (m;)y be r peated), 44, ,1nd 8 hours [rom the fol l o wi n g : 308, 3 10, 36 0 , M u �i 1 2, A r t [ 10, 28 0 , and Biology 205-206. The dilnce m i n o r i s e m . - re fere n ced w i t b ComIll u n ica rion A r t s . B.A. LN EDUCATION - SECONDARY SC HO OL PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR (44 hours): Req u i re l: 24 hours, incl u d i n g P h y s ica l Ed ucd t i o n 277, 328, 478, 81, 482, a n d 485, B iology 205 a nd 206, and pilrt icipatinn in J var, i ty or club s o rt . E k:etives: 20 hours from among t ile fo l l ow in g : 275, 282, 2 5, 286, 287, 329, 3 32, 360, 362, 484, a n d 49 \ . St udents desi ring K- 1 2 eert"ification m u : t 283, 322, 62, and 284 or 288 i n a d d i t i o n . to meeting requ i rements as 'l for t h by the 5 hool of Educati o n . B.A. I N ED UCA TIO - ELEMENTARY CHOOl PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR (24 hours): rhe fo l l o w i ng lJlIr' 'S are r qu irc d : Physical Education 2.77, 283, 286, 322, 334, 3 2, and 4 h o u rs of electives in p h ysi c a l ed ucation with the I of the de, n . "ppro
SECO DARY SCHOOL TEACH I N G M I NOR 08 ho u rs) : ' he fol l o wing courses a re re q ui re d : Physical Education 277, 48 1 , and 485 and 12 h o u Ts of elect ives from a m o ng t h e fo l l ow i n g: 282, 283, 28 6 , 287, a n d 3 28 . ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACI I r N G M INOR 02 hours): 322 and 8 h o u rs from a m ong t h e fo i \ o w i n g :
Physical Educa tion 283, 286, and 3 6 2 .
K-6 PHYSICA L EDUCATION SPECIALIST AND K-6 CLASSROOM TEACHER (32 hours): The fol lo w i n g courses arc rl'quired: P h y s i ca l Edu a t ion 2 77 , 283, 286, 322, 48 1 , 482, 485, und Biolo 'y 2115-20 .
ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIA LiST: The fo llowlIlg cou rses arc re quired : Phvsieai Educa tion 277, 283, 286, 322, 360, 48 1 , 482, 484, 485; Bio logy 205206; and 8 hours of electiv s (Edu cation 457 and Music 341 art' r 'co lll lll c nded),
295 324 326
RECREATION RECREATION PROGRAMMING RECREATION A D M I N I STRATION
330 483
PHYSICAL E DUCATION WATER S A fETY INSTRUCTION FOUN DATION OF PHYSICAL EDUC ATION PROFES SION A L ACTIVITIE S : DANCE PROF ES SIONAL ACTIVITIES: GYMNASTICS 285 PROFESS I O N A L ACTIV ITIES: I N D I V I D U A L AND D U A L SPORTS 286 PROF ESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: TEAM SPORTS 287 PROFESSIONA L ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES 322 PHYSICAL EDUCATION I N THE E L E M ENT ARY SCHOOL 328 CU R R I C U LU M DEVE LOPMENT AND ADM IN I STRA TION 329 A D A PTED PHYSICAL E D U CATION 332 OFFICIATING 334 SCIENTIFIC B AS I S FOR TRAINING 360, 361 PRO F E S S I O N A L PRACTICUM, COACH ING P R ACTICUM 362 RHYTH M S A N D DANCE 370-376 COACHING THEORY 391, 392 THERA PEUTIC EXERCISE, A M BU L A TlON TECHNI Q U E S 399 INTERNSHIP 401 WORKSHOP 4.78 MOTO R LEARNING AND H U M A N PERFORMANCE 481 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 4 '2 KINESIOLOGY 484 MEASUREMENT A N D EV A L U A TION IN PHYSICAL E D U CATION 485 BIOMECHANICS 491 INDEPENDENT STU D Y 501 G R A D U A TE WORKS HOPS 597 G R A D U ATE RESEARCH
275 277 282 283
1 00 PERSONA LI ZE D FITNESS PROGRAMS T t i m u la te student i n terest i n functional per sonally
designed prog rams of physical activity; ass sment of physical co n d it ion and skills; recommen ation of specific p rograms for m a i nta i n i ng and i m p roving physical hea rth . S ho u l d be taken as a fres h m a n . I II (1)
1 50
COURSE OFFERING S Courses in the School of Physical Ed u cation a re of
fere in the following area :
HEALTH E D UCATION INJ U Y PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE 292 FIRST AID
281
110
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SCHOOL H E A LTH PERSONAL H E A LTH C O M M U N ITY H E A LTH
ADAPTIVE PHYS I C A L ACTIVITY
200-229 I N D I V I D U A L AND D U A L ACTIVITIES 201 ( Beginning Golf), 202 ( I n ter mediate a n d Ad vanced G o l f), 203 ( A rchery), 204 ( Bowling), 207 (Be g i n n i n g Gymnastics), 208 ( S k i i ng), 209 (Intermediat Gymnastics), 2 1 0W ( S l i m nastics), 2 1 1 ( Beginning Bad m i n ton), 2 1 2 ( I n termed i a te Bad minton), 21 3 ( Personal Defense), 2 1 4 ( Begi n n i ng Tennis), 2 1 5 (In termed iat Te n n i s), 216 ( Be gi n n i ng Ice Ska ting), 218 ( Backpack ing), 21 9 (Canoe i ng), 221 (Roller Skatin g ), 222 ( qu a s h a n d Rackctball), 225 ( Aerobics), 227 ( We igh l Tra i n ing), 228 ( Basic Mounta j neeri n g ) , 229 ( Equita tion) . (1)
230-239 AQUATICS 230 ( Begi n n i n g Swimm ing), 23 1 ( I n termediate Swim m i n g ), 232 ( Adva nced Swimm ing), 234 (Adva nced Life Savi n g), 236 (Synchro nized Swimming), 237 ( S k i n and Scuba D i v i ng) . ( 1 ) 240-249 RHYTHMS 240 ( Beginning Modern Dance), 242 ( I ntermed iate Modern Dance), 243 ( Ad va nced Modern Dance), 244 (Folk a n d Social Dance ) , 246 ( Disco Da nce). ( 1 ) 250-259 TEAM ACTIVITIES 250 ( D irected Sports Pa rti cipation), 251 (Volleyball a n d F i ld Hockey), 252 ( Basketball a n d Softba l l ) , 253 (Soccer a n d Volleyba l l ) . (1) 275
WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTION
277
FOUN DATIO NS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
The American Red C ross Wate r Safety Ins tructor' s ourse. Prerequisite : 234. I I (2)
PHYSICAL ED UCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Organization a nd a d m i n i stra tion of a developmental progra m for gra d e s K-6; sequ e n t ial a n d progressive prog ra m m i n g ; l a rge re pertoire of activities. 277 is re co m m e n de d . I (2 or 4)
328
CURRICULUM DEVE LOPMENT AND ADMlN ISTRATION
PROFESSIONAL ACTlVITlES: D ANCE
The study of p h ysical e d u ca tion for people w i t h metabolic, n e u rologic, cardiac, re spiratory, a n d emo ti onal a b nonm 1 l i ties. (2)
PROFE SSIONAL ACTIVITIE S: GYMN ASTICS
PROFE SSIONAL ACTIVITI ES: INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL S PORTS
PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITfE S: TEAM SPORTS
Pla nn in g , teaching, a n d e va l u a ti n g these team ac tivities: baske tball, soccer, vo lleyball, wrestling, field hock 'y, soft bc I I, touch foo tball, speedba l l . (4)
287
322
I NJURY PREVENTION AND THERAPEUTIC CARE
Planning, teac h i J1g, a nd eva l ua ti ng these activities: te nnis, bad m i n t on, track a n d field . Prerequisite: i n ter mediate skiU lev l or com pletion of a begi n ni n g activ i ty cours , 277. I (4)
286
n (2)
COMMUNITY HEALTH
I n cludes skill developmen t, teaching expertise, course p l a n n i n g , and safety tech ni q ues in gymnas tics . The course is d e signed for both elementa ry and high school ages . Pre requisite: i n termediate skill level or completion o f a begin n i n g activi ty course, 277. 1 (4)
285
SCHOOL HEALTH
326
Pl a n n i n g, teac h i ng, a nd evaluating d a nce . Encompas ses specific movem e n t educa tion activities, condition ing e xe rc i e s , a nd the development o f modern, soc ial, and Eol d nc skil l for elementary school age a n d o l d e r . Prerequ isite: i n termediate s k i l l level or comple tion of a be g i n n i n g activity course, 277. IT aly (4)
283
295
Hea l t h conce p ts w h i ch relate to the total school hea l th progra m, i n c1u d i n g inst ruction, services, a nd e nvi ron m e n t ; the relati o n s h i p between health a n d all levels of ed ucat ion . Not reco m mended for fres h m e n . I
PERSONAL HEALTH
Preven tion, tpa tment, and re habilitation of all com mon i n j ur ies ' ustained i n athll"' tics; p hysica l therap y by em ployment of el ectrici ty, massage, exercise, I i gnt, ice, and mechanicill devi ce s . 1 ( 2)
282
FIRST AID
324
The rel a t ionship of phys ica l ed ucation to e d ucation; the bi o logica l , sociological, ps ycholo g ic al, and me chan ical principl , u n derlying p hysical educa tion a n d a t h l e tics . S h o u l d b e t h e i ni tial p rofessio nal course laken in the School of P h ysical E d ucati o n . 1I (2)
281
292
T h i s course meets requ i rements for t h e A m e rican Red C ross Standard First A i d and Personal Sa fety. II (2)
PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES: RECREATION ACTIVITIES
Practical a p p l ica tion of health knowledge to d a i l y liv ing; a t ou n da tion for u n d e r s ta n d i n g health behavior. Primarily designed for health m i n o r stu d e n ts . II aly (4) Orga niza tions associa ted with p u blic h e a l t h a n d their i m p l ications for c o m m u n i ty health p roblems. Primar i l y designed for h e a l t h m i n o r s t u d e n ts . I I aly (4)
Orga n ization a n d a d m inis tra tion o f p h ysical ed uca tion a n d a t h l et ics (7-1 2); cmricu lum develop ment i m plementatio n . Prereq uisite: 277. 1 (4)
329
ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION
330
RECREATION PROG RAMMING
332
OFFICIATING
334
SCIENTIFI C BASIS FOR TRAINING
S u pervising a n d a d m iniste r ing rec reational programs fo r the school or com m u n i t y . 1 (4) Rules a n d o fficia ting tech n i ques o f v o l leyba l l , basket ball; designed to t ra i n qualifi e d o ffi ci a l s . Recom mended as an e.lective fo r majors and minors. I a/y (2) Presents p hysiolo gic and ki nesiologic a p pli cations to p h ysical tra i n i n g . Topic s include the develop ment of m u scula r s t rength a n d e n d u ra nce, a n d the relation s h i p o f n u trition, e nviro n ment, sex, a n d er gogenic a i ds to a th l e tic performance. 1- rereq uisite:
<19("
277. 1 (2) 360, 361
PROFE SSIONAL PRACTI CUM, COACHING PRACTICUM
Assi s t a n t coa c h i ng teaching experiences; p l a n n i n g a n d cond u c t i n g i n terc ollegia te a t h l e tics a n d p hysical e d ucation i n struction; students work under supervi sion o f the head coach or p h ysical education i n s t ruc tors . Prerequisite: one course in professio n a l ac tivi ties, departmental a p p roval . I I I (2)
Pla n n i.ng, teaching, and eva lua ting the following: ar chery, bowli ng, golf, outdoor ed ucation, a n d various recrealional sports. Prerequisite: 277. [1 (4)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
111
362 RHYTHMS AND DANCE Historical backgroLU1 , e s tablishment, and cond uct of d, n L pr gram, tea hing techn iques and accompani ment, planning and p resenta tion of danc ; modern da nce tl:chniqucs. Tl a/y (4) 370-376 COACHING THEORY T 'c hniq u 5, systems, tra i ning methods, s tra tegy, and ps y ho fogy of coa ching; 370 (Basketba ll), 371 ( Foot ba ll) , 372 ( T r ck and field), 373 (Baseba ll), 374 (Wres tl i ng) , 75 ( wimming), 376 (Volleyball). I I I aly (2) 39 1 , 392 T HERAPEUTIC EXERCISE, AMBULA TION TECHN IQUES 1\ corrective therapy, clinic a l t raining program includ ing Lecttl r , labora tory experien s, and clinical prac tices. Prereq u i ite: departmen tal approval (maximum nroilmen t 5) . I II , 99 I TERNSHIP P rienc s closely assigned to student's career and academic i n te rests. Student identifies p roblems to be researc hed, ex p ' rie nces Lo be gained, and rea dings pertai ning to this interes t . An a p p roved finn or or gan iza tion is mutua.lIy agreed u pon by the student and the coo rdina tor of this p rogra m . Monthly prog f O S S r ports, valua tions by the su pervisor, an d other m a ure o f achievemen t a re useo to determine the gra de. Prer quisites: d-'ciara tion of major, at lea st s phomo\" status, a n d completion of a t k'ast 10 hours in the major. (4-8) 4 1 WORKSHOP Wo rkshop in specia l i Ids for varying periods. ( 1-4) 478 M OTOR LEARNING AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE Provides b, sic thcorie , resea rc h, and p ractical impli C<l tions for motor learning, motor control, and va ri il blc affe ting skill acquisition . Prerequisite: 277. 1 (4) > '
48 J EXE RCISE PHYSIOLOGY cien tific basis for training a n d physiological effect of exercise on the human body. Prerequisite: BIOl 205206. 1 (2 0r 4) 482 KINESIOLOGY D a i s with the structLL faL and mechan ical function of th ' muscu loskd tal syst m. The kines iological appli cations of iln, tomical information a re given prime con si d era tion . Prer quisite: 8101 205-206. II (2) 483 RECREATION ADMI NISTRATION The organiza tion, ma nagem ent, and d i rection o f rec r ational services: lega l basis, adminis trative p roce dures, fin, ncial a spects, personnel management, fa cilities, a nd in tcrnal orga njzalion. II (4)
112
P HYSICAL EDUCATION
MEASURE MENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL E DUCATION The selection, construction, and i n terp re ta tion o f eva lua tion techniques related to the physical educa tion program . n aly (2) 485 BIOMECHANICS A n a p plication of physical laws to spo rts activities. Principles o f motion, force, and e q u ilibriu m a re stressed . Ana lyses of various sports skills a re made. I I (2)
484
491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: conse n t of the dea n . I IT S ( 1 -4) 501
WORKSHO PS
Gradu a te workshops in special fields for varying periods. (1-4)
597 G RADUATE RESEARCH Op e n to gradua te students whose minor is in the field of physica l educa tio n . PrerequiSite: consen t of the in structor. I II S ( 1 -4)
COURSES TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 100 202 204 208 210 225 292 302 303 304 308 311 312 313
Personalized Fitness Programs Intermediate and Advanced Golf Bowling Skiing Sl imnastics Co-Ed Volleyball First Aid Sport in Society Leadership for Outdoor Ministries The Olympic Games and the American Sports Ideal Sports Motivation Family Centered Childbirth Hyperactive Children Drugs, Ergogenic Aids, and the Athlete
Physics and Engineering Physics is a basic science holcl i n g two prom i n e n t
The department offers B . S . level d egr ee work i n
positions in contem porary society .
e n g in eering-physics a n d a
3-2 engineering d u a l
di scip l i n es such as che mistry, geology, and biology;
d gree program j O i n tly w i th the Schools of Engineering a n d Appli d cienee of Col u m bia
a n d it is the fou n d ation for our fa m i l i a r technol ogies . of com m u nica t ion, tra n s portation, and energy
Coill mbia is a utomatic u pon
First, physics is an im porta n t cornerstone of other
Uni ersity a n d Sta n ford University . A d m iss ion to
principl
r
co m me n da ti o n ;
a d m i ssion to Sta n ford, howeve r, i s competiti ve .
conversio n. Secondly, through its i n qu iring
Concentrati ns in electrica l a n d mechan ical
and thro u g h the revolutionary basic
e ng i neering sciences a re available with i n each d
c ncepts o f natur it i n trod uces, physics d ra m a t ically a ffects th human vision o f nature and critical
pr gra m .
grce
p h i losoph ica l though t . I n i t s engi neering program the d partme n t i s
FACULTY Haueisen, Chair; Ada ms, Clark, Davis, Greenwood, Heeren, Nomes, Tang.
co m m i tted to provide a n e d uca tio n o f su ffici e n t ly fun damental nature to permit ra p i d a d a p ta tion to n w tech nical p roblems a n d opportu n i t ies and of su fficien tly libe ra l scope to provide awareness of the broad social responsibil i ties i m p l i c i t i n engin eeri ng. The departmenl
e
ks to promote the i n te raction
between h u m a n values and the tec h n ical wo rks of h u m a n ki n d and the fund a me n tal e n gi neeri ng science .
�
I===�= D �
'-------...
�
"
�
�1:'
Th S . 5 . physics major seq u e nce offers a ch a l le n gi ng p rog ram 'm p h,l , iz i ng i1 low studcn t - te,1(Ill'r ratio with u n de rgr 'ldua te research p a r l i c i fJa t i o n . Se v( 'ra l s t u d t ' n t publica t ions r su i ting from su ch research ha v(' appea red i n p ro fes siona l j o u r n a l s o f i n t e rn a t io n a l repu t a t i o n . Twu i n trod uct o ry � (' que nces , re offt'red to majors: Colle.'?" l'hY'lc,; il nd CL'IIcral Phy�lc, n l( �se sequences di ffe r in tJw level o f m a th e m a ti c s USl'd, as stated i n the course d ' ·cri p t i Q n s . Tlwy a lii d iffe.r s()l11t'w ilJt in e m p h a s i s, v" i t h em!'nd Phys il s i n vo l ving 1110 � comprehensive ,mil lys s. T h l' departme n t a ls o o f f 'rs , Fl. A . degree in p h ysics for sciel1Cl' -ori nted Llbe r'l l a rts studenh, re q u iri n g o n ly six courses in p h ys i c s . A s peci a l l y designed course l o r l11u sic maj ors, Musical Acou.<l ics, i, a l so offered.
Studen ts i n te n d i n g to m a j o r in t he d e partment a re adv ised l�J rIJ' to take note o f t h t� i n terrela ti u n s h i p s between the Ci\reer fields of s C i ence (phySICS), engllleenng, and It' c h n ology (abo ca l led c n g i n ( 'c rin g-t('d1llo l ogy ) . Scientists a rl' moti vated by raw curio si tv . 'TIley a SK t h e " \v h y " qlll�stions and � t r i v ttl an s\tver thcm; t h e i r concern is with the n a t u ral world. Pure scil�nce is ded icated to <1 cquiring new kno w l edge, which m a in its�l f h a ve no i m nwdi,l te a p p l i ca t i o n . Engilwe ring is ba sica l l y con C 'rned w i th u si n sci n t i ii c k n o w l edge for t h e bendit and comfort o f � people. VI, h i l e science, p <1 r t i c u l<1r1y p hysics, deals w i t h the natural wor l d , engi neering focu s es u po n t-he world co ns tructed by p eo p le . M a t h e m atics is t h e b n guagc of com m u n i c a t i o n i n bot h p rl ysic s a n d engineering. \<V i t h ou t scie n t ists, engi necrs wou l d have n o accu m u l a ted storehollse of scien tific knowledge from w h ich to d raw i n crc; a t i ng engi n e e ri n g d e si gns, and w i t h o u t engi nee rs 'cie n t i fi e k now k'dge wou l d st,Tdom be a p pl i ed to solve pracLical probl 'm · . Engi neers take t h e i n � ig h t 5 , facts, and formulas discovered by scientists and usc them i n i n ve n ting dc�i gn . t o solve pnl l e m s posed i n t h e cont,,,t of our socio economic-t ' c h nic , I socidy. P I U has d" g rep programs i n scie n t i fic iic 1 d s as wel l a , progr, m s in engin eri n g . However, PI .U has no a c a d emic pro g ril m in e ngi n ee ring- tech nolog y, a Glr'cr field lunc"rned \'vith h � n d s-o n a , pcds of rou t i n e te. t i n g , cons truction, d n d m " i ntcnance of h u rd w a rc designed by l'n g i n e 'r�.
PHYSICS PROG RAM BACHELOR OF S C I E NCE M AJ O R : 32 semester hours: 1 47, 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 223, 33 1 , 332, 336 , 356, 421 , 422. 497-498 m"y be
subs t i t u ted for 421 -422 ith c o n s e n t of the d ep artmen t . 8 ad di ho na l e m ester hours mily be de sirable, e p e nd i n g on the student's p ro f ssional objectives. For exa m p l e, it is recummended that pre-Ph. D . s t ud en ts take 401 a n d 406. C o n s u l t t h " d e p a r t m e n t f o r s peci fic recom mend� tio n s . Req u i red s u pport i n g cou rse ': Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Engineering 354; Che m istry l r; p f u s e i t h e r h(>m istry 341 or En gi nee ri ng
cf
35 1 .
BACHELOR OF A RTS MAJ O R : 2 4 semester hours: 1 47, 14.., 1 � 1, 1 54, 223, plus Len semester hours. U nd e r special ci rcu m ' ta nces 1 25- 1 26 mav be subs t i tu t e d (or t h e 1 53-1 54 se q u 'nee. T h i s requires t h e c o n sent of the departm ' n t .
Add i tion a l courses may be d e s i ra b le, depe n d i ng on the stlIdent's profession, I objectives. Cun su l t t h e d e p a rtment for specific reco m mcnddtiuns. R('qu i re d supporting courses: M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 52 .
M I NOR: 2 2 se me st e r h o u rs, i nc l u d i ng 147-141) (one-hour labs), 1 53, 1 54 (or 125, 126); th ree a d d i ti o n a l courses, o f w hich a t least two must be upper division.
OUTUN
:
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS
FRESHM AN 1 53 il l l : 147 M ATH I S 1 Spring: 154 1 48 M AT H 1 5 2
114
GenNal Physics Lab Analytic Geometry and alcu l u s General PhY5ics Lab A n alytic Geometry and Calculus
PHYSICS & ENGINEERING
SOPHO M O R E Fall: 223 M AT! 1 253 Sp ri n g : J U N IOR Fa l l :
S p r i n g:
SENlOR Fall: Spring: ... ·
O p tiona l
3.16 354 331 356 3S1 O iE M 34 1 332 "272 "401 421 '''406 422
Elemen tarv Mt)dern P hys i cs M u l tivariable Ca l cu l u s a n d Di fferential Equations Mechan ics E n g i n e e r i n g Analysis Electromagnetic Theory Milthem<1tical Physics T h er mody n a mi cs or Physica l CIll' ll1 i stry Elect'romagnetic Waves a n d !'hysicat O p tics Sol i d Sta te E l ect ro n i c Devic e s Q u a n t u m Mechanics Adva nced Laboratorv Advanced Modern physics Advanced L a bor<ltory
.. - p t i o n<l l , recomm ended fo r g ra d u a tl' sd1ool cand iti,] tlCs
OUTUNE: B ACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICS Fa l l :
Spring: Fall:
PLUS
1 53 1 47 M ATH I S ] 1 54 1 41:) M ATH ]52 223
Generill PhYsics " Lab Ana lvtic Ceometrv a n d Calculus Gencl'al Physics " Lab n<l lvtic Geo m e t rv and a lc u l u s Flc' m�'n t'l ry t"l od e'� n Physics
10 a d d i tional semesle r h o u rs
COURSE OFFERINGS - Physics 1 25, 126 COLLEG E PHYSICS This course p rovides an introduction to the funda mental topics of physics. I t is a non-calculus sequence, invol ing only the use of trigonome try and college algebra . Co ncurrent regi s tra tion in 1 47, 1 48 is re qu ired. I T I (4, 4)
INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS LABORATORY Basic labora tory experiments a re perfo rmed in con j u nction with t h e Genera l a n d College Physics se quences. Concurrent regi strCl tion in 1 25, 1 26 or 1 53 , 1 54 is required . I I I ( 1 ) 1 53, 1 4 GE NERAL PHYSICS A calcu lus-level survey o f the general fields of physics, including classical mecha n ics, thermodynamics, elec trici ty a nd magnetism a n d optics . Concu rrent regis tra tion in 1 47, ] 48 a nd prior or concurre n t reg i s tration i n MATH 1 51 , 1 52 is required . I Il (4, 4) 205 MUSICAL ACOUSTICS A study o f m usical sound using physics methods: vi brating systems; simple harmonic motion; wave mo tion; complex wa ves; wave generation in musical in stru ments; phys io logy of heari ng; architectura l acous tics; electronic recording and reproductio n . Labora to ry a n d group tours. No prerequ isite courses in either mathematics o r physics are assumed . Il (4) 223 ELEME NTARY MODE RN PHYSICS This course covers the va rious p henomena whe re clas sical methods of ph y sics fai l . C ontemporary interpre tations of these p h enomena a re developed a t an elementary level. P rerequisite: 1 54 o r 1 26 or consent of instructor. 1 (4) 1 47, 148
272
SOUD STATE ELECTRONIC DEVTCES
331
EL ECTROMAGNETIC THEORY
ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Se e En gi n eeri n g 272
EI ct ro st t i s, d i p Ie fi e l d s , fie lds in d ie l ec tr i c mate r ia l s elech'omagne tic i n d u c t i o n , m gnetic p ro erti � of malter, g ne Ta L i on and pTOpaga ti o :1 0 c t romagn e tic waves ilh an em ph asis on the re l a t i o n s h i p w i th p h y s ica l opb . Prerequ.isite: 1 53, 1 54; co r e q u .i.s ite: 356 or on n t o h n s tr uc to r 1 (4)
r
,
,
.
332
ELECTROMAG NETIC WAVES AND PHYSICAL OPTICS A t' u d r of the generation a nd p ropagah on of ele IT rnag neh wa ve s . The m a t hern, tical d e s c r i p t io n and the ph ysical und r sta ndi ng of electro magnetic ra d ia ti n ar� eli cussed w i t h n emp ha sis o n its re l a ti ons h i p w i t h physical ptics. Pre reqUI si te : 33 1 . n (4) -
3"6
MECHANICS
Fu ndamenta l mecha nics; mathc m a t i a l fo r mw a t io n of p h y s ic a l probl ms; m o t i o n of partides i n on , two, o r three di men s io n s; mo tions of systems of pc rt i s; y
n a Ill ics an d · ta Lies of rigi d bodies; III vi n � coordi na te sy ·tems; Lagrange's equatio ns a nd H a m iltonian for m u l a t i n of m cha rtie Corequisi te: 354 o r cons n t f in trucLor. f l (4) .
351 THERMODYNAMlCS See ngin ri n g 35J 3
4
ENG I N EERING ANALYSIS 4
See Engi neeri ng 3
355
TEACHING OF PHYSICS developmen t in econ da ry cu rricu l u m, teach i n g techn iques, and t e ch in g m d i3 in the physical sci e nc s; e un ted t owa rd a acgree for only those shl ew
dent receiving certifica tion . O ff ered o n ly on d e m a n d .
(4)
56 MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS Bo undary valu p roble ms, special fu n t i on , m atrices a n d t nsors, prob ability theory, e igen va l u e p roble m s ,
co mp l e varia bles" co n l o u r i n t gration, a nd their a p pl ic< tions to phy 'Ie'. Con t i n ua t ion of EGR 354. r (4)
40 1
I NTRODUCTION TO Q UANTUM MECHAN ICS Th e idea ' a n d tec h n i ques o( q u a n tum mechanics are clevel ped . Various � uan tu m med1 a n i al sy st e ms and phe n o m e na are s t u d i e d i n o rd r to demonstra t l h sc 1 ca and tech n jq ues . r (4) 406
ADVANCED MODERN PHYSICS
Modern theori 5 are used Lo describ t o piCS of c ntem p ra ry i m po rtan ce such a s a tomic and u b- atom ic ph nom na, p l a s mas , solid , a nd astrophy i ca l eve nts. The appl i 'aoon of qua n t u m m e ch a n i ca l tec. h niq u es ar empha ized when a ppropria t . Prer e q u i s
ile: 40 1 . II (4)
421, 422 1, n ( 1 ) 49 1, 492 ( 1 - 4)
ADVANCED LABORATORY
497, 498
RESEARCH
(1 -4)
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A s m a l l e r u n iversity l i k P L U i s u n iquely suited to fostu a s t u d e n l " S personal develo p m e n t while making a finn b u t not prem a t u re co m m i t m e n t to prof . ional a n d career goals. Such a se tting a l so help' il t u d e n t to clarify t h ' social context i n w h i c h en g i ne ers functi o n . A major schol)1 of ngineering l ike C l u m biil or Sta nford c m p hJ s i 7cs ildvanced stuLiie';, r , .arch, a n d i n teraction w i th i n d ustry. T h u s , P L U ' s 3 · 2 prog T<1m gives students the best of two set tings - b re a d t h a t P L U and dep t h in a n engi n ee ri ng s p ecial t y a t C o l u m bia o r S ta n ford . S t u d e n ts h a w also been i n volved in 3-2 progmms at t h e University of W a s h ington o r other s t a t e unive r " i l ie s L n t h e Pacific N o r t h w e s t . D u ring the first t h r('e ycars o f t h i s program s t udents m u s t complete 1 ) .1 1 1 :s c n ' rJ l u n i versity c o r e req ui r(!l1len ts, 2) two in t(!rims, 3) , I I ba si science and miJt hl� m a tics requi reIlle nts, a nd 4) six cou rses in engineerin g . Once J dea r sensc of d i rection \v i t h i n a n e n s.,i n c (! r i n g speci a l ty is ga ine d , a rccoIl1 111en d J t ioJl to Clll u Il1bia or S t a nford may b ' gra n k d . Admission to C o l u m bi a is alltol1l<1 tic u po n recol1lmenda t ion; adm ission to S t a n ford, h Ol\'l'VCr, is c()mpeti t i v e . Det ails o f lmn 'fe r a d m ission arc made a v a i lable in lhc fa l l of t h e t h i rd vear. • o r m a l l y two a d d i t i o n a l years a r c nec , 'sa ry to fi nis h enh>ineering speci a l ty courses a t c o l u mbw o r S t a n t o r d . PLU a l so o ff rs J four-year program i n engim'e r i n g · p h ysics . fkca use the u niversi t y docs n o t offer � standard e n g i neering degree, s t uden.t;; d ' ·ti n g t o r e m a i n a t PLU t h r o o g h o u t their college c, 1 " 'r, ur for w h om t h c 3-2 engineering p rogram is in n p p ro p ria te though they MC drawn to an e ngi necrin g career, fJ nd this p rug ra m a t t ractive� [ t is ma rl' practi cal t han a physics Lkgrel' wh i l ' at t h e ,,1 me time more theoretical than the u s u a l engi neering degree . T h e B.S. degree in engilK'ering-p hysics prepares s t u d c n ts for em ploy m e n t in many diversc i n d u stries or d i r' tly fllr gradual ' s t u d y in nea rly a l l fiekis of e n g inecring. trength may Ix! b u i l t in ('I 'etrical or Illechz m ical c n g i ncering sciences by � rdul el cc tiun o f upper division courses. Students arc u rged to deve l o p a m i nor i n either m a th e m a tics o r com p u te r : 'cicl1cc, parti c ul a rl y i f aspiration to g riJduil t c s t u d y in �' ngin eering 1 5 part ot their car 'er pLan. A Illinor L ll b u s l Ilcss a d m l ll l stra tlOn LS pdftic u b r l v ap pro p riate for working i n industr� i m media tely after g rad ua tLon , Fo r ma Xllllum tl c x l bi l l ty In u p per ulvlslon courses, 'itudl' n t s , s p i ri n g to the engineering-physics degree s h o u ld s c h e d u l e thei r first two y p a rs i d e n tically to those for d u a l degree 32 en g i neeri ng. Ju nior a n d senior YPM . clwd u l v s arc dete.rm ined by u pper di i. ion rel u i r� m c n t s a n d by students' objl'c tiv("i. A ' u g ' �es te d sd1 edu e is s hown be low . R ega rd less of e v e n t u a l sp-ecia i ty, b o t h I-:: n g in eering 23 [ Statics and 271 Elect riml Circuits s flO uld be taken. Thes l' shl) u l d be followed by 232 Mechall ics of Solid, for s t u dents in the III chan ical engineering concen t rJ tion or by 272 Solid State [iee/ rollic Dcpict's for those with i n tCf(,st in electric I engineeri n g . The n a t' u ral sciences core requ i r ' m e n t i s a u to m a tica l ly siJtisficd by e n g i neering tud n t · as is the S '(()od Pdft of option I I of the toreign language requi rPlll e n t i n the 'o l l c ge of Arts and Sciences. Unlcs� they a u tum, l"ica l ly qu ,l l i fy for fu l fi l l i n g o p t i o n I )f the foreign l a nguage rl!L]uirem n t o n t h e b,bi s of t h e i r h igh school work, s t u d e n ts a re encoura g.ed to a t i s fy t h is r q u i rcnll'nt b me, ns of o p t io n I I . Hour., FI1.>C'd , tisfaction o f t h e forl'ign language req u i re m e n t o n the ba ' i t.l h igh school w o r k m a y profi tably b ' used for taking a n o t her cor ' rClj u ireml' ll t (e . g . , artsflitl!rato rt' o r social Sc.il'nccs), for taking mat hc ma t i<:. beyond calcu l u s , or for taking ad d i t ionu l courses in com p u te r science. I'Mticu lar a tten t ion should be given to the I n kgrated S t u d ies Program, known as ore II, and t o i t ' a p p licabi l i ty fur engineers in u r tl'chn()logi a l sO ·iety. Students with � t n lllg prepclra tiol1 (A's und B's) in high school m a t h matics at 1 '3 · t t h r o u g h tr igonolll e t rylfu llCl"iun s as w e l l a s i n e n e t h ro u ;h p h ys ics and w i tll AT m u t h scor% no lower thiln ; 5 ;) 0 should 'ctw d u l c thc' l r classes as I n d lcilted bel o w . Students i n te r 'sted i n chcmical engine ring in the 3-2 program should Teplac PhysiCS 1 53-15!l (and I, bs, 1 47-148) with Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 i n tlwir first ye, r . rhus ' with less adequat prl'para tion i n m<lth m, tics w n d sciences, particularly III themat ics, s h o u l d consid er s t rengthening thl!ir bilckg ro u n d w i th com m u n i ty college work in t h � ' s u m mer before e n ro l l m e n t i l l P L U illld s h o u l d postpone the p hysics se quc nce u n ti l their second y e a r . An
\
by
}
PHYSICS & ENGIN EERING
1 15
d P p ro p ri<lt!' fi rst yea r schedule then in cludes: Fa l l - E "R 1 5 1 Visual nil IlkillS , M n I 1 51 Cal, II/II ', H E M 1 1 5 CheI11i<;lty, a ge neral u n ivl.'rsit l"llrl' /'equirel11 c n t , JnL! P F 1 00 or a F E activIty cours,'; S I ' R I .\)C - EC l{ '/82 Mlllaia/s, MATH 1 5 2 CIl/eIlIIlS, CSC! 1 1 0 liA ·Ie. a wre requirement, a n d a p hysical educa tion a c t i v i ty course (m I'E 1 00).
3-2 DUAL DEGRE : DULlI B . . dc'grccs from PLU and ( ,,,lu mbiJ, :tc1nfmd, u1' oth<'r ABcl ilccrl' d ited En 'im' ' ri n g Seh"u l . Thre ' fu l l - t i m e y e , r g a t PLU p l u s 2 a d d i t i o nill full- t i m e yL!ilrS a t " I u m bia or S ta n for d . PLU 13 .5. in n g i ncC:ring-Sci c nce i s b>TiJ nted " ftl'r first vear a t C o l u m b ia o r S ta nford ; B . S . in Engineering SpCCiLlIty, ( E . E. , M . E , etc. ) granted by C o l u m bia or Stdntord at the end 01 fifth yeJ r. I'H YS: '14
hours, 1 47, 1 41', 1 53, 1 54, 22 3.
EGR BASICS: ] () huu r s , l 'i I ,
1
2, 354.
EGR CO CENTRATION (3 selections·): 10 hours - lectric", l : 27 1 , 272, 3 2, 44 1 ; Mech a n ica l : 23 1 , 232, (or P H Y S 336), 35 1 , 442. 'Cour cs sel cct ed on the basis uf thL' student'� ca rL'cr ubj ecti ve ' . Req u i red su porting courses: MATI I 1 5 1, 1 52, 253; C SC! 240;
42 1 , 422.
E ,1< 271
ElectriGl l C i rcuits
2
P H YS 233
Elementary Modern Physics
4
M ATH 253
Calculus UI
4 4
CORE
CO RE
4
18
Spring: EGR 272
Solid State Elect ronic Dev in's
4
ECR 354
Enginl'c.ring Ana lysis
4
CSCI 240
f'
2
RTRA N
4
15
Mechan ica l Enginecring Conce n t ra t ion Fall:
(oplionJI); 356,
EGR BASICS: IU hOl.1r5, 1 5 1 , 182, 354 .
E R 231
Stlt ico
2
PI IY5 223
Elementary Modern Physics
4
M A T I I 253
Calculus I I I
CORE
EGR CONCENTRATION (4 selections�): 1 2 h ()ll r� - Electrica l : 27 1 , 272 , 352 , 44 1 ; Mecha nical 23 1 , 232 (or P H YS JJ6), 351 , 442. ·Co u rsc � selected on tlx' ba sis uf the stud"nt':; C a rL'('f cJb·ectives. Rcq u i red � u p p()rhng (lll!f>;<OS: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253 ; I M 1 1 5;
4
4
CO RE
4 18
Spring;
1 240.
Students \\'is h i n g to m< jor in physics or engineering J re <.: n co u raged tll C'llntld the depil rt men l early in their college ca reer, prdero bly before e n lc.ring as freshmen . Students i nterested in chemicilJ enginccring a rc c IKoul-aged to contact thc dlemistry dcpJrtmcn t . Early consulta tion p rovide ' !Tea ter l1 exi b r l i ty in desig n i n g one's progra m .
OUTU E: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE in Engineer ing- Science (3-2) and Engineering-Physics. FI RST
onccn tra tion
PE l
B,S. DEGREE IN ENGIN EERl NG.PHYSlCS: SimilLlr t o t h c 3-2 p ro�T" m I"ith i1d d i t i o n a l cou rse work i1t PLU i n engineering a n d physics: .} vcar� at I ' L U . 1 48, 1 53, 1 54, 223, 33 1 ; J J 6
Elect ricil l Engineering
Fall:
CORE
CH EM 1 1 5 .
PHYS: 2 4 h o u r s , '147,
SECOND Y E A R
EGR 232
1vlech a n ics of Solids
4
E
Engi neering A n a lysis
4
, R , 54
CS
1 240
FORT RAN
CORE
2
4
PE 15 T H I RD Y E A R 3- 2
YEAR
Engineering
Electrical Engineering Conce n t ra t ion
Fil I I :
Fa l l :
ECR n
V i s u a l T h i nking
2
ECR 231
PHYS 1 53
GL'neral Ph, sics I
4
Q - I EN!
P H YS 1 47
I bora tory
1
CORE
4
'aku l u'l I
4
CORE
4
MATH 151 C RE
4
PE 16
EGR 1 82
I n tw . tll Materials Science
4
PI I Y S 1 54
C ' n L'fll l Physics II
4
PI I Y5 1 48
La borat ory
1
<lieu I u s I I
4
MATI I 1 52
4
FE 18
116
StLltics
2
Generill Chemis try
4
1 15
Spring:
C O RE
PE
115
PHYSICS & ENGINEERING
Spring:
COR
4
CORE
4
COR
4 12
Mecha n ical
Engine�ring Concent r'l tion
ra i l : J:GR 271
Electrical Circuits
2
CH
Cener'l i Chemis try
4
I
11 5
CORE
4
CORE
4
P I;:
1 15
Spring: 4
CORE CORE
4
C
4
RE
12
Engineering-Physics Electromagnetic Theory
4
PHYS J56
Mathema tical Physics
4
EGR 35 I or
'I'hc'rm(ldyna m ics
EGR 352
A n a l og a n d Digital C i rcuits
4
Spring: I ' I IYS 336* or PH YS 3 3 2'
Mecha nics Electromagnetic Waves and f'hysicill
O ptics
4
CORE FOU R tH OLLEGE Y E A R 3-2 Engineeri n g
--
4 4
CORE
-
J u nior engineering sta nding a t Colum bia, Stanford, or a regional state universi ty . Adm ission to olum bia i s automatic upon recom mendation by the departme n t . Admission to Sta n ford is competi tive. 28 addi tional scm �stl![ h o u rs in u p p er divisiun engineering spe cia l ty courses at Colu m b ia or Sta n ford (e . g . , E . E . , M. - . , _ . E . , etc . ) to qua l i fy for t h e deg ree u f B . s . i n Engineerin g -Science from P L U . The deg is <lwa rded after presentation of a SIgned g uld book a n d d transcript from Co l u m bi a or Sta n fo rd . En g ineer ing-Physics Fall: PHYS 421 E R 44 1 * or I;:GR 442* CORE
Spring
PHYS ·122 ORE ORE
E ngineering Basics 151 VISUAL THINKING Three-dimensional visualization, orth o graphic and isometric perspectives, rela tio nsh i p of visual graphic thinking to the creative p rocess, p reliminary design; of valut: to not only engineers but a lso the science major who m u st be a b le to think three d i mensionally as dema nded in mecha nics or structural che m i stry. Emphasis upon fluent a nd flexible i dea production. I (2) 182
Fa l l :
PHYS 3J l
COURSE OFFERING S Engineering
Adva nced Laboratory e t work A n a lys i s Tril n s port
Advilnced Lilboratory
4 4 1 4 4
Fwrr r OLLEGE YEAR 3-2 ; n gincering omp! tc engineering specia l ty ( E . E., M. E., . E . , etc.) a t Col u m b i a , Stanford, or a regiona l s ta te un iversity thereby e a rn i n g that -chool's 8 . S . degree. At Stanford i t is il lso possible to be a d m i tted to a cotcrm i n a l M.S . program and ea rn a mas t�'r's degree i n a n e n �jnecring specialty simu l ta n 'u u s l y w i t h the bachelor's degree. Option.l l
INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE Fundamentals of syn t h etic ma terials (dielectrics, semiconductors, magnet ics, alloy s, polymers), their relationship to chem ist ry and p h ysics, a nd implica tions for modern techno l ogical socie ty . Discussion of what usefu l p rope rties engineering ma terials have and how these prope r ties can be altered by adjus ting inte rnal micro-structure. A particu l a rly useful en try pOint for the study of electrical and mechanical en gineerin g . Backgrou nd : one course in h igh school or college c h e mistry . II (4) 354 ENGINEERING ANALYSIS Introd uction to vector and tensor calculus, fu nctions of a com p lex varia ble, Laplace and Fourier transforms, a Jld un d eterm ined m u l tipliers. Comprehens ive and illustra tive examples h-o m the fields of electromag netism, waves, transport, vibrations, and mecha nics. May be taken as a package with PHYS 356. Prerequis ite: M ATH 253 . 1I (4)
Electrical E ngineering Science 271 E LECTRICAL CIRCUITS Fundamental concepts of electrical science and its u til ization in ci rcuits, com ponen ts, and devices. Pre requisite: PHYS 1 54. 1 (2) 272 SOLID STATE E LECTRONIC DEVICES Useful properties of semico nductors as related to elec tronic devices; p n- j u nction diodes and t ransistors; PET a nd MOS structures; solid state lasers . Prerequis ite: EGR 271 . 1 1 (4) 352
ANALOG AND DIG ITAL E LECTRONIC CIRCU ITS Active solid s ta te circu its . Analog: AC-DC converters, ampl ifiers, oscilla tors. Digi ta l : Boolea n algebra, se q uential logic circuits, switch ing networks. Pre requis ite: EGR 271 or 272. 1 (4)
-
-..
PHYSICS & ENGINEERING
117
441 NETWORK ANALYSIS A na ly si s of electTica l c i rcuit- in t -ra n sien t and steady
sta te mod es; fo rmuLa tion o f networ k equa tion s a n d theore m s, i m p e d a nce m a tching and fu n d a m e n tals o f n hvork topo l ogy, tra n s fe r f u nction" developmen t of La place transforms a n d Fourier series, time a n d fn� quency-d main a na lysi s . Prereq uisite: EGR 271 . II (4)
49 1
INDEPENDENT STUDY
elected t opics o f m u t u a l interest to stu d nt a n d in structor. E nr o l l m e n t is l i m i ted a n d o p en only to s t u d e n t s who have d i scussed a p roposed tOpIC or co u r e of s t u d y in considerable d e p t h w i t h i n s t l·uc tOr. Pre requ i s i t e : m u t u a l i n te re s t . ( 1 -4)
Mechanical Engineering Science 231
STATICS
232
MECHANICS OF SOLI DS
F u n d a m e n t a l engineering s ta tics using vector algebra; co n d i t ions for equil ibri u m , res u l ta n t for 'e sy st m s , centroid a n d center of gravi ty, methods o f virtual work, fric tio n . Prerequ i s i t e : PHYS 1 53 . 1 (2) Mecha nics o f deformable solid bodies; deforma tion, tress, constitutive equations for las tic m a terials, thermoclas ticity, tension, flexure, torsi on, s tabil ity o f equilibri u m . Prere q u i s i t e : EGR 231 . n (4)
51
THERMODYNAM ICS
Concepts a n d ua tions of cla ssica l , macroscopic ther modynamics; thermodynamic cycles, flow and n o n flow sys t e m s, p roperties a n d m a t h e ma tical rela tions of p u re s u bsta nces, m ix t u res a n d solutions, p h a s e tra n s i tion a n d chemical rcactions; an el me n l a ry trea t m e n t o f 'ta tistical t h e rmodynamics . Prere q u isite:
PHYS 154. 1 (4)
442
TRANSPORT: MOMENTUM, ENERG Y, AND MASS
U n i fying oncepts o f t h e t ra n s po rt of momentum, en ergy, and m a ss i n p l a n a r , cylind rico l .J n d spherical g o m e tries; m a t h e m a hcal aspects of fl u id m c h a n i c ; Do u nd a lY layers ; t ra n sport oeffi c i e n ts-vi sco i ty, t h er m a l conductivity, ma ss d i ffusivity; an elem entary treatmenl of t u rb u l e n t fl ow . Prerequ i s i te: GR 351 o r conse n t o f i nstru ctor . I I (4)
492
IN DEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics of m u tual in teres t to s t u d en t and in SlTtlctor . nro U m e n t i , l i m i ted a n d o p e n only to tu d nts who h a ve d i scLlssed a prop s d lopic or course of study in consid erable depth with instru lor. Pre r quisite: m u t u a l i n terest. (1 -4) ,
COUR SE TO BE OFFE RED IN THE 1983 INTE RIM 305
118
The Art of Electronics
PHYSICS & ENGINEERIN G
Political Scie ce Poli tical science c;t d d resses one of the most
difficu lt,
yet fundamenta l ly im porta n t h u m a n e n deavors, the
g v rnance o f people and of soci e t i e s . The stud e n t of poli tics seeks to u n ders ta n d how governments a re
organized a n d structured, how poli tic a l processes
a re employed, and the re l a tionship o f s tructures a n d proc sses to socie ta l p u r po se s . Recognizing t h a t
govern ment a n d politica l activity m ay e m b o d y a n d reflect t h e full range of h u m an values, t h e s t u d y o f
politics m us t en deavor to u nd e rs ta n d t h e realities of poLi tics while a t the same ti me asking how well
p olitica J systems work, what p u rposes a re a n d ought to be serve.d, a n d what effects res u .It from politica l ph nomena . Politic a l science encourages a critical
u n derstanding o f gove rn ment and p o l i tics in the
belief tha t
a
know ledgeabl , interested, a n d awa re
citizenry is the root s tre ngth a n d necessity of a democra tic society .
FACULTY Spencer, Chair; Atkinson, Farmer, Marsh, Ol ufs, Ulbricht; assisted by Bricker. r h e s t u d y o f p o l i t i ca l science helpb to pre p a re s t u d e n ts for the exercisc o f their rights, J u l ic � , J nd opport u n i ties a s ci t ize ns by giving t h e m " betiL'r u n d e rs t a n d i n g of A m e r ic a n political proCl'.SSc.s J n d o f a lt c rn a l"i ve systems. Cllurses in political sc i en ce e x p l o re various t o p i cs i n A m e rican gove rn m e n t a n d politics , i n te rn a t ional rel u t i o n s a n d foreign policy, comparutive gove rnment and a re,) s t u d ies, po l i t ic a l p h i losophy a n d t h e o ry, and p ubli c p o l i c li n d lillV. The d e p M t m <c' n t provides p re pr()fessional tra i n i n g l e a d i ng to G )fl'ers i n teaching, law, go\'e rn me n t , a n d re' l a t e d field s . For the n o n - majM, poli tica l s cie n ce cour�C ' p rov id e usefu l study for il ny s t u de n t ge nera l l y i n terested in p u b l i c affairs and the w o r k i n g, o f guvcrn m e n t . IVl orc'ovcr, the s t u d y o f poli tics is s u p p orti v l' uf a n y d isci p l i ne or p ro feS si o na l progra.m whose s ubs t<ll1ce becomes il m a t t er 0 1' p u b lic policy. A s such, politICal science com p icnlC'nts slIch fi c' l d s as t h e nil turai scie n ces , sociology, business, e d u c a t i o n , a n d economics. The study of p o l i t i cs t o u ch es u p o n o t h e r d i sciplines w h i c h i n q u i re i n to h u m a n b C h a v. i o r ilnd cil'v(C l o p m c n t , ranging from h i s tory a n d philoso p h y tu p syc h ol ogy , cOJ11 t11 u nic.) t ion, <) nd cross-c u l t u ral st u d i e s .
S t u d e n t s of politica l science h a ve the oppo rt u n i ty to combine the ,1 cademic s t u dy o f gov e rn me n t a nd politics w i t h p ract ica l experience by pa rticipation in nne of t h c interns h i p progrilms s ponso red by t h e d e p a rtmen t . A t p re se n t these a rc a v a i l a b l e i n p ub l ic a d m i n i s t r a t l o n , publ ic l a w , a n d the legislative pmc '55. The department of p o l i t ical science is a f fi l i a ted w i th �cverill organizations p ro v i d i n g for a variety o f stu d e n t i n volv('nH�n t . T h e s e organizahons i nclude t h e M o d e l U n i te d Nations, C e n tc.r for t h e S t u d y o f Public P o li CY, and Political Science S t u d e n t Associa tio n . The departmc' n t further SpoIlS(Jr!> r otherwise encou rages active s t u d e n t pdrticipation i n pol i ti ca l l i fe t h rough dass ilctivi til's a n d t h ro u g h such c a m p us or g a n i L a ti o n as the Young Re p u bl icans and Young Democrats. The p o l t h c a l scie n ce facu l ty at Paci fic Luthera n U niversi ty s h a re a brea d th o f experiencc in te ac h i n g a n d research, i n professional associations a n d co n ferences i n the U n i ted S ta tes an d abroa d , a n d i n govern m e n t d e c i s i o n making from thl' local to t h e i n tern a t i o n a l [evel. Th ere a re no p rere q u is i tes for p o l i tica l sci e n c e coursE'�, except as n ot (' d . r'rior co n s u ltatio n with t h e i n structor o f a ny a d va nced co u rse i s i n vited. S t u d e n t s w i sh ing to p u rs u e a major or m i n o r in pol itica l science' arE' requested t o decla re the m a j o r o r m i n o r w i t h the d e p a r t m e n t c h a i r ,1 S �oo n a' possi b l e .
B C H EL O R 01' ARTS M AJOR: M i n i m u m of 32 Sl'mcster h u u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 01 , l 5 1 , 325. Major progra m . elr" p l anned in consultution with a dep a rtme n ta l a d viser. MI l O : M i n i m u m of 20 se m e st e r h o u rs i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 or 1 5 1 . Minor progra ms a rc plan ned i n co n s u l ta tion with il departmenta l adviser.
MINOR IN P U B L I C AffAIRS: 24 scmcskr huurs, i n c l u d i n g 345 ( req u i red ) a n d 20 h o u rs from pol i t ical scien cl', economics,
SOCiology, and bu si n es s a d m i nis tration or s t a tisti cs . T h i s m i n or offers an i n terdisciplinary study d <�si 1$ n ('d to . s u pport many maJDr progra m s whose c on ten t h a s unpliciltlOns for public a ffairs, a n d i., pa rti c ul d rly us ful to s t u d nts co n te m p la ti n � ca reers i n p u l1 1 ic s e rvi ce or g r a d u a te study i n pu bli a d m i n i s t ra tion, publ i c zlffmrs, an related progra m s . Th ' P u b l i c A ffairs m inor inclu des t h e fo l lowi n g req u i re m e n ts: I) Pol i ti cal S6 'nee 34 5 , G ovc rn m (' n t and Public P ol icy; 2) a t least fiv(' additional cou rs's from t h ree of til(' fol lowi n g gr'o u p s (courses which a rc ta k e n a s part of J m a j o r p rogr;)m m a y n o t a l s o cou n t toward the Pu blic Affairs m i nor):
['olitical Science ( m i n i m u m o f 8 h o u rs if t h i s grou p is selec ted) 1 5 1 - meric;)o Govern m c n t 3 5 2 - A m e rican State ,ov e rn m e n t 356 - U r b a n Gove rn m e n t a n d Policy 363 - Govern m e n t, t h e M e d i a , a nd Public Policy 364 - Th Legisla tive Proc'ss 457 - Public A d m i n i . tro tion Economics ( m i n i m u m of 8 h ours if t h i s g rou p is selccted) 1 50 - Princ i p l e s of conom ics 321 -. Labor Economics, Labor Rela t io n s , a n d H u m a n Resou rc<2s 362 - Public Finance 371 - Indu strial Orga n ization and P u b l i c P o l icy 432 - U rban and Regional Economics Sociology ( m i n i m u m of 4 h o u rs if this gro u p i s selected) 240 - Social Proble m ' 280 - r n troduction to Rae.:: Relations 340 - Crime and Del i n q uency 390 - Sociology of Pov rly 460 - Penol ogy and Correct ions Busi ness/Statistics (minimum of 4 h o u rs i f this group i s selec ted ) B 281 - Fina ncial Accou nting STAT 231 - I n tro d uctorv Statistics On a p p roval by t h e P u b lic Affairs adviser, u p to 8 h o u rs may be earned through participation in , n i n t e r n s h i p pro!? ram as a substitu te fo r courses L i s ted above (e. ccpt Poli tical el nce 345). I n terns hi p opportu n i ties a re offered through several depa rtmen ts and provi de students w i th actual work ex pe rience i n -tate and locil l lcgis l a tiv· and aci m i n i strative age n ci es . S t u d e n ts i n terE!steo in i n ter n s h ip s a p u rge d to consult with their academic advisers and w i t h i n tern fa curty advisers a t an early date.
120
POLITICAL S CIENCE
S t u d e n ts i n terested in t h e Public A ffairs m in o r should decla re the m i nor in the Dcp < Ht m e n t of Pol itica l Science a nd cons u l t w i t h t h e departmen t',; P u b l i c A ffa irs ad vise r .
M I N R IN I N T E RN ATION A L AFFA1RS: W i t h thc' a p p rova l of the coordinato r of t h is m inor, 20 to 24 se mester h ours from th ree d i fferent d i sciplinps, incl u d i n g (rt'qu ircd) Political S ci e n 'e 231 or 338 a n d (o ptional) 384; 386; I Iistory 340; 356; H i s tory 335 (or S pa ni s h 322 o r French 321 or S ca n d i na via n 322 or German 32 1); Ec on o m ics 33 1 Of 3 8 1 ; and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s .
MAJO LEGAL STUDlES: 32 s e m e � t e r h o u r s . l'or a d d i tional i n fo r m a t i o n , see the section of this catalog o n LegaJ Stud ies.
M I N O R I N L E G A L STUDIES: 20 sem e st e r hours. For a d d i t i o n a l i n for m a t i o n , ,ee the section of this catalog o n Legal S tu d ies . PRE-LAW: For i n fo r m a t i o n , sec " h e sec t i o n of t h i s catalog o n Pre-professional Progra m s . B C H E L O R O F A RTS I N EDU Ed ucati o n .
AllON:
S e " S choo l
of
COURSE OFFER ING S 101
INTROD UCTI ON TO POLITICAL SCIENCE
A n i ntrod uction to the major conce p ts, theories,
ideas, and fi elds of study rela ting to politics and gov crnm ntal systems. EX lores governmenta l · tructures and pr cesses, politica power and au tho rity, conflict, decision making, pol icy, and stabil ity and cha nge . (4)
f
151
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
201
I NTRODUCTI ON TO LEGAL STUDlES
231
CURRENT I NTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
A survey of the constitutional fou nd a tions of the America� political system and of institutions, proces ses, and pract ices relating to pa rticipa tion, decision making, a nd public policy in American national gov ernment. (4) An exa m i na tion of the na ture of law, j ud icial process, a n d participa n t roles in the lega l sys te m . Pa rticu lar empha i given to lega l culture including comparative systems, assessments of lega l need s and legal ser vices, the legal profession, philosophy of law, and j u dicial decision making. (4)
A surv 'v course in in te rna tio nal relations with em
pha .. is ()n curre nt events. Examina tion of ideol ogy, econornic resources a nd development, n a tional rival r i ' 5 , military pm-ver, revolu tion a ry movemen ts, popu la tion pres sures, alliance pol i tics, and multi la tcralism . Re. lation of these factors to in ternational rela tions theory . (4)
282 COMPARATIVE G OVERNM E NT Exa mi na tion of political systems fro m a omparative perspective . Principal focus is on contemporary is sues, the societal settin g a n d policy fo rmation in selected cou n tries a t vanous stages of pol itical and economic development. (4) 321 SCOPE AND METHODS OF POLITICAL SC I ENCE A n exa mi.nation of analytic fra meworks, re carch methods a n d tec h n iques, and i n forma tion sources in political science . (4)
325 POLITICAL THOUGHT i\ su rvey o f the origin an d evolution of major politica l co ncepts in an i 'nt, medieva l, il 11d early modern limes. Such idea < S sla te, obliga tion, a u thori ty, com m unity, law, a d free dom will be slud ied dev I p m ntally. (4)
364 THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS A 'tu dy of theory, org anization, a nd procedure of the ongress a nd o ther legislative bodies in the Uni ted Sta tes; special em phasis on the dyna mics of conflict and compromise in the legis la tive a rena inc.luding ci ti zen and in terest group participa tion and lobbying. (4)
326 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT Cl"iti al examination of the major ideo logies of the mod rn wo rld : democracy, conserva tism, ca pitalism, socia lism, .ma rcl o-synd ica lism, com munism, racial and oli t ical elitism, national ism, libera l is m , Christian politica l thought, and contem porary problems. (4)
368 THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY Study of the nation's highest poli tical o ffice in terms of the roles a nd expecta tions of the o ffice, styles of leaders hip, Presiden tial decision-ma king, the powers and limita tions o f the office, and the in teraction o f per sona lity and institution. (4) 371 JUDICIAL PROCESS An examination of legal p rocesses in various ad judicatory settings. Primary a ttention given to j udicja l processes focusing on civil a n d criminal la\v . Includes an examina tion of administrative law processes among other qua i-j u d icial forms of conflict reso lu tion. (4)
fNTERN ATIONAL ORGAN1ZA TION AND LAW Coop ra tion and on£l ict in i n ternational in titutions. lssucs before the U nited Nation and other interna tional or an iza tiolls. The role of i n te rna tional law in int rstate relations. (4) 338 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLlCY Th r Ie of the Un ited Stat in international affairs . An analysis of the major fa ,t rs in the formula tion and xecu tion of nit d Sta tes foreign policy and its im pact on ot her powers . (4) 336
345 GOVER NMENT AND PUBLIC PO LICY A n i n tegrat d a p p roach t the nature of public poUcy, w i lh l:m p hasis on substan tive problems, the develop m nt of pol icy res p on s s by poli tical in ·titu tio ns, and the i m pacts of pol icies . Special a t tention to policy a t the merica n na tiQnal or ubna tiona l lev , i n int r nati nal politics, r from a co mpara tive perspective, as ann unced by t he department. (4) 352 AMERICAN STATE GOVERNMENT Study of governm ntal structures, processes, p rob lems, and public pol icy a t the sta t level . Special topic s an fi cld tudy may be a rranged as ap propriate. Par ti ular t tention to the sta te of Washington. (4)
356 URBAN GO VE RN MENT AND POLICY Examina tion of Ameri an goverment at the ommuni ty and metr polita n level, poli tical structures a n p roesses, urban problems and p licies, and rela tion sh ip with other lev I s of government. Specia l topics an d fj Id shldy s a ppropriate. (4) 361 AM ER(CAN POLITICAL PARTI ES f Am rica n An examina tion in theory a n d practic political par ties and in terest gro ups; pecial attention to party leadership and recrUItment, indjvidual pol iti cal oCla lization and pa rticipation, electora l processe , and to the role of i n ter st groups in A merican politic (4) 363 GOVERNMENT, THE MEDIA, AND PU BLIC POLI CY l n q u it into t he relationship between public will a nd pub lic pol icy in America, concentrating on the pivota l role of lectronic and p ri nt media. Exa mi nes media i n cont x t s of opinion formation, expression, and ef fects. Attention to pol i tica l cu l ture, uses of pu blic opinion poUs, and gove rnmental reg u Ja tion, secrecy, and i nformation ma nagement. (4)
372 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW The constitu tional basis of governmental powers in the United Sta tes w i th specia l emph asis given to j udi cia l review, separation o f powers, fed eralism, a nd in terstate com merce . In cludes an exami nation of the poL i tica l and constitutional res trictions on governmen tal power. (4) 373 CIVIL L I BE RTIES Constitutional rights and liberties with special atten tion given to fre dom of exp ression and as sociation, re ligious free dom, rig h ts in cri minal procedure, du e process and q u a l protection . (4)
374 LEG A L ESEARCH In trod uction to various methods o f legal ana lysis and r sea rch. Includes an examina tion ot primary docu ments and research systems. (4) 381 COMPARATIVE LEGAL SYSTE MS A comparative examination of legal systems including common law, Roman law, a n d non-Western systems. aty (4) 383 THE WESTMINSTER MODE L A n examination o f the evolu tion o f the p olitical system of the United Ki ng dom and its tra n sp la n tation to the sta tes of the ITritish Commonwealth including Canada, Aust ra lia, a nd New Zea l a nd . (4) 384 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS Compa ra tive exa mination of Marxist pol i tical sys tems, partic ula rly the U . S . S . R . , eastern Europe, China, and Cuba. Speci a l a t tention given to ideology and to the role of the Com m u nist Pa rty. (4) 386 AFRICAN POLITICAL SYSTEMS Comp a ra tive examina tion of the p o l i tical systems of sub-Saharan A frica . Exposition a t p re-colonial, colo nial, and contemporary i n fl uenc s with special atten tion to p roblems of decoloniza tion, na tion-building, and development . (4) 401 SEMINAR IN POLITICS Selected topics in the study of government a nd politics as a n no u nced by the departme n t . (4)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
121
457 PUBLIC ADMINISTRAnON Mana g ement as occurs in the <1ffa irs of state; the n<1t u re ot human behavior in org<1nizations; a d m ini st ra tive law a n d q u a s i -j u d icial p ra c ti c e s; civil service, b u d g e t a n d fi scal con trol, ce n traliza tion, coo rdina tion i n adm i n is t ra ti ve a reas. (4) 458
INTERNSHIP IN PUB LIC ADMINISTRA nON An i ntern s h i p with a department of local or sta te gov er nme nt; p l a n n e d a n d s up e r v i se d jointly by a s u p er visin � government offici a f and a member of the politi cal sC'l e nce fa c u l ty. By department consent only. (4-1 2) 464 INTERNSHIP IN THE LEG IS LATIVE PROCESS A n o p p o rtun i t y to study the p rocess from thL' insi de by working di rectly with leg is la t i ve paJ"ticipa n t s a t the state o r loca l leve l . By d e p a r tment cons nt only. (In ternships with the Wash ington State Legi slature a re open only to j u n iors and se niors with a t lea s t one year at PLU who have taken or take concurrently 364 . ) ( 4- 12) 471 INTE RNSHIP IN LEGAL STUDIES An internship with a private or public sector agency Or office enga ge d in l eg a l resea rch, litigation, or law en forcement. (4) 491 , 492 I NDE PENDENT READING AND RESEARCH By depa rtment consent only. (1 -4) 502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An a n alysis of social explana tion and the social s c i e n tific fra me of refe rence . (4) 505 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH METHODS Basic research concepts a p plied to labora tory, field, a nd bibl iographic s t u d ies . Topics inclu de formulating research q uest i on s , research desi g ns, data-gathering te h n iques, a n a l y si s o f d a ta and theory construction . E m p h as is on understanding a n d e va l u a ting rather th a n co n d u c t i n g researc h . (4) 520 SEMINAR IN PU BLIC POLICY o n ce p ts, models, and theories of policy p rocesses. A ge n d a b uil d ing , decision-making, a n d i mple me n ta tio n , p o l i cy a na lysis, a n d eva l u a ti o n s t u d ie s thro ugh sel cted readi ngs and d iscu ssion . ( 4) 558 GRAD UATE INTERNSHIP Practica l expe ri e n ce t h rough a n internsh ip i n a public agency. (4) 567 PUBLIC B UD GETING PROCESSES A na ly s i s o f p l a n n i n g, p rocesses, and e x ec u ti o n of g ov ernmental budgets; includes budge tin g, accountmg, debt, cash ma nagement, fi na ncial reporting, g ra n ts a d m in istra tion, and p rogram eva l u a t io n (4) -
.
122
POLITICAL SCIENCE
571
COURT AD M INlSTRA TION of the fie l d of j u dicial a d m i n istra tio n . Focuses pa rticu larly o n budgeting, person nel, i n for mation systems, cou rt-calendaring, a nd other co urt management functions. (4)
A n examina tion
591 DIRECTED STU DY (1 -4) 5% GRADUATE READINGS Indepe ndent study card requ i red . (4) 597 RESEA RCH PRACTICUM (4) 598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599
(4)
THESIS
COURSES TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1983 INTERIM 304 308 315
Drama in the Courtroom S ci ence and Technology Washington Winterim '83: New Federal ism The New Congress: Consensus or Confrontation
Psychology Th rough its curricu l u m , u s of comm u n i ty
res ou rces , and resea rch programs, the Depa rtme n t
of P syc ho l ogy p rovides s t u d e n t s w i t h a compreh nsive a nd bale need e x p s ure t psyc h o logy as a discipline, a scie nce , and a profession .
ma j or p repares students f r gra d u ate work i n ps chology or for empl y me n t a fter gra du a tio n in a vari e ty of set tings . In a d d i tio n the psychology major is p urs u e d by some students who plan to do graduate work i n fie ld s outside f psyc h ol ogy such as soci I work, low, bus i n e s admi nistra lion, or theology. Th minor i n p ch ology is de ign d to be a upplement to a no t he r m a j r i n the l ibera l a rts g r ee pro g ra m in a pr f 'sil nal sc hool , or to a e p a r t m nt o f ' uch a busin ss administr tio n . The P s h o l ogy a l so offers a broad ra n ge of cou rse lected b y a s tudent w h i c h ca n be i n divi d u a l l y
disabl e d ) , m e ntal health c linics, special services departments of local sch I d is tri c t s , a n d so o n .
The labore tory classes o ffe red b y t h e depa rtment are small in size with maximum importance a tta c h e d to individua lized i n s truction .
Th
n c e the
Illtrorilictioll to Psychology
om pl e te d .
c
ur ' e
ha been
A a su pp l e m e n t to ac' demie I arnin g , t h e d e p rln1cnt oCfers opportun ities for s t u d n t s t o have >xperien of a fi d -w r k 11< l u re i n a w i d ' va ri ty of setting in t he gr a te r CHna a rea, s uch a s : A m er i ca n La ke Veterans H ospi ta l , We tern State H spital (includ i n g t h e Ch i l d S tud y a n d Trea tme n t Cente r) , Rainier ta le 5 h 01 (dt.'vclopm n ta l l y
FACULTY Nolph, Chair; Adachi, R . M . Brown, Fiedler,
Hansvick, Lejeune, Moritsugu, Schm utte, Severtson.
BACHELO R OF AR S MAJOR: 32 semester hou rs, including a d d i tion, Statistics 23 1 i s req uire d . The n ? ergradu J te Record Exam i s requ irl'd of a l l graduating majors. 10 1 , 243, 340, 460. I n
M I NOR: 20 se mester hours . Statistics 231 may be included ' with d e pa rl m e n ta l co nsen t. 1 10 m.1\, not be (ounted toward the major or minor. Courses a t the 50d IL'vel are primarily for graduate students; however, they may be ta ke n by advanced undergraduat '5 who receive the in. tru c t n r' ďż˝ COil. ent.
-----\
I
COURS E O FFE RIN G S 101
o
INTRODUCTION T O PSYCHOLOGY
STUDY SKILLS
assist i n the i m p rove m e n t o f reading skills a n d .
o ther tec h nIques for effective study; class work s up pl 'mented by i n d ivid u a l counseling. (May not be cou n ted in the maj or or m i n o r . ) ] I T (2)
22 1
THE PSYCHO LO GY OF ADJUSTMENT
Problems i n personal a dj u s t m e n t i n everyday living.
1 0 1 . I I T (2) SCIENTIFIC METHODS
Prere q uisite:
243
Ba�ic resea rch design a nd theory construction; a p pl i cation to both laboratory and fiel d . Special e m p ha i s o n p e rcep tion a nd cog n i t i o n . Lectu re a n d laboratory . Majors m u s t take fou r c re d i t h o u r o p tio n . Prerequ is ite: 1 01 . I 1 f (2 or 4)
325
HUMAN SEXUAL ITY-EMOTIONALITY
Study o f the psychological, biological, and cul t u ra l components o f h u m a n sexual a n d emotional be hav i�)r. Topics include sex u a l iden tity, typical a n d typICal sexual b havlOr,
reproducti o n , cou r
and atfecti o n . Pr ereq u i si te: 101 (4)
hip,
330 SOOAL PSYCHOLOGY RL' 'earch and theory concerning the i n teraction be
t�.v een gro u p s � nd the i n di.vi d u a l . Language, a t ti tu des, aggr SSlOn, leade.rshlp, person p erc e p ti o n , < nd related tO p IC S ,arc exa m i ned a n d their rela t ions hi p to Vi: lrlOllS types 01 social cha nge a n d i n fl uence a re d is cusse d . Pr requisite: 1 01 . I (4)
335 DEVELOPMENT: INFANCY TO MATURITY Ph ysj�a l , intel l ect ua l , social, a n d emotional growth from m fa n cy t h ro u g h adolescence to maturity . Pre reqllisite: 1 0 1 . 1 II (4) 340 HUMAN NEUROP SYCHOLOGY The tudy of brain-beha ior rela tionships. Topics in
clud ' neuroana tonl lca l and n e u rophysio logical mech J lllsms u n?erlyll1g h u m a n beha\: i o r; psychologi C J I e ffec t s of brall1 da mage; p hySIologICal correlates of languages, sensory and mo tor tunctions, and emo tion; c l c t ric a l stimula tion o f t he b ra i n . P re re qu i s ite : '
1 0 1. 1 (4) 342
INTERNSHIP
401
WORKSHOP
403
THE PSYCH OLOGY OF INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD
A practi�um experie nce in
A n i n t roduction to the scientific s tu d y of behavior; sci e n llfIc methods for s t u dying the behavior o f living or gams !11s; topICS such as m o tivation, lea rning, emo tion, mtel ligence, personality, adjus tmen t, a n d social behavior. I n (4)
1 10
399
DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND AB USE
u rvey of the l i tera tu re on causes and t::r e at m e n ts for al cohol a n d drug abuse. Im plications o f current re search rega rding trea t m e n t effectiveness of alcohol and drug pr o b le m s . Pr req u isite : 101 . (2-4)
the co m m u n i ty in the cli ni cal, SOCIal , a n d/or expenmental a reas. C la ssroom focus on case conce p tualizatio n a nd p rese n ta tion . Pre requisite: sophomore s t a n d i n g plus one course in psy chology and conse n t o f the department. (1-6) Selected topics in psychology a s a n nou nced .
Physical, i ntellec t l! a l, emotional, a n d social develop ment o f t h e m d l v l d u a l from the pre-natal period to ad olescence; p roblems of behavior and a d j u s t m e n t . Prerequisite: 335 . (2)
405
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
420
PERSONA LITY THEOR IES
�l
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
422
COMMUN ITY PSYCHOLOGY
450
PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING
460
LEARNING: RESEARCH AND THEORY
4 0
SYSTEM A TIC THOUGHT IN PSYCHOLOGY
Physica l develop m e n t, m e n tal tra i t s , social character istics, and in terests of adolesce n ts; adj u s tments in home, school, and comm u n i ty . P re re qu isite: 335 . II (2) Stra tegies for the study o f perso n a l i ty theories . Tech n iques o f measureme. n t and i m p l ications for counsel mg and/or p s ych o t h e ra p y . P rerequisite: 1 0 1 . I Ll (4) Etiology a nd tre a t m e n t o f abnorm a l behavior. Em p h a . · i s on tr e a � m e n t i n c o m m u n i ty-based settings and tnstltuttons . F i e l d p lacem e n t or <"quivalent req u i re d . Prereq u isite: 1 0 1 . 1 11 (4)
I ntervention s tratC' g ies w h ich foc �l s p rimarily on com m U lll t l es a n d sOCla I s y s te m s . Par tlCLilar s t re s s on a l ter natives to tra d i tional di!,ical s tyles o f p romoting the well-bell1 g o f com m u il l ties. Field placem e n t requ ired . Prer e q u i S i te : 1m . (4) Survey o f s ta n d a r d i z e d tes t s; methods of develop ment, s ta ndardization; l i m i ta tions a nd i n terpretations of tests. Prerequisite: 243, a cou rse in Stcl t iS tiCS, or con sen t of in structor. 1 (4) Experi menta l stu dies a n ? theories of lear n i ng. Lectu re and laboratory. Prereq u I s I t e : a m l l1 t n1U m of 12 hours in psychology including 243 . I I (4)
Historical develo p m e n t, contemporary forms, a n d basic a s s u m p tions o f t h e major psychological theories and trad i tions . P n m;: mly for advanced m a j o rs a n d gra d u a te s t u d e n t s . 1 (4)
49 1 , 492
.A: su pervi
INDEPENDENT STUDY
cd read ing, fi eld, or research p roject of spe cl a l l l1 t er e st for a dv � nced undergra d u a te or gra d u a te s t u d e n t s . PrerequIsite: departme n tal consent . 1 1 1 ( 1 -4)
493
SEMINAR
501
WORKSHOP
Select�'d topics i n psychology as a n n ou nced . Pre req U I s i t e : consent o f I n s tructor.
124
PSYCHOLOGY
502
SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY
.J05
SOCIAL SCLENCE RESEARCH METHODS
An a n a ly ' is of so ' a l explanation a nd the social scien ti fic frame o f reference. (4) B sic research concepts appli d to l a boratory, field,
a n d b i bliogra ph ical studies. Topics i nclude formu lat ing research question , research designs, da ta- gather ing te chniqu es, a n a lysis of d a ta a n d theory construc tion . E mphasi s on u ndersta n ding and eva l u a t i n g r a t h e r than conducting research . (4)
L
515
PSYCHO LOGICAL ASSE SS ME NT
540
COUNSELING METHODS
l n t II ctual a n d personality assessment. For the fomlCr, the study f such t sts as the Revised Wec hsler In tell igei'tc , Scale for C h i J d r e n , a n d the Re vised Wech sler A dult In telligence Scale; for the latter, i n lervi w tech niques, self- report tests uch a s the MMPI a n d projective m e t h o d s . Prerequ isite: 450 . II (4) F e u ' on strategi 5 for treatment of i ndi vidu a l clients .
E m p h a ' i s o n case conce p t u a l iza tion, comm u nica t io n
s ki ll s , a nd ins truction in curre n t tec h n iq u s via rol _
pl y a nd videotape fe d back. PrerequIsite: con sent of in s tructor. l lI (4)
420, 421 or
550
GROUP COUNSELING
570
GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN COUNSELING AND/OR ASSESSMENT
Cou n sel i n g theories and methods a pplied to the gro up c )n tex t . Prerequisite: 540 . (4)
An o p p ort u n i ty to develop co u n se l i ng a n d/or assess ment skills in a setting in w h ich these p ro feSSional ser vices a re offered . Classroom focus on case concep tualization a n d p rese n ta t i o n . Prerequisite: 5 1 5 a nd/or
540 . I II (4) 577 AD VANCED GRADUATE INTE RNSHIP IN COUNSELING AN D/OR ASSESSMENT
An oppo rtu nity for the more adva nced t; tudent to w rk in the areas of c u n sel ing a n d/or ast;c ' s m e n t in a setting in which these p rofess ional scr 'ices a re pro vided . Class room focus on case onceptualiza tion a n d p rese ntation . Prerc quisi t : 570. I II (4)
590 GRADUA TE SEMINAR Selected t pics in psych ology a s a n nou nced . Pre requi site: c nsen t o f i n stru ctor. (1-4)
59 1 D ffiECTE D STUDY (1-4) �95 GRAD UATE READINGS I ncL pen d e n t study card requ i red . (4) 597, 598 R ESE ARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (4)
COURSES TO B E O FFERED IN THE 1983 I NTERIM 309 310 318
Psychology and the Law Hazards, D isasters, and Human Behavior Involvement in a Therapeutic Community
PSYCHOLOGY
125
Ke ig ion Religion i s a n attem p t to u n d r ta n d the meaning
existence . F o r Chri tia ns mean ing is re v e a l ed i n the l o ve of God in Jesu Chri s t . The Departme n t of R ligion s ta nds \路vithin and a ffirms this C h r is t i a n cant xt.
of human
In a university se tti n g this means the serious academic s t u d y of the Bible, oi the h i sto ry of th e Christian tra d i tion, of attempts to unders ta nd God's con tinuing activity, and of God's promises for the future. revelation of God in Jesus Ch r is t likewise calls other rol e s . It ca l ls for pen and a u then tic dial g w i t h oth r r e l igio u s tradi ti ons, and thus se ks t o u nderstand a common huma n i ty as e a c h tradition adds its unique contr i bution . It calls for a cri tical ye t con t ructiv i nterchange with co ntemporary society. Finally, it calls for a she ri ng of in sights with other d is c i p l ines in the university a s each sheds light on lh human condition .
The for
./
To th se e n d s the Dep a r t m e n t of Re li g io n off rs a wide ra nge of course and opporhmities. Furthermore it ca lls stu den ts, majors and non-maj rs alike, t o consider questions of mea n i ng, purpose, a n d va J ue in a ociety which all to often neglects these question s .
Lutheran Institute for Theological Education (LITE): f Religion also partiCipates in a program of con tinuing theological e d u ca t i on for clergy and laity in the Pa ci fic Northwe s t . Dr. Wa l t e r Pilgrim d i rects the UTE p ro gra m . For fu ther de tails The De par t men t
contact Dr.
ilgri m .
FACU LTY St ivers, Chair; Christopherson, Gehrke, Govig, I ngram, Knutson, Petersen, Pilgrim, S uter.
.....
U N I V ERS ITY CORE REQUIREM ENTS: 8 sen1l' ' ter h o u r, for · tudenh e n te ri n g as fresh me n Dr so ph o more s . Fou r lower d i v i s ion h o u rs snail bl' taken b e fo re t h e e n d of t h e sophomore yea r . The �econd 4 h o u rs may be sel e cted from most o f the other offerings i n the rel i g i o n c u rr ic u l u m . T ra n s fer students cn t l ' r i n s a s j u niors or seniors a rc req u i re d to ta ke 4 sem e s t e r huurs of rel i g io n u n less p re s e n t i n g 8 t ra n s fe r hou rs of r ligion fro m other accred i ted c o l l ege s or u n iverSities, T h e Core I req u i re me n t i n Re l igi OL Stud ies (il ho u r' ) spe c i fi cs t h a t 4 hou rs m u s t be ta ke n from "'Zleh of two l i nes, , s fol l o w s : J . B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s - 24 1 , 341 , 342, 343 , 2. C h r i st i a n T ho u g h t , H i s tory. a n d E x p e ri e n ce - 1 3 1 . 251 , 3 5 1 . .153, 3 7 1 , 372. 373. 3 7 5 . 3 H I . 382. 3H3, 39 1 , 392. 393, 45 1 , 48- . 3. I n tegrdtive a n d Com par<l tive R e l i g i o u s S t u d ie, - 26 1 , 262, 36 1 , 362,- 363, 367. 380, 48(), 490, 493 (or o t h e r a p p roved cou rs ' S l iste d i n t h e t i m sched u l e). J u n io r and senior tra n s fe r s t u de n t s need to c om p le t e o n l y one cou rse (4 h o u rs ) from l ines I or 2 . BACH OR OF ARTS M A JOR: 28 . em e s ter hour:;, with 1 2 hours concentrated i n one of f i e a rea s (Bibl ic<11 Studies; History of Christianity; History of Reli g ions; Theology and E(hics; and Religion, Culture, Society, and the I n d i vi d u a l) , and 16 hours distributed so that a t leas l 4 hours Me taken in each o f tW() o t h e r a reas. Trilnsfcr maj ms m u st lake a t least 12 hours in re · i dcnce . Studc'nts mily ilpply for the co n tract major, w i t h ou t p r viously speCified requirements, designed to e n co u r a g stucil' n t fr 'e dom , ini tiative, ilnd re s p o n s i b i l i t y . See department hair for e t a i l s on
t he f i v e Mcas or th e co n t ra c t m a j o r . Miljors s h o u l d p l a n their program c a rly i n c o n s u l ta ti o n w i t h d e p a r t m e n ta l fa c u l ty . 'losel1' rel a ted courses taL.l g h t in ot he r d e p a rt m e n ts may be considered to apply tow a rd the ma j o r i n co n su l ta h o n with t h e st'aff. M I NOR: 1 seme s te r h o u rs, w i t h no more th a n 8 h o u rs i n one o f t hc' fi ve a r e a s l is te d above. LAY C H U R C H STAFF WORKER PROGRAM A s t u d e n t w h o s e e k s to fu l fi l l a voca t i on o f s e rvice to till' ch u rch and com m u n i ty as a n u n o rd a i n c d professional may pre pa re fnr certifi ti o n by the a pp ro p ri a te c h u rch j u d icatory as a c h u rch staff worker. Positions c u r re n tly fi l l ed by such w o rkers
in c l u d e :
C h u rc h B u s i ness A d m i n i s t ra tor C h u rch M u s i c i a n Director of Ch ri sti a n ducation Christian Dav School Teac he r Parish Worker Youth Work Director C h u rch Staff A ss oci a t (General) A ma jo r in re lig i o n is norm a l ly req u i red for (his pro g ram , with s u p port i n g work selected in the appropriate de pm t me n t or sc hoo l at PLU (for c'x a m plc', business a d m i nistra tion, m u �ic, ed uca tion , 5< ciill sciences, o r p h ys ica l educil t i o n ) . M a ny certi fica tion a gencies re q u ire a pe r i o d of fu ll-time internship. Students e n rol led i n the p ro g ra m w i l l be advised as to those i n s t i t u tions, boa rds. a n d agencies within the c h u rc h that m a y assist t h e m in p l a n n in g t h e i r e d ucational pro g ra m s a n d obtaining p lacement for i n t ern sh ip a n d a f te r g ru d ua t i o n . The d e p a rt m e n t d e s igna tes one of its m e m b er a� c o o rd i n a to r a n d il S a d v i s e r to i ts majors w h o are in this p rogra m . O t h e r facu l ty m e m b e rs f o r related fic' l d s o u t s ide of re l igion and fro m the d e pa rtm e n t a s s i s t in a d v i s i n g .
The Study Program
The religion m aj or of a st u d e n t i n the h u rch S t a ff \Vorker Program must i n cl u d e courses which will i nsu re basic acqua i n ta nce with (1) t he Bible (ordinarilv two courses: 241 , the sec t i o n o n the O l d Tes tament a nd 24 1 , the sl' c t i o n o n the N e w T · t am en t ) a n d (2) d e n o m ina l'io n a l history, doctrine. a nd worShip (fur certification in The American Lu t h era n C h u rc h ordinarily one o urs<�: 39 , The l . 11tizrroll I leritag,· . The s t u d e n t i s frce t o choose the remainder of the seven courses of Uw major in such a way as to meet i n d i vi d u a l i n tE're ts and n d s .
Hmwver, to i n s u rl' wholesome bread t h i n religious s t u d ie s n o mo rl' t h a n t w o o f t h e re m a i n i n g courses (ordinarily fou r ) can be taken in � ny o n e of the _de p artme n t ' s five a reas uf s tu d ), ( Bi bl i ca l S t u d ies; 1 h l'l ) lo gy and EthiCS; I l 1stnry of R e l i g i o n s ; H i s tory o f 'hri�tianity; I�eiigion, Cu l t u re, SociL'tv. a n d th e I n d iv i d u a l ) . 3 I , Studies ill Church Millistry. i s hig hly re co m m e nd e d b u t n o t" required.
COURSE OFFE RINGS 1 31
JUDAEO-CHRISTTAN L I F E AND THOUGHT Biblica l, his torica l, a nd theological fo u nd a tion s with reference to con tempor< HY i ssues . (4)
241 BIBLICAL LITERATURE Literary, historica l , and theological d imensions of the Bible, in c ludin g pers pective on con tem porary prob le ms . (4) 251 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Basic q uestions of the Christian faith a pproached to pi cally. Questions such as wha l does Chri stianity mean by "God" will be considered thro ugh Biblical, h istori cal, and con temporary resources, Some a ttention given to challenges to t h e Chrisl ian fai th a nd i ts i n ter action with other perspeclives . (4) 26 1 R E LIGIONS OF THE WORLD A cri tical i ntroduction to the study of the Teligions of the world, e mphasi z ing historical origins and cul tura l d e velopmen ts. Readings cen te red upon p rimary sources in tra nsla b o n . (4) 262 MYTH, RITUAL, AND SYMBOL An examination at' the natur e of myth and its exp res sion through symbol a nd ritual . At tention g'iven to p r�-litera te mythology, Asia n mythology, and Occi d e n ta.l mythol ogy and the role these mylhological tra d itions have p ia d 1 11 the developmen t of modern e thical, socia l, and rel igious values. (4) 341 OLD TESTAMENT STUDIES Major areas o f inquiry: the Prophe ts, Psalms, and Wisdom Literature or M ythology a n d Theology. Pre requisite: one lowl:r d ivison course or consent of in structor. (4) 342 NEW TESTAM ENT STUDIES Major a reas o f i n qui ry , such as i ntertesta menJal, synoptic, Johannine, or Pauline literature. Prerequis ite: one lower d ivision course or con sen t of i n tructo r. (4) 343 THE LIFE OF JESUS A study of the life and teachings of Jesus; a h istorical survey of " Li fe of Jesus" research, form and redaction criticism of the Gospel tra d i tion; the religiolls d i men sions of Jesus' l i fe and thought. Prerequisite: one lOwer d ivis ion cou rse or consen t of instructor. (4)
RELIGION
1 27
"5 1
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
An i n t roduction to t h e personal a n d social e t h ical d i m 'n ' ion of Ch ris ti a n l i fe nd t h o u g h t w i t h a t te n tion to p ri m a r y til (.) 1 )gica l p o si t io n s a nd speci fi c p r o b l e m a rt'2IS . Pref q u i :, i te : one Im,v e r d i v i s i o n cou rse or con s ' n t o f i n lructOL (4) <
53 T H EOLOGICAL STUDI ES A . elect d t op ic i n C h r is ti n theology uch as under s ta nd j n gs of God, l i b ' r2l h )n theology, Christology, or in ter rel igious d i al . g. Pr r q u isit �: on � lower division C(J U T ' , or conse n t ot in. tructor. (4) e
61
P H I LOSOPH lCAL AND RELIG IOUS TRAD ITIONS OF IN DIA
on Ved i and U p a n i s h a d i c t ra d i ti o n s , Bl lAGA AD-CIT , " s i x o r th od o x schools, " Bud d h i s m , a n d ont m po ra ry I n L ia n philosophica l and rel i g i o u s dev lopmc n t s . Rea d i n gs ce ntered o n p ri m a ry SOllrceS i n t ra ns l a tio n . [ [(' re q u i s i t e : 261 or con E m p h a si s
sen t of instructor. (4)
362
PH I LOSOPIDCAL AND RELIG IOUS TRADITIONS OF ClUNA
elas i c 1 a n d m od ' rn phi losoph ical a n d religious t ra d i tions of C h i n a ( th e ' i x "classic I scho I s , " the ne -Taoist, a nd neo-Confucian t ra d i t i o n ), C h i n ese B u d dh is m , nd how lh se schools re l a t to contempo ra ry C hi n a ' s M a rxis t-co I11 m u n i s t i de o l og y . Readings cen t ere d o n p ri ma ry ' o w"c s in translation. Pre r equ i s ite: 261 or co nse n t of i n s t r u c to r . (4) c
363
ISLAM
A study of origins, t h e ology, p ra c t i ce , a n d exp a n si o n of I s la m ic r lig iou s faith with an e m p h a is u p o n the life a n d teac h i ngs o f M o h a m med, the major rel igious i d ea s of the Koran, t he th ologi al perspectives of Su n n i tc, S h i ' i t e, a nd u fi Isla m , a n d the p roblems fac ing modern M u s l i m t h ou g h t a n d practice i n i t s n Cow1ter w i t h W ' t nization a nd mod rniza t i o n . Ad d i ti o n I a t t nlion g i ve n to the pos i b i l i t ie s a n d struc ture of M u s l i m- C h ri s t i a n dialog. (4) 67 J UDAISM Fa i t h a n d commitm 'n t , s l ruc t u re a n d dyna mic s , a s ex p res sed i n this major W tern r ligion, including s t ud i s of i n te rpre t a t io n of t h e Hebrew Bible, theolog ical mphas 5, rel i g io us observance , h i s to rica l de v lopment , m od e r n groups, a n d J ew i sh -Ch ri s ti a n
dialog. (4) 37 1
ANCI ENT CHURCH HISTORY
The origin , th ug h t , a n d expa nsion of the C h ri sti a n C h u rc h; rise of the Pap cy, xpan ' ion i n urop and the growt h of C h ristian i nv o lve m e n t i n ell I ture; t o the end o f th Papacy of Cregory I (604) . Prer quisite: o n e l ower d ivision co u rse r c o nsen t f instTuctoL l a/y (4)
372
MODERN CHURCH HISTORY B gi n ning w i t h the Peace of Westpha l i a ( 1 648), i n terch n of the C h ristia n faith with modern p l i tics, sci ence , a nd phil sphy; expa nsion in the " o r ld , modern m oveme n ts . Prerequisite: ne l ower d i vision cou rse or consen l of i ns t r uclor. n (4)
128
RELIGION
373 AMERICAN CHURCHES The development o f trends of Christianity in the
United States. Prerequisite : one lower d1 v i s i o n co urse or co nse n t of insrructor. (4)
375
CHURCH HISTORY STUD rES
380
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGIO N
381
STUD IES IN CHURCH M INISTRY
382
CHR ISTIANITY AND THE SOCIAL CRISIS
383
RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE AMONG AM ERICAN MINO RITIES
A selected a rea of in q u i ry , such as the ha ri sma b c Mo ement, the Ecumenical Movement, the L u t h e ra n Confessions, o r American-Scandinavian Church Hi s tory. P r ere qu i si t e : one religion cou rse or consent of i n s tructor. (4) A m u l ti-cul t u r a l i nvestiga tion of religious experience, belief, a nd r i t u a l in re l a tion to the i r s o c i a l s e t t in g s w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t te n t i on to new forms of re lig ion i n Am e r i ca , (cross - re fere n ce d with SOC 38 0) (4)
a functional viewpoint of the church's minis try: worship and e d u ca t io n , p rogra m s fo r t he you t h a n d t h e e lderly, couns ling, a n d administration . First hand observation of selected m i n i strie s . Prerequisite: o n e lower division cou rse or con sen t o f i n s t ru c tor. (4) Toward
An i n tensive, i n-d e p t h ex p l or a tion fro m t h e pe rspec tive of Chris tia n t he o lo g y and e t h ics o f one or two cur r n t s oc ia l i s s u es . (4)
Concentra ting on the re lig i o ll s experiences and con t ri b u tions of those sectors in American s o c i e t y that have a m i n ori t y identity and o ft!.:'n a r e not included in t h e u ual s t u d y of A merican c h u rches, this c o u rse w i l l
i n d i ffe re n t semesters focus on d i ffere n t m i nori ties s u ch a s Blacks, I ndia ns, Chica n os . Prereq u i s i te : o n e lower d i v i s i o n c o u r s ' o r conse n t o f i n s t r u c t or . (4)
39 1 LUTHER The m a n and his times, with m a j or emphasis on his writing a n d crea tive t h e l o g y , such as t h e radical c e n
t r a l i ty of the Gospel a n d faith, the Word and Scripture, the c ra me n t s, church and s ta t e . Pre requ i s i t e : o n e lower division courSe or c on se n t of i n structo r . n aly (4) c
392
CHRISTIAN CLASS ICS
393
THE LUTHERAN H E RITAG E
Christian litera t u re: devotion, b iog ra p h y ,
theol ogy, poetry; Augustine, Thomas a Kem p is, D a n te, Lu ther, Calvin, Pasca l , Wesley, Kierkegaard, a nd o t hers; g ro u p core p l u s sem i n a r reports . P rerequisite: one [ower division c o u rse or consent of i n s t ru c tor . (4)
tudy of L u t he ra n i s m as a movement w i thin the ch u rch catholic: its history, doc t rin e , a n d wor s h i p i n the c o n t e x t of t o d a y ' s p l ura l i s t ic and secular worl d . (Majors in religion w h o are i n th e C h u rch S t a ff Worker Program wiU be given e n rollm nt p r iori ty . ) (4) A
451
CHRISTIAN THOUGHT AND MODERN CONSCIOUSNESS
Conte mpora ry i s s ues and problems in theology with ref rence to Biblical and historical reso u rces and re ce n t u nde rs ta ndin g of h u m a n i ty a n d the worl d . Read i ngs from such theologia ns a s Barth, Bonhoe ffer, Bub r, B u l tm a n n, G utierrez, Miguez-Bonino, M I t m a n n, Pannenberg, Tei l h a rd de Chard i n , and Til lich . Prereq u i s i te: one lower division course o r con sen t o f instruc to r . (4)
480
G DS, MAG IC, AND MORALS
485
CHRISTIANITY A N D THE ARTS
490
RELIGION AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
The a n th ropology o f reI.igion; a s urvey o f h u ma nity's conc p ts of and rela tionsh i p s to the superna tura l; examinati n o f the v a ry ing personal a n d g ro u p func tions th t religions fu lfill; expl oration of rituals, be l iefs, and systems of m o ra l i ty in religions both " p rimi t i ve" and historical; origins of religion; science "ver sus" religion; the nature of reality. (cross-referenced with ANTH 480) (4) Relationships of Chri s t ian thought to the forms and nte n t of various media of a rtistic crea tivity . I I aly (4)
A seminar which considers the theological and ethical d i me nsions of current issues (such as h u m a n sexual i ty , poli tics, d a t h and dyi ng, healing, electronic ch u rch, e tc . ) . Prerequisite: one lower d ivision cou rse and consent of ins tructor. (4)
49 1 , 492
I NDEPENDENT STUDY
In tended for r ligion m a j ors, ad vanced and grad u a te st uden ts; consen t of the de partme n t i s requ i re d .
493
M AJ O R THINKERS
The in-depth and in tensive s t u dy of one o r two major figures in C h ristian th o logy or other rel igiou s Augustine, Bonhoeffer, Buber, thought, g BuJtmarm, Niebuh r, Radhakrishnan, T i l l ich . Pre requisi t ; ne low r division course or consent of i n structo r . (4) .
495
. ,
ADVANCED SEMINAR IN RELIGION
e lected topics to be announce d . For maj ors, m i no rs, and students w i t h a t least three courses in rel igio n . Priority t o majors and m i nors. (4)
COURS E S TO BE OFFERED I N THE 1983 INTERIM 1 31 300
307 308 341
Judaeo-Christian Life and Thought Religion and the Search for Socialism in Tanzania Living in God's Silence: The Films of Bergman Entering the Path of Enlightenment: An Introduction to Buddhism Old Testament Stud ies: Biblical Archaeology
RELIGION
1 29
a Scandi -a Studies Program Scand inavian Area Studies is a flexible p rogram w h ich d r a\vs on many u n iversi ty departmen ts . I t o ffers a broad p e rs pective o n Scandinavia past a n d p resent, w h i l e developing useful analytical a n d c m m u n i cative skill s . The program reflects both the Sca ndin via n heritage of the u n i versity and the dynamic pro file of Scan d i n avia w i t h i n the world com m u ni ty today. Students enrolled in t h e SC<lndinavian A r e a Studies major arc expected to ctemonstrate the c q uivolent o f two years o f 1 orwegian, Swedish, or Da nish lanauage i n struction. To gain a basic u nderstanding of the region, th ey also take one course (4 hours) each in Scan di navian c u l tural h i story a n d Sca n d i navian litera t u re. ,Vlajurs choose a d d i tional Scandi navian and cross-d isci plinary courses in accord a nce with personal in terests a n d goals a n d in Clll1 s u l t a tion w i t h the pro�ram coordinator. A total of 40 se mester hours is required. With the approval of the Sc, ndinavian Studies com mittee, selected i n te rim, s u m mer, and <e x p e rimental courses may be included in the major progra m . T he cross-discipli nilry cou rses l isted below offer an opportu n i ty to view the Sca n d i n a vian co u n tries in comparison wi t h other w orld regions. Courses indica ted by the initia l "S" ar ' regular departmental offerings in w h ich studen ts e n ro l led in the Sca ndinavian An!a S tu d ies major focus their rcoding and work ilssignments to a significil n t extent on Sca ndi nilvia. Students sh ould consult \"'ith the program coord ina tor concerning the correct registration p rocedure for these cou rses. 5tudl:nts Me e n co u rag ed, tho ugh not req u i red, to study in . ('a ndinavia as pMt o f th e i r progra m . Study opportu n ities ilrc a 'a ilahle at a va riet y of institutions in Norway, Sweden, a n d c n mark. A p p ropnate coursework co mpleted abroad should be submi tted t(� tllE' Scand inavian Studies com m i t tce for appnwal toward the major. Students i n terested speci ficil ily i n Norwegian lan guage study art' rderred to the descri p tion o f the Norwegian major u nder the Dcpurtment ()f Modl'rn a n d Classical La nguages. All core . Gl ndinavian courses are ta ught ou t of the depa rtme n t .
Courses A p p licable t o t h e Scandinavian Area Stu dies Major Scandinavian Courses
Languages: Norwegian 1 0 1 , 102 - Elementary Norwegian 2 10 , 202 - I n termediate Norwegian 35 1 - Conversation and Composi tion Norwe g ian 352 - Adva nced Conversation a n d Composition Sw ed i sh a n d Danish (consu lt w i th program coord i n a tor) Cultura l I hstory: S a nd inavian J2 1 - Vikings and Em igrants Scandinavian 322 - Conte.m porary Sca ndinavi.a Literature: Sca ndin avian 421 - Ibse n , Strindberg, and Their Con tem pora ries Scandinavian 422 - Contemporary Scand inilv ian Literature Cross-Disciplinary Courses
Econ mics 33 1 -S - I n ternational Economics Economics 38 1 -S - Comparative Ecollomic Systems English 231-5 - Maste[pieces of European Literature Engli�h 351-S - Modern Drama History 323-S - The Middle Ages l l istory 325-S - Reformu tion History 495-" - Seminur: E uropean History Ph,iloso hy 365 - Kierkegailrd and Existentiul ism Poli ticil Science 282-5 - Compariltivc Government Re l igion 372-5 - ModC'rn C h u rch Hi�tory Re l igion 375-5 - Church I l i s tory Studies Sociology 342-5 - Sociology of the Fil mily
r
Scandinavian Stud ies Committee: Rasmussen,
Chair & Program Coordinator; Heussman, Ki ttil sby,
Myrbo, Pederson, Toven.
DIVISION OF
Social Sciences The Division o f Socia l Sciences has 44 facu lty members i n the Departments o f Economics, History, Poli tical Scien ce, Psychology, Social Work, and Sociology a nd A n t h ropology. O f these, over 90 per ce n t hold doctora l degrees fro m major American and Canadian universities. Members of the d ivision a re actively engaged in research a nd w riting . QualiJied students may assist i n such research e n d eavors a s a telephone a nd face t -face s u rvey of the needs o f modera te income tamHie for a major feasibility s tudy. The Cen ter for the tudy of Public Policy su pports joint faculty s tud nt research p roj ects o n a wide ra nge o f m ul ti di ' p lin ry topics rela ted to public pol icy. Topics of r c ent resea r h projects hav i ncluded problems of the aged, world h u nger, a ffi rma tive action, historic preserva tion, and three ts to the e nvironment . u n i t of t h e u n i verS i ty, the Division o f Socia l Scien ces h a s been pa rticularly concerned with the r la tio ns h i p of theory a nd research to actual soci a l practice . Recogn izing that n o si ngle academic di eip line studied i n isolation ca n a ddress the complex cha llenges fa ed by twentieth ce ntury society, the di vision h a s developed a nd encou ra ged cooperative e n deavors a mong i ts own depa rtm e n ts a nd wilh other departme n ts of the u n iver ity. I n addition, the DiviSi n of Social Sciences h a s sought l improv t h accessibil ity of higher education to tho " se ri ou sly seeking it - for i nstance, by offeri n g grad ua t a n d u n dergra d uate degree p rograms i n t h e evenings, a n d b y offering gradua te courses not only t the uni versity's campus i n Tacoma but a lso , t off-campus loca tions (McChord Air Force Base, Fort Lewis, and Olym pic College i n Bremerton) .
A s cl
Special progra m s supported by the division i nclude the Cen ter f r the Study o f Public Policy, CHOICE (Cente r for H u m a n Orga n ization i n Changing Enviro n me n ts), Legal S tu d ies, the Child a nd Family Welfare Progra m, a nd Women's Studies. The Washington Sta te Council o n Economic Ed ucation, cen te red at the u nive rs i ty, works to raise the level of u ndersta n d i n g of economic pri nciples a nd procedures among teachers a nd students in the Pacific Northwes t . Both breadth a nd depth o f knowledge a nd ability are needed to deal w i th the complexities of today's social proble m s . In addi tion to a variety of baccalau reate p rograms, graduate progra ms leading to the degrees o f Maste r of Arts in Social Sciences and Master o f P ublic Administration a re offere d . Based o n a n aware ness t h a t problem-solving i n society does not recognize d isciplinary b undaries, these pr gra ms emphasize a multi-disciplinary a pproach to I "a rning w i th direct a pplica tions to the reali ties o f p u blic a n d p rofe ' sional life.
FACULTY Atkinson, Divisional Chair; faculty members of the Departments of Economics, History, Pol i tical Science, Psychology, Social Work, and Sociology and An thropology.
A s a d ivision w i t h i n the Cul lege o f Arts a n d Science�, t h e D i v i s i o n uf Socia l Scie nces offers progra m s i n l'ach con s t i t u e n t depa r t m e n t l e a d i n g to the B . A . degrec. Programs l e a d i n g tu thc M . A . a nd M . P . A . degrl'e� arc also offered . toul'se uffe r i ngs a n d degree req u i rements a r c l i s te d u n d e r
ECONOMICS H I STORY POLITIC A l . S CIENCE PSYCHOLOGY
SOCIAL WORK SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sec a \ -o the sections of this ca talog o n Le!,,' o l Stud ies and Global Studies.
SOCIAL SCIENCES
131
Social Work Social work is a practice-oriented disci pline ed uca ting students for participa tion in a variety of human service p rograms. The major program also provides strong prepara tion for subsequent grad uate educa tion i n social work. A l though basical ly a professional program , the curricul u m i s firmly based i n the l ibera l a r t s . Emphasis is placed on providing students with knowledge and skills in various models of i n tervention a mong troubled i nd ividuals, fam i lies, small groups, and l a rger se g ments of society. In addition, the curriculum stresses ma stery of ' ial research skills, h u man growth and development, a n d political and �conomic factors w hich a ffect social welfa re pr gTams with in society. A major s tren gth o f the c u rriculum i s the fiel d experience compone nt. Senior s tudents are given opportunity over two semesters to participate in the program of an agency, institution, or service delivery clinic of their choice . Placements �mphasizi ng systems a nd com mu nity i n terven tion a re also available . Super ision j provided by professionally trained taff soc.ial workers. Addi tional opportun ities for field work, other than the requ i red field experience cour es, a re a va i lable in the COlllmunitlj Services o urse, which provides a n i ni tial expos ure to social services for freshme n and sophomores, £ l11d in i n ternships, w h ich i nvolve specially arra nged pic cements. The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Ed uca tion.
,
'-"
\
\
\
'�.=�rll \
\1
The department also partici pa tes extensively i n a specialized progra m i n Marriage and Family Thera py leading to the M . A . i n Social Sciences. The prima ry objective of the progra m is to give s tudents a s trong conceptual background and professional skills usefu l i n counseling cou ples and fa milies. For some s t u dents the program is ideally suited to a ugment their curren t professional practice ( for exa m.ple, psychology, socia l work, medicine, n ursing, ed uca tion, parish minis try, or chapl a i ncy) . The progra m emphasizes practica, where a studen t i s required t o complete a minimum of 500 hours o f clinical experience. Persons completi ng the program a re eligible to seek certifica tion as a ssocia te members of the American Associa tion of Marriage a n d Fam ily Thera pi s ts .
FACULTY w. G ilbertson, Chair; V . Hanson, McKain, Payne, Schil ler, York.
T.
BACHELOR OF A RTS MAJOR: 44 semester hours, including
271, 333, 365, 377, 442, 472, 475, 476, and 484, and 4 hours in poli tical science a n d 4 hours i n economics (selected i n consultation with a n adviser) . Unless otherwise stated, 271 or co n s en t is a co u rses i n social work.
prere q u i s i te for a l l
COURSE OFFERING S 222 COMMUNITY SERVICES Designed to provide a n opportu n i ty for freshma n and so p homore level students to test t h eir in terest in the fiel d of social work through a five to ten-hour week participa n t-observation ex p erience in a local agenc y . T he pu rposes a rc tel provide opportumty for a se l f evalUation of one' s aptitute for a n d interest in the field, and secondly, to introduce the idea of evaluating the effectiveness of the agency in terms of achieving its stated goals. No prerequi sites. Will not meet general u n i versity core requirements. (2-4) 271 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK The history, philosophical roots, p ractice methods a nd "settings" ( i . e . , adoptions, pub l ic schools, public assista nce, corrections, psy chiatric hospitals and clinics) f professional socia l \>vork; opportunities fo r observa tional experiences. No prerequisites. I II (4)
333 INTER VIEWING Concepts, p rinciples, and tech niques in trinsic to i n ter viewing: " h elping," problem-solving, or "clinical" in terviewing for ersons in the helping profess ions : so cial work/socia welfa re , clergy, nursing, physicians, parish workers, personnel o fficers. No prerequisi tes . I II (4)
f
342 DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE AND ABUSE Su rvey of the l i terature on causes and treatments fo r alcohol and d rug abuse. Implications of current re search regardi n g treatment effectiveness of alcohol and drug progra m s . (2-4) 365 HUMAN SERVICE SYSTEMS CHANGE Theo ries and stra tegies used i n maintai ning relevance between client needs and community needs and human service delivery systems . 1 11 (4) 377 FAMILY AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT A social and psychological examination of fa mily de velopment using a systems approach . S tudy o f family development throughout the l i fe cycle. Consideration of emerging and al terna tive family structures. (4) 399 INTERNSHIP A supervised lea rning experience i n an agency setting with emphasis on ac q u iring a n overview o f the a ge ncy, in contrast to learning specific social work s k ills. Intended to provide the opportun i ty to apply and test out k nowledge acquired i n cou rses previously taken in the social sciences. Can be a useful comple ment to 475 and 476, which are more skill oriented . I II ( 1 -4)
442 SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZATION Anal y sis of how societies have defi ned social a nd per sona l needs and developed a n d organized responses to those needs. Specia l emphasis will b ' given to the response o f America n society . (4) 458 LAW AND THE HUMAN SERVICES A n examination of the legal founda tions o f human ser vices with emphasis on domestic rela tions, correc tions, and j u venile j u s tice. Special emphasis on the rights of oftenders, j u veni les, de p endent children, the handicapped, and others serve d by the social sector. (4) 472 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE The profession of socia l work examined within the group o f helping professions; the knowledge base, principles, methods, and values generic to social work practice; observa tion of problem-solving sh'uctures and processes . Prerequ isites: 271 and consent of in structo r. I II (4) 475,476 FIELD EXPERIENCE Supervised field work within an a g ency or institu tion; applica tionlin tegration of k nowle dge, theory, and un derstanding; development of techniques common to the social work field . Prerequisite: 271 and conse n t o f i nstructor. I I I (4, 4) 484 SOCIAL RESEARCH Principles o f research design and assessment o f vari ous research method s . Evaluation research will be given specia l a t te n tio n . Primary e mphasis on under standing and critically examining actual research. (4) 490 SEMINAR Prerequisite: departmen tal conse n t . ( 1 -4) 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY Prerequisite: departmental consen t . ( 1 -4) INTRODUCTION TO MARRIAGE AND FAM I LY THERAPY Exa m ination o f the current family orie n ta tion as i t re late s to behavioral science theory and practice with families throu g h an a na lysis of the theoretical a n d practical consi d era tions that shape delivery of services to families . Clarifica tion of the rela tion between thin k ing and doing in family thera py . I I I (4) 501
502 SOCIAL SCIENCE THEORY An analysis o f social ex p lana tion and the social scien t i fic frame o f re fe rence . (4) PRACTICUM IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY A seminar to provide students w i th a mea n i ngful pro cess and structure by which to learn fa m ily t herapy a t the practicum level. Exa mina tion o f theore tical con cepts in terms of diagnosis and treatment implications in the delivery of services to fa mily systems. r n (4)
503
SOCIAL WORK
1 33
504
ADY ANCED PRACTICUM TN MA RRIAGE AN FAM1LY TH ERAPY A p ra c ticu m to p rovide a mea n i ngful p roc > ' s a n d s t r u c t u re b y w h i ch t o l ea r n fa m i l y tfierap . m p h a s i s nd on t h e d eve lo p mc n t of perc ept uc1 \ ' co nce p t ual, <
execu tive i ll s used i n eva l u a t i ng a nd t re a t i n g 'pecific mari tal a n d fa m i ly d y s f u n c t i o n s . I II (4)
505
SOCIAL SCIE NCE R ESEARCH METHO DS
Basic research conce p ts pp lied to l a b o ra to ry , fie l d , and biblio gra p h ic s t u d ie . Top ics incl u d e fo r m u l a t i n g n! ' '<1[ch que l i o n s r sea rch de ig ns , da ta-ga th-ri l1g tec h n iques, n a l y s i s of d e ta , n d th 'ory constru c t i on . Em p h sis o n u 1der · ta n d i n g a n d ev a l ua t ing ra ther than con d u h n g research . (4) ,
<
506
ADVANCED THEORY IN MARRIAG E AND FAM I LY THERAPY Theo ret i <1 1 c o n ce p ts rela ted to d iagnosis a nd i m p l i ca t i o n s for l re a l m e n t i n t h e delivery of s e rvice to fa m i ly systems. I II (4) 507 PROFESSIONAL STU DIES PRACTICU M IN MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THE RAPY Super,vised pract i c u nl w h ich i ntegr.a t o s i n to d i nic�l . exp n ' n ' m a t ters c o n e r ll l n g etnlc , In terdlsn p h '
n a ry rela tions, p ro fe ssio n a l o rg<1 n i za tions, f m i l y law a n d legi lati o n , d n d i nd e pen d e n t pract ice or ag ncy pract ice. I n ( 4)
591
DIRECTED STU DY
595
GRADU ATE READINGS
( 1 -4 )
I n d epe n d e n t study c , r d rcq u i r d . (4)
597, 598 (4)
599 (4 )
134
RESEARCH PRO]f:CT
TH ESI S
SO CIAL WORK
_" B
Sociology and Anthropology TI1e Departmen t of ociology and A n thropology a i ms to provide students with knowledge about the structure, r quirements, and pu rposes of the disciplines w i t hin its doma i n . Its overall goals a re to produce stud nts \,v ho can u nderstand themselves, society, and the world, the relationship a mong them, a nd the mora l context of that rela tionsh i p . By xpa nding their kn ovvledge a n d devel oping theLr ski lls, 路 t udcnts e n ha nce their ability to make informed decision s, to exercise t heir apacity for self-c.riticism a nd s If-eval ua tion, to function effectively a s knowledgeable and responsible citizens, to k now and accept them 'elves and t heir pecia l strengths a nd l i mitations, to exhibit int rp 'rsclt1 a l a nd i n te rc u l t u ral tolerance, an d to display their acquisition of both basic a nd sophis ticated academic ski l l s ,
The departmen t ' s Cll rricu l u m is flexible and re sponsive to indivi dual, university, and societal needs a nd cha nges. I t reflects liberal arts purposes, is planned to develop skills and ach ieve excellence, and seeks in tegration while sponsoring di versity . Through a distinguished fa culty w h o are willing n lt o n ly to inform others bu t a l so to be info rmed, the dcpCHtmen t a i ms for regional recogn i tion of its efforts a nd strength .
FACULTY Biblarz, Chair; Dumor, G ul din, Harris, Jobst, L . Klein, McBride, Oberholtzer, O'Connor, Schiller, Thompson.
Sociology BA HElOR OF ARTS: General Major: 36 . t'lJ1 csler h u u rs, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 1 or 33 1 ; 4 h o u r s a t the 200 level; 8 h u u !"s a l t h ' 300 level; 8 hours a t the 400 level; 3')LJ ( 2 h ou rs ) ; 4 1l1; 470; d n d Statistics 231 .
s
Major with Specialization in rime and Society: 36 se m est e r 10 1 or 33 1 ; 336; 8 hours e l ected from 240 , 340, 456, 460, 4LJ3; 39') (2 h o u rs); 4 1 0; ,1 nd 470; p l u 1 2 hours selected from Anthropulogy 440; Histnry 45 1 ; Poli tIcal Science 336, 3 7 1 , 372, J7:l; Psy -llOl llgy 421 or Social Work 442. hours, including
Major with Specialization in Family and Gender Studies: 36 3 1 ; 42; 8 h u u rs seiccted from 260, 38 1 , 406, 493; 399 (2 h U Ll r� ) ; 4 10; " nd 470; p l u s 12 hours sc.lecled from A n t h ro pulog , 41i(); Psychol ogy 335, 403, 405, 420; or Social Work 442. scml'stl'!" h o u r s , i ncl u d i ng 1 0 1 or
Major with pecialization in Social Organization: 31i semes te.r hours, i nc l u di n g 1 0 1 N 331 ; 345; 8 ho u r s s'il'ctcd from 343, 422, 430, 443, 456, 465, 4')3; 39') (2 h o u rs); 4 1 0; and 470; pl u s 1 2 h o u rs selected f r o m A n t h ro po l og , 440, 450; Economics 432, 434; Poli tica l Science 45, 36 l , ur Social Work 442. Major with Specia.1ization in Ethnic and M i nority Structures: 36 semester hou rs, incl u d i ng 1 0 1 or 33 1 ; 364; 8 h u u rs selected from 2 '0, 344, J')O, 44 1 , 493; 399 ( 2 h o u rs ) ; 410; a n d 470; pillS 12 hours s el e ct ed from A n t h ropology 330, 332, 340, 350, 352, ;\liO, 44(1, 470; Ecorlllm ics 290, 32 1 , 33 1 , 38 1 ; I l istory 471 ; Political Scipnc 386 or So j, I Work 442. NOTE: 1 0 1 or 31 reco m mended prere q u i s i te t o all 300 and 400 I "pi (ourses. MLNOR: 1 6 emester hours, i n c l u d ing 10 1 o r 331 , onc Cllu rs(' at the 300 l e v e l , u n e course a t the 400 leve l , and o n e a dd i tional course chosen i n consultation with thc d('partment.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCA nON: ee chuol of :J u(cHion .
COURSE OFFE RINGS - Sociology 1 01
INTRO DUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the p rinciples, concepts, and areas of soc iolo g y as well as th e analysis tools used in study ing social behavior. (4)
240 SOCIAL P ROBLEMS Ana lysis of va rio us theories a n d social re sponses to several curre n t socia l problems. Topics include: men ta l heal th, poverty, crime, fa miJy d isorga niza tion, and work a l ienation. (4) 260 LNTERPERSONAL R E LATIONSHIPS AND G ROUP BEHAVIOR An exa mination of processes of interaction thil t the p�rso n experiences in small group settings and the im , plications that has for l l1 terpersona l behavior and self conceptions . (4) 280 INTRODUCTION TO RACE RELATIONS The history of American race rel a tio ns. Factors ac cou nting for changes. in re la tiOi ships betw en whites and nonwhItes. Cnhca l a reas of conilict among the races. (4) 331 PR1NCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY An adva nced in troductory course stressing the major concepts and fundamental processes operativ in a l l areas o f s cial rel a tionships. Not open to students who have taken 1 01 or i ts equiva len t . (4)
1 36
336 DEVIANT BEHAVIOR An exploration of nonconformin g behavior such a s drug use, hom osexuality, cultic religion with partiClI la r a ttention to the dia fectical p rocess of its gra d u a l emergence a n d i t s socia l rejection . (4) 340 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY A nalysis of a d u l t cri f!1e and j uvenile delinquency with at te ntIon to theIr SOCIal roots, developmen t, and social impact. (4) 342 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Anal siS of the fa mily as a system of social roles a n d a socia institutio n . Topics incl ude: courtship, ma rriage and . p aren thood, persona lity d e ve} opme � t, changi ng famIly role patterns, a n d a lterna te tamIiy torms . (4)
r
343 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND CHANGE An examina tion of the theories of social change in the understanding of social movements; factors account ing for the emergence and persistence of social move men ts; emphasis on politica l processes and cha nges. (4) 344 CONFLICT RESO LUTION Factors acco u nting for in terperso nal and in tergroup te nsions . I n terpersonal, in tergro up, national, and in ternatIonal methods of resolution. (4) 345 SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS Ana lysis of stru c t ur es, p rocesses, a n d change in bu reaucratic organizations; their effects u pon the indi vid u a l and tne orga nization; interrelationships be tween society a n d orga niza tion s . (4) 364 ETHNICITY IN PLURAL SOCIETIES A .n examination of the nature of ethnic g rou ps ( racial, trIbal, cul �u �al, etc . ); the. s truc .ture of dFmic groups i n plura l sOCIettes, t h e mal11pulatlOn of symbols b y e thnic groups, eth nic d ivision of labor, ethnic poli tics, a n d t h e effects of colonia l and post-co lonial int<.e' rna tional systems on ethnic rela tions. (4) 380 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION A multi-cu ltural inves tiga tion of re ligious experience, belief, and ritual in rela tion to their social se ttings with particular at te ntion to new forms of religit':)I1 in Ameri ca . (cross-referenced with REL 380) (4) 381 SOCIA LIZ A TION An examination of how individuals learn social roles and role competency through the socialization and re socializa tion process. Em phasis on adolesce n t a n d a d u l t socializa tion within the co n text of ins titu tions, orga nizations, and society. (4) 390 SOCIOLOGY OF POVERTY Sources of inequali ty; a na lysis of lifestyles a n d be haVIOr of groups in society w hich experience i qual ity. (4)
S OCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY
399
INTE RNSHIP
e monstra tion of the i m pl ications of sociology, cor�1b i n 1 0 g on s i te work with 10 class lea r n 1Og. T h e a r � tul skill of usin g theory to solve p roble ms a nd o t h<:lI1 d h ng t h e practicali ties of worki n g i n agencies a nd bureauc racies. Placeme n ts: proba tIOn wo rk, courts, p l a n m ng a ge ncies, social a ge n ies, loca l a n state govern men tal agenCies, 1 0 d ustn e , and SOCIal actIOn resea rch . Prerequisite: departmental conse n t . NOTE: Majors are requ ired to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) a n d 410, p referably i n their j u n ior year . ( 1 -4)
?
406
SEX ROLES AND SOCI ETY
An exa m ina tion of the roles performed by m e n and women i n societ y . Trea t m e n l o f both t ra d i tional and nontradi tional roles a n d t h e c u l tu ral vanables m f1 u encing t h i s assignme n t . Particular a t te ntion lo cur ren t changing sex roles for both m e n and women a n d how institu tions s u c h a s t h e fa mily, church, a nd schools a re involved i n these cha nge s . (4)
410
APPLIED SOCIOLOGY
I n trod uction to the various m e thods of sociological a na lysis and researc h . Methods considered: social sur veys, p a rticip a n t observa t ion, i n tery ewing, d a ta pre . sentatio n and i n te. rpreta hon . N E: Maj ors a re re q u i re d to register concurrently for 399 (2 hours) a n d 410, pre ferably in t h e i r j U llior y e a r . (2)
�
422
SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND PROFESSIONS
A n exa m j n a t ion of the nature of work in society a ::; a social role a n d as part of t h e social structu re . Analysis of job satisfaction, ll nemplo pnen t, use o f leis ure, a n d : . (4) t rends i n labor force com posItion
441
RACE, REVOLUTION, AND THE DEVELOPING COUNTRIES
A n i nvestigati o n o f racism and s t ra t i fication p rocesses within the developing coun tries a n d between t he de veloped a nd developing coun tries; i ts consequences and i mplications; the s i g n i fica nce of America n non white minorities. (4)
442
SOCIAL POLICY AND ORGANIZATION
A n a l y s is of how s oc ie t i es have defined .social a n d per so n a l needs a n d developed a n d orgamzed responses to those needs. Special e m phasis o n the response to A merican soci e t y . (4)
443
SOCIOLOGY OF E D UCATION
The n a t ur e a n d functio n i n g o f the ed ucational system will be exa m i ne d from a sociological pe rsp ctive. Top ics: educa tion, stra ti fication, a n d social cha nge; the school as a com p lex orga n ization; the school as a social i n s t i t u t i o n a nd the sociology o f lea rning. (4)
456
SOCIOLOGY OF LAW
465
SOCIOLOGY OF ME DICINE
470
SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT
491
INDEPENDENT STU DY
493
S E MINAR LN SOCI OLOGY
502
SOCIAL SC1ENCE TH EORY
503
GROUP PROCESS
505
SOCI AL SCIENCE RES EARCH METHODS
A n e x a m i n a t i o n o f the social procc ses affecti ng con d i ti o ns of health a nd d isease and of the duster of social relationships and orga n izations tha t comprise the i n s t i t u tio n o f medicj n e . (4)
B a s i c sod logical con epts a n d theories. Primary em pha i s on contem porary on�eptual ap p ro ac hes to so Cial behavlOT a nd thell' h i ' toncal a ntecedents. (4)
Rea d i ngs o r fie ld work in ' pecifi.c a reZiS or iss ues of sociology u n d e r s u p e rvi si o n of a taCLd ty member. Pre reg u l si te : depa rtm e n la l cons �n t. ( 1 -4) Student or facllily i nitia ted sem i n a r i n o ne of fo u T fun da ment I a re a s in suciol o gy : (a) Contem pora ry I ss ues and P roblems; (b) So ial Process and Cha nge; (c) So cia l S t ruc t u re ; a n d ( d ) Th ory a nd Method . P r requ i s i te : departmen tal conse n t . (1-4) A!: a na ly i s o f social e, plana tion and the social scien tlhc fram of referen . (4)
A h u m a n i n te ract ion labora tory to fZl eilita te the explor . a tion of the sel f o ncepl through the mechal11sms of int e rperso n a l i n te ractions a nd r edback . (4) B a s i c research co ncepts a pplied to labora tory, field, a n d b i b l iogra p h ic · l u d ies. Topics i nclude torm u l a tll1g res ' a rch queslion , re�earch des i g n s da ta-ga thcnng tech n iques, a n a lysis o t d a te d n d t h e o r y construction. Emphasis on Ll llders t a n d i n g and eva l u a tmg ra ther ,
t h a i'! conducting research.
(4)
11 THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Sociological a na lysis of the se$men � s of the crir�1 i n a l u s t i ce sy stem, t h e i r l I1 l ' rreJ a tJ o n s h l p s , a n d t l�el r re a honshlps to crime p reve n h o n , SOCIal c o n t r o l correc tion, and rehabilita tion. (4)
j '
,
512
REHABILITATION MODELS
51 3
SOCIOLOGY OF HUM AN SERVICE SYSTEMS, PLANNING AND CHANGE
Stud v of va rious models that st rive to help offenders retu rn to a productive role in society : i n s t itutionali � a tion models, sodal action m odels, a n d co m m u l1 1 l y based models. (4)
Anal ysis o f human service systems such as correc . tional i n stitu tions, proba t i o n and pa role agenCi s, a n d social service agencies to u n dersta n d p l a n n mg proces ses and c h a nge. (4)
521
SOCIAL SYSTEMS I NTERVENTION
531
MINOR ITY-MAJORITY R ELATIONS
An e x a m ination o f t h e socia l con trol functions of law and legal instit utions; the i n fluence o f c u l t u re and �o cial orga niza tion on law, legal change, a n d the a d m m i s t ra t i o n o f j u s tice. (4)
A su rvey o f the p rocesses o f soci al change, i nc l u d i n g a n exa mina tion o f social conditions w h i c h crea te t h e n e e d for i n terve n t i o n . (4)
460
The history a nd culture o f m i nori t y g r u p s i n Ameri
PENOLOGY AND CO RRECTIONS
A n exa m i nation of h istorical and con temporary sys tems o f a d j u dica tion and i n s t i t u tionalization o f offen ders. Considera tion o f rece n t a l terna tive non- i nstitu tional and diversionary progra m s . (4)
Cc n Soc i e ty, exa m i n e d w i thin the o n texl o f the mter action between m i n or i ty- majority groups and p p ula ti n a n d composition m ovem n t ot these gro u p s . (4)
SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY
137
541
SOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN SOCIAL SYSTEMS
The eco nomic, social, and p ol itica l systems in A m erica a re explo red to gain some basic u n derstanding of how lass, status, an d power opera le in society. (4)
590
SEMINAR
Student
or
faCltlty i n i tiated seminar in selected a reas.
( 1 -4) 591 DlRECTED STUDY ( 1 -4) GRAD UATE READINGS 59
597,598 RESEARCH PROJECT (4) 599 THESIS (4)
COURSES TO BE OFFERED I N THE 1983 I N TE RIM 303 304 06
Th Human Services SIMSOC: Simulated Society Computer Application in the Behavioral Sciences 307 Other Realities: An In troduction to the Consciousness Movement 31 1 Palau: An Enda ngered Culture
Anthropology BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hou rs, i n d u d i n g 1 2 ,1d d i t i ll n � J h o u rs in a n t h ropology the d pa rtme n t .
1 02, 2 1 0, 22 1 . 222, 4<)0, and chosen i n con s u l ta t ion with
OR: 1 6 s 'm -'ster h o u rs, i n c l u d i ng 1 0 1 or 1 02, one course 300 level. olle course a t the 400 level, <1Ild one additio n a l cou rse chosen i n c o n u l ta t i o n w i t h the d ' p a r t m e n t . MJ
�t the:
1 01
-
EXPLORING ANTHROPOLOGY: EVOLUTION AND CULTURE
In 'od uc tion to physical a n thropology and a rchaeol ogy, concentra ting on the concepts of physical and Cllltura l evolu tio n . Brief urvey of p ri mate behavior a nd v l u tion with an em phasis on the evo l u tion of p rot -humans i n to modern Homo sapiens; early cul tu ral begi n n i ngs d ur i n g the Old a n d New S tone A g es; the h u m a n l i f cycle a n d h u m an n a t u re; t h e develop m t a n d distrib u tion of basic ocial and cul tural i n s titution s . (4)
1 38
EXPLORING A NTHROPOLOGY: CULTURE AND SOCIETY
Introduction to social-cul tura l a n thropology and cul tu ra l ling u istic , conce ntra ti ng on the exploration of the infin ite va riety of h u man endeavor in all a spects of c u lture and all types of societies; from tool-making to l anguage, re ligion, politics, law, warfare, fa mily, kin ship a n d a rt; from hu nters a nd ga therers to ind us tria1ists. (4)
210
l ndependent s t u d y card require d . (4)
COURSE OFFERING S Anthropology
102
GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES: T H E WORLD I N CHANGE
A su rvey of global i s s u e s a ffec ting t h e h u ma n condi tion in a ra pIdly c h a n gi ng a n d increasingly i n terde pendent worl d : moderniza tion and development; economic c h ange and i n terna tion a l trade; diminishin g resources; war a n d revo l u tion; peace and j u s t ice; a n a cu l t u ra l diversity . These issues are exa mined in a m u J tid isciplinary light using case studies drawn from non Wes tern and Western nations. Emphasis on the de velo p m e n t of a global perspective which recognjzes h u m a n commonalities as well as diversity in percep tions, values, a n d p rioriti e s . (4)
220
PEOPLES OF THE WORLD
221
APES, MONKEYS, AND HUMAN S
222
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CIVILIZAnON
330
CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF NATIVE NORTH A M ERICA
An expl orati o n of the world's c u l t u res through a n thropological fi lms, novels, a nd eye-witness acco u n t s . Case s tu d ies chosen from A frica, Na tive America, Asia, the Pacific a nd E mo-America provide an in sider's vie of ways of life d i fferent from our own. (2) H u m a n biology in evol u tionary perspective; theories of evolu tion; fossil evidence for hu man development; the living non-human prima tes in behavior a n d form; present-day humans a s biologica l crea t u res. Does not mee t core req uirement in social scie nces. (4)
p
The develop m e n t of culture, em hasizing the adap tive role of c u lture i n a variety 0 environ menta l set tings. The rise of the sta te in Meso p otamia, Egypt, Asia, Middle and South Am erica . The theory and me thods o f a rchaeology; loca l a rchaeology a n d p rehis tory. (4)
A com pa ra tive study of Nabve North American cul tures trom their arrival on the conti nent through toda y. Stress on traditional societies, their histo ry under colonialization and their emergence as vital contempora lY societies . Exa m ina tion of U.S. a n d Canadian l a w s , policies, and conflicts, including l a n d fishing claims, issues of sovereign ty, a n d religiolls rights. (4)
332
CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF LATIN AMERICA
Beginning with the a ncient South and MesoAmerica n empires, this course is a compara t ive study of the tra ditional fo lk cultures and contemporary urban cul tures of South and Central America; exami nation of the im pact of colonialism a nd the position of Latin America in the modern world . (4)
SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOL OGY
340
THE A NTHROPOLOGY OF CONTE MPORARY AMERICA An investigation of American social pa tterns a n d problems designed t o give insig hts from a cross-cul tural perspective; exploril tion ot other cu ltures' olu tions to common human problems sheds light on s uch "America n" problems as "law and orde r, " ra cism, drugs, religion, cul tism, sexism, fa mily breakdown, sexual promiscuity, and violence; a determination of what is unique about the " A merican Way . " (4) 350 CULTURES AND PEOPLES O F ASIA Survey of Sou th, Southeas t and East A sia with a n em phasis on the cultural patterns (social, religious, kin ship, political, and eco nomic) of the region; concentra tion on the civilization centers of I ndia and China a n d their effect on surrounding peoples; Asian peoples i n today's world . (4) 352 CHINESE CULTURE AND SOCIETY An immersion i n to the C hinese world-view, cultu re and society - geared to exposing the student to the way of life for one-quarter of humanity; Chinese cul ture, both traditional and contemporary, including folk re ligion, family life, human re lations, politics, so cial structu re; Confucianism and Communism; the People's Republic, Hong Kong, Taiwan, and the Overseas Chinese. (4) 360 CULTURES AND PEOPLES OF AFRICA A compara tive study of the Black A frica n cultures south of the Sah a ra; the effects of the colonial era on traditional A frican culture and the position of these cultures in the modern world. (4) 430 S ICKN ESS, MADNESS, AND HEALTH A cross-cul tu ral examina tion of systems of curing practices and cultura l views of physical and mental ill ness a nd health; prevention and healing; the role of re ligious views; n a ture and skills of curers; defi nitions of disease; va ria tio n in diseases between classes a n d ethnic grou p s; impact of modern medical a n d psychological practitio ners. (4) 440 POWER, POLITICS, AND REVOLUTION A study of politics through the politica l structures a n d processes of traditio nal a n d contem porary societies; concepts of leadership, factiona lism a n d feuds, power, a u thority, law, war, revolution and other reac tions to colonializa tion . Exam ples from around the world : Burma, Pakistan, the Pacific, Africa, peasan t Europe, Latin A merica, a n d Na tive A merica. 450 CITIES IN TIM E AND SPACE A cross-cultural look at the urban in human life from A ncient Egy p t to Sea ttle to Timbuctu; a considera tion of city life versus rural life; differe n t types, functions, and cha racteristics of cities; the processes of urbaniza tion and urba nism and their g rowin g importa nce for societies a n d peo les throu r hout the globe; the ori gins and futures 0 the world s cities. (4)
r
--
WOMEN AND M E N I N WORLD CULTURES An overview of the varia tion of sex roles and be haviors throughou t the world; evolu tion of sex roles; theories of matriarchy, patriarchy, mother goddesses, innate inequali ties; impact of Eur opean patterns in the world; ma rriage patterns from polygyny to polyandry; egal i taria nism to fe minism. (4) 470 ETHNIC GROUPS An examination of the nature of ethnic g roups in America and abroad; the varying bases of eth nicity (culture, rel igion, tribe, "race", etc . ); problems of group identity and boundary maintena nce; ethnic symbols; eth nic politics; e th n ic neighborhoods; and ethnic humor. (4)
460
480 GODS, MAG IC, AND MORALS The an thro p ology of religion; a survey of humanity's concepts ot and rela tionships to the supernatural; exa mina tion of the vary ing personal and group func tions that religions fulfill; exploration of rituals, be liefs, and systems of mora lity in religions both "primi tive" and historical; origins of religion; science " ver sus" religion; the n a ture of re ality. (cross-referenced with REL 480) (4) 490 ANTHROPOLOGICAL INQUIRY A systema tic s tudy of the theoretica l foundations of sociocul tural a n t h ropology; research methods; how theory and methods a re used to establish an thropological knowledge. (4) 491 INDEPEND E NT STUDY: UNDERGRADUATE READINGS Reading in specific areas or i ssues of a n thropology under supervision of a fac u l ty member. Prerequisite: depa rtme ntal consen t. (1-4) 492 INDEPEND ENT STUDY: U NDERGRADUATE F I ELDWORK Study of specific a reas or issues in a n thropolog y through i n-field me thods of analysis and research su pported by appropriate reading under su pervision of a faculty member. Prerequisites: 490 and de partmental consent. (1-4) 493 SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY Student or fa culty ini tiated semin a r in one of four fun damental a reas in a n thropology: (a) Contemp orary I s sues and Problems; (b) Social Process a nd Cha nge; (c) Social Structure; and (d) Theory and Method. Pre requisite: departmen tal consent. (1 -4)
COURSE TO BE OFFERED IN THE 1 983 INTERIM 305
Northwest Heritage: Native Peoples of the Northwest Coast
S OCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY
1 39
Statistics Program t, t i s tics, a branch o f a p plied ma tlwma rics, has beco me, a n d is exp ctce! to o n t i n ue s an i ncrea singly i m po rt< n t a rea uf inqui ry . A ' so c i e ty beco mes mure co m p l e x, the a b i l i t y to ga t h e r, s u mmarize, a n d e v a l u a t e data becn m e s more n e ' c ' <l r)' for efficien t a n d i n tellig nr decision making. c
FACULTY Selecte fac u l ty from the Dep artments of Economics, Mathema tics and Computer Science, and Psychology. Ie
M l NOR: A m i n i m u m ()f 16 "pm ·"ter hours, 01 t a t i st i c s D L :vIath 4 1 , l'i l hcr Computer Science p l u s e l 'div('� �el dcd fro m t h e n' m a i ni ng course" in
co ns i s t i ng 1 JC) ( ) r 144. ,til t i s t ies. S t u d c n ts i n t e rC'stl'd in s t a t stics s h o u l d contact t h e r 's p c c t i v(' heads of till.' Depa r t m c n ts of Economics, \'lath ·'m a t lcs cllld C o m p u te r Sciencc, ()r Ps y c h o l ogy.
COURSE OFFERINGS 231 INTRO UCTORY STATISTICS Descript ive ta tislics : measures o f Central t e n d e n cy and d i s persion . Infe re n tial s t a ti s t i c s : generalizations Jbou t pop ulations from sa m les by pa ra met ric a n d no np a ra m e t r i c tech nique ' . ethod covered will i n cl u de estimab 1Il , hypoth sis-te ri n g , s i m p l e correla ti on analy is, l i n ear regression a nd chi square a nalyis. ( N o t a p p licab le ttl mathema tics c red i t . ) I II (4)
334
ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE AND EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN (MATH 334) Ra ndom s a m plin g , factors w h ich dest roy experimen t a l d e si gn, onc-way analysis of va riance, two-way analysis of v a ria nce, fa c t o red design, bl ock and latin square desig n . Students will a l so critique pu b li sh e d experime n t and perform a n experi mental design p ro AT 231 or eq uivalent. II (2) ject. P rerequ isite :
341 MATHE MATICAL STATISTICS (M ATH 341) Proba bi l i ty theory, d i screte and co ntinuous d istribu tion functions, moment genera ting functions, sam p l i n g d i s tribu t i on s a nd hyputhesis-testi ng; i n t roduc tion to regr 'sion, correlation, and a na lysis of var ia nc e . Prerequisite: MATH 1 52. Ll aly 1 982-83 (4) 343 OPERATI O N S RESE ARCH (ECON 343) Quan tita tive methods fo r deci sion problem s. Em phasis o n linear p r og ra m m i ng and other determ i n istic m o d e l s . P r re q uis i t e : STAT 231 o r equivalcnL l l (2) 344
APPLI ED REGRESS ION AN ALYSIS (E CON 344) Simple a nd m u l t ip l e regression analysis as i nvestiga tive tools. Course stresses construction of elem n ta rv li near models a n d i n terpreta tion of regression r suIts. Prerequisite: STAT 231 or e q uiva l e nt . r (2) 491 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( 1 -4) 500 APPLIED STATISTICAL AN ALYSIS (ECON 500) (Will not cou n t for S ta tist ics M i nor) An i ntensive i n trod uction t�) statis tica l methods for g ra d u a te students who ha ve not previously taken In trod uctory Sta tistics. Emphasis on the a p plication o f i n fere n tia l statistics to concrete situations. lopics covered include measures of loc bon and vari a ti o n , proba b i l i ty, estimation, hypothesis tests, a nd regress ion. (4)
DIVISIor; OF
Graduate Studies The Division o f Gradua te Studies is a n all-university divisi on wh ich coordi n tes graduat level work. The university o ffers the following g rad u a t Ie el progra ms*: MAS TE R OF ARTS I . Education
--.
a ) � duca t i o n a l A d m i n istratio n : A p rogram i n te n ded for t<.'achl'r� who desire to e n le r till' field of school a d m i n istra t i o n . T h e s t u d c' n t W ilD wishes t l l qual ify for t h e rrovision,, 1 or s t a n d a rd pri ncipal's crl'de n t i , li (elemen t a ry or sel'ondMY r genera l ) w i l l take a major in t h i s fil'ld a n d com p i L:te cours . in a s u p po r t i ng academic a rea of t h e u n iversity. S t u de n ts m ,) y major in t h i s f i e l d w i t h o u t qualifying [ o r ,) pri ncip<l l ' s creden tia I . b ) Cou nse l i n g a n d uida nce: program designed primMily for s t u d e n ts who wish t o q u a l i fy as couns('lors i n public schools (elementary and secondary), college ', age ncies, or c l i nics. c) lass room Teilc h i ng: A program for teach 'rs w h o desire adva nced work i n da� room tea c h i n g . Along with the major held, t h e student IS re q U I red to complete courses 1 11 a s u pport i n ' academic area . d) Reading: A program for ele m e n t a ry or secondary tcachers who wish to ach iev e i\ c on cen t r a ti on III r e a d i n g . e) Educational Psychology: A program for � t ude n ts w h o w i s h t o a c h ieve a concentration i n educa t ional psychology. f) Special Ed ucation: A p rogram for � l u d e n ts w h o wish to ac h ieve a concentTa tion in special education.
2. Social Sciences
A degree progTilm with five conCl'n tTatJons: The (I'iil/illill jUotice conCl'll tra t ion is for s t u d e n ts in tl'rcsted i n th J broad field \If adu l t a n d juvenile corrections, proba tion, parole, and pol ice work. Tht· cO i i llselillS I'syc"vlo�y c on ce n t r<l t i o n provides opport u n i ty to inCl'eilSe com l-�l'tence i n the Cllu n s e l i n g fil'ld. A IWil/nll relntiOlI' concL' n t ra t i o n serves the i n terests of those w h o wish tu develop h u m a n relations s k i l l s a p p w p r i a te to w or k i ng in larger organiUltions in perso n ne l a n d m id d l e ma nagement fu n c t ions . 'fhe Illnrria'{<' nlld .fll illily therapy conclo' n t ra t ioTl enabl es s t u d e n ts to d e velop ski l l s that w i l l help fa m i l i e s stre n g t h e n their rel<tlionships. T h e illdividllalized ,t lldy concentration serves students who w a n t tu incrpase t h e i r k n m\'lcdge base i n ,evpral of the social sciences a ru u n d some gC:l1eril l t h emC'.
MASTER OF B US I N E S S A D M I N I STRATION
This degree program is designt'd to provide, t h ro u g h education, a fou ndJtlon tor re spunsible iL:adc.rs h i p in bu ·incss. MASTER OF P U B L I C A D M I N ISTHATION
This degree progra m is i n tended to provide, t h roug h ed ucation, a fou n d a tion for responsible l eade r sh i p in tlw m a na e me n t Df p u b l i c agencies.
g
MASTEH O f M U S I C
T h i � cf'>gree p ro g ram i s i n t ('llLt ' d fur q u a l i fil'd stu dc.nt" w h o desire' a Ct)I1Cc n t rn t l o n I n nlllSIC educatIon, (Ulll POSl t IUIl, pf.:-!r llnnrtllCC, or conducting. 'Details of these prow,) m s , i n c l u d i n g a d m i ssion requi rc�ments, proce d u res, degree and research re q u i rc.m en ts, ilre contai ned in the Gradllate Catalog, w h i ch is a vail a b le from the office of t h e dean of hrad u a tc studit's.
Mfiliate Resources CHOICE " S i n c e J 9?9, . CHOICE, Ce n ter for Human Orga nizati on i n Cha ngIng E n v i ron ments, h, s tu nctIoned as a commu nity service and action-research arm of Pacific lu theran U n i versity. The acro n y m , CHOICE, conveys its function and style: to initiate processes and programs both o n u n ci off ca m p u s w h ich assist peo p l e to. p a r t icipa te in m a k i n g choices wh ich may lead to i m p roved q ua lity ol l i te . CH ICE has a ssisted many comm u n ities ca ught u p i n the turmoil of urba n change by providing l i n kages w i th u blic agencies such as C o m m u n i ty Devel op ment , a n d with com m u n i ty service agencies, a n d by of(ering cha nnels for social i n volveme n t by facu lty and s t u d e n t s . I n creas lIlgly, C H I E has been i nstrum ental i n cJtalyzlng needed processes 0 1 change (1Il ca m p u s in order to effect better use of the u ni vcr ' i ty' , resou rCls . \ Through a n('(\Vork o f skillen p rofessionals from the facu l ty a n d the com m u n i ty, CHOICE provides orga n izational a n d com m u nity develop m e n t services, co m m u n ications a n d p I u n n i n g workshops, a n d tra i n i n g progr<l m s tor t h os" involved i n 'ocial c h o nge, h u m a n re l a tions, il nd conflict res l u tion ,15 we l l as cu rricu l a r a n d program dev('iopml'nt Cl nd eVl.1 l u� t i o n .
p
WASHINGTON STATE COUN CIL ON ECONOM I C EDUCATI ON ri ll' Wilshington State Council on Econ omic EduG1 tion is a statewide or�<lIlization dcsi�ned to raise the level of u n dersta n d i n g co ncerning ecollomic principles a n d proced u res a mong teachers and students in the Paci fic N o r t h w('st. The prog-ranl i n d u d e� a e.. nter for ECOIlOlllic duca b oJl, .. lnd is recogn in!d n a t i o n a l l y by the JOint Cou ncil on E onomic d u ca t io n . I t s u nctions <1r': 1) To offer 'Pecial courses to no n-economics miljors at PlU, espec w l l y to future teachers a n d to cu rrent members o f the tL'il c h i n g prof · i o n . These courses emp hasize the role of economics a m o ng the social s iences and i ts i m portance in a l l areas o f l i fe . 2 ) To develop, in cooperation w i t h the school systems o f t h i s state, teach i n g pla ns a n d a i d s that faci l i t a l incorporMion of l'co nomics i n to existing curric u l a . 3) To pro v i n e spea k i n g a n d consulting services f o r co m m u n ity org<lIlizations in t€'rested in promoting p u b l ic u ndersta n d i n g Df economic pnnClp les and Issues.
The WS E E is an educational orga n ization s u pported by a coal I tIOn of c o m m ul1lty groups representing e d ucation, business, labor, agricul t u re, and gove rn me n t . It operates as a n indep(,nden t non-pro fi t non-p,ntisa n educiltional organization dedicated t o the principle that each citizen's a b i l i ty to recognize and objective/v ana lyze economic issues is esse n tial to h i s or h e r welfare a n d the cou n t ry' s progress.
KPLU-FM, PUBLIC RADIO K P L U-FM . . . Stereo 88.5 FM . . . i s licensed b v t h e Federal Com m u n ications Commission to the U n iversity Boafd of Regents. KPlU-FM presents a n a l tern a t ive broadcast service for the greater Puget Sound region designed to enrich, entertain, a nd i n form the l I s tener. KPLU-FM broadcasts a t 1 00,000 watts, seven days a week, 20 hours a day, ann operates w i th a fu ll -time p rofessional staff including q u a l i fied s t u d e n ts . KPlU-FM is ,1 network station o f National Public Radio and a member of the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. I ts fine arts service consists of classica l mu sic, jazz, news, and p u bl ic affairs.
CENTER FOR THE STU DY OF PUBLIC POLICY The Cente r for the Study o f P u b l i c Policy i s devoted t o a better u ndersta n d i n g by s t u d e n ts and facult y of the p u b lic policy issues that confront contem porary society. The center functions under the a u spices of the Division of Social Sciences and operates u n der the d i rection of the center co m m i ttee. The center is open to a l l stu dents who h a v e an i n terest i n the s t u d 'y a n d discussion of p u b l ic po l i cy 'luesti o n s . The center spon sors activity d i rected at a wide varietv of topics within the field o f p u b l ic policy. Speci fical l y, the center un derwrites s t u d e n t/faculty research projects, workshops, public fo rums, and sym posia activity In the past, these activities have been d i rected at topics ranging frum the world food crisis to the problem of aging; from issues associated with u rban developme n t t o the problems faced b y w o m e n e n tering traditionally ma le d o m inated pro f('ssions. I n addition to its own activity, the center has fostered the develo p m en t o f a nu mber o f study g ro u ps . T h e study groups a re cross- disci p l i na ry teams that un dertake activities cfirected a t specific fields with i n the area of p u blic policy.
Pre-Professional Programs H EALTH SCIENCES
A Iwa l t h scie Jlc\!$ com m i t tec ,) d v i se s s t u d Q n ts aspiring to careers in t h e hea l t h sciences. During their first year o f ,) ttendance at Pll), stu dent s should complete a Heal th Science In terest Form . (This form i s available i n Ramstad H a l l Room 1 0 2 . ) An a p propriate ildviser w i l l t h e n be ilppoi n ted . This " d viser will provide the requirements and proced u res for a p p liGl t i o n to the vMious prof 's5ional schools. I n add ition t o the brief rc' q u i rcmcnts for ea ch a rea listed below, other i n formation is available in the res 'rve section o f Mortvedt Library . (under " Heal th Sciences R('sou rce s " ) . Dentis try, Med icine, and Veterinary Medicine
The ovenvhc l m i n g majoritv oi students e n tering the professional schoo l s o f these ca reers ha ve' d e v ot e d io u r yeelrs of studv to secure the broad l'd ucationill ba ckground rell u ' red . This bJckground i n cludes ,) t horough prepara tion i n the scien cl's in " d d i t ion to study 1 11 the social science.s a n d the h u m a n i t ies. There arl' no pre professional ma ior,; but r,) t h e r stud nts s h o u l d select the m a j or which i, of in ter ' ·t a n d which bc'st pr(!pares t h e m for an a l ternahve career. [ n " d d i t ion to the g e n e r,,1 u n iversity requ irement; a n d t h e rellu irc m c n t s of t h e s t u d e n t ' s m a j o r , the follo"'inS ar c genera l l y n'L] u i red: Biology 1 55, 1 56 , 253, 2 : Chl:m istry 1 1 5- 1 16, 3 3 1 -332 p l u s labora tories; v t l a t hema tics: ill least o n sem l'!ster, 1 33 o r h igh er; PhYSiCS: one y 'a r course w i t h labori1tory, 1 25-1 26 or 1 53-1 54. For l'xce p tio n s or a d d i t i o n s Sll.ggcsted by specific prof(�ssional schools, ciwck wit h your adyi5 ' r . Optometry
A l t l1llu�h t\Vo year" of preoptom e t ric study is till" m.i n i m u m re qUI re d , most s t u d e n t a cce pted by a 5d)ool or col lcgl' I t optometry havl' com pleted three years in a n und rgnld uate co lleg e . A l a rge percentage of s tu d ents acce pte d by the sch ool s a n d colleges of op tometry have earned a baclll'lor's degre·'. The rl'q u ir��me n ts for ad m ission tll the schools and coll eges of op tometry vary. However, all optomet r y schools and colleges req u i re al /�ast �wc c ars of pr('o� tom '.' t ri c s t u d y w h ich s h o u l d i n c l u d e : Biol J ogy 1 5j , 1::>6 , 253, 254; C he m I s try 1 1 5 , 1 1 6; PhYSICS 1 25 - 1 26 or 1 5 3; one-half to one year of nglish; a n d on year o f colleg l' m a t hema tics (incl u d i n g (, I u l u s ) . In a d d , t i o n , e a c h optome try s hool h a s i t s own SE't of require m e n t s . (Check w i t h your a d v ise r. ) Medical Technology
TIll' m i n i mum academic req uire m e n ts for e n t ry i n to c l i n i c a l train i n g as published by the n ational Accrediting Agency for C li n ica l labora tory Sciences ( N A AClS) are a m i n i m u m ot 16 semester u n i. ts of che mist ry to i n c l u d e orga nic chemistry or biological ch e m i st ry, 16 sc.mester u n its of biology to include microbiology and i m m u nol ogy, and one course in m a t hema tics. The content of chc' m istry and biology course ' must be acceptable towill'd a major i n those fields o f s t u d y or t he equi a le n t; till' m athemat i c ' requ ire m e n t is met by courses recognized as prerequisites for ad mission t o p hysics courses. I n add ition to these specific req u i r m e n ts, the student must have a cquired a m i nimu m of 90 semester u n i ts of academic credit before admiss ion t o the clinical pr 1 9 ram. A l though the m i n i m u m req uire m e n ts tor m e dical techno logy are as o u t l i ned above, m a n y of the cli nical i n te rn s h i p p rograms re q uire o r strongly recomm nd a bache.lor's degree in bIOlogy or c he m I st ry before a d mission to cli n i c a l tra i n i n g . Therefore, a student s h o u l d co n s ider first e a rn i n g a bachelor' de g ree in either of these majors. Thl! student must complete a twelve- m o n t h nwdleal tec h n o lOgy t raining program i n a cli nical laboratory accredited by the A merican Medical Associa t ion . U po n com ple tio n of this p r,ogram, the' student is el igible to take the medical tec hnology certI fica tion exa mination
g'iven by the B oa rd of Registry of Medical Tec h n ologists of the Ame rican Socidy lli Cli nic,) 1 Pathologists and to receive the degree of B�chc l o r o f Scic nce i n Medical Tec h nOlogy. The m i n i m u m requi rc'd co u rses for the n . 5 . M . T at I'LU a re: Chem is t ry 1 l 5, 1 1 6, 32 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334; Biolngy 1 55, 1 56, 253, 254, 322, 385; Mathe matics 1 33. Vc.ry s t rongly recn m mended : Phys ics 1 25, 1 26, 1 47, 148. A l so recom ml' n d ed : Biology 331 , 346, 375 , 44 1 ; C h em istry 404. The re mainder o f t he req u i ren\ents fur a major i n biology or chemistry must a l so b e fu l fi l l ,d . Pharmacy
A l though the pre-pharmacy req u i r e m e n ts im indivici uell sch o o l s o f pharmacy va ry ( c h e c k w i t h your a d viser), the fo l l o wing courses Me u s u a l l y req U I red : gl' n c ra l chemis t-,-)', 1 year; organic cl1 (� m istr\' WIth labor,) tory, 1 year; college ll'v('[ m a t h e m a tics (mal' include (,, 1c u l u s ) ; English co m p osition and l i terature, 1 yem. Ott-en required are m icrObiology, q u a n t i tative a na l ysis, and i n t rodu ctory (our' 'S in comnlll n ica ti o n tl rts, C'coflornics, a n d political SCil'IlCC. For e xa m p l e , the U n i v e rsity of Washington School o f Pharmacy has a p p roved the fo l l o w i n g courses as b e i n g equ iva l L> n t to the first two yeurs o f i t s 5-year pmgram leading to th ' Oaeill'lor o f Sciencl' degree in pharmacy: Lliology 1 5 5 , 1 56, 253, 254, 322; C h e m i s t ry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334; English 1 0 1 ; Com m u n ication A r t s 1 2 3; Mathem" tics 1 33, 1 5 1 ; e l ectivQs from the h u m a n i ties or social sci ences. A p p l icd n ts who have not com pl e ted one year of high school physics w i l l be required to co m p l e t e onc semester o f physics. The total cre d i ts s hould be no t less than 60 semester hours. Physical Therapy
Acceptance to schools o f physical theropy has bccome increas ingly com p e t i tive i n recent years and s t u d e n t s are strongly encour aged to contact their advise r a s early a , possible and together dl'ler mine the specifi.c prerequ i s i tes for t h e schools they may be planning to a t tend . The m i n i m u m req u i re me n t is two years of prc-proiessional w o rk . An example: M i n i m u m prerequisites for the physical t h e ril p y pro g ra m at the U n iversity of Washington: B iol o gy 201 , 205, 206; Chemistry 1 03, 1 04; Mathe m a tics 1 33; Physics 1 25-1 26; Psychology 1 0 1 , plus one a d d i t i o n a l course; English 1 0 1 , plus onl' a d d i tional course; electives i n t h e h u m ,l l1 i t ies a n d social sciencE'S. S t u d e n ts who havl' LJuestinns regarding health science careers other than t h ose listed above s h o u l d co n tact their Ill'a l t h scienc s a d v iser or c heck in the l i brary . reserve materials on " Hea l t h SciE'nccs Resource s . "
PRE-LAW
Pre-law at PLU i s an advising s y s t e m , n o t a prescribed m a j or o r curric u l u m . A major reason f o r t h is a p proach is t h a t l a w schools ge ne ral ly prefer i ndi v id u a ls w i t h a sound liberal education. There fore, regardless of their major, pre-law s t ud e n ts arc encouraged to pursuc a broad range of liberal arts courses. S t u d e n ts iHe <1l1vised to u n dertake work i n econo mics, history, p h i .losophy, political sci ence, psychology , n a t u ra l sciences, sociology, speech, a n d acco u n t ing. It is a lso recom mended t h a t students take one or two cou rses, chosen i n con s u l tation w i t h the pre-law advise.r, tha t w i l l h e l p them specifica l ly to develop pe rspectives o n the n a t u re of l a w and the legal protesslOn. Students i n terested i n law hould register a t the Pre-law Center in the Depa r t me n t of Poli tical Science. I n formation o n the law School Adm i ss ion Test (lSAT), a circ u l a t i n g l ibra ry o f law school bulletins, a news letter, and other resource materials are available. I n addition, stu d e n t s s h o u l d d iscuss t h e i r program with the pre-law adviser i n the Depa rtment of Political Science.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROG RAMS
1 43
THEO LOGICAL STUDTES
Pre-thl'ological s t u d e n ts s h o u l d com p lete the req u i rements for thc )?;c neral degree reqll lrc the Bachelol of A r t s deg �(: c . flcsldes . men Is, the AssoCl a t l on of I heologlcul sc;hoois reco m m e n d s the fol lowing: E n g l i s h l i ter<l t u re, composition, speech, u n d rt'l<lted studies. A t IC<lst six se m este rs . I l istor� - a nci.t'n t , modern European, and A rn�rica n . At least t h rcc scmesR'rs. I'hil \Jsophy - o r i c n td t i o n in h istory, c o n t e n t , Hnd m e t h o d s . At I a'it t h n:c scmesters. .I t u ra l Scicnc - - p reicra b l p h y sics, ch�'mistry, .l nd biolob,)'. At ICll s t L\vo semcste.r:-t. Soci,,1 Scicnu's - psych(llogy, so iology, economics, p o l i ti.cal sci . enCl' , und eciuc<lli o n . At lea s t S I X semesters, i n c l u d i ng a t least o ne sc m. estcr of psychology. ['or"lgn L a n g u �l o � s _. one o r more o f the following: L a t i n , Greck, I lc brew, Germa n , henc h . S t u d e. n l s who a n ticipate. posl-graduilte s t u d ies are urged to u n d ertake t h ':;e d i sc i p l l nes as ea rly il S possible (at icast tour scmcsl ' r� ) . Rcligion - il l h o rough k n o w ll'dge of Biblicil l conte n t tn o > t her with an i n troduct i o n to m a j or religim;s l ra d i ti o ns a n d l h eol, icu l prob kms I I the on text o f t h \' pnnClpal aspects of h u m a n c u l t u re as o u t· l i ned a bov\'. t least U1 rt:" emestcr · . Students mal' ' w e l l sl'ek co u n sel from the 'ie m i n . rv of t h e i r c hoice. . Of th' possible m a j o rs, English, p h ilosophy, re l i g i o n , and the so
;g
I
CIal sCII.!nces are regardcd as t h e m o s t desirabl e . O t h c r Mca, u rl', howevcr, ilcce p te d . A faculty ii dviser will assist · t udents i n the �election of L'Ou rsc.s nec('ssmy to meet the rC'-l u i rcl11l' n t s of the I hcologiGl l school o f t h e i r dlO.I Cl'. At t h e p r('se n t t i m e , in crc�l o i n g n u mbers o f w O llwn a rc en· ro l h n g at scl 'ctcd Protesta n t sClll i n u ri('s i n pursuit of t h e Mast ' r of D i v i n i t y d e g ree . C O ll s u l t t h e Religion Dep<lrtmt' n t chair for fu r t h e r In tornl J t l un .
AIR FORCE ROTC (AEROSPACE STUDTES)
Rapidly a d Vil ll c i n Q technol ogy L<; d a i l y trilnsfor m i n g t he' h u m a n e n Vl n ) n m e n l . I n n ovil t lol1S <l m p l i fy h U l11im i ty', a b i l i ties t o C O m p r e h e n d and cope w i t h scie n t i fic and tc:cil n o l l)gical devel o p m e n t s . Revol u t lo n a r,' advancc'm e n t s I n weapon sy stems, i n s p a ce technol ogy, a n d I n rn,magemc.nt tec h i l l LjllCS a rc somc ot the most rema rk<l' bl ' res u l ts . These advances a re ch a n g' in ?; t h e officer requirements i p today-'s Air Force. fhc An Fo rce pro fessiona l ofticcr corps m ust have s.pecial a bi l i t ies In a Wide range o f s k i l l s . But wha tever the spcciil l t v o f i n d i Vi d u a l officers, t h ey m us t . I s o b e i m .lginalive leildc.:rs a n d resource tul nl,lnagers to SUCCQPd in t h e i r p ro f 'ss i o n 'i . I h e objectivc.s of A i r Force ROTC a r e t o mO l'ivat educate, cl n d co m m i s s i o n highly qua l i fied s t u d n ts for active d u t 'v as officers i n t h ' U n i ted States A i r ore . Air ROTC is o ffered to P I . U s t' l d e nts throu � h iln agree m e n t . ; W i th the Ulllversity o f P u g e t Sou nd . I h e lower dlvLslon cou rses a r c opt'n to a l l �tude n t s a n d do not req u i re a Ill i l i tmy com m i t m e n t for . s cho b rsh l p c. dcts. f h c u p p e r d i vision courses a rc non·AF,RO I open to q u a l i fied u p per div i si o n and g r.l d u a l e stode n ts o n a c o m pe titivl' basis. fina ncial a s s i s t a n ce, in the form 0 sch ol a rs h i p s an d S WO per I� ont'h sub i s a va i lable to q u a l i fied a p p l ica n t s in the A i r t'orce RO T . f \o a nd t h rce-y 'ii I' S hol�rs h i p s arc , v a i la b l e t o q u a l I ftcd st �d e n ts. 1 hl! 5 holars h J P S C o V 'r l u ll tuition, books, a n d labo ratory t 'e�. There are .Iso schllla r�h i �1 opportun itie<; f lr s t u d e n t s i n . Illlrslllg G n d p r -mcci lu ne . S t u d e n t s who sucn'� sfu l l y com p lete t h e' A i r Force ROT progra m and rCCe'IV ,In aCiJde.mI degrn' from the u n iversity w i l l be uffe red . (Onl m l S S l O rl S as Sl:cond i Jeu tena n ts in th\! U . S . Air force Reserv ' . Addit'lonal i n io rm n t ion on t h e A i r Force' I{OTC program m a y be obta l iled by wrl tmg the Professor o f Aerospace Studies, U n iversity . uf Pugl't 'ou nd, Tacoma, W A 91)4 1 6, or bv c a l l i n " (206) 756-3264. FnCtllty: o[onel Scha e fe r, Ca p t a i n Love, Cap' a i n M " ' 1 5 , Cap Ul i n Villcenl.
,
Fore>
IS}enCe,
The c u r r �c o l u m offered by this �1rogram i s d ivided i n to three courses: a (,e n craI IVl d l til rv cours e and a Professional Officer course bw g h t n n the U n iversity <if I'ugct Sou n d campus, a n d a Field Tril i n i ll S cou rse concl ueteel il t selcctc.d A ir Force bases . T h e Genl'ral M i l i ta ry Cou rse (CiVI C) con s i s ts of one hou r o f a ad· m i c i n s t ru d i o n a n d o n e h o u r of m i l i tary tra i n i n g per week each term of t h ' frc " h m a n ' nd sophomore years. Stude n ts a rc e l igi . ble to e n roll III thiS cou rse I n t he i r fresh m a n vcar. There is n o m i l i tarv cum m i tment for nonsc h u l a rs h i p cadcts i ri the G IVI C. -the Professional Officcrs Cou rse ( POC) consists of t h ree hours o f aCud ' m ic i n.s t r u c t i o n ilnd one h o u r o f n�i l i tary tT<l i n i n g per week eilch term ot the I U ll i o r a nd senIor veM··. G ra d u a te s t u d e n t s .11 ''' a l so l' l i g i b Ie to com pete for en t ry in to t 11e Prof , s i o n a I Officers C o u rse . 'T'h ' Fie ld Tra i n i n g C o o rse is (' i l he r four or s i x wl:eks in d u ra t i o n , depen l i n g u �1on whether t h e s t u d e n t is pmticipa t i n g in the f o u r o r two-y ear p ro g ra m . S.l t'\Sfuctnr v com p letion of t h is cou rse is a pre requIsIte I'm c n t ry III to till' Pro(cs5i o n a l Officers Course for s t u d c n t s who havl' not comp lded t h e General M i l i tilly Cou rse. A 25-i1 o u r A i )'; h t instruction �1rohram i s llffered to senior cadets in the Prof(' s siona l Officers Course \ovh o a rc q u al i fied for Air Force pilot trcHrung. All students whu J re A FROTC scholarsh i p cadets o r a rc e nr o l led i n t h e u p pcr- division AFROTC courses must co m plete a cou r s e i n . I,n g i l s h com pOSition, a cou rse I I I mathemati c a l rea s o n i n g, " n d a course ".1 for Q l g n l a ngu a ge before grad u a tion a n d com m issioning. AU AIr furce R o rC stu den t s a rl' furll l � hed Air Force u ll i forms and n ccl'%ary textbooks for Ae rospace S t u d ies co u rses. G e n e ral M i l i tary Courses 1 10 , 1 15 'I '/1l' [)�lIciOplll<'lIlal Cruwtit af Airpuwer e\'c1(}pm(' n t of a i : power hom till' beg i n n i ngs of fl ig h t i n to post \. r e t n £t 111 efa; .:l . Vd rtl'l"V ot events, l2 i c m(l n ts I n h istory uf c llr p 0 I,VCr stressed, espeCliJ l l y whcre these provide s i g n i fi ca n t exa m p les of t h e I m pdct of a l r�1owe r o n strategic t h o u g h t . (2)
�
2 IO, 2 1 5
File Ull ikd States Air Force
Professional Officers Courses
330, 335 Natio/1al Security farces ill C O l l tell/pU ra �lf AII/ericall Society
Armed Forces as an I I l tc g ra l clement o f sooet y ; broad range o f American CIvil - m i l I tary rela tio ns , e n v I ron me nta l context i n whicll dpfense policy is form u lalcd . (4) 4 1 0,415 COllcel'ts of II ir Force IVlnllngement M a na g e m e n t f u n d a m e n t a l s , t h rough man agerial s t rategy and tac tiCS a n d the.lr a ppitca t l o n to deClslOn-maklll g , both in a civilian a nd m � l i tilry con t e x t . Leaders h i p research, i ncl u d i n g styles of gr"at leadrs, a pp h ca t l O n (If l eadersh I p c o n c e p t s to A I r Force S I tua tions . Rc vi ' IV o m i li t a ry j o stice sys te m . (4) 421 I light In,;truction Prosrnllr Fligh t i n struction in l ig h t , s i n g l e e n g ine, land ,1i rcraft, re qu ire s 8 h ou rs s 10 a n d 17 hours d oa l l n struetJOi1 p l u s a fi n a l chlo'Ck ride. A p proval of i n structor requ i red . (4)
f
l
1 44
fodny
The mission, orga n iza tion, we,l p o nry of A i r Force u n i ts. Strutegic . offe n Sive, strategic d e fe n Sive, some general p u rpose, aerospace su p �1 ort torees. (2) 325 rieJd Trnilrillg Field t ra i n i n g d u ri n g the s u m m e r m o n t h s at selected A i r Force Bases for studc.nts selected for thc A i r Force ROTC Professional Officers Cou rse . T I�e area5 of study i nclude acad<2 m ics, j u n i o r officer trai n I n g , .: lIfcratt a n d (.1 lrcr \V o n e n t a tion, Ci HCL'f orientation, survivzd tra i n i ng, base fu nctions , nd e n vi r o n m e n t , and physical trainmg. (4)
PRE-PRO FESSIONAL PROGRAMS
International Programs P L U s i n tern<l b o n a l p rograms encourage s t u d e n ts to exp<l n d their u n d e rs t a n d i n g of h u m a n i ty's globa l co n d i t i o n i n a cha nging a n d i n crea ti i n g l y progra m s p rovide o p portu n i ties for o n -ca m p u s s t u d y of g l oba l i s s u e s a nd o f t h e world's reg i o n s,
exam p le, m o d e rn i z a ti o n a n d d e velo p me n t; global
resuu rces a n d t rade; a n d peace, j u s tice, a n d h u m a n rig h ts . C u l tural foci a re A frica, Asia, Europe, L a t i n
Ame rica , t he M i d d l e East, a n d S c n d i n avia, a mong ther · . Off-ca m p u s s t u dy of these iss ues a n d reg i o n s is m a d e possible by d i verse o p p o rtu n i ties
fo r tudv b road a n d i n te r n a t i o n a l s t u d e n t " exc h a n g e.
as
offered by
Modern a n d Classical
among t he sped, I m u l t i -d isc i p l i n a ry p rograms listed b,low w h ich offer majors a n d mi nors i n
a v a i l a b l e from the
Students i n terested i n d i verse c u l t u res a n d i n te rn a t i o n a l 'Iobal issues may u n dert<lke a m u l t i-discip li nary major or minor program dcsigned to reflect their geographic, t h e m a t ic, o r disci p l i l1 J ry i n tL�rests. The lobal Stud ies majur is termed a "complcmel1tary" major beca use it is taken as a second major in a d d i t i o n to a reg u l a r d i sci p l i n a ry m a j o r . Courses are grouped i n t o st've n c l u s t ers reflecting t h reE! world regions (Asia, E u rope, T h i rd World a reas) and four g l ob'l l or i n te rn a t i o n a l issuL's (Global Res o u rces and Trade; M o d e rn i z a t i o n a n d DevcloprllL' n l; Society, " u l t u re, a n d Tr;)d i h o llS; Wa r, R e v o l u t i o n , a n d Peace ) . F o r s p ecific i n fo rITld t i o n - C l ' thl' G l o b a l S t u d ies section o f t h i s catalog. B. M 1 N OR. The lobal Stud il's m i nor is one of t h ree m i nors availabll' i n t h e fi e l d of g l o ba l or i n tE'rna t i o n a l studies. I ts theoretical orie n ta tion a n d requirements p arallel those for t h e major a nd a re detailed i n t he G l o b a l Studi es section of this ca talog. Courses cred ited toward a minor cannot be credited toward a major. I nterim a n d n w comses a p p roved by the Globa l Stud ies may be i ncl uded i n t h e various c J u sters. Com mitt
A. MAJOR.
W i th the a pp ro v a l of t h co l rd i n a to r of thi . m i nor, students i n ter " [ed i n i n ternat i o n a l b u s iness may s 'Iect t h fol l owin g . courses , t t h m t h e "Ioba l Resou rces a n d Tnld l uste.r of the Global Studies Program to form a t hematic i n t e rn a t i o n a l trade minor. '
Optio nal: H i story 356 - American D i plomLl t ic H i s torv Political Science 3tl4 Com m u n i st Po l i ticar Systems Pol itical Science 386 African P o l i t i ca l Svstcms Either H i storv 335 La t i n A merican I l i s'tory, or Spa n i s h 322 L,l t i n A m e rican C i v i l i ziIli(.in and C u l t u re or "re n c h 321 French Civil i7dtion a n d C u l t u re or Germ a n 32 1 Germ a n C i v i l i za t i o n and C u l ture or Sca n d i nav iiln 322 C o n t c m p o ri lI'Y Sca n d i n ilVia I I is tory 34(l - MOLkrn h i na a nd J a p a n Either Economics 331 I n tc rn a ti o n a l Economics, or ECLlnomi cs 38 1 - Comparative E co n o mic Systems I n dependent t u d il's -
-
-
-
-
INTENSIVE ENGLISH LANGUAGE INSTITUTE
i n ter n a t i o n a l fficc of I n t erna tion a l
GLO B A L STU D r E S
TIONA L TRADE
-
-
.
E d u ca tion a n d the S t u d y A broa d Offi c e .
lNTERN
. C u rren t I n te rn a tional Aftairs A m erican Fore ign Pol i cy
23 1
.
in terna tional s t u d i e s . G e ne ra l i n forma t i o n abo ut PLU"
Required: Either Pol i tica l Science o r Pol i t ical Scie nce 33tl
-
Languages, Pol i tical Science, and H i story, or c h o o s e
p rogra m ' i
W i t h the' .l pproval o f t h e coord i nat or ( ) f t h i s m i n or, a student may select from a m o n g t h e fo l l owing to form a n Interna tional Aftairs t h e m a t ic m i nor cons isti ng of a minimum of 20 and a maxi m u m of 24 semeste.r hOLlrs chosen frol1l at ledst th ree d i ffere n t d isci p l i n e s .
-
To pur LIe a p rogra m in i n te r n a t i o n a l or i n tercultural d partments s uch
[
-
INTER NATIONAL A F FA I R S
cul t u res, a n d tioc i e t i e s . Global i s s ues i n c l u d e , for
s t u d e n t s may enro l l in cours e
-
-
i n t erd e p e n d e n t worl d . M u l ti-focused i n terna tional
studi "
Business Ad m i n i s t ra t ion 490 Sl' m i n a r ( Forum i n I n tl' rn a t i o n a l Busi ness) Econornics 331 - I n ternational Economics Pol i ti c a l Science 336 I n terna t i o n a l Orga niz,l t i o n a n d Law Sociology 493 S e m i n a r i n Sociology (DeVC' l o Jmcnt, U nderde ve l op m en t , a n d I n ternu tional I nequa ity) A course i n Globa l Perspectives - I l i s tory/ A n t h ropology 2 10
Th I n te n sive Eng l i s h Languilge I n s t i t u t e (opcra tcc! b y th\: American C u l t u m l Exchange) rs an uffr l r a te of FLU o t t c n n g i n tensive E n g l i s h classes, w h i c h a r c designed to prepa re' i n tern<l t i o n a l s t u de n ts for studies i n U . S . colleges ilnd un iversities . The i n s ti t u te is a u t h orized to gra n t 1-20 forms through PLU; howevcr, a d m ission to the i n s ti t u te docs not . con s t i t u te ad mission to the u n iversity, a nd no transferable credr t is given for i n s t i t ute courses. � t u d e n ts en t e r i n g the i n s tit ute a rc givc.n a n Engl ish placement test and, on the busis of their scores, a p rog ra m o f studies i s p l a n n ed . Ordinarily students h a v e f i v e hours of l a n s uage lllstructron each day, a l t h ou g h III some cases a less r n te n stve scilc' d u l e Illay be a fra n ged . A typ ical I LI course load consists of classcs in read ing, \vriting, gralntnuf, a nd cOllvl'rsation, p l u s an hour of l a nguage lab each day. I n d i v idual. d i rected studies rna. a lso be a rra nged. When student s have a t tu i n e d sufficient proficiency i n E n g l i s h t o do u n ivl'rs ity-Ievpl work, t h e y are enrourugcd to a p p ly to PLU (or to othc>r co\leges or u n i versities o f their choice). The lELI staff assists i n p l a C i n g t h e III in a s u i table academic p rogra m . I E LI courses, offered a t various proficiency levels a n d t o be s c i L:cted in con s u l ta t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t i t ute sta ff, arc: La n g uage Laboratory (1 hour) A u dit/A u d i t Review ( t i me to b e a rranged) , ra m m a r (1 hou r) Conversation (1 hour) Writi n g (1 h o u r) Read i n g (1 hour) Di rected Studies (time to be arranged)
INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS
145
(4) Sweden: A :; t u d e n t exchange
SCANDINA VIAN AREA STUDIES
T h e Sca n d i n a v i a n Area S t u d ies m il j o r is J fle x i b le p ro g r a m i n w h i ch the s tudy of Scan d i na v ia i s enha nced through a cro ss-d isci p l i nilry a p proa ch . For s p ecific i n fo rmatio n see the Sca nd i n a v i a n Area S t u dies sectIOn of thiS catalog.
f
STUDY A B ROAD
To e n co ll ril gc students to expund t h e i r v i s i o n s of the world, PLU milkcs a va i l a b le va ri o ll s o p port u n i t i '5 to stud v a n d travel in other cou n t ries. S t u d e n ts arc e n c o u ra ge d to spemf th � u m m e r,
semester, interim, or fu l l academic year abruad, eit hcr i n a pu rel y academic hetting or in an pxpexiential s e t t i n g . The St ud y Ab roild O f£ice has in fo rmat i o n on studl', work, a n d trave l i n foreign cou n tries t o a ssi s t stud e n t i n se k'cting approp ria t e programs. The i n te rdepen d ence of a l l nations of the world a n d t h e n 'ed t ga i n ba s ic knowledge of rl'oples, t h l�ir cultures, a n d
�
t h e i r in terr� latio � shi p s cannot LX' ov,'re m p as i �ed in the lilte 20th ce n t u ry . With t hiS fOelL \l1 m 111 d , PLU sponsors tou r categoric:; of progran, s . I . Semester a n d Year-Long Programs. <l. r -s p o n s ore d programs: ( I ) England: S tu d e n t s ma}' chuo e to spend a semester s t u d y i n g in L o n d o n t h rough f ' L U's Lond on Progril111. This program is hosted by t h l' [ nd epe n cic- n t Liberal A rts ol\ege� A ruJd ( l L A C A), ,1 c o n s ort iu 111 of Pacific o r t h west schools i n c l u d i n g P L U , Gonz." gJ U n i versit v , t h e U n i v "r 'ity o f ruget S o u n d , Whi tmnn Co ll ege, <wd W i l l a m et t ' U n iv rsit)'. Offered in both fa l l a n d spri n g seme�t fli, t h e London Program p rovidc� st uden ts with a stud), e � pcrience in on!! ot the most exciting c ities of t h e world . C o u rses t(l ught both b y Northwe s t professors w i t h 'xpc.ri\:nc i n Lonclon and by native British professors make extcnsiv!:! use o f m u s e u m s , c u l t u ril l a c t ivities, a nd sites of L ond o n . S t u d e n t s l i ve with Bri tish fa m i l ies and com m u t e by subwav to cla sses. Sevcral xcurs i o n s t a k ' s t u den t s o u tside L o n d o n for a l oo k , t l l t h e r pa r t s of Engla � d . Course o ffe r i n g s for t h e London P rog r<llll in t h e 1 982-R3 5 'llle:;; t crs M e a s f o l l o w s : Art - 2 0 t h e n h l ry British A r t ( fa l l ) C o m m u n i ca t i o n A rts /F nglis h - B r i ti s h T h e a t re (bo t h ) E n g l i s h - London a nd the Modern N o w l ( b o t h ) English - h il u ce r ( s p ri n g ) H is.tor}' - Bri tish I I i, tory (bot h) Socinlo 'v/Pul it ical Scienc - Modern British Societv • (both) -' Politlcdl ciencei Business Ad 111 L n . - Britain in t h e E u ropea n Q111lTI u n i ty ( fa l l ) ( 2 ) S p a i n : Begi n ni n g in t h e s p ring u f 1983 PLU, along with o t he r schools i n the I L A ' A con s or t i u m , will s p o n sor �1 one-semester progra 111 �l the Un i vers i ty o f Salam� nca . This a nci l: n t city a n d h i s t u ri- cen l l'r of k'a rn i n g will provide � n ('xceilimt setting fur a semester designed for ilLi v d n ced s t u d y in Sp(l n isl� lan g uage and cul tu�e. A . m 1 l1 1 m u m of tlvn y ear" 01 Sp a I11s h Ja n g ua ge s t udy w i l l be reqll1red for p a rt Klpa lton. Students W ill l i ve w i t h Spalllsh families, t<lke spe c i < iI classes at the u n iversity in the m o rn i ng, and a t tend regular U n iversity of Sa l a m <l n GI classes in the a fte rn oon . The semester in S pa i n will be ottcreu d U ring t he s p n ng ot o d d - n u m bc r �'d ,vears ( 1 983, 1 985, 1 987, etc. ) (3) Mexico: In the fall u f 1982, a OI1-'-SE'llle;;ler p ro g ra m i n GuadalLljara, Mex ico, w i l l begi n . This I L A A program is desi gneu for � t u d ('llt" w i t h a b(�ginning backgrou nd i n t h e - pa n ish la n g u a g e (one y e a r o f co l lc'ge Span ish is requ ired), and is a n in t ro u uctio n t o M e x ica n his tory and cul ture, with Spa n i s h la nguage classes included. Students will live with Mexican fa m i l ies a n d s tudy a t t h e U n i vl' rsity of G Uil d a l a j a ra . T h il> program will bc offered in t h e fa ll o f eve n - n u m bered yea rs ( 1 982, 1984, 1986, etc. ) .
1 46
p ro gr a m between P L U a n d the U nivers ity o f Li n kii p i n g w i l l bC jin il� t il l' fa l l o f 1982. ,i F' ol lowlIlg the m o d e l o f th,' I n te r na t t ona l Student Exchilnge Program (lSI:: I'), studen t:; pay t u i t i o n , room , a n d board to their h o m e i n s t i tu t ion. riteria u s ' d in the seiL'ction o f J a rt i cipa n ts i n c l u d e proficiency i n t h e host Cl l u n try ' s cl nguag� Ll s t ro n g <l cadcl11ic �c(o �·d, nloti �' c.1 t i .� ) n , a nd p erso n a l � a d n p t a b l l i t v . PLU t u d e ll ts lIve In d o rm l toncs a n d s t u d l' i n r c g u l a r U n iversity of Linkiiping cb,scs. This is a fu l l ac,ldc'm ic yec 1r progra m .
b.
�
I n a d d .i tion t o t h e' PLU-spon sored p rog ram�, there a re c o u n t l l'ss other opportu n i t ies for studv abroad. Man\' U . S . co l l eges il nd u nivers i t ic ' have prog-ran1s t h ro u g h o u t 't h e \N u r l d , a n d PLU l uden t s m , y stu�l y t h rough these p ro g rilm s b y specia l Mrd ng e m e n t . I n for111 il ti o n .1 nd d p plica tio n forms for several p rograms a rc available in t h e S t u d v Abroad Office. C r e d i t s a wa r,kd b v a n accredi ted U . S. 'co l l ege or u n i versity a rc transferable to P L U . However, P L U fi n a n c i a l a i d ca n n o t be tra nsferred to other a ft e r a stud)' col leges. All credits trilll s fl'rred tll 1'1. abroad experi e n ce wi l l be pa ss/fa i l . c . I'LU s t u d e n t s w h o p l " n t o s t u d y directly i n ,1 forl'ign sch o o l (not i ll a program .spo n s o red by a c o l lege in the . . . . A . ) m u s t be sure to h ie- a lettl' r o f I ll t e n t W i t h t h e study a b mad d i rector a n d w i t h till' c ha i r o f t h e i r ma jor departm e n t before It'all ing I ' I . U . This k t tN m u s t i n cl ude w h a t classes w i l l bl' tilken, where and for w h a t l e n g t h of tIme t h ey w i l l study <lbroa d , a n d h o w t h e t o rcign experience w i l l rclate to t h e i r i) cadcmic progra m . On the basis of t h i s i n formal'ilJn, p i llS a record o f l e c tu res a t tended im d e x a m i n a ti o n s comp ll'tc.d, a ca d e m i c cre d i t m,lY be given by r L U . S t u dc' n t s <lre a d v i se d tll save all pilpers a n d o t h e r matcrials rd il t i ng to cOll rsework taken ilbroad . These efforts :I n.' nccessarv bCG1 U S l' foreign sch o o l s do not prllvidc t· r a n sc.r i p t s '- All cred it·s tr, n s fcrred to PLU w i l l be pi,lss/b i l . PL rcserv(�s the ri gh t to rl'quirc exa mi na ti on s ((lvering thc subjects s t u d ied . 2. Service Learning Programs (Experiential Education). Rather th a n studving abroad in a tr"dil' i o n a l d"ssroom set t i ng, a s t ud e n t rrwy p re fe r to ' pend il semc:;tcr in 8 " cb s, r oo l11 w i t h o u t walls . " T h rough ties with se v er ,, 1 u n iversities il n d e d u ca t i on a l programs, PLU w i l l he l p t he stud e nt arra nge an ex pe rience tha t com b i n e s aC<lde m i c Flirsuits w i t h s t u d y , obsl'rvation, and social service i n n u n traditional settings. Exa m p k s o f C!xperiences i n cl u d e : working in a rural c li n ic i n Mexico; doing field work i n ALtec art and archi tecture u n de r the s u pervision of a Mexican a�lthrop()lo 1;J ist; IlvlI1g a n d S tu d Y 1 11g 111 a B u d d h i st m l l n as te ry I n �la n1; scrvmg as a teach i n g assi sta n t i n India; wnrking w i t h U l I ESCO in Ta nzani;); s t u d v i n g folk d l't a n d p�l i l1 tin g in Yu go s la v ia ; il nd studYlllg thc car ' ot orphaned ch ild ren \11 remote areas of Kenya i n c oo pe ra t i o n w i t h t h e NationClI Ch ri s tia n Council of KCllV{l. 3. Inter national Cooperative Education (Work/Study). A u n ique o p p o r t u n ity to become acq uainted w i t h the work, l a n g uage, u n d c u l t u re of a t ore ig n cou n t ry is provided t h rough the I n te rt1. i1 tiona l COll p e rCl tive Education Progra m . A t p re sen t, ten-wC'ek s u m mer w(1rk sta tions are a v a i la b le in S wi tzerla n d , Bel g i u m , FrJ nce, ,e. rmany, ' a nd N nrwilY, - and on the Ca n a ry I s l a n d s . S t u d e n ts undergo a careful screC' n i n g process a n u m u s t h a ve com p l e ted a t l e a s t one y e a r o t fore i g n lan<Yuagc coursewor k. If accepted, p a rti c ip a n ts are prl)viL eu a work con t ract fur t lw i r European stav il nd depart only after secu nng both e mp l oyme n t a n d h o u s i n g . Pilrtici pant5 win take a 2-c red i t I n lL'rna t i o n a l Coope ra tive Education l'll u rse in the s p ring as preparation for the 5 u m m e r . During t h e ten-week p ro g r a m , wh ich n o r m a l l y extends f r o m the end o f J u n e to early S ep te mber, participants wtIl comp lcte a 4-cre d l t I n de p en d e ll t study, t o b e s u pervis <, d by P L U Illstructors . The s t u d en t's m o n th ly a la ry - depe n d s On the position and t h e cou n t ry.
INTERNATIONAL PRO G RAMS
�
Thl' I n t (' r n a t i o n ,, 1 Cuupera t i ve Ed llc<1tiul1 Program offers a vMi , t )' uf o p p o rt u n i t ies. Pnsi l i o n s iHC fre'lll ' !l t l y aVililab lc' in the fo l l u w i n b Mea,: slI p c r m " rkdS, d c pilrtml'nt stores, resort rl'" t a u r,lnts J n d hult- b , hospi t ,l b ,md s d n a lorill m s , t h ea ters, C1);ricu l t u r a l firms, and au toll l u t i ve p l a n r s . I io u si ng i s u s u a l l y pro v i d e d . UIll !.: work situa t i uns req u irL' that foud pu rchilsL, d bv t h ' p a r t icip,l I1 t . PJ rticip •.1I1 t s Ill ust pay I'<,r t h e a i r fan', L·arry he:r l t h a nd accid e n l i n sura n ce, d lld hnvc �u fficie n l fil1dl1cial rt...: "et 'rs to l i ve u J n l fort" b l y u n t1 1 t h e i r i n i t i a l pilych cck ilrrivcs. For sp 'cific i n form a t i u n , see t h e d i r 'ctur of the Study b rUild friee.
bc
4 . Study Tou r . ,\ . IlliCrilll. PLU alSll l'm p h asi<.
'5 t Ta ve l courSl'S du ring t h e J ,l Il l i d ry i n ll'r i m . Prel i m i n a ry not ices abou t the t o u r s Me ilv,1 i 1abk' in A pri l or Mil\, or e a c h Yl:dr, il nd the f i n ,, 1 sign-up is i n Nuvember. S t u d e n ts should conlJct till' i n s tructor of l:ach tuur u r till' i n terim d i n'ctur fur more' i n format·ion . b. StIIlllilcr. I ' l o f t ' n offers tr:r v c\ cOurse during t h e s u m m e r-. I n J d d i t i u n , � t u de n h a r e enco uraged t o pa r t icipate in t h ose uffered th ro u g h n cUllsorti u m l f N o r t h wcst sc h o o l s , the Pacific ort hwcst I n l crnntionir l l l n lcrcu l t u r,1 1 I;:ducJtion 'c. nsortiu t11 , of which r'LU is iI member. Credits ,He l'i1rIll'd t h ro u g h I ' I _ U , a l t hllugh the i n s truct'urs o f the tours are fro m the oth e r p d r t i c i f' t i ng N o r t h west � c h o o l s . Abo o n fi l·' i n t he S t u d y Abro.ld Office is i n forrnil t i o n un s u m mer study a n d trJvl'1 programs arou n d t h e w o r l d .
Foreign Langua ge s
It i� r ' �1!11 l11 e n d ed thil L b ,fore embarki n g , studl' n b ilcqu i re il M l l i d fou n d a t i o n in the l a n g u a g e of the Cllu n t ry where they w i l l be !;t u d y i ng, '>t u d e n t s t11dY, w i t h t h e a ss i s lil n CE' of t h e cha i r o f t he Ql'p,l rtl11ent "f Ml)lkm d n d C b s � i "ll 1 .:l ng u ag ' · ,lI1d t h l! s t u d v , broad d i re ·tor, p rc p:rre iI w r i t t e n rL''1ucst for ilcilell-mic c rc d r t i n n"cog n i t ion o f their d d v a nced fa c i l i ty in i l f'l rl!ign
i a ngu, ge.
fina nc.ial Aid
Financial aid is aVJ i l " bll! to q U d l i fied stu del1 ts who arc stu tying through [lLU-$pon · ( ) red progril t11 S. (,ov e rn m e n t I Oill1s c, n applv t I'Jilrd a f fil i" tec! prngr.l I11s and u t l1 e r spe ·ia l l y a r ra n get( progr;::ul1S.
Genera l Informat i on
[n a l l cases, iI tirllc!l' n t· w h o is cOIl�id ring � l ll d y in a n ( l t \l l' r cou n trV ,holl i d first d i scllS5 , l il I l S \\' i t h t h l: s t u d ' , broad d i rector
\
a n d , bcfme d e pZl r t i n � , Cllll1 P etc a k:avc of " bscn .e form fTllI11 the Of Ice o f t h e i<.eg l s t rJ r . r h l s w r l l hoI u \ r ta te r e t l l rn tll I'LU a t the cOllcl uSlll11 o ( a forei!:,'Tl s t u dy progral1l . t .tcn d a nce a .l Zl tur ' ign u n i ,..- 'rsi l)' d o ' s not "'/,J ive g r a d u a t i o n req u l rl'l11 ' o t , 01 PLU.
INTERNATION AL PRO GRAMS
1 47
The Board of Kegents OWNERSHIP, SUPPORT, GOVERNMENT The u n i versity i s owned and o pera t ed b y l'ilcific L u t h e ra n Un iversity, I n c , il W a s h i n g t on corporation w lwse pu r p ose is to mai n ta i n a C h ristian i n s t i t u t ion of h igher l e a rn i n g . M embership o f t h i s (Llrporation coincidE's w i t h m e m bership ot t h e N o r t h Pacific Dis t ric t o f The Americon Lu t h eran C h u rch il nd the membership of t h a t portion of the A Le's Rockv iV\"u n ta i n District wh ich is located in Id a ho and M o n ta na, west o ( t he Continental Divide. The ann u a l mceting of the co r p o ra tion is he l d in c on j u nc ti o n with the a n n u a l convention o f the N o rt h P a c i fic D is t r ict . Voting members include the me mbers of the B oa r d of Rege n t s, a n d thl' pastors and lay d e l cgat l' s of con g rega tions in t h e c o n s t i t u e n t a rea . T h e u n i v e r s i t y receives regular fi na ncial support from The American Lu t h c ril n C11 u r c h , the Pacific Nort h wes t S y n od o f the L u t h e ran C h u rch i n A m e rica a n d from the Pacific L u the ra n University A l u m n i Associa t i o n . In a d d i tilln to c h u r ch assistance, thL' un iversity receives con s i d e rable support from individuals, or!:,'im izations, and businesses t h ro ugh ou t t n e n a t ion a n d worl d . The policy-making ilnd gove rn i n g body of the u ni versity is t h e Board of Regents. On the basi s of reco111 mendatiuns made by the p re sid e n t , it cha rts a cOUise for the develupment o f the total program o f the university iJnd s trives to p rovide ess� ntial l u n d s . The u n iversity cor p o rilt ion ' s cunsti t u t i o n provides for not mure t h ,1I1 30 re ge n t s elected for t h ree -yeil r terms. Fifteen rege nts re p re sent the North Pacific Jnd Rocky tv\o u n t a i n Districts ot The A m e rican Lu theran C h u rch, six arc chosen bv the Pacific North west Synod of the Lu t heran C h u rch in A m eric<l, t h ree represent the PLU "I u m n i Associa tiun, and n o t m O re than six rl'gents-at-I,ugc are chosen by the BOJ rd o f Rege n t s . The preside n t of the un iversity, the president of the North Pacific District (ALC), and t h e presidl' n t uf the Pacific N u r t h west Sy no d (LCA) are reg e n ts by v i rt u e o f their p ositio n . ThL' s t u d e n t body and t h e facu lty h a v e non-voting re p rese ntatives who meet wil.h the board.
OFFICERS R E V . DAVID WOLD, Chairman M R . GARY B A U G I I N , Vice Chairman DR. CI I R I Y ULL E L A 0, Secretary
EX-OFFICIO
BISI IOP · Ll F FORD L U N DE, 2007 Third Avenue, Sea t tle, WA 98 1 2 1 , ALe B1SH P A . G . FJELLMA I ·, 5 1 9 P h i n ney Avenu N . , Seattle, WA 98103, LCII DR. W IL LI A M O. RIEKE, Pr e s i d e n t , PLU, Tacuma, WA 98447, PLU
148
B OARD OF REGENTS
1980-1983
TERM
M R. R . , A R Y B A U G H I , 1 0045 - 4 1 st N . E . , Se a ttl e, WA 9H 1 25 ( Vice Chairman), Al.e
MR. L EI F EIE, A rea M a na ge r, North Am erican Division of SAS, 2727 R a i n i e r Ba nk Tower, Seattl ', WA 98 10 1 , I<�gelll ·at-Large M R . HOWARD HUBB ARD, 4685 Ma l h u e r Ave. N . W . , Po rt l a n d, OR 97229, LCA MR. M E L VI N K N U DSON, 6928 - 1 00th St. S . W . , Tacoma, WA 98499, IILC MR. VICTOR F. KN UTZEN, 2649 So . 304th, Federal Wa y, WA 98003, AI/WIlli REV. 10HN M I L B R AT H , 73 1 2 N . E . A l a me d a Dr., Port land, OR 972 1 3, AI.C MR. H A RRY M O R G A N , J R . , Se n i o r Vice President, W eye r hae u ser Company, Tacoma, W A 9840 1 , I<cgellf-al-l.arse REV. ROBERT NEWCOMB, Box 41 l , Hayden Lake, 1 0 83835, ALC DR . CASPER PAULSON, J R . , Teilc hing Research Division, Oregun SSHE, M onmo u t h , OR 9736 1 , LeA M I�S. DOROTHY :; H N A fB L E , 1 1 1 1 East First, Moscow, 1 0 83843, ALC
1981-1984 TERM MR. GEORGE L . DAVIS, J R . , 47 1 3 reterson Dri v e N . W . , Gi g 1 larbor, W A 98335, I�esell t-at-Large M R . J AM ES G ATE S , Route 2, Box 255 1 -C, Kennewick, WA 99336, ALC DR. ROLAND GR ANT, 2012 Ly n d � le Lane, B i l l i ngs, M T 591 02, LCA MR. GA LV E N I R BY, 1 4343 : . E. Alton, Portla n d , OR 97230, ALC MR. GEORGE LAGERQU IST, P . O . Bo x 1 9 1 5 , Tacomil, WA 9840 1 , Regcllt-af-Large M R . JORDON MOE, 1 29 N . W . 1 7 1 s t St., Sea t tl e , WA 981 77, LCA M R . CLA YTON B. P ET E RSON , 1400 - 1 1 2 th s. E., Bellevue, WA 98004, ALC DR . .I FF pROBSTFI LD, 3206 Loch Lo mo n d, ·Houston, TX 77096, AI/1l1111i DR. C H RlSTY U L LELAND, 1 5424 - 9th A ve n u t! S . W . , Seattle, WA 9R166 (Secretary), ALe REV. DAVID WOLD, 3719 2 1 s t S t ree t N . E . , Puya l l u p , WA 98371 (Chairman), A LC
1982-1985 TERM
DR. THOMAS W . AN DERSON, 1 1 23 Port of Tacoma Rd . , Tacoma, W A 9842 1 , Regellt-at-Luge M RS. HE LEI BELGUM, Box 1 52, Copalis Beach, W A 98535, ALe REV. CHAR LES BOMGREI , 3203 103rd Place N . E . , Bellevue, WA SlIlOQ4, LeA MR. ALV I N FINK, Route 1, Box 192, Odessa, WA 99195, ALe MR. PA U L HOGLUND, P.O. Box 1 869, Seattle, WA 981 1 1 , LeA DR. RICJ -IARD KLEIN, 961 8 - 59th Ave. S. W . , Tacoma, WA 98499, A Le
RE . RON ALD D. MARTINSON , 1420 Cordova St., A nchorage, A K 9%0 1 , A l.e REV . DAVID STEEN, 27 1 7 Raintree Court, Olympia, W A 9850 1 , A Le
DR. GEORGE WADE, 1 9 1 0 Fai rview Ave. E., Seattle, WA 98102,
Regellt-at-Large
DR. ROY VI RAK, 1 3 1 9 Palm Dr., Tacoma, WA 98466, AIIIIIl/li
ADVI SORY
REV. GORDON BRAUN, 309 W . 39th St., Vancouver, W A 98660,
ALe
DR. RONALD MA ITHIAS, 422 S. 5th St., Min neapolis, MN 5541 5,
ALC
REV. LLANO THELIN, P . O . Box 248, Portland, OR 98207, LCA DR. RICHARD SOLBERG, 231 Madison Ave., New York, NY 1 0016, LeA
ADVISORY - PLU
R E V . LUTHER BEKEMEI ER, Vice President for Development MRS. LUCI LLE G I RO U X, President'ďż˝ Executive Associate MR. PERRY B. H ENDRlCKS, J R . , Vice President, Finance & Opera tions (T reasu rer) DR. MARY LOU FENILI, Vice President for Student Life OR. RICHARD JUNGKUNTZ, Provost REV. HARVEY NE UFELD, Executive Director of The Collegium and Church Relations OR. ANGELIA ALEXANDER, Departmen t o f Biology, Faculty DR. C H RISTOPHER BROWN I N G, Department of History, Faettlty DR. DWIGHT OBERHOLTZER, Departme n t o f Sociology, Faculty MR. J ERRY B USS, President, ASPLU, Stlldent MS. LESL I E VANDERGAW, Vice Pres ident, ASPLU, Stlldent MR. RICK GRAUEN , Chair, Residence Hall Co u ncil, Student
DIVISION FOR COLLEGE AND UNIVE RSITY SERVICES
REV. ROBERT G. BORGWARDT, 312 Wisconsin Ave . , Madison, Wisconsin 53703 ( 1 982) MS. SYLVIA I . BOSSE, 8656 Bayberry Dr. N . E . , Warren, Ohio 44484, Secretary ( 1 986) MS. FAITH E . BURGESS, 707 West A l i ens L n . , Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19119, Vice-Chairman ( 1 984) MRS. M A RGUERITE S. FOSTER, 2166 Van Cleave Dr" Dallas, Texas 75216 (1 982) M R . ERWIN H. GOLDENSTEIN, 2201 N. 61st St., Lincoln, Nebraska 68505 ( 1 984) REV. DEN NIS V. G RI FFIN, 327 S. Dakota Ave . , Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57102, Chairman ( 1 984) M R . EDW I N W. G U N BERG, 184 River Dr. , Tequesta, Florida 33458 (1 982) MS. MARILYN HEMSTAD, 130 N. Sherman, Olympia, Washington 98502 ( 1 986) REV. GUSTAV KOPKA, J R . , 1020 S. Ha rrison Rd . , East Lansing, Michigan 48823 (1 980)
LUTHERAN CHURCH I N AMERICA, PACIFIC NORTHWEST SYNOD
Dr. A , G. FJ ELLMAN, President, 5519 Phinney Av 'nue North, Seattle, Wash ington, 98103 The Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America has accepted Pacific Lutheran UniverSity as one of the institutions of higher educa tion which it endorses and su pports. The Synod has representation on the Un iversity's Board of Regents, but docs not share ownership of the institution.
CHURCH OFFICIALS AME ruCA N LUTHERAN CHURCH General
DR. DAVID W. PREUS, President, 422 South Fifth Street, Min neapolis, Min nesota 55415 REV. LLOYD SVENDSBYE, Vice President, 2375 Como Ave. W., St. Paul, MN 55108 MR. AR NOLD M I C KELSON, General Secre ta ry, 422 South Fifth St reet, Minneapolis, M i nnesota 55415 North Pacific District
REV. CLIFFORD LUNDE, President (Bishop), 2007 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington, 98 1 2 1
BOARD OF REGENTS
1 49
A ministrative Offices OFFICE OF THE PROVOST
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
W i l l i a m O. R i eke Lucille G i roux
Harvey
eufeld
John A d ix Rona ld Tellefson
Ron V ignec
Prcsidellt Presidel l t ', Ext!cutiuc Associate ExeCll tive Director uf The Collegilllll/ Chllrch Relatiolls IIssisfllllt to the President , Associate Direclor ofChll rc!1 RelatiOlls U l l iversity Pastor Associate Pastor
Richard J ungkuntz David C. Yagow
Dennis M. M a rtin
Duan e D. Swank
David M . Atkinson
Gundar J . K i ng Sherry Kenagy
Laura Carvey
Kenneth A. Johnston
Nan N okl eberg
OFFICE OF DE VELOPMENT
Luther W. Bekemeier David Bernsten
J oh n D . Aakre Edgar Larson
Molly Edman
Raymond V . Rhodes Ronald C . Coltom
Marti n J . Neeb
Vice Presidcllt for Deve/opment Director of DeveloiJ/1/e/1 I Associate Director of Developlllellt Director of Pia 1 1 ned Giving Director of Corporate alld FOlilldation Fllndillg Direct o r of Capital Campaigns Direclor of AllI llllli Relations ExecMtive D i rector of University COllll11 u nications,
Kenneth Dun mire
Paul Porter
James L. Peterson Victor l. Nelson
David
hristian
General Manager, KPL U-FM Director of Un iversity Photography DirectorofGraphics alld Pliblica t iolls Director of University Relations Productioll Executive, TV Services
Ch ief Ellgi neer,
Rad io & TV Services
Scott W i l l iams
Director of Prograllllllillg,
Judd Doughty
Director of Network
KPLU-FM Relatiorls, KPL U-FM
R i chard D. Moe Noel Abrahamson D . Moira Mansell
Barbara Phi llips
David M. Olson
John W. Heussman Susan J. McDonald
Marilyn ]. Martin Ed ith L a n d a u
J u d ith W. Carr
James Van Beek
P h i l l i p M i ner
Stephen O. Fjelstad
Mark Duris
A l bert Perry
Debra Brackman
Charles T. Nelson
Loleta G. Espeseth
Mary T. A l len Jean Urban
Richard Seeger Wanda Wentworth Robert K. Menzel
A n n Kelleher
Provost Execu tive' Assi5tant Chair, Divisioll of Humall ities Chair, Divisioll of Natuml Sciences Chair, Divisioll of Social Sciences Deall, School of Bus il1ess Admillistratioll Adlllinistrative Assistallt Director, M . B . A . Program
Dean , SeilOnl of Ldllcation
Director, Tcaellr.'r Placcment alld Fifth Year Coordinator
Dca I I , Gmdllale alld S I I I/lInCr Studies; Dea l l , School of the A rts Coordinator of Pu blic Events Dent ! , School of NlIrsil/g Admillistrative Assistant Dea l l , School of Physical Edllcation Director of the Library RefC'rence Librarian Assistallt l�cf('/'rl1ce Librarian Supervisor of Trcllll ical Services alld HlImal1ities Librarian Special Academic Programs Dirrctar Dcnn of Adlllissions and Fillal/cial Aid Director of School l� ela tions, Ass(lcia te Dea n IIssistant Dean of Adrnissiol/s Fillarlcial A id al/d Adlllissiolls CO llllselor Director of Fina ncinl A id Assista llt Director of Financial A id Registrar Associate I�egistrar Admillistm tive Assistan t Transfer Coordirllltor Director, Academic Advising and Assistance Assistant Director Director, CHOICE Director, Office of International Education
1 50
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
OFFICE OF FINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Perry B. Hendricks, JI. Ted A. Pursley
Robert St. Pierre Hi llo ah Creigh
Patricia Hills
Judy Navey
Howard L. Vedell
Larry A l len
Kip F i l l m ore Rovaughan Newman
Ervin Marlow
OFFICE OF STUDENT LIFE V ice Preside n t - Fillallce and Operations
Director, FisCllI Affairs
J\tlanager of Accolillting
Supervisor of Payroll/R eceivables S u pervisor of Collectiolls Operations S u pervisor
Director, General Serv ices
Mallager, Central Services
Director, Campus Safety and Illformation
Associate Director
Manager, Golf Co u rse
Mary Lou Fenili Ethan R. A l len
Lauralee Hagen
Vice Presiden t al1d Dean fo r Stlldent Life
Associate Dean a l l d Assistallt to tlze Vice Presidellt;
Director, Residential L ife
Associate Director fo r Residential Life
Laurie Barber
Admill istrative Assista n t. ;
Amadeo Tiam
Assista l l t Deall; Coordillator for
Cristina R . Cab les Gary M inetti
Assistallt HOl/sillg Coordinator
Mil lority Affairs
Director, Foreigll Studellt Programs
Director, CO !lllseiing alld Health Services
James B . Phil l i p s
Director, Physical Pla l l t
Alene Coglizer
Assistallt Director, Cowlsclillg
Frank Felcyn
Custodial Supervisor
Ada Van Doren
Psychiatrist
Chief Engilleer
Peggy Sargeant
Louis Ternstrom
Weldon Moore
LeRoy Davis
Mary Pieper
Alvarita A l l e n
Robert M . Torrens Beverly Carlson
Lynn Isaacson
Darlene Campbell
Mai/ltenancc Sllpervisor Grounds Supervisor
Director, Personnel
Assista n t to the Director
Daniel P. Coffey
Assistant to the Director
A n n M i ller
Director, Food Services Director, Bookstore
Assista n t to the Di rector
David M. Olson
Director of A thletics
Robert Denning
A d m i l l istrative Compllting Ma nager
James Kitti lsby Robert Martin
Seiichi Adachi
Assista n t Director
Acadelllic Compllting Coo rd ina tor and System Manager
Services; Coumelor
Coullselor
Adlllinistrative A ide;
Testil1g Coordil1ator
Assistant Director, Health
SeT(Jices; Plnlsician's Assista n t-C
Nu rse Practitioner
Richard French
Director, Career Pla n n illg llnd
Pam Raymer
A ssociate Director; Studellt
Beth Ahlstrom Marvin Swenson Rick Eastman
Placeme n t
EIIl ploylllc/l t COO/'di l1a tor
Coord illator, Off-Camplls Employlllell t
Director, University Center and Ca mplls Activities
Assistallt Director;
Conference J\tlanager
Reid Katzung
University Center Assista n t ,
Teresa Garrick
Un iversity Cell ter Assistant,
B u ilding a n d Activities
Comm u ter Stude/ l is and Activities
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
151
The Paculty WILLIAM O. RIEKE, "1953;
U n i versitv,
:
!. D . ,
Presidellt; B . A . , Pacific Lu ther n of Washi n gto n Schoo l o f
7 9 75-,
U n i ve rsi ty
fV1t> d icille 1 958.
SEBCHI ADACHI,
Ass()
1 967-,
iate Professor of Psychology ,
CUlIllsc/or, COll nseling a lld Testillg Sen',ces; fl. A . , Jamestown Co l leg " 1 946; B . D . , Me orm ick Se m i na rv , 1 9 51 ; M . A . , Co l u m b ia U n iver si ty-U n i on Th lJlogical S e m i n a ry :
ew York, 1 957; Ed . D . , TeilChcrs
ol lege, Col u mbia U n i versity, 1 960 .
*HARRY S. ADAMS,
1 947-5 1 , 7 962-, Professor of Pl'ysic; B . S . ,
M S . , Kansas S t a te U n ive rs i t y ,
1 945, 1 947; P h . D . ,
n esota , 1962.
SHIRLEY E. AIKEN, B.
-.N.,
1 974-, A s istalll
U n ive r sit y of M i n
P rofess o r
of Nllrs illg;
B . A . , M . A . , Pacific Lu t h e r a n U n iversity, 1 97 1 , J 97 1 , 1978.
ANGELIA G . A LEXANDER,
1 97 1 -, Associate Professor of
Biology; B . S . , J u niata College, 1962; M . A . , U n i versity of Californ ia, D<l vis, 1 966;
Ph . D . , LJn iversity ofWashington, 1 97 9 .
MERRIL Y J . ALLEN,
1 982 - ,
Adjllllct Professor of NlIrsillg; B . S . ,
U n iversity of W a s h i ngton, 1959.
BARB ARA ALVI N,
1 982-, Assistant Professor of Mathematics;
B . A . , M . S . (Ma thematics), M . S . (Statistics), Mi am i 1 976, 1 976; P h . D . ,
U n ive r sity of W as hi n g t o n, 1 982.
CHARLES D. ANDERSON,
gClley
1 9 74-75;
I'ro essor,
University, 1 974,
1 959-, Profes50 r ofChelllislry, Re
B . A . , S t . O l a f College, 1 952; A . M . , P h . D . ,
H a rvard U n ive r sity, 1 954, 1959.
EDWARD W . ANDERSON, Ph1/Si III Fdllwtion; B . A . , U n i v e r s i t y
1 975-, Assistant Professo r of
of Montana, 1 954; M . S . , U n i ve r
sitY o f U ta h , 1 964.
ERN EST M . ANKRIM,
1 9 76-, Associate Professor of [conomics;
B . S . , Willamette U n i ve rSi ty , 1 972;
gon, 1 '175, 1976.
GEORGE E. ARBAUGH,
jvl . 5 . , Ph . D . ,
1 9.59-, Professor of Ph ilosophy, Re
gmcy Professur, 1 979-80; B . A . , A u gustana 1955; M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversity c f f owa, 1 958,
DA VID M. ATKINSON,
Sciel1ce;
Chair,
U n iv � r 5ity of Ore
Col leg e, Rock I s la nd ,
1 959 .
1 976-, Associate Profe sso r of Political
Divisioll o · Social Sci('llcc.<; B . A . , U niversity of l'uget
Sound, 1 965; P h . D . , U n i ver si t y o f Ma ry l a n d , "1972.
D. STUART BANCROFT, 1 967-68, 1 9 7 1 - , A ssociate Professor of I3I1SiIlC, Admillistratioll; B . S . , M . B . A . , A ri z ona Sta te U n iversity, 1963, 1965; M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversity o f Pennsy[va nia, 1 971 , 1 973. 1 978-, Associa t e Pr(l ('S50r 0 BllsiJless
STEPHEN E. BARNDT,
Adlllillis t m tioll; B . s . , W as h i ng to n State U n iv e rs it y , 1 957; M . B . A . , Ph . D . , O h io S t a te U n iversity , 1967, 1 97 1 .
tJ . THADDEUS BARNOWE, Bllsilless
Adm illistratioll; B . A . ,
U niversity of San Fra n ci sco, 1966;
1 9 79-, Assistallt Pro essor ofCom-
U n i ve rs i ty , 1 974, Un ivers i ty of So u t he r n California, 1 980.
111 1 l l l icalioll Arts; B . A . , M . A . , Western Wa sh i n g to n 1976; P h . D . ,
KENNETH E. BATKER,
1 966-, Professor of Mathemat ics; B . A . ,
Wart bu rg College, 1 957; M . A . , P h . D . ,
1 97 1 .
MYRA J . BAUGH M AN , tiol1; B . A . , Washington
coi n,
1 975.
U n i v rs i ty o f Colorado, 1961,
1 9 70-, A ss ocia t e Professor of Educa
Paci fic Luthera n U n iv e rs i ty ,
1962; M . Ed . , Western
University, 1969; Ed . D . , U n ive rs i ty o f Nebraska, Lin
WILLIAM BECVAR, 1973-, Associate Professor of COIl1I11 1111 ica tioll Arts; B . A . , U n i vers i ty of Northern Iowa, 1 96 1 ; M . A . , S t ate U n i versity of South Dakota, 1 964; P h . D . , Kansas U ni ve rs i ty , 1975.
STEVEN R. BEN HAM,
7 982-, Assistmll Profe:,sor of Earth
U n i versitv, 1 968; M . A . , P h . D . , I n
diana U n i
v il s h i n gto n State er :; it y , 1 9 7 1 , 1 9 79.
PAUL F. BENTON,
THE FACULTY
1 969-,
Whitworth Col leg , 1 965; P h . D . ,
Sci
Ils-ociat" P rofess o r of [" Slish; B . A . , Princeton Univc' rsi ty, 1970.
7 977·, Assistllllt I'roj<'ssor of E"X (English), U n i w r si ty o f Washington, 1969, 1 9 70; M . A . , I'h . D . , U n iv e rs i ty o f M i nnesota, 1 973, 1977.
CHARLES A. BERGMAN, li,ll; B . A . (Econo m ics), B . A .
Ell BERNIKER, "/ 982-, Ass/sta l l l Profcssor of Bllsilless Ad lllill is tra t iDII; B . S . , Wayne State U n i versity, C alifornia, Los A n ge les , 1982.
196'1; P h . D . ,
U n i v e r si t y
of
1 977-, Associate P rofesso r of Sociology;
ARTURO B fBLARZ,
B . A . , M . A . , Ph . D . , U nivers i t v of Cil l i fornia, Los A n geles, 1 955, . 1960, 1 %8 .
JAMES E. BRINK,
1 9 70-, Associate I'rotessor of Mathelllilt ics and
COIIIl'lIter Science; A. B . , I l o p e College, 1 965; M . S . , P h . D . , Iowa State U n iversity, 1 967, 1 970.
*WILLIAM A. BROCHTRUP,
1 975-, Asso cia t e Professor of
EdlicaliOlI; B . A . , U n i ve rs i ty of Cali fo rnia, Los A n ge l e s, 1 962; M . A . , a l i fornia State
1974.
Un ive r si ty, 1970; P h . D . , U n ive r s i t y o f Wash in g to n ,
R. MICHAEL BROWN, 1 982-, Assistal1t I'roffSsvr a Psy clIOlog!!; B . A . , Sea t tle U n i ve rs i t y , 1 967; M . Sc . , U n iw rs i ty of algary, 1 972; Ph. D . , U n iv e rs i ty of North Carol ina, Cha p e l I Ii II , 1 974. ROBERTA S. BROWN, 1 9 79-, A SS l s ta ll t Professo r of iV!odcm al l d Classical Lallglla '('s (FrCllch); B . A . , Sta nford U'n ive rs i ty , 1967; M . A . , U n ive rs i ty of O rego n, 1 969; P h . D . , U n iversity of Cal ifornia,
Lo A ngeles, 1979.
CHRI STO PHER BROWN ING, Oberl in
i-/ i s to nf; A . B . ,
7 9 74-, Assoc ia t e I'rofmol of
College, 1 967; M . A . , Ph . D . , U n iver s it y of
W is coll,i n , Madison, 1 961:3, 1 975.
STANLEY L. BRUE, 1 97 1 - , Professor ofEcolJomies; B A . , A u gu s tana College, Sioux Fa lls, 1967; P h . D . , U n iv e rsi ty of :\1ebraska, 1 971 . ""JOHN T. CARLSON, 1 975-, Associate Professor of Biology; B . A . , Carleton College, 1 966; nea p ol i s, 1 976.
P h . D . , U n i versity of M i n nesota, Min
ROY E. CARLSON, 1962-, Associate Prole sor of Physical Edllca B . S . , U n iv ers i ty of W a Shi n g to n, 1 948; M . s . , Washi ng t o n State
tiMl;
U n iVl ' rs ity, 1962.
7 974-, Assistant
Professo r of Nllrs
in,\(; B . S . , Wh itworth Col lege, 1 956; M . 5 . , Syra c u se Un iversity , 1960.
tCLARA L. CARPER, B . S . N . , W a sh i n g to n S t a te
Was hi n gto n , 1 959.
DAVIS W. CARVEY,
7 9 72-, AssistalJt Professor of Nu rsing;
U n iv e r s i t y , 1 957; M .
. , U ni ve r s i t y of
1 9 71 - , Professor of Busilless Admillstration;
[l , B . A . , M . B . A . , Pacific Lutheran
Te xa s Tech U n i ve r s i ty, 1972.
U n i v e rs ity, 1965, 1968; D . B . A . ,
GARY A. CHASE, tion; 13 . 5 . ,
1 9 70-, Associate Professor of Physical EdllCll M . . , Wa s hi ngto n Sta te U ni versi ty , 1962, 1 964. .
KEN NETH E . CHRISTOPHERSON, 1 958-, Professor of Religion; B . A . , A u g u s tana ColI�'ge, Sioux Fal l s , 1 946; B . Th . , L u th er Theological Seminary, 1 950; P h . D . , U niVl'rsity o f M i n nesota, 1 972. MARIE CHURNEY,
1 9 74-, AssistalJt Prufessor of Education;
B . A . , B . S . , Western Wa sh i n gto n University, Ed . D . , U n i v e rs it y o f Florida, 1966, 1970.
ROY W. CLARK, S t . L<Jwrence
152
1 9 76-, Vic,' I'res/drllt for Develop
elias; B . S . ,
""MARY IVA CARPENTER,
1 9 77-, Associate Professor of
M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversity of Michiga n , 1 97 1 , 1973.
MICHAEL D. BARTANEN,
LUTH ER W. BEKEMEIER,
lIIe l1 t ; B . A . , M . D i v . , Concordia Semi n a r y , St. Louis, 1 949, 1 973.
1 9 6 1 , 1 964; M . Ed . ,
1 9 78-, Assistant Professor of Engineering; B . S . ,
University, 1973; M . s . , E n g . Sc . O . , Columbia U n i ve r
sity, 1975, 1 978.
DOROTHY M. CONE, 1 96 1 - , Associate Professor of Nll rsillg; B . S . N . , M . Ed . , U n iversity of Minnesota, 1 956, 1959. EVELYN I. COOMBE, 1 98 1 - , Associate Professo r of Nu rsing; B. 5 . , U n iversity of Colorado, 1955; M . S . , U n ive rsi ty of W a sh i n g ton , 1956.
DENNIS L. COX,
1 9 72-, Assistallt Profe s so r of Art; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1967; M . F . A . , W a s h i ng ton State U n iversity, 1 972.
M ICHELE A. CRAYTON, B . S . , M . S , Un i v e r s i ty O re g o n S t a l e
1 9 7 7- ,
Associate Professa r o fBiology;
of Missouri, Kansas
n ivers i ty ,
City, 1 967, 1 969; P h . D . ,
1 974.
KENNETH W . CUB BAG E,
1 980-, A sso cia t e Professor of B u si IIL'SS Adlllillstmtion; B. B.A, M . B . A . , University of Washi ngton, 1952, 1 957; D . B . A , University of ColorMio, 1 968; C . P . A . , State of W,l shin ' ton.
DA VID P . DAHL, 1969-, A ssociate
P rofessor of
Mllsic; B . A . ,
U n i vers i ty , 1960; A s 'ociateship, American G u i ld of Orga ni sts , 1961; M . A . , U n i ver s ity of Washingto n , 1 9112. Pacific L u theran
KENNETH E. DAVIS,
1 98 1 - , Visit i l 1g Profe sso r of E ngi nee r i l lg;
College, 1937; M . A . , S y rac u se University, 1 942; I 'h . D . , U n i versity of Rochester, 1948.
B.A.,
Kala mazoo
CARROL E. DE BOWER,
1964-68, 1 970-, Profmor of Edl/ca
B . S . , Midland Col lege, 1 952; rv1 . Ed . , Ed . D . , U n iversity of Neb r a s ka , Linco l n , 1959, 1964. tiol1;
M ICHAEL B . D OLLINGER, Mathematics;
Assistal1t Professor of B . A . , University o f Rochester, 1 963; M . S . , P h . D . , U n i 1 98 1 -,
versity of Illi nois, 1 965, 1968.
BRYAN C. D ORNER,
1 98!)-, Assistal1t Professor of Mathell1atics B . S . ( P h ys ics ) , B.S. (Mathematics), Oreg on S la te U n ive rs i t y , 1966, 1 969; M . S . , Ph . D . , U niversity of Oregon, 1 97 1 , 1 977 . 1 9 62-, Associate Professor ofCOIlIlI1ul1ica
tion A rts, D i rec tor of Net work Relatiolls, L u the ra n
U n i ve rsity , 1 55, 1 964.
KPLU-FM; B . A . , M . A . , Pa c ific
ERN EST K . DUMOR ,
1 9 79-, Associate Professor of Sociology; B . A . , M A , U n iversity of Ghana Legcln, 1967, 1 969; P h . D . , Michi gan State U n ive.rsity, 1 979. 1 982-, Associate Professor of Mathemat ics Sciellce; B . A . , Whit ma n College, 1 958; Ph. D . , Stanford
LARRY A. EDISON, al/d C()lIIpllt�r
1 9 82 - , Assistant Professor of Biology; A . B . , Co l lege, 1 964; M . s . , P h . D . , U n iv e rs i ty o f Illinois, Urbana, 1 965, 1970.
Western
MI RA J. FROHNMA YER,
1 980-, Assistallt Profes so r of Mus i c; of Oregon, 1 960; M . M . , New En gl a nd Conserva tory o f Music, 1963.
B.A.,
Un iv e rs i t y
ROGER GARD, 1 974-, Assistallt Professor of M us ic: B . A . , Luther College, \ 962; M . M . , U niversity of Wi scon si n , M ilwaukee, 1972.
"'ARTHUR GEE,
19 68-, Professor of
U n i vers i ty , 1965.
RALPH D . GE HRKE, 1 9 75- , Professor of Religioll; B . A . , North western College, 1941; B . D . , Wisconsin Lutheran Seminary, 1 944; P h . D . , University of Chicago, 1959. KENT P. GERLACH,
1 98!)-, Associate Professor of Edllcatioll; 1967; M . A . , U n i ve r si ty of South 1 972; Ed . D. , U n ive rsi ty of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1980.
B.S., U n iversity of Dakota,
Nebraska,
"'WILLIAM P. G IDDIN GS, 1962-, 1956, 1959 .
1 954-, Profess o r of Music; B. A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1937; M . M . , Northwestern University, 1942.
WILLIAM H. GILBERTSON, 1 968-, Associate Professor ofSo
Wo rk; B . A . , U niversity of Puget Sound, 1 954; M . S . W . , Un iver sity of Washing ton, 1956.
cial
FERN A. GOUGH,
1 9 7 1 -, Assistant ProfessorofNursing; B . S . N . ,
STEWART D . GOVIG,
1 958-60, 1 96 1 -, Profes so r of R eligion;
Co l le ge, 1948; M . Div., Lu ther Th e o lo g ic a l Se min ary, 1952; M . T h . , Princeton The o lo g ic a l Semi na ry, 1954; P h . D . , New York U n i versity, 1966.
B . A.,
St. Olaf
WILLIAM G. G REENWOOD,
U niversity of Washington, 1972; M . S . , P h . D . , Oregon State University, 1 974, 1978.
G REGORY E. GULDIN, t h ropo logy:
1 979-, Assistant Professor of
B . A . , Brooklyn College,
U n iversity of New York, 1971; M . A . , Ph. D., U n ivers i ty of Wisconsin, 1 973, 1977.
COLLEEN M. HACKER,
tio n ;
B.S.,
L oc k
1 9 79-, Il1structor of Physical Educa Haven State College, 1 978; M . S . , University of
R. JALANE HAGEROTT,
1980-, Assistal1t Professor of NlIrs
CONST ANCE H. HANSEN,
1965-, Associate I<.eg istrar; B. A., Con
cordia College, Moorhead, 1 942.
AUDREY S. EYLER,
1 98 1 - , Associate Professor of El1glish;
B.A.,
"'DON ALD R. FARMER,
1 955-, P rofesso r of Po litical SciCllce, 1 9 7 1 -72; B.s. Ed . , P h . D . , U niversity of Min nesota,
1 944, 1954.
KATHLEEN A. VAUGHT FARNER, 1 9 78-, Assistallt Pro Temple U n iver s i ty, 1968; M . M . , New England on servatory o f M u s ic, 1971 .
fessor of Mllsic; B . M . ,
RICHARD A. FARNER,
1 9 7 6- , Assistant Professo r of Mll sic; Oberlin College, 1 968; M . M . , U n iversity of Michigan, 1974.
LOU ISE SAND FAYE,
1 969-, Assoc ia te
P rofess or of Modem and
(Spal1ish); B . A . , M . A . , Florida State U n i vers i ty , Ph . D . , U n iversity of North Carolina, 1958.
La ngunges
MARY LOU FEN ILl, 1 982-,
Vice Presidt'llt al1d Dean for S t udent Life: B . A . , Douglass College, Ru tgers U niversity, 1 967; M . A . , Syra cuse U n iversity, 1970; J . D . , U n iversity of Santa Clara School of Law, 1 97 7 .
PHYLLIS E. FIEDLER, 1 976-, Knox
Pacific Lutheran
University, 1 972, 1979. 1 980-, Il1structor of Nu rsing;
B . S. N . , Seattle U niversity, 1 978.
Houghton College, 1964; M . A . , Alfred U n iv e rsity , 1968; Ph. D . , Uni versity o f Min nesota, 1 978.
B.A.,
An
C ity
LOLETA G . ESPESETH,
1949, 1 951;
1 98 1 -, Assistan t P rofess or of
Physics; B . S . ,
il1g; B.S.N . , M . A . Ed . ,
Classical
of Ch e m istry;
Harvard U niversity,
G ORDON O . GILBERTSON,
Youngstown U niversity, 1 949; M . A . , N e w York University, 1955.
B. M. ,
Profe ss o r
Ph. D . ,
B . A . , DePauw U n iversity, 1 954; A . M . ,
Arizona, 1979.
GEORGE R . ELWELL, 1 959-, A ssocia te Professo r of Art; B.s.,
ReSl'l lcy Professor,
B i O logy; B.S., M . S . , P h . D . ,
Purdue Unive rsity, 1962, 1 964, 1 970.
Whe a to n College, 1 956; M . N . , Uni versity o f Washington, 1961 .
a n d Compu ter Science;
JUDD C. DOUGHTY,
MARY S . FO RSTER,
Assistal1t. Professor of PSljcho[ogJj;
College, 1970; Ph . D . , U n iversity of Washington, 1976.
M. JOSEPHINE FLETCHER,
DAVID H. HAN SEN, 1 974 -, Associate P rofessor of B ioloSY; B.s., Oregon State University, 1 968; M .S., U niversity of Utah, 1 970; P h . D . , U n i v e rs i ty of California, Irvine, 1 974. MARLIS M . HANSON, 1 971- , Assistant Professo r of Education;
B.S.,
U n i ve rs i ty of Mi nnesota, 1953; M . A . (Elementary Classroom Te ac hing), M . A . (Cou nseling and Guid a nc e) , Pacific Lu theran Uni versi ty, 1 975, 1 98 1 .
VERNON R. HANSON, 1970-, A ssocia te Professor of Social Work; B . A . , P a c i fic Lutheran U n iverSity, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1 962; A . M . , U n iversity of Ch icago, 1970. CHRISTINE L. HANSVICK,
1 9 79- , Assistal1t Professor of Psychology; B . A . , Southwest State U niversity, 197 1 ; M . A . , P h . D . ,
University o f Wi ndsor, 1975, 1977.
EDWARD R. HARMIC,
1 97 1 -, Associate Professor of Music; B . A . , Pa ci fi c Lutheran U n iversity, 1 962; M . M . , U n iv er s i ty of
Arizona, 1969.
PETER K. HARRIS, 1 980-, Assistal1t Professor of Sociology; B . A . , Un i ve rsity of California, Irvine, 1972; P h . D . , Yale U n iversity, 1980.
DONALD C. HAUEISEN,
1 977-,
ics; B . A . , College of Wooster, 1 967; Ph. D . ,
Associate Professor of Phy s Cornell University,
1972.
1 963-, Professor of Edu ca tioll ;
B . S . N . , North Park College, 1960; M . S . , DePaul U niversity, 1963; M . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n ive r sity , 1969; P h . D . , University o f Wa.shington, 1971 .
THE FACULTY
1 53
tROHERT G . HEEREN,
1 973-, Associate Professor of Engil1eer
ing; B . S . E . E . , Purdue Uni versity,
1960; M . S . , P h . D . , University o f
llIinois, Urba na, 1962, 1968.
LUELLA V, HEFTY,
1 9 73 - , Assistant Professor 0
l// rsillg;
B . S . N . , Pa ci fi c Lutheran U ni versity, . 1 969; M . A . , Universitv - of Washington, ·1 973.
LARRY P. HEGSTAD,
"1979-, As;i, t a l l t Professor of [JU SilICS5
1 9 67-, Professor o f Mathei l i at i cs; B . A . , Con
cordia College, Moorhead, 1 957; M . A . , P h . D . , U niversity of raska, 1959, 1 963. 1980-,
eb
Instructor of MalllClllatics;
olleg ', 1 957; M . A . , Universit , of Nebraska,
1 959.
JOHN W, HEUSSMAN,
7 9 76-, DireL·tor of the Library ; B.S. in Ed . , Concordia Teachers College, Seward, 1 950; M. A . L . S . , Univer sityof Denver, 1 953; P h . D . , U n iversity of I l l i nois, Urbana, 1 970.
DAVID L. HOFFM AN,
TIM A. KELLY,
1 98 7 - , Assistallt Profl!S. ar of Chemistry; B . A . , W h itman College, 1 976; M . S . , P h . D . , U n iversity o f Washington,
1 979, 1 98 1 .
versity of Ari zona, 1 964; M . A . , Ohio State U n i versity, 1 966.
GUNDAR J. KING,
1 960-,
Professor of BI15illeS5 Administratioll,
Oregon, 1956; M . B . A . , Ph . D . , Stanford Unive rsity, ] 9 58, 1 964.
1 974, 1 979.
1 973-, Vice Presidmt - Fil!ance
1 945; M . B . A . , U niversity of Denver, 1 966; Certified Adm inistrative Manager, 1973.
MARGARET HERZOG,
theran Se m i n a ry, 1942; M . A . , Ph . D . , University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 955, 1 961 ; D. D . , Christ Seminary - Seminex, 1 982.
Dean of" the School of Busilless Adlllini,;tration; B. B . A . , U n iversity of
O"era tiolls; B . 5. , Iowa S t a te University,
B . A . , Wil liam Jewell
Religiol1,
1 9 79-, Illstructor of Physical Edu
PERRY B. HENDRICKS, JR. , JOHN O . HERZOG,
of
Professor
D A VID T , KEYES, 1 969-, Associate Profe.ssor of Art; B . F . A . , Uni
1 963;
catioll; B . A . , M. Ed . , We,tern Washington University,
&
7 970-,
ProDost; B . A . , Northwestern College, 1 939; B . D . , Wisconsin Lu
M . B. A . , University o f
B . A . , The College of Idaho, Washin gton State University, 1965; P h . D . , Washington, 1 978.
Administratiol!;
K ATHARINE A . HEMION,
RICHARD P. JUNGKU NTZ,
CONSTANCE S . KIRKPATRICK, Nursing; B . A . , Lewis and Clark College,
7 980-,
IlIst rllctor of
1 972; M . 5 . , University of
Rochester, 1 979.
7 956-, Associate Professor of Art; B . S . , Uni versity of Wisconsin, M i lwa u kee, 1950; M . A . , U nive rsity o f YVis con sin, Madison, 1 95 1 ; M . F . A . , U n i versity . of Southern Californ i a ,
LARS E. KITTLESON, 1 955.
tCOLLEEN A . KLEIN,
7 9 78-, Assistant
P rofes so r
<if Nu rsing;
B . A . , Un iversity of San Francisco, 1 97 1 ; B . s . N . , Loretto Heights College, 1974; M . N . , U n iversity of Washington, 1 978.
LAURA F. KLEIN,
7 9 79-, Assistallt Professor of
Allth mpologl/;
B . A . , M . A . , Ph. D . , New York University, 1 968, 1 970, 1 975.
RAYMO ND A . KLOPSCH,
B . M " Northwestern University, 1 967; M . M . A . , Yale Un iversity School of M u s i c , 1 97 1 .
1 953-, Professor of C l lg l ish ; B . S , llIinois Institute of Technology, ] 949; M . A . , Ph . D . , U n iverSity of I l linois, Urbana, [ 9S0, 1 962.
PAUL E . HOSETH,
CALVIN H. KNAPP,
7 9 75-, Assista l ! t Professor
of
Music;
1 968-, A ssociate Professo r of /-lealth alld Phys
7 959-, A ssociaf£' P,·ofessor "f Music;
B.5.,
ical Edurat ioll; B . A . , Concord ia College, Moorhead,
1 966; M .5 . , South Da kota State U n iversity, 1 ':167; Ed . D . , U niversity o f Oregon,
M . S . , Juilliard School o f Music, 1 94'1, 1 950; E d D , Teachers College, Columbia Un iversity, 1 973.
1977.
JENS W. KNUDSEN,
CURTIS E. HUBER,
or of Philo,ol 'hy; B A , M . Div . , Concordia Seminary, S t . Louis, 1 950, 1 953; M . A . , P h . D . , Un iversity o f Wisco n sin, Madison, 1 958, 1962. ' 1 964-, Pro ('s
LAURENCE D. HUESTIS,
1 952; M . S . , Ph . D . ,
University of Soutlwrn California, 1 954, 1 957.
DA VID R. KNUTSON,
1 96 9 - , ;\ssis tallt Professor of Religiol l ;
1 9 6 7 -, Profcs;or of CiJemis try; B . S . ,
1 956; P h . D . , Univ rSity of
B . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n iversity, 1 958; B . D . , Luther Theological S emina ry, 1 962; M . A . , University of Chicago Divin ity School, 1966.
7 9 75-, Associate Professor of r<eligio l l ; B . A . ,
B . M . , M . A . , M . F . A . , D . M . A . , University of Iowa, lowa City, 1 963,
University o f Californ i a , Berkeley, California, Davis, 1 960.
PAUL 0 , INGRAM,
1 957-, P rofessor of BioloSY, l<cgCllcy Profes
sor, 1 973-74; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran University,
Chapman College, 1 961 ; Th . M . , School o f Theology a t Claremont, 1 964; Ph . D . , Claremon t G raduate School, 1968.
SHARON L. JANSEN-JAECH,
1 980-, Assistal1t Professor of
El1glish, B . A . , California Lutheran College, 1 972; M . A . , P h . D . , U ni versity of Washington, 1 973, 1 980
JO ANN S . JENSEN,
7 967-, Professor of Biology; A . B . , M . A . , Pacific Lutheran U niversity, 1 954, 1 977; M . A . , University o f South ern Ca l i forn i a , 1 957; P h . D . , Iowa State U n iversity, 1 96 1 .
*ROBERT J. JENSEN,
1 968-, Associate Professor of Ecollomics;
B . A . , Dana College, 1 964; M . A . , U n iversity of Neb r aska, 1 967.
*JERRY KRACHT,
1 9 6 7-68, 1969-, Associaii' Professor of Mu s i c ;
1965, 1 967, 1974.
EDITH LANDAU,
University o f Washington, 1 98 1 .
A NTHONY J. LAUER,
ALL YN E, LAWRENCE,
P h . D . , University of Arizon ; , Tucson, 1980.
DEBORAH J. JOHNSON,
JERROLD LERUM ,
B . s . N . , University of iVlaryla nd, Washington, 1982.
Illstruc/or of Nursillg;
1 977; M . S . N . ,
U n iversity of
LUCILLE M. JOHNSON, 1 953-, Professor of Ellgl ish; B . A . , Concordia College, Mo o rhea d , 1 940; M . A . , Washington State Uni versity, 1 943; Ed . D . , U n iversity of Montana, 1967. KENNETH A . JOHNSTON, 1 964-, Professor of Education, Dean of the School of Education; B . A . , Western Washington Univer
sity, 1947; M . A . , S t a n ford University, 1953; Ed . D . , Washington State University, ] 964..
RICHARD P. JONES,
1 9 6 9- , Assistant Professor of English; B . A . , Harvard U n iversity, 1 964; M . A . , M . f . A . , University of Mas sachusetts, 1 969.
1 98 1 - , Assistallt Professor of Educa
tio,l; B . A . , M . S . , Universitv of Tennessee, Knoxville,
JEROME
1 982-,
1 969-, Assistant Professar of Business
J . D . , Loyola University, Los Angeles, 1 955; M . B . A . , Paci fic Lutheran University, 1 969.
Administration;
1 9 6 7-, Associate Professor of Sociology; B . A . , U n iversity o f San Francisco, 1964; M . A . , University of Califor nia, Davis, 1 967.
RICHARD J. JOBST,
7 982-, Supervisor of Tedl llical Services alld
NUl11allit ics Librariall; B . A . , Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, . 1977; M . L . ,
p,
LE JEUNE,
1 974, 1 977;
1 9 72-, Associate Professor of Psychology;
B . A . , Gonzaga U niversity, 1 964; M . A . , P h . D, Un iversity of Victoria,
1 970, 1 974. 1 973-, Associate Professor of B iolo�y; B . A . , Luther College, 1 963; M . S . , University of W isconsin, Madison, 1965; Ph.D, Northwestern U niversity, 1973.
tPAUL B. LIEB E LT,
A ss oci ate
1 9 70-,
Professor of Mathematics
alld Computer Sciellce; B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead,
1 �55;
M . A . , Universit)' o f Nebraska, 1 957.
JANET K. LINGENFELTE R,
1 98 1 -, Assistallt Professor of
Nu rsil1�; B . S . N . , Valdosta State College,
1 975; M . Ed . , Central State
U niverSity, Edmond, OK, 1981 .
BRIAN E. LOWES, 1 968-, Professor of Earth Seier/ces; B . S . , Uni versity of London, 1 957; M . S . , Q ue e ns University, 1 963; P h . D . , Uni versity of Washington, 1972. GENE C. LUNDGAARD,
7 958-, Associate Professor of Physical
Education; B . Ed . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 95 1 ; M . S . , Univer sity ()f Washi ngton, 1 964 .
154
THE FACULTY
JOHN L. MAIN,
1 9 7 1 - , Professor of Biology; B . S . Ed . , M .5 . E d . ,
Chadron State College, Wa s h i n g ton, 1 970.
1 965,
1966;
Ph . D . ,
University
of
KATHRYN R. M ALONE, B,A"
1981-, Assistallt Professor of History;
Yale University, 1 976; P h . D . , University of Pennsylvania,
1 98 1 .
D . MOIRA MANSELL,
Sehoul of Nu rsillg; B . S , N . Ed . ,
1 982-, Professor of Nursing, Deall of the
St. Mary Coll ege, 1 946; M . S . , U niver School, 1959; P h . D . , University of
sity of Oregon Medical Washington, 1 974.
CAROL YN WATKINS MARSH,
7 9 70-, Professor of Mathema
Reed College, 1 966; M . A . , P h . D . , UniverSity of Oregon, 1967, 1 970.
MA RLEN F. MILLER, 1 970-, Professor of Ecollom ics; B . S . , M, 5 . , Ph. D . , University o f Min nesota, 1962, 1965, 1 967.
"'GARY L. MINETTI,
1 9 70-, Associate Professor of Education, Di
rector of Counse/illg nlld Hcnlth Sen1ices;
1980-, Assistallt Professor
of Legal Studies; B , A . ,
Barber-Scotia College, 1969; M . A . , Wellesley allege, 1 970; J. D., George Washington Un iversity, 1978.
"'DENNIS J. MARTIN,
N. CHRISTIAN MEYER, J R . , tics; B , A . ,
B . S . , Washington State Un i versity, 1 960; M . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 967; P h . D . , Uni versity of Washrngton, 1976.
"'RICHARD D. MOE,
1 9 65-, Professor of Edllca t ioll , Dean of
Gradllate and S u m mer S t udies, Deall of the School of the Arts; B . A . ,
B . S . , Illinois State University, 1969; M . S " U n ive.rsity of New Mexico, 1 971 ; Ph. D . , U ta h State U niversity, 1 975.
Con cordia College, Moorhead, 1951; M . Ed . , E d . D . , University of Col orado, 1 953, 1 962.
DENNIS M. MARTIN,
BRADFORD L. MOORE,
1 9 75-, Associa te Professo r of Biology;
1 9 76-, Associate Professor of Ellglish;
Chair, Divisioll of Humallit ies;
Edumtlim; B . S . ,
B . S . , Edinboro State College, 1 964; M , A . , Purdue Un iversity, 1966; P h . D . , University of California, Los Angeles, 1 973.
Oregon, 1978.
MARIL YN J. M A RTIN,
ogy; B. A "
B.A.,
1 9 79-, Assistallt Reference Librariall;
M . L . , U n iversity of Washington, 1 975, 1 976,
ARTHUR D. MARTINSON,
1 966-, Professor of History;
B.A.,
"'JOHN N. MORITSUGU, 1 9 75-, Associate Professor of Psycho1-
University of Hawaii, 1 9 7 1 ; M , A . , P h . D . , University of Rochester, 1 974, 1 977.
GERALD M. MYERS,
Pacific Lu theran University, 1957; M . A . , P h . D . , Washington State U n iversity, 196 1 , 1 966 ,
millistralioll; B , S . ,
CELESTINE B . MASON,
GUNNULF M YRBO,
1 973-, Associate Professor of Nrlrsillg;
B . s, N . ,
Catholic University of A merica, 1958; M . A . , Pacific Luth eran Un iversity, 1 976.
MARJORIE I. M ATHERS,
1964-66, 1 968-, Associate Professor
Ce ntral Washington University, '1953, 1 961; M . A . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 974; Ed. D . , Seattle Uni versity, 1980.
of Educatioll; B . A . , M . A . ,
DIXIE MATTHIAS, 1 975-, AdjLl llct Professor of Biology; B . S . , Pacific Lut.heran University, 1 962; M . S . , University of Washington, 1965. DENNIS C. MCBRIDE,
1 980-, Assistallt Professor of Sociology;
B . A " Adam s State College, 1 969; M . A . , University of New Mexico, 1 972; Ph. D . , Washington State University, 1979.
SUSAN J. MCDONALD,
1 9 75-, Reference Librarian ;
B.A"
M . L.S., University o f Washington, 1 969, 1 970.
MAUREEN E. MCG ILL,
19 77-, Assistant Professor of Physical
Education;
B . F . A, U n iversity of Utah, Washington U niversity, 1977.
RICHARD MCGINNIS,
1 974;
M. A. ,
Western
1 9 72-, Associale Professor of Biology;
B.S. , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 963; P h . D . , University of South ern California, 1974.
JERRY L. MCKAIN,
1 9 79-, Associate Professor of Social Work;
Seattle University, 1 953; M . 5 . W . , Sf. Louis Un iversity, 1955; D . S . W . , Catholic University of A merica, 1969. B.A.,
DAVID E. MCNABB,
1 979-, Assistant Professor of Business Ad
ministra t ion;
B . A . California State U n iversity, F u l lerton, 1 965; M . A . , University o f Washington, 1 968; P h , D . , Oregon State University, 1981 .
CINDY K. M CTEE,
1 9 8 1 - , Adjullct Professor of Music; B . M . ,
Pacific Lutheran U niversity, 1 976; M . M . , Yale U n iversity, 1978; P h . D . , Un iversity of Iowa, 1 98 1 .
ELIZABETH M . MEEH AN,
1 980-, Assistallt ProfessorofNurs
ing; B . S . , M . S . , H u n ter College, 1 970, 1974.
JOHN J . MEEHAN, J R .
1 980-, Assistant Professor of Business
Adminstration; B . A . ,
St. Michael's College, 1 964; M . B . A . , Sf. John's University, 1966; P h . D . , New York University, 1 980 .
PAUL T. MENZEL,
1 9 7 1 - , Associate Professor of Philosophy;
1 980-, Assista n t P rofessor of Physical
Portland State UniverSity, 1974; M . S . , University of
1 982-, Assistallt Professor of Busilless Ad
Uni versity of Massachusetts, 1 965; M . S . , Un iver sity of Missouri, Columbia, 1975; P h . D . cand . , University of Iowa. 1 9 7()-, Associate P rofessor of Ph ilosphy;
B . A . , University of British Columbia, 1962; P h . D . , U niversity of Cambridge, Engla nd, 1972.
CHARLES T. NELS ON,
1 9 6 7-, Registrar;
B . S . , Da.kota State
College, 1 963; M . A . , Adams State College, 1 964.
BURTON L. NESSET, B.A.,
1962.
1 967-, Associate Professor of Chemist ry;
51. Olaf College, 1957; M . s . , Ph . D . , Purdue U niverSity, 1 960,
HARVEY J. NEUFELD,
1965-, Exec u t ive Director of The Col
lesium; B . A . ,
Pacific Lu theran University, 1 954; M . Div. , Luther Seminary, Saskatoon, 1957; Certificate of Graduate Studies, Van couverSchool of Theology, 1974,
ROGER NIBLER,
1980-, Assistallt Professor of Busilless Adminis
tration; B . S . , M . B . A ,
Oregon State University, 1963, 1968; D . B . A . , University of Oklahoma, 1 974.
JESSE D. NOLPH,
1968-, Associate Professor of Psychology; B . A . , George Washington U n iversity, 1 964; P h . D . , Cornell University, 1971 .
JON J . NORDBY,
1 9 77-, Assistallt Professor of Philosophy; B . A . ,
S f . O l a f C ollege, 1970; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Massachusetts, 1975, 1977.
ERIC NORDHOLM, tion Arts; B . F . A . ,
1 955-, Associate Professor
Art Institute of Ch icago, 1 95 1 .
PHILIP A. NORDQUIST,
of COlnnulIlica
1 963-, Pmfessor of History; B . A . ,
Pacific Lu theran University, 1 956; M . A . , Ph.D., University of Washington, 1960, 1964.
LORETI A B. NORMILE, illg; B . S . N . ,
1 982-, Assistant Professor of Nurs
M . N . , University of Pittsburgh, 1 972, 1977.
SHERMAN B. NORNES,
1 959-6 1 , 1965-, Associale Professor
of Physics;
B. A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1951; M . A . , Univer sity of North Dakota, 1956; Ph . D . , Washington State University, 1965.
W. DWIGHT OBERHOLTZER,
1 969-, Associate Professor of
Sociology; A . B . ,
Wittenberg UniverSity, 1961; M . Div . , Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1 965; P h . D . , Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley, 1969.
KATHLEEN O'CONNOR,
7 9 77-, Assistant Profcssor of Sociol
College of Wooster, 1 964; B . D . , Yale U niversity, 1 967; P h . D . , Vanderbilt University, 1 97 1 .
ogy; B . A . ,
ROBERT K . MENZEL,
SARA A. OFFICER, 1 967-, Professor of Physical Educatioll; B . S . , Oregon State University, 1958; M . S . , In diana U n iverSity, 1 965; P h . D . , University of New Mexico, 1 981 .
B.A.,
1 969-, Director of the Cen ter for Humall
Organization ill Changing Environments (CHOICE); B . A . ,
M . Div., Concordia Seminary, Sf. Louis, 1941, 1944; M . S . T . , Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1963; Ph. D . , The Fielding Institute, 1 978.
LAWRENCE J. MEYER, 1 969-, P rofessor of Music; B . A . , Ed . D . , U niversity o f Northern Colorado, 1 954, 1 %4; M . M . , Univer sity of Oregon, 1955.
Stan ford University, 1 968; M. A . , P h . D . , Washington Uni versity, Sf. Louis, 1971, 1 974.
THE FACULTY
1 55
tCAROL J . OLSON,
1 980-, Assistall! Professor of Bllsilles,; A d
minstratioll;
*KARL R. RICKABAUGH, mtwll;
DAVID M. OLSON,
DA VID P. ROB BINS,
1 968-, I'rofessorofPhifsical Ldlica t iOl I , Dcal!
of the School of Phi/sicai Educatilll l , A thletic Director;
1 9 7:-, Assistant Professor of Ldu
13 . 5 . , M O n ta na State Un iversitv, .' 1963; M . S . , Ph . D . , Un iversity o f U ta h , 1970, 1 975.
B . A . , M . B . A , Pacific Lu theran Un iversity, 1 973, 1 979; C . P . A . , Statp of Wa s h i ngton.
1 969-, Associate Professor ofivllisic;
B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhe;oHi , 1 956; M . A . , U n iversity o f M i n nesota, 1 957; P h . D , University o f I owa, 1 966.
M . M . , U n iversity of M ichigan, 1 968, 1 969.
FRANKLIN C. OLSON, 1 9 7 1 - , Professor of [dllcatioll.; B . S . , Un iversity o f South Dakota, 1 958; M . S . , OrC'gon Stilte U n iversity, 1 964; E d . D . , Un iversity of Nebraska, Lincol n , 1 97 1 .
CLIFFORD G. ROWE,
LI NDA N . OLSON,
A ssoc.ial' e Pro/fs50r of Nursillg;
1 967-.
B . S . N . , M . N . , Un iversity of Washington, 1 959, 1 964.
D ICK W. OLUFS,
1982-, Assistallt Professor of Political Scimce;
PHYLLIS A. PAGE,
A ssistal1t Professor of Nli rsillg;
1976-,
of Maryla n d ,
1 97 1 ;
M.N.,
Un iversity o f
197()- , A ssociate Professor of Co mill 1m i
catitJll A rts;
B . S . , Memphis State U n iversity, 1 966; M . S . , Ph. D . , Sou thern I l l inois Un ivC'rsity, Carbondale, 1 968, 1 974. 1 978-, Assisltmt Profe;,;sor of Social Work;
M . S . W . , U n iversity of Washington, 1 978 .
ARNE K . PEDERSON,
1 956-, Professor of EdIlcatioll;
B.A.,
1 967-, Associate Professor of geligioll;
B.A.,
5t. Olaf CoLlege, 1958; B . D . , L u t hc_r Theological Sem i nary, 1 963; M . A . , P h . D . , New York U n iversity, 1 965, 1 970.
GARY D . PETERSON,
B.S., Iowa State U n iversity, 1 960; M . S . , Western \Vas hington U n iversity, 1 967; P h . D . , U n iversity of Kansas, 1 973. 1967-, Professor of Mathematics;
NORRIS A . PETERSON, B. A . , Pacific sity of M i n nesota, 1 98 1 .
1 98 1 - ,
Assistant
Professor
of
u th e ra n U niversity, 1 975; P h . D . , Univer
WAL TER E. PILGRIM,
1971 - , Professor of Religion , Director of
B . A . , Wartburg College, 1 956; B . D . , Wartburg Theological Semi nary, 1 960; T h . M . , P h . D . , Princeton Theological Semina ry, 1 906, 1 971 .
BARBARA POULSHOCK,
1 976-, Illstructor of Music;
B.M.,
Pacific Lutheran U n iversity, 1 977.
JAMES R. PREDMORE,
1 977-, Assistant Professor of Modem
and Classical La llguages (Spanish);
B . A . , Swarthm ore Colleg�', 1 967; M . A . , Middlebury College, 1 969; P h . D . , U n ive.rsity of Wash.ington, 1 977. 1 9 8 1 - , Assistal1t Professor of [llgbh;
B.A.,
Scripps College, 1 966; P h . D . ca n d . , University o f Washington.
JUDITH RAMAGUA, 1982-, Assisllll1t Pro/c'5sor of B lIsilless Ad millistratioll;
A . B . , Smith College, 1 966; M . A . , Un iversity of Col orado, 1 968; P h . D . , U n iversity o f Washington, 1 982.
SUSAN L. RANDALL, B.A., 1 979.
RICHARD A . RUIDL,
1 98 7 - , Assistanl Profcsso r of Col111111illica
B . S . , M . A . , Washington Stilte University, 1 969, 1 973; P h . D . , U n ivcrs ity o f Washington, 1 98 1 .
ELDON L . SCHAFER,
1 974-, Professor "f Ilusi/less Admillls l ra
lion;
B . S . , M . A . , Ph. D . , Un iversitv ' o f Nebraska , 1 953, 1 957, 1 963; . P . A . , Statc o f NC'braska .
·JOHN A. SCHILLER,
1 979-, Assislil l l t Professor of Nistory;
a l lege of I da h o, 1 972; M . A . , P h . D . , University of U t a h , 1 975,
JANET E. RASMUSSEN,
1 977-, Associate Professor of Modem
and Classical Langlla7cs (Norwegian);
B . A . , U n iversity of Llii nois, Ur bana, 1 970; A . M . , P h . D . , HarvMd University, 1 972, 1 975.
PAUL M. REIG STAD,
1 947-48. 1958-, Pmfcssor ofEnglish, I<e
gcncy Professor, 1977-78;
B . A . , St. Olaf College, 1 943; M . A . , Ph. D . , U n iversity of New Mexico, 1 956, 1 958.
LEON E. REISBERG,
1 9 8 1 - , Assistant Professor of Education;
B . S . Ed . , U n iversity of Texas, 1 97 1 ; M . Ed . , U n iversity of Arkansas, 1 972; Ed . D . , Un iversity of Kansas, 1 98 1 .
LOIS F. RHOADES,
1980-, Instructor of N u rsillg;
p . N . r . , U niversity of Washington, 1 954, 1 974.
B . A . , Capital University, 1 945; n d . Theo ! . , Ev,m gelical L u t h e ra n Theological S e m i n a ry, 1 947; M . A . , U n iversity of M issouri, Kansas City, 1 959; P h . D . , University o f W ils h i ngton, '] 967.
DENISE L. SCHMUTTE, 1 982-, Assistant Pro/fssor of PSycllOlo
B . A . , Indiana U n iversity, 1 973; B . A . , India na/Pu rdue Univer sity, I ndianapolis, 1 977; M . A . , P h . D . , Southern I l l i nois Un iversity, Carbondale, 1 980, 1 982.
E RN ST C. SCHWI D DER,
1 967-,
Professor of
M . F . A . , Un iversity of W shington, 1 953, 1 955.
A rt; B . A . ,
D A VID O. SEAL, 1977-, Assistallt Professor of English; B . A . , S t . O l a f College, 1 968; A . M . , P h . D . , U n iversity of Chicago, 1 969, 1 977. RICHARD A. SEEGER, Assistancc;
197.3-, Director, Academic Advisil1g alld
B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversity o f Wash ington, 1 966,
1 968, 1 974.
F. THOMAS SEPIC,
1979-, Associate Professor of Blisiness Ad
B.s. B . A . , Denver University, 1 964; M. B . A . , Seattle U n i versity, 1 973; P h . D . , University of Washington, 1 979.
B.s.N.,
S. E RVING SEVERTSON,
tSUSAN E. SHUMAKER,
1979-, A djul1ct Professor of Nursing;
B . S . N . , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 973.
M AURICE H. S KONES,
1964-, Professor of Music, Direclor of
Choral ivII/sic;
B . A . , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 948; M . M . Ed . , Montana State U n iversity, 1 957; D . M . A . , U n iversity o f Arizona, Tucson, 1 976.
ROCHELLE E. SNEE,
198 1 -, Assistant Professor uf Modem and
B . A . , U n iversity of Maryland, 1 969; M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversity o f Wash ington, 1 972, 1 98 1 .
Classical Languages (Classics);
*CARL D . SPANGLER,
1961-62, 196.3-, l\ssociaIc Pro/,'ssor of
Modem alld Classical LilngIwges (French);
A . B . , rove City Col lege, 1958; M . A . , Pen nsylvania State U n iversity, 1 96 1 ; P h . D . , U n i versity of Mi nneso ta, 1 979.
WALLACE H. SPENCER,
1 974-, Assistallt l'ro/cssor of Pol 1 l iml
Science;
B . A . , M . A . , University of Arizona, 1 963, 1 968; Ph . D . , Uni versity of Washington, 1 977. -
CHRISTOPHER H . SPICER,
1 9 78-, Assistallt I'rofessol of
B . A , U n iversity of Virginia, 1 970; M . A . , P h . D . , University of Texas, 1 975, 1 978.
COllllllll l l im tioll A rts;
RICHARD J. SPILLMAN,
1 98 7 -, Assistanl Professor of Co 111-
plile r Science;
B . A . . Western Wa.shington U n iversity, 1 9 7 1 ; M . A . , U n i versity o f U t " h , 1 973; P h . D . , U ta h State U n iversity, 1 978.
MAREN C. STAVIG,
1 979-, lust luclor of Nlirsillg;
B . A . , Au
gustana College, Sioux Falls, 1 97 1 . Nlirsillg; Il . 5 . N . ,
THE FACULTY
1 966-, Professor of I'SycilOlogy;
B . A . , Pacific Lu thera n U n iversity, 1 955; B . D . , L li t her Theological Seminary, 1 959; M . A . , U n iversity of Wyo m ing, 1 960; P h . D . , U n i versity of U t a h , 1 966; Diplomate in Cli nical Psychology, A m e rican Boa rd of Professional Psychology, 1 9 77.
E STHER R. STEEGE,
156
1 958-, Professor of Sociology lind Social
minstratioll;
Lutizerall Illstitute of Theulogical Educatioll;
SUZANNE RAHN,
1 9S0-, Associate Professor of COlll III 11 11 ica B . A , Pacific University, . 1 958; M . S .) . , Northwestern U n iversi ty, 1 963. lion A rts;
gy;
B . Ed . , M . A . , Pacific L u t heran Un iversity, 1 949, 1 953, 1 956.
"'JOHN E. PETERSEN,
Economics;
1 950-, Associate Professor of A rt; B.S. Art Ed . , Youngstown Un iversity, 1 949; M . A . , U n iversity of Iowa, 1 9S0.
Work, I<es,ency Professor, 1 97ii-77;
WILLIAM E. PARKER, TIIELMA L. PAYNE,
*GEORGE ROSKOS,
lion A rts;
B . A . , U n iverSity of Washington, 1 974; M . A . , Ph . D . , PC'nnsylva n ia St, te U n iversity, 1 976, 1 979. B . s . N . , U n iversity Washington, 1 977.
B.M.,
1972-74, 7 978-, Assistant l'ro/<'ssor of
tvI . N . , Univcrsity of Washington, 1 969, 1 97 1 .
JOAN D . STIGGELBOUT, ing;
B . S . N . , Wagner Wash ington, 1 972.
College,
1 9 73 - , Assistant Professor of Nurs
1 954;
M. N.,
U n iversity
of
ROBERT L . STIVERS, B. A . ,
Y,lir
1 973-, ilssociate Pru{mor of I�eligioll; 1 962; M . Di v . , Union Tlwo logical Seminary,
U n ivl'rsitv,
New York, 19 ,9;
P h . D . , Colu mbia University, 1 973.
""DORI S G. STUCKE,
can LJniver;itv ,
T e ,K hl'rs
1 967-,
1 949; M . Ed . ,
Professor of iV l l rsi l lS ; n . S . , Anwri 1 956; Ed . D . ,
niversity o f M i nneso til, ' o l l�ge, Colu mbia U n i versity , 1 967.
DAVID P. SUDERMANN,
1 9 73-,
Cillssical Lallguages (GerJ1lall); A. B . , I n d ianil Ph . D . , U n iversity of C h icago, J 967, 1 9 73 .
Nll l7lld A.M . ,
DA VID W_ SUTER,
Davidson College, 1 967,
Associa te
7 98 1 - , Assista llt
Pro!essor of Mod
U n iversity,
1 965;
Pro !-SS M of 1��l iS iu l l; B . A . ,
1964; H . D . , 1v1 . A . , Ph . D . , University < ) f ChicagQ,
1 970, 1977.
DUANE D . SWANK,
7 970-,
1 969-, Dircc t o r
MARVIN SWENSON, CI7I11J7U' Actipities; H .
U n i versity o f M i n nesota,
"
of /Ill' Ullivrrsili/ Cellter
1 9'i(J;
Montana State U n iversity,
M.S.,
1 954; Ed . D . , W a s h i ngton Sta te U n iversity,
1 972. 7 968-,
I'ro[c 'sor of Mo(/em a lid Cias
£l . A . , Hemidji State
Ph . D . , U n ivcrsity o f M i n nesota,
1 9 5 6, 1 967.
ollege,
1 952; M . A . ,
"' KWONG-TIN TANG,
1 967-, ProfC%or of P/H/sics; B . S . , ,'vl . A . , ' 1 958, 1 959; P h . D . , Colu mbiu U n iversity,
' n i versity o i W a s h i ngton,
1 %5 .
BETI THOMPSON, 1 9
Grand
7 - , A,,;istllllt
Profes_ or o{ SocioloSY; B . A . ,
l I e y State Colleges, 1 974; M . A . , Ph . D . ,
niversity,
1 97 , 1 98l .
SEABE THO RNTON III,
W e . tern
7 98 1 - , Assistallt
Michig;\I1
Pro [550r of Social
1 98U-, 115.50[ia / (' P r ufcs50 r
STEVEN D . THRASHER,
of Busi
lies Adlll 1llis t m tiorI; B . B . A . , M . B . A . , U n iv rsity of M ich igan,
19 4; P h . D . , N orthweste rn U n iversity, 1 974.
FRED ERIC K L . TOBIASON,
or Clll'm istr!!,
7 9 70-, Associate P rofess o r of A ,"/; B . s . E . ,
l\ rkansas State University, 1 965; M . F . A , U n i w rsity ( )
olorado,
1 967. of Cilemistry; B . s . , 1971; P h . D . , N o r t h western Univers ity,
1 979-, ilssociate P ro fe ss o r
1 97(;.
THOMAS N. TORRENS, 1 974-, Assistallt ProfC:isor ofilrt; Art ist
ill
B.S.,
l� cs idence;
Washington
Indiana
State
niverfiitv, S t . Louis, 1974.
AUDUN T. TOVEN,
Classical
1 967-,
M . A . , University of Washington, U n i versity o f Oregon,
U niversity, .
A sso c ia t e
LlI1gflagcs (No rwegiall ) ; B . A . ,
ANN K. TREMAINE,
1971;
M.F.A,
Professor of Modem
U n i versity of Oslo,
and
1 964;
1 967.
1 972-, Assistallt
Professor of Music; B . M . ,
1 951 ; M . M , U n i versity of W u s hington, 1 974.
ANDR EW L. TURNER,
1 9 76-,
Assistallt Professor of BIIsilless 1 973; P h . D . ,
Adminls t m l ioll; B . B . A . , Pacific L u theran U n i versity, U n iver<;ity o f Pennsylvania ,
-
1 98 ·J .
PAUL W . ULBRI CHT,
f
1 967-, Pro es so r of Politieal Science; B . A . ,
M . A . , Ph . D . , U n ivers i ty o f Washingt on ,
1 959, 1 960, 1 965.
M. JAME S V AN BEEK,
A id; B . A . E " M . A . ,
1 963-, Dealz of Admissions lltld Fillancial Pacific L u t h l:' ra n U n i versity, 1 960, 1 969.
G LEN A. V AN WYHE,
1 9 79-,
Assi'tant P rofess o r of BII s in es s
Admillislralioll; O . A , U n iversity o f South Dakota,
J 968; M. D i v . ,
Westmin�ter Theological Seminary, 1974; M . A . , U n i versity of Iowa,
1 977.
DAVID L. VINJE,
j 10rth Dakota Stat Wiscon · i .n, 1 964 ,
1 970-, A S 50c ill l e
University,
Clas
ieaJ
1 980-,
u thera n University,
A dj l l n ct
Professor of Nursing;
1 968.
'1 964-, Professor of E dll eat ion ; B . S . Ed . , 1943; M . A . , New York U niversity, J 947; Ed. D . , Northwestern Colorado U n iversity, 1 959.
JANE WILLIAMSON, U n i versity o f Maryland,
of Comm ll l l ical io n A rts; 1 960; M . A . , California State Uni vl'rsity, Long Beach, 1 966; P h . D . , Mich igan Sta te University, 1 9 7 1 . 1 9 75-, Professor
B . S . , Central Michigan U n iversity,
MARGA RET A. WILSON, O. s . N . ,
Seattle
Washington,
Pacific
University,
illst ru c t o r of Nu rsing; 1 977; M . N . , U n iversity o f
1 98 1 -,
1 982.
CHANG-LI YIU,
1 9 73 -, AS50ciafL' Professor of Malllcf/lillies; B . s . , 1962; M . S . , Tsinghua U n iversity, [965; P h . D . , Colum bia U n iversity, 1 972.
Profes so r of S ocia l Work; 1 966; M . s. W . , California State University, Fresno, 1 968; Ph. D . , P u rd ue U n i versity, 1 9t1O.
CHARLES D. YORK,
Professor of ECOlw mics; n.s . ,
1 962; M . S . , P h . D . , Un iversity o f
1 98 7 - , Assistlll i t
B . A . , Washington State U n iverSity,
JANET LEE YOUN G , H i ra m College,
"[ 982-, Ass is la ll t Professor of Biology; B . A . ,
1 969; M . S . ,
1 977.
YUKIE YUMIBE,
Ph.D.,
LJ tah State U n iversity,
1973,
1 9S0-, Associate i'roj<'ssor ofNursins; B . S . , U ni
1 946;
M . S . N . , Wilync State U n iversity,
DWIGHT J . ZULAUF,
1 949-5.3, 1 959-,
1 97 1 .
Profes so r of Business Ad
m instratioll, [�t'gellcy P rofess o r , 1 972-73; B . S . , U niversity of Oregon,
1 948; M . s . , Columbiu U n ivcrsit)', 1949; P h . D . , Un iversity of M i n nesota, 1 965; . r . A . , State of Wa shington.
1982-83. 1982-83.
tLeave of Absence,
FACULTY AS SOC IATES ETHAN R . ALLEN, 1 975-, D irect o r of R es ide l l t ial Life/Associate Dean tllld ,1 ssislallt 10 the Vice P residm t ti" St udellt Life; B . A . , Eastern Wa Sh i n g to n U niversity, 1 969; M . A . , O h io U niv l'rs ity, 1 973. F A YE M. A N D E R S O N , 1 98 1 - , Director of Sp ecia l Proieefs ill the Divi sioll of Socilll Scicllces; B . A . , U n i versity of California, Los A n geles, 1 96 1 . C R ISTINA C A B L E S , 1 978-, Director, Foreign Pacific Lu theran U n i versity, 1 975 .
Siudent
Programs; B . A . ,
J U DITH W. CARR, 1 979-, Special Aeademic Progra m s Director; B . S . , Pacific Lu thera n U n i versity, 1 970; P h . D . , University o f . Washington, 1 974. LA U R A J. CARVEY, 1 975-, Di rector, M. B . A . Progra m, Sch oo l of BlIsi B . B . A . , M . B . A . , Paci fic Lutheran Unive.rsit)"
Iless AdmillistratIOII; 1 974, 1 979.
WILLIAM M. CROOKS, 1 976-, Director, Cel l t e r for Exec u tive De 1949; M . A . , George VVa " h i n g to n U ni versity, 1967.
vc/IJpment; B . A . , U n iversity of WaShingto n ,
RICHARD
C FRENCH,
Plallliins alld P la ce 1 954; Dip. Theo! ' , Univer
7 974-, Director of Career
ment; B . A . , W a s h i n g t o n State University,
1 9 57; M . D iv . , C h u rch Divin i ty School o f the Pacific, 1<)59; M. Ed . , Gonzilga U n iversi ty, 1 969.
sity of Oxford,
LUCI LLE G I ROUX,
J a m e s town Cullege,
7 960-,
Presidcllt's Lxcclltivf
Associl7te; B . A . ,
'1 9 47.
L A U R A LE E HAG E N , 7 9 78-, Associate Directllt· for I�esidet l t ial Life;
B.A.E.,
M . A . in
d.,
P"cific Luthcran U n i versity,
1 975, 1 978.
1970.
PAUL M. WEBSTER, alld
B . S . N . , Pacific
·Sabbatical Leave,
1 966-, Professor
' P h . D . , Michigan State U n i versity, 1 963.
SHERI J. TONN,
P ro fesso r of Physical EduCll 1 952; A . M . , Ed . D . , U n i
1 960, 1 966.
KRISTI A. WILLIAMS,
1 963,
R eJ?e n J Profe 01', 7 975-76; B. A . , Pacific Lu theran Un iversity, 1 958;
Oregon Stilte Univer ity,
versit)' of Nmthern Colorado,
versity o f M i nnesota,
Work; B . A . , Merce.r U n i versity, 1 972; M . S . \11,1 . , D . P . A . , U n iversity of ,cnrgia, 1974, 1 98 1 .
WALTER L. TOMSIC,
1 972-,
tiol1; B . S . , U niversity of Nebraska, Omaha,
Tunghai U n iversity,
RODNEY N. SWENSON,
sical Lrmglwge5 (Genfllm ) ;
FORREST WESTE RING,
GARY B . WILSON,
I wtcss(lr ofChcJ1Iistry. Chair, Divi sioll of Nll t' l I m l SciclI(I'''; 13. 5 , Wils h l ng tOJl State U n i e.rsity, 1 964; P h . D . , Montana Sta t<> U n i vl'rsity, 1 969.
IIlId
DONALD R. WENTWORTH, 7 9 72-, Associate Professo r of Ecollomics a l ld Education; B . S . , M . A . , l'h . D . , University of M i n J1(!sota, 1 965 , 1 970, 1 972; M . A . , U n iVl' rsity o f lilinnis, 1 971 .
La'lgl/ages
California, Los A n geles,
1969-,
(Gerfllan);
1 9 64 , 1967.
Assistallt P rofesso r B.A.,
M.A.,
of Modem
University
of
THE FACULTY
157
ANN K E LL E H ER, 7 98 7 - , Directur, Office of Illtematirll l al Ed I lca t io ll;
B.A.,
I lope College,
Ph.D.,
1 964 ; M . A . , Northeastern U n iv e rs i ty , 1 966;
university ofDenver, 1 973.
NTHIA M A H O NE Y, lIator;
1 97:1.
B . S . I .,
i mmo n ,
7987-,
COlltillll illg Nllr;illg Educatioll Coordi
' oll egc , 1 9�8; M . Ed . ,
cattle U n iversity,
KATHY OLSON M A N N E L L Y, 1 98'/-, Dim·tor of Cooperative Edllca t io l l; B . S . , Gmnd Valley State C o l I l'ges, Allendale, M i ch i ga n , 1973.
M A RT I N J. NEEB, 1 9 8 1 - , Execlltive Direr/o r of Ull it}crsi!y COIIIIIIlIllica tirl l / S . Gellcral Mal lilger . KPLlI-FM; B . A . , M . Div., Concordia S m i nMV, S t . louis, 1955, 1 958; M . A . , t. Luuis U ni v -rsitv, ' 1959; P h . D . , No�thw
stern
U n iversity,
1 967.
7 969-. Dirert(lr of Teaclrer Placemellt /llld Fiftlr B . A . , M . A . , Pacific Lu themn U n iversity, 1 953, 1 977; School Admin istration, U n i ve rsity of WaSh ington, 1957. NAN N O K L E BERG,
Year
St l ld ic;
PAMELA G. RAYMER, 1 980-. Associate Direc/or uf Career PIIl/III;'18
and PlacclIlCll t IIlId StIldwl F.lllilloymcllt Admillistrator; B . A . , Occiden tal
C ol l ege , 1 976; M . 5 . Ed . , I nd i a n" Un iversity, oloomington, 1 9 79 .
AMADEO T. TIAM, 7 9 78-. C(lordilltltur for Mlllurity Affllir. /Asislillll Dm l l fo r S t l/dt'lll Life; B . A . , Ph . l. , Untversit y of S a n to Th o ma s, Man ila, 1 968; M . A . , Pacific lu theran U niv e rsi ty , 1 979.
WANDA M . WENTWORTH, " 98U-, Assistallt Director, Academic Ad
vi>illg al l d As-istfmcc; B . A . ,
Pacific
U ni ve r� i ty of M i nn e sota , ]\)'73; M . A . ,
Lutheran U n i v ers i ty , 1979.
7 9 76-, Execl/tive A5sistant to Ihe P ro vos t ; B . A . , C ol l ege , rort W ayn e , 1965; M . D i v . , oncordia t . Louis, 1969.
DA V I D C. YAGOW, Conc(lrciia Seminary,
cnior
PROFESSORS EMERITI Elvin Martin Akre,
'1 9.37; .,970, I l is tMl1
M iriam Ruth Beckman, 1 964; 1 973, 1�4rrCJ/cl' Lib ra rial l W. Harold Bexton, 1 965; 1 976, PSycllOloi\Y Grace B l omqu ist, '1 939; 1 976, £n�lisll Irene O. Creso,
7 955; 1 97 1 ,
Biology
J . . Danielson, 1 960; 1 969, Direcfor oi Adnlissions Emmet E. Eklund, 1 964; 1 982. I{elision Arnold Jasper Hagen, 1 955; 1 9 7 7 , [dlfcatir.m
P h i l i p Enoch Hauge, 1 920; 1 9 8, Edllcalion Olaf Melvin Jordahl, 1940; '1 969. Physic> Theodore O. H . Karl, 7 940-42, 1 948; 7 9 78 , Comln l l n icatioll Arts Erich Carl K n orr, 7 949; 1 969, Sociology Anne E l ise Knudson, 1 946; 1 970. E ngl ish Harold J . Leraas, 7 947; 1 9 74, B iology
Ott i l ie E lise Little, 7 946; 7 966, Germal! Gunna r Johannes M a l m i n , 1 9 3 7; 1 969, Mllsic. Latill a lld Norwe�inn Katharine Monroe, 1 96 7; 1 975, I rench
Robert A . L . Mortvedt, 1 96 2 ; '1 969, Presidellt Al ice ] . N a pj us, 1 96 ; 1 975, [ducalion M i l ton 1 . N e ig, 7947; / 980, Vice President
Frederick lawrence N ewnham, 7 950; 1 969, Mllsic Robert C. Olsen, 1 9 4 7 ; 1 7.1 . 0Icmist ry
C lifford O. Olsen, 1 92 9 ; J 48, Phl/siml Edllcalioll Burton T. Ostenson, 1 947; 1 9 77, iearth Scie nccs Kelmer Nelson Roe, 7 947; 1 967. Religion flIld Greek Josef E m i l Runn ing, 7948; 1 96 1 , Mathematics Lynn S . S te i n , 1 96 7 , 1 98 7 , Education Paul G . Vigness, 1 956; 1 965, Religioll and flistory
Margaret Wickstrom, 195 1 ; 1 978, r{cliSioll, Director, Foreign Studellts alld Specill l I'rograms Rhoda Hokenstad Young, 7 939; 1 968, Physical Educatioll
FACULTY STAN DING COMMITTEES AND OT HER UNIVERSITY COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS The ,'r('sidellt i s all lldvisory IIlcmber ofall COllllllitkes. Artist Se rie s : 3 fa c u l ty , 3 a d v i so ry members.
Athletic: 3 faculty, 3 ad i' ry membe rs . Campus M i n istry: 3 fac ul ty, 2. advisory, 1 �;tude n t ad viSOry mem
ber.
1 58
THE FACULTY
Committee o n Admission and Retention of Students: 4 facu l ty, 5 advisory members. Committee o n Commi ttees: 3 faculty members. Committee on Student Standards: 3 faculty, 1 adv isorv mem bl'rs. Computer Committee: 4 fa cu l ty , 3 advi sory, 2 s tu d en t ad v isory members.
Educational Policies: 8 fa c u lty , 1 bers.
advisory, 2. stud e n t ad vi sory mem
Facu l ty Affairs: 6 faculty, 4 ad vi S Ory, 3 fac u l ty representatives to Board of Regents. Interim: 6 faculty, 2 studen ts, Interim Coordinator ( n on -vo ting)
members . J u d i ci a ry: 3 fa c u l ty members.
Lecture and Convocation: 3 facu l ty, 3 students, 3 advisory mem bers. P u b l ications: 3 faculty, 3 adv isory members.
Rank and Tenure: 7 faculty (4 ten u red, 3 non-tenured), 1 a d v iso ry , 2. studenl advisorv mem bers. ' Student Activities a nd W e l fare: 3 faculty, 3 students, 3 ex-officio membl'rs. University Committee on Admission and Retention o f Students: 4
facu l ty , 3 s tud e n t s, 5 ad v i sory me mbe rs . U n i versity Campus M i nistry Counc il: 3 facu l ty, 6 students, 2 ad m i n i strators. U n i versity Student P u b l i cations: 3 faculty, 4 students, 6 a dv is o ry members. U n i versity Center Board: U n i v e rs i ty Center Di recto r, 4 stu d e n ts, 2. faculty, 1 ad visory members.
PART-TI ME LECTURERS 1981-1982 D I V IS I O N OF H U M ANlTIES English Rachel Bard
T. Le s l i e E l l i o tt
GregOlY Joh nson Gloria Martin
Catherine McCune Katharine M o n roe Tree Swenson
Modern & Classical languages Janet De Sh e r i ia Beverly
Payne
David Yagow
Philosophy Norman Dahl
Religion Richard Finch Douglas Saxby P h il i p Verhalen David Yagow
D I V I S I O N OF NATU RAL SClENCES B i o logy Connie Petl'rs
Earth Sciences
La y ne N or d g re n
Burton Ostenson
W . O. Paterson
Mathematics
& Computer Science
V i r g i n ia A da m s Eric Bean
I ng ri d Gintz M ichael McGehee
orVISIO H i story
OF SOCIAL SCI ENCES
Cl'rilia Dumor W i l l iam Krieger Pol i t ical Science
J. A rn u l d Br ick er j a m e s L a rs u n
Psychology
Micha L' 1 Cu m t e
D e n n i s D(c<1 t o n T h o m a s Egnelv
M a x \\' ' I I Rolwrt Kniluss
G rl'g o r Konzelman
H e r be r t Ma rra A r t h u r Pe s ki n d M ichael Quirk RichMd Seeger Wan dil Wentworth Soc i a l Work
Duuglas Anderson Thomas Egnew Stepha nie Fa llcrl'ek Ri ·h ar I Fitzgerilld ene I lilrvev Eugene Hoo'ymiln Ronald Lc'wi. Larry Martin Frances McNair Fr.:mk Miller Kel l ev R id Lilrn; Sanderli n Pat Sheehy Don S m i t h
Frederick Streeck
Sociology & Anthropology A n t h on
C l a rke
Riehar Fr n h Th 'od rc J oh n s tone, J r . Jose p h Leh m a n Ama dco Tiam SCHOOL OF T H E A R T S Art
Lauri..: Da h l M i -hael Momn Communication Arts
.aml Josselyn Williilm Owen Music
David Asplund Wilyn Bloomingdale Phillip Brink R.i h J rd Byrn s Brian Dunbar Williil m Eddy Bruce' G ra i n g r J a ne H a rty
David LC<l vcns Sheri Leavens Dinah Li ndberg Harriet Mever Lindema n Leslie M a rti n J a v McCa m e n t R � n d a l l M cC ilr ty Patrick M i c h e l
J a n e Moore
R i c h a rd Nacl' Charles P e n d l e to n
Nor m a nd Po u l shock
Boyd Sch li1cfer
Yizhak Schotten
Berni1rd Shapiro
Sylvia Storaasli M ary Helen Thompson Wayne Timmerman Rich Werner Doris Ziegenfelder SCHOOL OF B U S I N ES S A D M I N ISTRA nON
Ba rba ra Bu rke John James Dick Olufs Suzanne Payne rik Prestegaard Rebecca Purdy Edrice Reynolds Lorra ine Stephan Michael Wood E m i l i e Z u lil u f
SCHOOL OF E D UCATION
S u sa n G riffin Sy l v ia H a gm a n n Myrna Hines j u cl i th I lyd e n Bob j n nes A r t h u r L a rs o n Helen Lucils Karen
l u n son
Jerry Ramsey Ruth Reim Darrell Smith Lynn Stein Fred Warner Kathy Yetter SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCA nON
Walter Amidon David Asher Laura Jo Husk Steven Johnson Sue Kutz Ron Nielsen Ca ro lyn Phill ips Jerry Poppen Donald Ryan A rn o Zo s ke
Ljfll n Joh nson S 'rgc' Ka rdal i a n Sa n d ra K n a p p
Je a n Kopta
Jorgcn K r u se Karen K u e n. z i
THE FACULTY
159
The Collegium THE COLLEGIUM In
1 9 74
t h e Boa rd of Rege n ts established T h e Collegium, consist
ing o f eight advisory cll u n cils r('laPd to the u n i v e rsity's major
acadcmic u n i t,s, Included among the ((,lIeagues a rc cum m u n ity and
nationill lcndcrs, a l u m n i , fa c u l ty, p a r e n ts, and other d i stingu ished
persons,
Colleagues p a r t i c i p a te i n the deve l o p m e n t of the u n iversity i n
seve' rol l ways. P r i n c i p a l l y t h rough meetings a n d contilcts w i t h bcul
Social Sciences D i v ision DR, JORGE, O A I [ LI E , Vancouver, B,C - Prole�sar, [dllcatioll De partlllellt, Ull ivcrsitll of Briti>1r ColJJlllbia M R . E A R L D R Y D E N , Tacoma - MllIlagemt!lIt CIlIISlt/llIlIl, Fn'C1ltivc S l i ite M RS . PEGGY LA G E R Q U I ST, Tacoma - Act ive i l l Ihe arca of r e i 1 1 m illg adlllt ,Iudellts MR. F R E D C S i i A N A M A N , J R . , Tilcoma - Busillcss COllsullll l l t , i�lI ill ier Mal liisins o n d Mllrketing
ty m e m b e rs, they acqu i re a n u nderst;l I1 d i n g o f the p h i l o s o p h y ,
School of B u si ness Admi nistration
ilc<:l d e m ic u n i t w i th wh ich they a rc associa ted , They, in tu rn, share
MR. ARCHIE E. KO V A N EN , Tacoma - ['residcllt, ClISIOIII Cmft Fix
plil n s , a n d objectives o f the u n i versity a n d partic u l a rl y of the
this u n d e rs ta n d i ng with otlwrs, serving as repres e n ta tives of the
un iversity i n cities where they reside and i n the ir respective busi
ness a n d p r o fessional com m u n i ties. [n addi tion, the colleagues help
to id e n t i fy i n st i t u t i o n a l problems a n d ilp p r o p ri a te so lu tions a n d to chart the u n ivers i t y' s growth. They a l so assist i n genera t i ng fi n a n cial resuu rces for fu t u re devclopmcnL
COLLEAGUE ADVISORY COUNCILS H u manities Division M RS , FLO R E N E V . BUC K, Tacom a - Ill terior decom tor DR, WALTER C A PPS, Santa Barbara, C a l i fornia - Director of r�r1ig iOlls S tudie<;, Ull il)crsity of Califomia, SI1I1ta iJarham; Associa te, Tile CeI1ter for tile S tudy of Delllocratic I " stitlltiolls M R . T. L E S L I E ELLI OTT, Tacomil - Regiollill Editor, l-1arper alld Row Pllblishillg Co . R E V . L a V E R N E H , N ELS , Seattie - Ciergljllla l l 1 R . I i A R OL D N ELSO , Tacoma, -Retired Trea s u rer, Weyerlmeuser COlllpalllj DR. RAV PETRY, Tacoma - James B . Dllke I'rofessor ElIlerit us afChurch /-listory, Duke Ullivcrs illj D R . JOHN R E U M A N N , Philadelph iil - Profe,;sor of New T('stalllent, Tire LU O,ernll Tllcological semillary Natural Sciences Division
MR. J E ROLD L, A R M ST R ON G , joliet, l I ! i noio - Presidellt, Utopill [11stn/mmt Co . D R . R I C H A R D BA ERG, Ta c o m a, - Pllljsiciall D R , C A R L B E N N ETI, Sea t tl e - cl-lior I�escarch sciclltis t , Battelle 1-1111111111 Atfllirs Research Center D R . R I C H A R D ] . BLAN DAU, SC.:Jttk Professor, Departmellt of Biological Strtlctllre , U l livcrsitlj of Washiligtoli School of Medicille DR. DI PTli'vl A N C H A K R A " ARTI, Sea ttle - Pre5iaellt, IIIIIOl!1I Corp. D R . HE N R Y p, H A N S E N , Corvallis, OregLln - FlIleritus Deml of the Graduate School, Orealll; Statl' Ull ive r., i ty DR . DA V I D H E L L�ER, Ea t o n v i l l e - FO 'lllder of Nortl11(lcst Trek, Physi cmn DR. GE O RG E E . K. EN N Y , Seuttle - l'rafcsor, Department of Pat/wbiol o�y, Ullivcrsi f lj of VVlbhill:;!tOIl A D M I R A L jArvfES S. RUSSELL, USN ( Re t . ) , Tacoma - COllslIltallt ,fo r Boeillg, Overseer of tlw U . S. Naval Academy
MR, R OB E RT GERTH, Tacoma - Presidel l t ,
LIS
COlllplltl'r" Ille.
tllrt's, 111e. M R . KURT R , M A Y E R , Tacoma -Presidel l l , idlllia BlIilt NOllles, Illc. MR. O RV IL LE E, M E LBY, Seattle - Vicc Cha;"rllll7 1 l , Raillier Natiollal Balik D R . G EO RGE k W A D E, Sea ttle - Preside l l t , B radll ' llIlemativlllll LlIlllher, 111(" Sccll rifll slH)illg; 1!lIIl 1.01711 Associatioll. M R , DA N I E L B. W A R D, Bel i e v u e - MallllselrlCllt COllsultallt
School o f E d u cation DR. A RTH U R R . A N D E RSO , Tacoma - SCllior Vice Presidel l t , COI I crete Tee/urology Corporatio l l ; Chaimlan o f t h e Board, A BAM [l1gl/ 1('('r,;, Illc. MR. [- l A R RY BERRY, Tacoma - A rchitect with The BarIj alld Bernj Associates, A rchilcctllrc, Pla l l l l illg-el1gineering . . DR, LOUIS B R U NO, Olymp iil - Retired s!lperill t e l l de l l t of Schools, Stall' Of Wllsir l l l r;;tnll ' DR, G E R A L D M . TO R K E LSON , Sea t t l e - Professor, Co/legc of EdIlCII tiOI1, Ulliversity of Wa,hillgtoll School of the Arts M R S . N AT H A LI E B RO W N, Tacoma - A ct ivt' ill l'r(1ltlotill'{ IIle arts ill C the collllll lmitlj M R . LOREN DEN13ROOK, Tacoma - Retired exl'clIl il'I' Vice Presidcrl t , Ullited M i l t 1 1 11 1 Savillgs BllIlk M R , BfLL G I L L , Tacoma - Presidc l l t , Bill Gill tillwill- Merc l l r lj M R , G A R Y GONTER, Tilcoma - BIISil lCSSlIlLlll alld IIIlIsiciall ' M RS , M I C K I H E MSTAD, Olym p i il - Act ive ill promotillg tile arts ill tllecollllllllllit y M [( GEORGE A , LAGERQUIST, TacolTIil - Presidell t , Cedar Tree, Illc. D R . j. HANS LEHMA N N , Sea t ti e - Physiciall School of N u rs i n g
M S , N A N CY CH E R R Y , Tacoma - Direclor o f Nll rses, Tacoma- Piace COllllty / len ltll De Jartmellt MRS, D O R OT l� Y GREN LEY, Tacoma - Volullteer, COl7ll11 ll11itlj - [�eStlllrCeS l711ri Onlel up n lt!ll t M R S , J U LI A M U E L L E R , Tacoma - PuiJlic Sc/lOol Nurse D R . ROY I-L V I RA K, Tacoma - Physicia l l
t
S c h o o l of Physical E d u cation
MR. TOM CROSS, Tacoma - Retired Director, Pierce Call 1ltry Parks
IIl1d [�ecrea tioll
MR, MARV HARSI-fMAN, Sea ttle - Baskclball coach, Ull iversity of Washillgtoll MR. JOHN M O R G A N , Tacoma - ExeCli tive Director, Tllcoma YMCA DR, PA U L T E M P LI N , Tacoma - Director of [-[ealth Promoliol l , LJepart mellt of Soc ill I alld Health Services, state of WllshillgtOIl Hon orary
M R . O LE ALG A A RD, N e w York City - Nonuegial l Al11iJa,'isador to the Ullited Natio71s M R . D OL! ; GONYEA, Tacoma - Member, Pllget SOlllld Nlltiollal Bllllk Board of D irectors
1 60
THE COLLEGIUM
ndex Academi Assis tance Center 1 7 Acad mie Organization 1 8 Academic Probation 2 A ademic Procedures 20 Academic Structure 'J 8 Accident I nsurance 'J 6 Accreditation 7 Activ ities 15 A d m inistrative Offices 150 dmissions I n formation 9 Advanced Placement Opp ortun ities .10 Appl ication Procedure 9 Early Admission Policy .10 Early Decision Policy 9 Foreign Students 10 Honor at Entrance 10 Re-admlssion of Former Students 10 Tra ns fer Students HJ Adva nce Payments 1 0, 1 4 Advising 1 7 Affiliate Re ources 142 Afternoon lasses 7 A i r force Reserve Officers Train ing Corps Program ( Aerospace Studies) 1 44 Anthropology 1.38 Appl ication Form 1 63 Arete Society 8 Art 26 Arts, School of 25 Arts and Sciences, College of, Degree Requ irements 24 Associated Students 16 Atlendance, Class 21 Auditing Courses 22 Bachelor's Degrees Offered 1 8 Bachelor's Degree, Second 2 3 Biology .lO Board and Room Information 14 Board of R gents 148 Bookstore 1 6 Broadcasting 44 Busi ness A d m i nistration, School of 34 Calendar 4 , 5 Camp us uide 1 65 Campus Ministry 15 Career Planning a n d Placement 1 6 Center for the Study of Public Policy 1 42 Chemistry 4() CHOICE - Center for H u ma n Organ ization i n Changing Environments 142 Church Of6cials 1 49 Classification of Students 22 Classics Program 8 9 Coaching M i nor 1 1 0 College Board Tests 10 College of A rts and Sciences 24
Col legi um 1 60 Communication Arts 43 ommuting Students, Program 1 6 Computer Science 85 Cooperative Education 47 Core Requirements 23 Core II 78 Costs: Tuition, Special Fees, Room and Board 14 Counse l i ng and Testing Center 1 6 Credit b y Exami nation Programs 22 Dance 1 1 () Directory 1 Dropping Classes
21
Earth Sciences 49 Economics 51 Ed u cation, School of S3 _ducational Psychology 62 Eligibility for Activities 22 Emeriti Professors 1 58 Employment, Student 1 6 Engi nee ring 1 15 English 66 E ntrance Requirements (see Admissions) 9 Environmental Studies Program 7() Environs 1 6 Evening Classes 7 Exami nations, Departmental 10 Expenses (see Costs) 14 Facu l ty 1 -2 Faculty Associates 157 Professors limeriti 158 Faculty Committees ISS Part-time lecturers 158 Fa m i .ly Student Housing 1 4 Fifth-year Certi fica tion 5 7 Fi na nc ial Aid ] 1 A p p l i cation Procedure 1 1 G i f t Assistance 12 Grants 1 2 , 13 loans 13 Scholarships 1 2 Veterans Affairs 1 3 Vocational Rehabilitation 13 Food Service 1 6 Foreign language/Alternative Requirements 24 Foreign Students 1 6 Foreign Study Opportunities 1 46 French 89 Freshmen Course Selections and Registration 20
General U n iverSity Requirements 23 Geography (Earth Sciences) 49 Geology (Earth Sciences) 49 German 90 G l obal Studies 77 Grades n Graduate Studies, D ivision of 1 4 1 Graduation Requ irements n Greek 90 Grievance Procedures 1 6 Academic 'J 6 A d m i nistrative 1 6 Guests o i the University 2 2 Health Center 1 6 Health Education 1 1 0 Health I nsurance 1 6 Health Sciences 1 43 Denti stry 1 43 Medical Technology 1 4.1 Medicine 143 Optometry 143 Pharmacy 143 Physical Therapy 143 Veterinary Medicine 143 Hebrew 90 History 74 H istory of the University 7 Honors Programs 2 2 Housing 1 4 , 1 5 Humanities, Division o f 7 7 I ncomplete Grades 2 1 I nformal Study 2 2 I n formation, Current 7 Information Directory 1 Institutional Memberships 7 In tegrated Studies Program 78 Interim 7 In ternational Affairs 7 2() , 145 I nternational Programs 145 Global Studies Program 1 45, 71 I ntensive English langu age Institute 145 Scandinavian Area Studies 1 4 6 , 1 30 Study Abroad 1 46 International Trade 1.45
INDEX
161
Journalism
44
KPLU-FM, Public Radio
142
Late Afternoon and Evening Classes 7 Latin 90 Lay Church Staff Worker Program 1 2 7 Learning Resource Specialist M i nor 54 Legal Studies 82 Li brary Services 7 Limitations on Baccalaureate Degrees 23 Linguistics 89 London Program 1 46 Majors Available 1 8 Map 1 65 Master's Degrees Offered 1 8 Mathematics 83 M iddle CoUege 8 M i nority Affairs Office 1 6 M i nors Available "1 9 Modern a n d Classical Languages Music 92 Natural Sciences, Division of Norwegian 90 Numbering of Courses 20 Nursing, School of 1 0 1
88
100
Objectives of t h e University 6 Ownership and Support 148 Parish Work 1 2 7 Pass/Fail Courses a n d Option 2 1 Payments 1 4 Phi losophy 1 05 Physical Education, School of 1 09 Physics and Engineering 1 1 3 Placement, Career Planning 1 6 Political Science 1 1 9 Pre-Professional Programs 1 43 Health Sciences 1 43 Pre-Law 143 Theological Studies 1 44 AFROTC 144 Principal's Credentials 58 Probation, Academic 22 Project Advance 8 Psychology 1 2 3 Public Affairs 1 20 Public Policy, Center for the Study of 1 42 Publishing and Printing Arts M i nor 66
162
INDEX
Radio Station (KPLU-FM) 1 42 Reading M inor 54 Recreation 1 "1 n Refunds 1 4 Regents, Board of 148 Registration 20 Religion 126 Requirements for Degrees 23 Requ irements for Entrance 9 Residence Halls 1 5 Residential Life 1 5 Retention of Freshmen 8 Scandinavian Area Studies 130 Sched uling Services 1 6 School Counselors/Nurses 58 Social Sciences, Division of 1 3 1 Social Work 132 Sociology 135 Spanish 91 Special Education 57, 63 Statistics 1 40 Student Government 1 6 Student Life Office 15 Student Services 1 6 Study Abroad "1 46 Summer Session 8 Symbols for Courses 20 Teacher Education/Certification 54 Testing Service 1 6 Theater 44 Theological Studies Program 144 Therapeutics no Transfer Students l () Tuition 14 University Pastors
15
Veterans Affairs 13 Visiting Classes 22 Vocational Rehabilitation
13
Washington State Council on Economic Education 1 42 Withdrawal from the Term 2 1 Work-Study 1 3 Writing M inor 66
o "== o ••
�
tU U
•• J t
=-
~
SECTION I
Begin n i n g Freshman Transfe.r
J'LLASE TYJ'L OJ, PJ{JI r
0 0
(rl�a , ' w mi l
S25. ()() non-refundable ,1ppl i cd l ion
1U J 5S()
I ,) . i\ p p I i C.l tioJ1 t o ( Ntlm e o ( C o l l e g e tJr U i l l verc, i t y )
fe.e wilh dpplicalio n . }
l b . For adrnission to (check one term
Pacific l u theran U n iversity Tacoma, Washington 98447
2. Ntlll1e [J Male U Female
Winter [J First
Llst
A dd ress
re�ide n t ?
Y(',; �
'1 2
0 ;";0 L
No D
0
19
__
I n terim LI
4 . Su i,Ii
Sec u ri t y N u mber
CilY
month
lip
6 b . P h o n � ( i n c l u d e area code)
Rb. T y p e oj vi s a
if not U . s . A .
yr. 9d . Are you the child of cl
'Ie. Sep�r" tion Date
o C hi ca no , �1exic,,111 o VVhite American o Oth.er
Do you h � ve (1 p h ysical h ,1 n dicdp?
Yes U
No
1 0 . I{" ligious p rd0 rellc� (opti o n ., l )
Nn U
the
l3b.
1 4c
Dale ol gr ,l Q u il tion
Re(usJI to proVld(! t h i s tn t6rm i.l t ! o n wi l l n o t ilifect an " d m lSSlons decision
Hav you previou.sI�1 a t te n d e d t h i s i n s t i tu ti o n ? y", U No O D"ys U Extt'Il ....; i on U Even i ngs LJ
Term___
American, or other Sp,1llish surn(lm(>
U If ve • wh�lt is t h e ex tent or }'nu r h,lndlcClp?
011 a vo!unt<lry baSIS a n d W I l l rel1lc1in con r' i d e n t i _a l .
Year___
5b. Phone (i nc l u d e a rt:'(l cod�)
Rd . Cl1Untry of Gt iZt.' l 1 S h i p
Yf'� O
nlis II1 tnrmll tion I � being requested
I <l b . L ocJ tion of h ig h school
Active
Zip
dec i)sed vl'tera ll ?
1 3d . } I d v e yuu ever ,) pplied f()r a d rnission 10 i n � titu tion to w h i c h you <He now 'l p p l y i n S '
1 3.
j,m u J ry
I
In
y r.
o Anw r iC()1l I n d icln lJ A s i <l n Any·riean o Hind American
Physic" l h a n d i ca p (optional)
N�) O
5 t,ltt'
Duty?
rigin (option,) I)
Y �U
Ci t)'
I 1110 n th
of
State
City
From
M o n th s
'lb.
Street
7(. Le-- n g l h of liltt.'" t residen(t' in \N<l s h i n gton
Yes
'lOU <1 m i l it <l ry
1 1 E t hn i c
il n d
N u mbt'T i ln d StrE.'l't
7 b . \'V,l <)hingtoll
B ir l h place
v€'ler.Hl?
S U llllllcr-FCl I I
D
J. Form e r Nil m e ( i f previous a C8 d e m i c reco r d .'> u n d e r a n o t h e r
Middle
N u m ber
it different
7,1. B i r l h d a k
1)<1 . Are
0
SUlll m e r only
n " me)
ja M,) i l i n g A d d ress ( u n til) 6.1 . Pt?rl11dnent
S p ri n g
0
Fall
14" . H igh 5 c h oul n !len d i n g Dr I,ht a t tended
Correspondence O
I f y o u d o not i n tend to gra d u a t e from h igh schnol, i n d icflle h i g h t'st gradc.> c o m p let(-'d i.l IHi 1(I:o-:.t ),,'ar a t te n d e d
Cr,)ck
Stale
Year
C E O !e';ts t,l k e n ?
When
List a l l colleges/u niversi ties in ordcrof (lttend(lnce (no exceptions). If , I il l enrolled in " college, i n d ic,)t ' l e ,w i ng dale: (Illo . ) ()r. ) Institution
Siule
City
Oa te� il ttended mo.
L
From
2.
F rom
3.
F rom
1 6 . f t n()w e n rn l ll' d in h ig h sch oo l , list a l l sen i o r COLlf e Iril n script Dr WrCl rep r l . I f e n rolled in (ulleg�', list
fnr which
g rad e!
yr.
mo.
Degree_, Or diploma,
yr.
To
To -
To
,He not show)l On the current
17.
lOLir '(:l� .l nd ere i Is yel to be completed before
tr�lllsft'r. P1.EASE COMPL
I n d i cate your educational ()bjt�ctivc at t h e schnul to which you a rf" applying. o First Bach<2lor' s degfl�e
0 ('cllnci Bachelor'S degree o Courses for personal enrichment o Olher ('peeify)
1 8a .
I n tended major a rea o f Siudy
1 9.. 1. Name of fcl t her or legal guardian
ISb. I f u n d ecidt'd, what SlI bject d rea or Ciln:�er i n terests you?
Liv i n g ?
D Yes
19b. Ad d r",s ( N u m b r an d Slreet)
(City)
19c. Colleges altended by fatheT
Degrees
D Na (Stale)
(Zip)
20.1.
Ndlne of mother or legal g ua rd ian
20b.
A ddress if d i ffe re n t from (ather's
ZOe Colleges attended by mother
Li v i n g ?
D Yes
o No
Degrees
APPLICATIO N FORM
1 63
21 .
Li�t your �ig n i fi("i1 n t sch l)1,)1 and com m u n i ty (l C ti vit ies .1 I1d c) \vcnds.
22. O(:'scr i b l:' tln y sp8citll circulllst,lnces which yotl believe should be cons id ered in connection w i th th is
23.
24. Do you plu n to 'l pply for financicl l c) id fr(Hll this i n stitution ?
Do �'OU plan to <lpply for cnl J ege residence hall accornrnodations?
Yes lJ
No
Yes 0
U
If yes, y ou s h ou ld con tact the H o usi ng u n i verSit y .
O ffi ce
<l p p lica tion (a ttach additional page if neede d ) .
No
U
If yes, you s h o u l d contact the Office of F i na ncial A i d of the speCIfied c" l I eg ' or u n i versity. A fin a ncid l ,l id i n form a tion rt:'quest card can be obtil ined from 'yV,lshington high school cou n selors .
<
of the speci fied coll ege or
25. I u nderst'lI1d failure to s u b m i t CO 111 h1t'fe offici., I t ra n !)cripts from al l school::;, col leges, or u n iversi ties attended may result in the denial of th is ,l p p l ic(l tion or my s u bsequent d i�ll1iSSill from t is instit u tion . I cer tify that to tht:> best of my knowledge , ,, 1 1 st., tements I hnve nlcl d e i n this a p p lication (l re complete " nd tru e .
N A M E OF A P P L I C A N T (print)
S I G N A T U R E OF A P I ' L l C ;\ NT
g
8
D,l te
BEC I N N INC FRES H MEN m u s t com h-' te section one a n d leave this ilpplicntion with their h igh school cou n sPi o r or rlnci p a I , who w i l l com pletf' section t wo and forward it to the Office of A missions of the in sti t u tion named herei n . TRA NSFER APPLICANTS NEED N T comp lete section two, but should forward the (l Pl iccltion to the approp riate Office of Ad mission s a n d have the registrar of each college or u n iv ersi ty previollsly ,1 lten ded send an officii'll h transcript to t e O ffice of Admissi ons . Some Washington colleges cl nd universi ties requ ire tra nsfer applicants to su b m it .a high school tra n�cri pt . C h�ck thE' admissions i n form a ti on section of u ndergraduate catalogs for t h i s requirement.
S E CTION II
(Begillllillg freshmen Dilly)
To be completed by high school officia!'
f
P le ,l se co mplete the fol l uw i ng, enclo", an ofiicial tr" nscript and forward to the institution to wh ich the candidate is ap ly ing . Washi ngton high sch ools may s u bs tit u te the W a s h in gton rre- ollege Test D,lta Sheet if the stude n t has not completed t he first term of grade j . In ca , e the a pp lica n t will need spe cia l consideration, a tra nsc rip t s h o u ld be included with t h e WP CT Data Sh eet . o was This will cert i fy that the stud e n t named above
0
o
wi l l be
C ol lege A pti t ute Test ing Dat,l (Ra w scores on l y ,
I I I
I
1
_ _ _ _
lowest passin g g rad e
Gradi n g system
Yes
No
o :z G.
yeM cicl SS average
in a class o f
Class ra n k and gra de average are based on grades 9___ 10___ 1
l . WrCT taken?
month
and rcl n ks
He/she has (l grade pOint ilverage of
I
r
graduated
was not
_ _ 12(Fall) ___ 1 2(Winterl___ 1 2(Springl_
this school is accredi ted
no pe rce nti l es)
VC
V
QC
M --
Date taken
2. PSA T-NMSQT
V ---
M
---
Selection Score
Date taken
3. SAT
V ---
M ---
Selection Score
Date taken
4 . ACT
Eng!.
Math
r :2
not accredited
Soc. St.
Comments:
N a t . Sc . ----
Com p o
Date ta ken
,
N,1me of h i g h school
Signature of high school official
A d d ress of high school
Title
Code n um ber o f high school
(
Date
)
High school phone i f ou t of state
" W a s h i ngton four-year col leges " nd u ni versities subscribe to the p rincip le s and laws o f the state of Was hington and t he federal government, including app lica ble executive orders pert " in in g to civil righ ts . These institutions are committed to the polic y t h a t a l l persons shali have equal access to progr,1 ms and facil i t ies without regard t o age, color, creed, mar i t,ll sta tus , national orethnic origin, physical h andicap, race, religion, or sex."
1 64
APPLICATI ON FORM
Campus Guide
PERF I
NO
10 7 21 23 22 _E
A.
G ARTS
RMI
ATHLETICS
East"old Auditorium
M morial G " m n a sium
OFF-CAMPUS
Olson Auditorium
30
FACILmE D OFFICES 17 Columbia Center 5
12
10
Building
'''5vig
Librarv
lumni Center
BUIl.DINGS
35 7 27 1
Blom'lu; t House
29 18
Ingram Hall
28
Hauge
dministration
Building
Ivy Hall
Knorr House
Music Annex
20 23
Olson Auditorium
26
Ramsey House
Ramstad Hall
Ii
Xavier Hall
RESID 15
l5 14 15 13
19
8
32
33
15 31
l\'tainte.nanct;'
25
Warehouse
17
1. 26 7.
Faculty
HOllse
Post Oilice
1
School of Busine"
29
23
5
ursing
Schuol of
Harstad Hall
Hind erlie Hall Hong Hall Ivy-Tingelstad Kreidler Hall
1 12 10 10 I
10
SERVICES
Admission s/f inancial Aid
A l u m n i Office
ssociated St ud'enb of I'LL:
Campus Ministry
Design and Ill ustration - Paul Porter Photograp hy - Ken Dunmire
5 and Finance Office
Q
Golf
lub
PRO
PA RKING LOTS
I
Shop
H a n d icapped Services (Regis trar)
21. 22,
23 I
12 36
East Adm inistration Lot
C D E F
Llbrarv
G H
I
J
K
:Vl inoritv Affairs
L I
Mortvedt Gallery
Personnel Oilice
N
Post Oifice
H e'alth Center Lot
Lot Lot
Harst�d
University Center Lot
Family St�udent Housing Lot Delta Lot
Tingelstad Lot
Columbia Center Lot
East Iv\' Lot
\ Vest I\;v Lot
Swimm'ing Pool Lot Olson Lot
Olson Annex Lot
President's Office
o
Wheeler Lot
Purchasing Office
Q
West Administration Lot
Registrar
•
I'
Provost 's Office
Radio Tel evisio n
Office
Residenti,, 1 Life 25
A B
KPLU-Rvl UTE Oillees
Boo�store
Bu::-.m
Development Offie
I
S u m m e r Session L'. IVERSITY
Development Oifie
Ingram Auditorium
Education
ADv l Il 'I mATIV[ OFFlC ES !
ffice
Counseling and Te ting
29
1
School oi Physical
403 Gariield
Computer Cen t e r
Information 6,1fety Office
11 1 1
hool of the Arts
Collegium
Conierence
" C " Street
Intensive English Language I n s t i t u t e
R
I
Admin istration
12144
Coifee Shops
I n formation Desk
1
Studies
Executive Development
10
4
Di\'i�(on of Graduate
School of Education 29
Delta Hall
Hall
10 12
Cascade-Tingelstad
Foss
Tingcbtad Hall
12 1 7, 10 12
Health Center
I
Alpine-Tingelstad
amily Student Housing
Stuen Hall
SERVICE LOCATIONS 1. 27 Division of H umanitie't 9, 20 DiViSion o r 'Jatural S iences 6 Divi!;tOn of Social Sciente:,
E HALLS
Evergreen-Tingelstad
Pflueg"r Hall
DEPARTM' ENTS AND
Math Building
9
P(uk Avenue House
36 4 24 II
Eastvold Auditorium
Haavik HOll5e
403 Gariield
Ordal Hall
OTHER B U I L DINGS
LJ n iversity Center
ACADE:VIIC
2
16 34 15
Hiluge Admin i,;tration tvlortwdt
OFFICES
Cooper<ltive Education
Swimming Pool
'TRAL
1
N
/
Chris Knutzen H a l l
..
Shipping and Rece iving
�
SportS' Facilities
lorth\vest A d m i n istration
Lot
B u s Stop
Wheelchair Access Parking Wec.kday visitor parking
Student Life
Universitv Relations Uni\'ersit�, ScholiHs Associ;t ion
Veteran� ' Affairs Office
29
\' 'ekell Gallery
Type C o mpos i tion and P rod u ct i on Word Masters I ncorporated
I
Pri n t i ng - C ra ftsma n Press